Home
Back
Russian
Datelines
Sources
Roots
Tamgas
Alphabet
Writing
Language
Genetics
Geography
Archeology
Religion
Coins
Wikipedia
Türkic in Romance
Alans in Pyrenees
Türkic in Greek
Türkic-Sumerian
Türkic-Etruscan
Ptolemy Toponymy
Türkic Toponymy
Bulgarian Toponymy
Pre-Russian Toponymy
Alan Dateline
Avar Dateline
Besenyo Dateline
Bulgar Dateline
Huns Dateline
Karluk Dateline
Khazar Dateline
Kimak Dateline
Kipchak Dateline
Kyrgyz Dateline
Sabir Dateline
Seyanto Dateline
Windows 1251 for Cyrillics
Shamsiddin Sirojiddin ogly Kamoliddin
The Samanids
The First Islamic Local Dynasty in Central Asia
LAP Lambert Acad. Publ., Tashkent, 2011, ISBN 3844320989, 9783844320985
© 2011 Kamoliddin Shamsiddin Sirojiddin Ogly, ©2011  LAP Lambert Acad. Publ.
Links
https://books.google.com/books?id=teLSygAACAAJ
Download
Ancient Türkic Toponyms of the Middle Asia, 2006, Download English version and Russian zip file
Posting Introduction

Sh. S. Kamoliddin digs into the layer few researchers ventured to investigate, and wields a shovel few researchers attempted to lift. Even now, few of the researchers digesting Chinese annals connect the Chinese calque Da Yuan 大宛 with its original name Greater Ionia, an Alexander Macedonian's creation in the land of the Saka Scythians. The tiny Greek colony, amalgamated with the surrounding largely ranching Türkic population, grew to become Dayuan and Dawan and Davan of the Chinese aspirations, and the Türkic Fergana, the name still carrying an echo of the Ionians that nearly vanished from the Greek memories. The tiny Greek offshoot blossomed under umbrellas of Kangars and Huns, played a significant role in their fates, and withstood vicissitudes of fate that brought it to the apogee in the Central Asian history, ruling its Persian provinces from the centers in Bukhara and Samarkand.

Reading form the agitprops of the self-admiring pundits, a reader would never have a chance to catch on to the real history, to learn the who-is-who of the personalities that shaped much of the regional history and its impact on the global events. As is often the case with any slogan-driven depictions, the picture is not just distorted, it is also robbed of the beauty, complexity and intricacy, turning a mosaic of volume, color, and forms into an iconic flat caricature. The extent of the Samanid Empire far exceeds its footprint in Central Asia, Afganistan, and Persia, it rises into cultural, linguistic, literary, and religious spheres of the entire area, it gives the Arab Caliphate its staying power, it shaped ideology of rule that still governs the area and drives the modern events. It paved a path from the Early Middle Age to the modern Neo-Middle Age isles. The seeds sown by the Late Antique ambitions of adventurists and misfits created opportunities for the later adventurists to give a shine to the pages of history. The work of Sh. S. Kamoliddin returns some shine to the withered icons.

A tracing of the personal origin is bringing to light previously asserted but unadvertised gems. They are connected with the real origin of the examined leadership, real fabrics of the cultural, linguistic, literary, and religious developments. That fabrics carries distinct imprint of the Türkic culture, and within the immediate circle of the closely-knit society, of the Türkic traditions and attitudes. In an hour of trouble, a reverse flow finds safety in native penates. The work of Sh. S. Kamoliddin is a best illustration of the immortal adage “No Türks without aliens as no hats without a head” (Mahmud Kashgari II 281).

A reader will encounter too many insights to list. Among the most interesting are:
–  For the Middle Age Türks, Middle East was not a separate landmass, as was perceived by certain protagonists, it was a part of their Eurasian belt with first historically described major players As-Kuzu Scythians, then Parthians and the Partho-Sassanian confederacy, Samanids, Horezmian confederacy, and then Mongolian and Seljuk empires;
–  The Dark Ages-cum-Middle Ages was the era of the Türkic world order, where Inner Asia formed the core and the Europe, China and the Middle East merely a periphery;
–  No Sinocentric or Eurocentric writer could ever admit that in the grand scheme of things their world was of secondary importance and that their despised “nomadic” steppe barbarians were at one stage their superiors and overlords
–  Sh. S. Kamoliddin cracks open a curtain into the world of sedentary Türks, to the decrepitly explored world of settled economy that was an organic continuation of the world of pastoral economy, the world distinct and self-contained, free and dynamic, the world with unique skill in running two-legged and four-legged creatures.

Page numbers are shown at the end of the page in blue. Posting notes and explanations, added to the text of the author, are shown in (blue italics) in parentheses and in blue boxes, or highlighted by blue headers. The academic text follows a combination of precedent academic conventions and modern colloquial pronunciation that straddles the wall of accessibility, to help that, the unusual forms are translated to pronounceable English and shown in parentheses in (blue italics): Khwarazm (Horezm) etc.

CONTENTS
Preface 5
Chapter 1. Saman-Khudat
The Sasanids and the Türks 9
Bahram Chubin 19
Genealogy of Saman-Khudat 26
Saman-Khudat 34
Balkh 41
Pre-Islamic cults in Central Asia 50
Symbolics of the Samanids 61
Anscestral possession of Saman-Khudat 71
Djabba-Khan 74
Medallion of Mansur ibn Nuh 79
Saman-Yabgu 87
Saman-Khudat's Father 91
Àrquq 96
Kakuldar 99
Chapter 2. The Samanids  
Samanids and the Oguz Türks 105
Samanids and the al-Shu„ubiyya movement 110
Samanids and “sacred” wars against the Türks 118
Samanids and the Shiites 129
Chapter 3. Bukhara – a capital of the Samanids  
Pre-Islamic rulers of Bukhara 139
Etymology of the place-name “Bukhara” 147
Ancient Turkic toponymy of the Bukhara oasis 152
Ethnic situation in Bukhara oasis during Early Middle Ages 155
Material culture of Türks in Bukhara 161
Arab conquest 164
Ethnic situation in Central Asia during Samanid epoch 169
Concept “Türk” in medieval sources 182
Chapter 4. Samanid Government  
Samanid Administration 189
Samanids and local nobility 192
Türks in Samanid administration 195
Legal status of Samanids 202
Expressions of statehood 208
Relations of Samanids with Caliphs 217
Titles of the Samanids 219
Chapter 5. Central Asian Literature during Samanid rule  
Islamic Renaissance Epoch 231
Samanids and Persian culture 234
Türks and Persian culture 239
New Persian language and literature 243
Turkic rulers and development of the New Persian literature 249
Arabic language and literature 255
Local languages and cultures 257
The Turkic language 263
The Türks and the Islamic culture 268
Türkic-Islamic literature 274
Conclusion 281
References (Bibliography) 287
Abbreviations 369
Transliteration 374
Appendix  
Sources on Samanid genealogy 375
Family tree of Bahram Chubin 377
Family tree of Saman-Khudat 379
Family tree of the Samanid dynasty 380
List of recent publications on Samanids 381
Indexes  
Index of geographical and topographical names 384
Index of proper names 409
Index of clans and dynasties 441
Index of titles and honorific names 444
Index of ethnic names 452
Index of religions and religious communities 460
Index of terms and untranslated words 463
Index of titles of compositions 476
   
Shamsiddin Sirojiddin ogly Kamoliddin
The Samanids
The First Islamic Local Dynasty in Central Asia

5

PREFACE

In a medieval history of Central Asia, as it is known, a special place belongs to the Samanid dynasty, whose numerous members in the 3rd–4th/9th–10th centuries ruled in Bukhara and other cities and areas of Khurasan (Khorasan) and Mawara‘an-nahr [Frye 1993: 136–161; Bosworth 1971: 145–147; Negmatov 1977]. There is plenty of historical data in textual sources on the reign of the Samanids, on political, economical situation, and cultural life of that period. However the origin of this dynasty till now remains uncertain [Frye 1993: 136]. Many researchers consider that the dynasty of the Samanids is of the Persian origin [Bosworth 1995: 1025; Belenitsky 1999: 19–24; Browne 1997: 207, 352; Lane-Poole 1899: 107] and originated from the Sasanid dynasty [al-Zirikli I: 290; Gafurov 1958: 51–55; Gafurov 1957: 2–3]. It is reflected in the works of other researchers [Perry 2003: 118; Manz 2003: 80; Golden 1992: 192] and almost in all encyclopedic editions [Samanids 1948: 40; Samanids 1956: 916–917; Samaniden 1996 XIX: 75; Samanides 1964: SAL; Buchner 1997: 140; Daniel 1988: 371]. Some researchers called them a dynasty of local [Sourdel 1996: 728] or Türkic-Iranian (Afghani) origin [Louis 1984: 41]. Therefore definition of a true and real origin of the Samanid dynasty is one of the most actual problems both for the historical science of Uzbekistan, and for the world's historical and oriental studies.

Information about Samanids could be found almost in all of the Arabian and Persian textual sources on the history of Central Asia of the pre-Mongol period.1 There is a lot of valuable data about Samanids in geographical and biographical works of 4th–6th/10th–12th centuries2 and other textual sources.3 There is information about existence of a special work devoted to the history of the Samanid dynasty–“Tarikh Al-i Saman” (History of the House of Saman) which did not survive till the present day [Bayhaqi: 175; Hafiz-i Tanish I: 222]. Some important data about Samanids can be found in some sources of the post-Mongol period.

1 For example, in such historical works as “Tarikh-i Bukhara” by al-Narshakhi, “Tarikh Murudj al-Dhahab wa Maadin àl-Djawhar” by àl-Ìàsudi, “Òàdjarib àl-Umam” by Ibn Miskawayh, “Zayn al-Akhbar” by Gardizi, “Tarikh al-Yamini” by al-Utbi, “Chahar Maqala” by Nizami Arudi Samarqandi, “al-Kamil fi-l-Tarikh” by Ibn al-Athir, “Tarikh-i Masud” by Abu-l-Fadl Bayhaqi, “Tarikh al-Rusul wa-l-Muluk” by al-Tabari and its continuations (dhayl), the Persian translation and additions of al-Balami to the work of al-Tabari, “Lubb al-Albab” by Awfi, etc.
2 These are the works of the Arabic geographers of 4th/10th century: “Kitab al-Buldan” by Ibn al-Faqih, “Kitab al-Kharadj” by Qudama ibn Djafar, “Masalik al-Mamalik” by al-Istakhri, “Surat al-Ard” by Ibn Hawqal, “Ahsan al-Taqasim ila Marifat al-Aqalim” by al-Muqaddasi, and also “Hudud al-Alam”, “al-Ànsab” by Abu Sad al-Samani, “al-Qànd fi Dhikr Ulama‘ Samarqand” by Abu Hafs al-Nasafi, “Mudjam al-Buldan” by Yaqut al-Hamawi, “al-Lubab fi Tadhhib al-Ansab” by Ibn al-Athir, etc.
3 For example, “al-Athar al-Baqiya ani-l-Qurun al-Khaliya” by Abu Rayhan al-Biruni, “Fada‘il-i Balkh” by al-Balkhi, “Siyasat-Nama” by Nizam al-Mulk, “Kitab al-Dhakha‘ir wa-l-Tuhaf ” by Ibn al-Zubayr, etc.
6

Many of them are valuable, because they were borrowed from earlier textual sources, which have not survived.4 In the work on a general history “Rawdat al-Safa‘” by Mirkhwand (9th/15th c.) there is special section devoted to the history of the Samanids [Mirkhwand]. Valuable information about Samanid dynasty also comes from their rich numismatics, which, being a documental source, provides supplements and corrections for the data of the textual sources.

The ancestor of the dynasty Saman-Khudat has appeared for the first time on the political arena in the first quarter of the 2nd/8th century, when he came from Balkh to Marw to the Arabian governor of Khurasan (Khorasan) Asad ibn Abd Allah al-Qasri (or al-Qushayri)5 and asked him to help against his enemies in Balkh. His enemies could be the Turgash (Turgesh) tribes in the vicinity of Balkh [Daniel 1988: 371–372]. Having received from him the required help and having restored his position, Saman-Khudat with his assistance accepted Islam and named his son Asad in his honor. Later, together with his son, he took part in the revolt of Abu Muslim in Khurasan (Khorasan) [al-Zirikli I: 290; Frye 1993: 136]. Subsequently, his son Asad served at the court of al-Mamun6 during his stay in Marw as a governor of Khurasan (Khorasan). Together with him in the court of al-Mamun also served the descendants of the pre-Islamic kings of the Sughd (Sogd)–al-Ihshid al-Sughdi and Shabib ibn Bukhar-Khudad al-Balkhi [al-Djahiz: 75]. The grandsons of Saman-Khudat, the sons of Asad–Nuh, Ahmad, Yahya and Ilyas took part in suppression of the Rafi ibn al-Layth revolt (190–195/806–810) in Central Asia [Narshakhi: 69] and have persuaded him to surrender to the authorities. For these merits, before his departure from Marw to Bagdad, al-Mamun has ordered to appoint them as governors. So, in 204/819-20 they were appointed as viceroys in some cities of Mawaraannahr: Nuh in Samarqand (Samarkand), Ahmad in Farghana (Fergana), Yahya in al-Shash (Chach, Tashkent) and Ustrushana, and Ilyas in Harat (Herat) under the Tahirids, the governors of Khurasan (Khorasan) [Negmatov 1977: 18]. Ilyas ibn Asad was outstanding military commander, he played an important role in the army of the Tahirids and in 212/827-28 was appointed a viceroy of Alexandria in Egypt [Bartold 1963a: 267; Bartold 1963a: 223].

4 From such sources, for example “Bahr al-Asrar fi Manaqib al-Akhyar” by Mahmud ibn Wali, “Tarikh-i Guzida” by Hamd Allah Qazwini, “Habib al-Siyar” by Khwandamir, “Mir‘at al-Adwar wa Marhat al-Aghyar” by al-Lari, “Abd Allah-Nama” by Hafiz-i Tanish, “Oguz-Nama” by Rashid al-Din, Waqf (Nasab)-Nama of Ismail ibn Ahmad al-Samani, “al-Nudjum al-Zahira” by Ibn Taghri-Bardi, etc.
5 Abu Mundhir Asad ibn Abd Allah al-Qasri–governor of Djurdjan (Gurgan, Hyrcania) in 98/716-17, and then of Khurasan (Khorasan) in 106–109/724–728 and 117/735; died in 120/737-38.
6 al-Mamun – the son of Harun al-Rashid, in 182–198/798–812 the governor of Khurasan (Khorasan) with residence in Marw, and in 198–218/813–833 – the Caliph with residence in Bagdad.
7

In textual sources is mentioned one more son of Saman-Khudat–Ishaq ibn Saman, who was in the service of Zuhayr ibn al-Musayyab al-Dabi7, the military commander of al-Mamun, who appointed him a viceroy of Sistan before Shawwal of 193 AH/July of 809 AD [Tarikh-i Sistan: 180, 495]. Other medieval sources do not mention his name. Possibly, he took part in the suppression of Kharidjit revolt in Sistan led by Hamza al-Kharidji (179–195/795–811) and was killed. In medieval sources is also mentioned a certain Salama ibn Saman al-Bukhari, and in medieval Bagdad a site was called with his name. There was a mosque al-Bukhariyya (i.e. of the Bukharians) with a green minaret [al-Jakubi: 247; Tskitishvili 1986: 80].

The clan name of the Samanid dynasty is connected with the name or the title of their ancestor Saman-Khudat, who was the founder and the owner of the settlement called Saman (سامان) located, according to sources, in the Balkh region [Hamzae Ispahanensis: 237; Narshakhi: 132], or Samarqand (Samarkand) [al-Moqaddasi: 337–338; Jañut III: 13] or Tirmidh [Semenov 1955: 3–11].

7 Zuhayr ibn al-Musayyab al-Dabi – the son of al-Musayyab ibn Zuhayr, who in 130/747-48 was military commander of Qahtaba ibn Shabib, one of the colleagues of Abu Muslim, and in 163/779-80 he was the governor of Khurasan (Khorasan).
8, 9

Chapter One SAMAN-KHUDAT

The Sasanids and the Türks

Textual sources contain conflicting information on the origin of Saman-Khudat. According to some information [Masoudi II: 5; al-Moqaddasi: 337–338; Jacut III: 13], he was a descendant of the Sasanid Shahan-Shah Bahram V Gur (r. 420–438 AD)8 or Khusraw I Anushirwan (r. 531–579 AD) [al-Zirikli I: 290]. However a majority of the sources ascend his genealogy to Bahram Chubin (6th century AD) [Hudud al-Alam: 102; al-Istakhri: 143, 292; Ibn Haukal: 468; Narshakhi: 133; Mirkhwand: 113; Gafurova 1992: 63], who was a military commander of the Sasanid Shahan-Shah Hurmazd9 IV (r. 579–590 AD) and initially was a Marzban of Arminiya and Adharbaydjan (Azerbajan) [al-Dinàwari: 81]10, and then of Rey and Khurasan (Khorasan) [Masoudi: 213]. There is also information that Bahram Chubin was of a Turkic origin of the Oguz Türks in the service of Sasanids [Gumilev 1967: 162; Rizo 1955: 152].

It is known that Bahram Chubin claimed to be a descendant of the Arshacids from the noble Parthian family Mihran11 from Rey [àl-Masudi: 102, 155; Firdausī 1952: 282], and had a second name Mihrbandak [Shahbazi 1989: 519], i.e. “the slave of Mihr” (in the Armenian sources–Mihrevandak [Ter-Mkrtichan 1979: 58]). Bahram Chubin was a son of Bahram Gushnasp [Shahbazi 1989: 520] Djushanas [Biruni 1957: 52], Djushnas [al-Dinawari: 81], Djashnas [Ibn Haukal: 472], or Hasis, the son of Kuzak [Gardizi: 62]), who was a Marzban of Adharbaydjan (Azerbajan) during the reign of Khusraw I Anushirwan (r. 531–579 AD). According to other data, he was a descendent of Bahram IV Kirman-Shah [Tarikh-i-Guzida: 120].

Kuzak, Kazak, Cossack - Türkic  generic for freelancing mercenary
Kirman - Türkic for fortress, fortification

8 Bahram Djur – the name accepted in the Islamic tradition for the Sasanid Shahan-Shah Varahran V Gur (r. 420–438 AD). The Middle Persian (Pahlavi) name Varahran originated from a name of the Avestian god of victory Varathragna. In the Middle Ages the name of Bahram was widespread among the Türks too [Shami: 54, 70].
9 In medieval sources this name is cited in the form of Hurmuz or Hurmuzd; in the scientific literature it is accepted in form Hormizd or Hormuzd. As this name occurs on behalf of Ahura Mazda, the Supreme deity of the Zoroastrian pantheon, in our opinion, it should be read in form of Hurmazd.
10 Nizam al-Mulk called Bahram Chubin as “wazir” of the Sasanid Shahan-Shah Khusraw II Parwiz (r. 590–628 AD) [Siyasat-Nama: 75].
11 In the ancient Parthia except the Arshacids were 7 other noble families–Êàren Pahlav (in Nihawand), Suren Pahlav (in Sistan), Ispahpat Pahlav (in Gurgan), Spandiyat, Ìihran (in Rey), Zik and some others, who saved their high position during the Sasanid‘s reign too [Simokatta: 93; Diakonov 1961: 195, 283].
10

According to the Byzantine sources, Varam, the son of Bargusn (i.e. Bahram Chubin) originated from Razaken (Rey), from the house of Mirram (Mihran) of the Arshacids family. In the beginning of his career he served in the detachment of Shahan-Shah royal body-guards, later he commanded a cavalry squadron, and took part in military campaigns of Khusraw I Anushirwan against Babylon and Armenia. He became famous because of his military feats during the war. Then he was appointed as a general commander (commander-in-chief) of the Persian army and was honored by a high title “Darigbedum of the king‘s table” [Simokatta: 93–94].

The origin of the Arshacids is connected with the Central Asian nomadic tribes of the Scythian circle [DA: 90; Bartold 1971: 422], in antique sources they were known under a general name Dahae (i.e. the Dahs) (Tokhars, Tuhsi) [Pigulevskaya 1958: 28]. The Dahae tribes were also mentioned in the ancient Persian inscriptions as one of the tribes of the Saka confederation, in the Syr-Darya lower basin, in the 3rd century BC they expanded to the south, to the borders of Parthia [Vaynberg 1999: 207, 261] (There was no Parthia when Parthians expanded). The Chirik-Rabat material culture along Jana-Darya in the Eastern Aral region was attributed to the Dahae tribes [Mambetullaev 2004: 100–101]. Their initial territory corresponds to the land of the Saka Tigrahauda, i.e. “the Sakas with bonnet hats”, mentioned among the Persian subjects in the area of Aral Lake, identified with the Massagets of the ancient Greek authors [Piankov 1968: 16].

Having come to power in Parthia, the Arshacids have not lost their ties with nomadic steppe, just the opposite, they actively supported them with political marriages and alliances, moreover, some of the Arshacids emphasized their origin from nomadic milieu [Olbrycht 2003: 98]. The Arshacid coins frequently feature a sitting man in nomadic dress with a bow in outstretched right arm [Lapshin 1999: 80, 86]. The bow type is close to the Hunnic bows, the best bows of the end of the 1st millennium BC.12 Under Arshacids, the base of the Parthians army consisted of Central Asian mercenary nomads [Nikonorov 2005: 142].

The Sasanids, just as the Parthians, widely practiced involvement of military forces of the neighboring “Barbarian” tribes. The use of the nomads' military potential provided at the same time a continuous control over them [Wright 2005: 15–31]. There is some information about the Türks taking part in military campaigns of the Ahemenids against their enemies.13 In the 4th century AD the Sasanids used Khionites in the war against Byzantine.

12 Such type of bows is also called “Hunnic-Parthian bow” [Kradin 2000: 10].
13 Ancient Türks, who had rich traditions in the art of war, served as mercenaries in the armies of different countries. According to the Armenian sources, the Ahemenid king Cyrus army partly sonsisted of the Turkic troops [Òår-Ìkrtichyan 1985: 66]; according to the Hebrew manuscript from the ancient city Yeb (Elephantine, 494–407 BC) in Egypt, the 5th century BC Achaemenids' military campaign against Egypt was headed by a Khwarizmian (Horezmian) Türk called Dragman, a son of Kharchin [Meyer 1912: 28; Togan 1981: 416, n. 124].

Karaşin is still in use as a surname, there is even a historical "beylik" with similar name, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karasids, its etymology is speculative, with a few options.

Dragman...? Toraman, Tarkan, Tonga..  some common Turkic names for princes, etc.

11

In 502 AD, the Shahan-Shah Kawad in alliance with Hephtalites (Ephtalites) troops campaigned against Byzantine again, and in 503 AD Hephtalites (Ephtalites) fought against Huns in the Caucasus. In 527–532 AD Sasanids used Sawir (Savir, Suvar) tribes in war against Byzantine. Khusraw I Anushirwan also widely practiced settling of warlike tribes on the borders of the empire to create permanent barriers to aggressive nomads [Kolesnikov 1981: 53; Diakonov 1961: 312]. So, according to al-Masudi, he has built the city of Bab al-Abwab (Darband), and also a 40 farsakh-long (7km/farsakh, 300 km long, an unreal statement for a really short wall) wall against infidels and has settled near each of its gates the tribes of Khazars, Alans, various Türk clans, and al-Sarir tribes (probably, Sawir (Savir, Suvar)) (Sary, of Alan/Sarmat circle, the once leading tribe of the Onogur confederation) for protection from aggressive nomads [Masoudi II: 2].

The Masudi's interpretation is faulty, and repeating it without disclaimer is not couth. Masudi describes warlike nomadic tribes as hapless peasants that can be showed around, settled, and resettled, and in the same sentence calls the same nomadic tribes “aggressive nomads”. The Türkic nomadic tribes of Scythians, Masguts (Massagets, Alans), Huns, Kayis, Khazars, and Sary (Sary Ogur) controlled S. Caucasus long before Kawad's intrusion, they had a long-established system of interdependencies and hierarchy long before Kawad ventured to push them out from their land. Kawad's seeding strife between Persia and its nomadic neighbors froze a conflict that eventually made Persia vulnerable to the conquest by a far inferior intruder.

Sawir (Savir, Suvar) of Sabir tribes (Savirai) are mentioned in the geographical work of Cl.Ptolemaeus [Petrov 2004: 84]. Michael the Syrian (12th c. AD) blamed the fateful practice of the Persian kings of attracting Turkic groups as mercenaries, because after returning home they aroused their compatriots by stories about the riches of the Near East cities and provoked bloody nomadic invasions [Mokrynin 2004: 69].

Michael the Syrian (12th c. AD) probably was not aware that in the 7th c. BC the same nomads ruled most of the Near East, and were quite familiar with its geography and capabilities. The international reach and experience of the Türkic nomadic tribes is well documented by the Classical writers.

The Arabian writer al-Djahiz wrote that in their country, Türks fight not for their religion, not for their king and not for al-kharadj (tax on agricultural land, i.e. sedentary peasants), not for tribal unity or for possession of women, not for defense of native land ot their houses, and not for money, but solely to extract war booty [al-Djahiz: 82]. According to Ibn Hawqal, a part of the Türks from the Badjnaq (Bechen, Bosnyak) (بجنق) tribe in ancient times left their country and went to al-Andalus (الاندلس), then they came to al-Bardzaa (Barza) (البرذعة), i.e. Parthia [Ibn Hawqal: 15]. In that, can be seen an echo of the real events that took place in the ancient times, namely during a formative epoch of the Parthian kingdom founded by the nomadic tribes at the end of the 3rd century BC.

 Barza (البرذعة) is also a toponym in proximity to lake Uremia, and probably refers to numerous other locations. A group of Goths-Alans in the 5th c. from Africa may have reached Persia, a more likely scenario.

The viceroys of the frontier regions where Iranian were not in majority (Khionites, Hephtalites (Ephtalites), Khazars, Türks, Armenians, Georgians, etc.) had a high Iranian title Marzban “defender of the border”, and belonged to the estate of high military officials at the Sasanid court [Kolesnikov 1981: 49, 54, 55]. One of the most closed confidants of Khusraw I Anushirwan was an Hephtalite (Ephtalite) called Katulf [Trever 1950: 141]. The Anushirwan's court included emissaries from various kings: Türks, Chinese, and Khazars [at-Tabari II: 899]. The bulls of the Sasanid high officials with bulla seals of the 3rd – beginning of the 4th centuries AD from the Balkh settlement Djiga-Tepa depicted Türks [Kruglikov 1984: 141–151].
12

Some of the Sasanid seals of the 5th–7th centuries AD depict typical Turkic faces and Turkic symptomatic accessories,14 and also scenes in the so-called “animal style”, assuredly not typical for Iranians, but typical for the Türkic people.15 In the 4th/10th century the Turkic tribes Khalach and Kandjina in Tukharistan (Tokharistan) were considered to be the descendants of the Hephtalites (Ephtalites) (al-Haytal) [al-Horezmi: (al-Horezmi) 119].

There are no doubts that Kushans, Khionites, and Kidarits, like the Hephtalites (Ephtalites) and the Türks were related people of the Central Asia and adjacent territories. In the Avesta, the enemies of the of Zarathustra (Zoroaster) religion are called Khionites, who have appeared only in the 4th century AD. Obviously, the Avesta text originally used another ethnographic name. In this respect, the Iranian (i.e. Persian) epos went even further, and in the 6th century AD replaced the Khionites with the Türks. Another version, attributed to the end of the 5th or the beginning of the 6th century AD, instead of the Türks still used the name Khionites [Bartold 1971: 390–392].

It is known that Khusraw I Anushirwan was married to a Turkic princess called Kayen [Ter-Mkrtichian 1979: 57], a daughter of the Türkic Kagan [at-Tabari I: 899]. This marriage was concluded in 554 AD as a result of several Persian embassies to the (Ashina) Türks [Mokrynin 2004: 72]. The name of this Kagan is stated in the medieval sources as Kökem Kagan [Ibnul-Balkhi: 24, 94, 98], who was identified as the first Kagan of the western part of the Türkic Kaganate, the Istami (Istemi)-Kagan “Dizavul”, who in 568 AD sent an embassy to the Byzantine. The same Kagan is mentioned in “Oguz-Nama” by Rashid al-Din as Kukem Yavkuy  [Rashid al-Din 1987: 94], in the works of Abu-l-Ghazi it is Kukem Bakuy [Kononov 1958: 69] and at al-Tabari it is “Sindjibu” (Sir-Yabgu) [Togan 1981: 112]. The name of this Kagan, rendered in the Byzantine sources in the form of “Dizavul”, was reconstructed as Sil-Zabul, i.e. Sir-Yabgu [Zuev 2002: 189].

Unlike his predecessors, Khusraw I Anüshirwan abandoned the ideas of religious fanatism that dominated orthodox Zoroastrianism, and advanced a policy of toleration in respect to the Christians16, followers of Mazdaism, and other religious groups. The mother of Khusraw I Anushirwan was a daughter of some dihqan (land-owner) whom Shahan-Shah Kubad married during his campaign to Turkistan [Bayhaqi: 896]. From that follows that Khusraw I Anushirwan was half non-Iranian (non-Persian?) and probably had a Turkic blood that was his main divergence from his predecessors on the Sasanid throne. That possibly explains his marriage to the Turkic princess.

14 For example, a portrait with Mongoloid features and a headdress in a form of bull horns (similar to the Norse/Germanic idiosyncrasy) [Frye 1971: pl. XV, fig. 81].
15 Images of a she-wolf feeding two human babies, a horseman, an elephant, a lion, a horse, a camel, a bull, a deer, a wild boar, a goat, an eagle, a pheasant, a crane and other animals and birds [Frye 1971: pl. XXXIX, XLVI–LIV; Bivar 1968à: 69–101; 1968b: pl. XV, XX–XXIV; Gignoux 1982: 87–117; Gyselen 1995: 39, 43].
16 Ànushirwan held a contempt for the Christians because his son Anushak-Zad from his Christian wife followed belief of his mother and raised a revolt against him. However, despite of that, Anushirwan did not treat Christians with hostility, and yielded them adequate conditions [Browne 1997: 136, 168, 181].
13

Khusraw I Anushirwan was known for his educational activities, he spent many efforts for development of secular science and culture.17 For that, he was called “Anushirwan the Just” and “Immortal Soul”.18 It is known that in his reign into the Middle Persian (Pahlavi) language were translated the sacred book of the ancient Türks “Oguz-Nama”, authored by certain Ulug-Khan Ata Bitikchi and some other Turkic storytellers.19 The Buzurg-Mihr Bakhtagan, a vizier of Khusraw I Anushirwan, owned a manuscript of that book [Korogly 1976: 38].

It is held that the earliest Oguz-Nama is Rashid-al-Din’s (d. 1318) Jame al-tawarik, which contains two versions of  Oguz-Nama. The Ulug-Khan Ata Bitikchi's version, written during the reign of Khusraw I Anushirwan (r. 531–579), would predate that oft cited date by more than 7 centuries. It would predate the migration of the Oguz tribes to the Aral basin (Oguz Yabgu state, 750–1055), and the personalities of its founders that are often described as physical founder persons of that state.

The work of the Jewish historian Rashid-al-Din of Hamadan is interesting for its history of the Agach Eri people, the Scythian Acathyri, the Hunnic-time Akathirsi, the Türkic Agacheri, the Slavic Drevlyane, and the Persian Agajari.

Anushirwan's successor on the Sasanid throne prince Hurmazd IV (579590) was half-Türk, for that he was nicknamed “Turkzada”, i.e. a descendant of the Türks. In continuation of the policy of his father, he ruthlessly fought against Iranian nobility and priests, continued the peaceful policy toward Christians, and relied on common people [Pigulevskaya 1946: 84–85], a considerable part of which were Hephtalites (Ephtalites), Türks and other non-Persian people.20 He purportedly phrased a slogan, “Like a throne cannot rest only on its front legs, so a state cannot base only on Zoroastrians” [at-Tabari I: 990]. During Hurmazd IV reign were minted silver drachmas with a clear image of a cross next to the Zoroastrian symbols. These coins were minted not only in the cities in the eastern part of the Sasanid empire, such as Abarshahr, Gurgan, Marwrud and Rakhwad (al-Rukhhadj), but also in the mints of Stakhr, Bishapur, Darabgerd and Ardashir-Khwarra, the central cities of Persia, a cradle of the Sasanids statehood. Also are known Varahran VI (Bahram Chubin) drachmas with the image of a cross, minted in 591 AD in Abarshahr, Harat (Herat) and Marw [Kolesnikov 2005: 114–115].

17 In 532 AD he invited from Byzantine to his court Neo-Platonist philosophers, who engaged in translation of philosophical and scientific works from Greek and Syrian to Middle Persian (Pahlavi), he was also a founder of the first Persian university in Djundishapur (Khuzistan) (circa 550 AD), to study philosophy and medicine. These traditions were continued later, at the Abbasid time, by establishing in Bagdad of an Islamic Academy of Sciences (Bayt al-Hikma) [Browne 1997: 167, 305, 419].
18 In Middle Persian (Pahlavi) the name Anushirwan means “Immortal Soul” (Anushak-ruban) [Browne 1997: 107, 135].
19 This information is cited in composition “Durar at-Tidjan wa Tawarikh Ghurar al-Zaman” (“Pearls and Dates of the Glorious People”) by Abu Bakr Abd Allah ibn Ay-Bek al-Dawadari (8th/14th c.), who writes that in 211/826-27 a Syrian-Nestorian scholar Djibril ibn Bakhtishu, who served at the court of five Abbasid Caliphs from Harun al-Rashid (r. 170–193/786–809) to al-Mutawakkil (r. 232–247/847–861) [Ibn al-Nadim II: 969], has translated this book to Arabic, and that he personally saw the Arabic version of “Oguz-Nama” translated by Djibril ibn Bakhtishu [Köprülü 1976: 25–26, 249–251; Dede Korkut I: 35–37].
20 During the reign of Shahan-Shah Hurmazd IV Turkzada, were executed 13 thousands members of Persian aristocracy [Belami II: 248].
14

The marriage of the Turkic princess (Khatun) with the Shahan-Shah was a mutually advantageous political step. Sasanids were interested in it to have an ally against Hephtalites (Ephtalites), and the Türks wanted to influence the Sasanids' politics. There is an opinion that precisely to this Türkic Kagan, who established a kinship with Sasanids, ascends the genealogy of the Samanid dynasty [Togan 1972: 112], which alternate sources also ascend to Khusraw I Anushirwan [al-Zirikli I: 290].

 The marriage made Kagan a Shah's father-in-law, establishing his seniority in the family and in the politics. The son-in-law/father-in-law relationship was a customary tradition within the Türkic milieu, a complete opposite to the IE tradition, where women occupied subservient position, and respect for relative and absolute age meant little in social organization. The Türkic tradition of extreme exogamy and marital unions made Persian males (or a dynastic tribe/strata of the Persian society) instantaneous permanent marital partners in the marital union, also a tradition contrary to the Persian customs with their routine marriage to the blood relatives. The Türkic-Persian marital union can be observed in the sequence of four-generations' marriages.

Another tradition concerns the male grandchildren of the Kagan. His duty and right is to educate his grandson after he can be separated from his mother, at about 5 years of age. The Persian princes grow and get educated at the court of the Kagan. As a minimum they are bilingual and grow in the saddle. When it is time to take on the reigns, they are skilled in arms, tactics, customs, traditions inclusive of religion, statesmanship, and court etiquette. That is how the princes grow in religious tolerance and wisdom that feeds it.

In the beginning of the 3rd/9th century a native of Sughd (Sogd), a known Arabic-speaking poet Ishaq ibn al-Hasan al-Khurrami (d. 200/815-16) asserted in his verses that Khusraw ibn Hurmazd (i.e. Khusraw II Parwiz) and Kagan were cousins of his father Sasan [Browne 1997: 267]. According to some information, Khusraw Abarwiz (Khusraw II Parwiz) also married a Khatun (خاتون), a daughter of the Türkic Kagan, who bore the successor to the throne, the Shahan-Shah Shiruye [al-Djahiz: 100–101].

Thus, at least four Persian Shahan-Shahs (Khusraw I Anushirwan, Hurmazd IV Turkzada, Khusraw II Parwiz and Shiruye) had family ties with the Türkic Kagans. In the Persian history are known only two ruling queens. One of them, Buran (-dokht) (Storm-daughter, a Turkic-Persian compound), was a daughter of Khusraw II Parwiz (590–627 AD) from Maryam, a daughter of the Byzantine emperor Mauritius, and she ruled only for one year and 4 months (630–631 AD). The second, Azarme (-dokht) (Bolting-daughter, or Mazed, Mixed-up-daughter, a Turkic-Persian compound), ruled for only few months [Bayani 1973: 50]. Rise to the throne and reign of these two queens contradicted traditions of the Sasanid Persia, and most likely was connected with the Türkic statecraft traditions where women occupied high position in the society, and a wife of the Kagan (Hatun) was active in state affairs [Kamoliddin 2005: 16–24].

Although wives and concubines may be many, Hatun is only one. She presides during interregnums, till the next Kagan is raised. She is not raised (literally, on a wool carpet or a bag of wool), but occupies a regent position (Ilchibika - fem., Ilchibek, Kushtan - m.) by default. If the Hatun-emeritus is alive, she may be the regent. The main task of the regent is to organize and conduct Kurultai (lit. “be cured (family) ties”) and elect the next Kagan. The female regency was entirely non-Persian procedure.

According to al-Narshakhi, one of the descendants of Khusraw I Anushirwan called Shapur settled in Sughd (Sogd), after a quarrel with his father he fled to Bukhara. The Bukhara ruler, titled Bukhar-Khudat, received him well and allocated him a land possession. Shapur built there canal, which then was called Shapurkam (i.e. canal of Shapur) and founded on its banks a few settlements, including the settlement Wardana on the border with Turkistan. Later, these possessions inherited his descendent Wardan-Khudats [Narshakhi 23, 34–35].

There is testimony that during Khusraw I Anushirwan reign for some time21 Persian relations with the Türks were close. So, Ibn Khordadhbeh cites a legend that Khusraw I built in the territory of the Khazar Kaganate the cities Balandjar (aka Varachan, from bulun “tributor” + jar “center, headquarters”, the Masgut capital after Persian conquest displaced Masguts/Massagets/Alans from Shirvan and Agvania) and Sàmàndàr (Hunnic capital, both capitals precede the Khazar rise) [Ibn Khordadbeh: 123].22

21 Before the deterioration of relations had occurred after unsuccessful Türks' embassy headed by the Sogdian Maniakh to the court of Khusraw I Anushirwan
15

The inhabitants of these cities were possibly the Türks-Balandjars and Khazars [Romashov 2000: 219–338] (What a screaming ignorant nonsense). Foundation of some cities in the Türks' country is attributed to Bahram Chubin also. So, according to the legend, he established the city Sarir al-Dhahab (Golden Throne), a capital of the Türkic Kagan. It was located in the Khazar steppe north of Bab al-Abwab (Darband), and during Late Middle Ages it was known as Sarai Batu [Mahmud ibn Wali: 41] (Sarai Batu - “Batu palace” was a name of the Batu court in the city Saksin). In the 4th/10th century is mentioned an area called al-Sarir (السریر), located 4 days of travel from Bab al-Abwab (i.e. Darband), its inhabitants were Christians (Sarir is the mountain location of Sary Oguz refugees). According to the legend, the king Filan-Shah of this city was a Christian from Bahram Gur descendants. When the last Persian king Yazdigird III fled from the Arabs to the Türks, he gave a gold throne, treasury, and property to one of the descendants of Bahram Gur to induce him to come to that country [Masoudi II: 41]. According to other sources, this man was a descendant of Bahram Chubin [al-Istakhri: 223; Grigoriev, Frolov 2001: 260, 280].

During the rule of the Caliph al-Wathiq (r. 227–232/842–847) the ruler of al-Sarir is called a king of Alans with a title Tarkhan [Demidchik 1977: 120]. To Bahram Chubin is also attributed a foundation in the Türks' country of the city Sarwast (سروست) [Mustawfi-i Qazwini: 121]. In the Kimak country is mentioned a settlement Dih-i Chub [Hudud al-Alam: 100]. These details allow to suggest that before Bahram Chubin was killed after his flight from Persia, he stayed with the Türks for a long time.

However, that should have happened not later than the beginning of the 7th century AD, because Bahram Chubin is not mentioned any more when in 611 AD the Djik (Zik, Shikh)-Kagan came to power, in alliance with Hephtalites (Ephtalites) won a big victory over Sasanids, and established his rule over the whole eastern part of Persia up to the Rey and Isfahan.23 Though subsequently the Türks withdrew their armies back to Amu Darya, they continued to play an important role in the subsequent history of the Sasanid Empire.24 So, according to the Chinese sources, the killing of Khusraw II Parwiz (Ko-su-ho) and raising to the throne of his son Shiruye (Se-li) was staged by Tun Yabgu-Kagan [Chavannes 1903: 171]. After that, the Sasanid Shahan-Shahs were ruled by the Türkic Kagans [Togan 1981: 73–74]. In 629 AD, after Shiruye and his son Ardashir, to the Sasanid throne was raised Khusraw Kharkhan (Kharmaz), a son of Arslan, a son of Bayunchur, who was one of the descendants of the Sasanid line from the Türks' country [Ibnul-Balkhi: 24, 109].

22 According to the legend, the name of Balandjar had one of the sons of Yafath ibn Nuh (Bibl. Iaphet son of Noah) [Ibn al-Fakih: 289].
23 In the Forughi collection of the Sasanid seals (Iran) are two seals with Middle Persian (Pahlavi) and Turkic Runic legends with the name of this Kagan (Djik (Zik, Shikh)-Kagan), and a medallion with his image in profile and Middle Persian (Pahlavi) legend with his name. Speculatively, the seal was made to administrate the captured territory, and the medal was minted in memory of his victory [Harmatta, Litvinsky 1996: 369].
24 In our opinion, this calculated process started with the reign of Khusraw I Anushirwan, who married the daughter of the Türkic Kagan.
16

According to the legend, in Farghana (Fergana) Khusraw I Anushirwan also founded a city, relocated there people from each (noble?) house and named that place Har Khana (àz har khana), i.e. “from each house” [Ibn Khordadbeh: 30]. This legend in full version is in the work of Ibn al-Faqih25 and later sources [Mahmud ibn Wali: 64; Bakran: 51; al-Bakuwi: 96]. According to al-Masudi, the city founded by Khusraw I Anushirwan in Farghana (Fergana) was called Quba (قبا) (Kuba) [Masoudi IV: 507; VIII: 701].

The stability of this legend in the folk tradition attests that during the reign of Khusraw I Anushirwan could have really been established a Persian colony in Farghana (Fergana), and that some Persian population could have been moved there. This supposition is supported by the al-Tabari's information that Khusraw I Anuushirwan, after conclusion of an alliance with the Türks, campaigned against Hephtalites (Ephtalites)26 and reached Farghana (Fergana), where he left his army [at-Tabari I: 899]. The last period of Bahram Chubin‘s life after his flight to the Türks also was connected with Farghana (Fergana) [Gumilev 1960: 229–230].

The last Sasanid Shahan-Shah Yazdigird III (r. 632–651 AD), having fled from the Arabs to the Türks, resided in Farghana (Fergana) [HC: 1b; at-Tabari I: 2689, 2692]. The al-Tabari's composition noted that in 29/649-50 the Caliph Uthman (r. 23–35/644–656) sent to Khurasan (Khorasan) Umar (Umayr) ibn Uthman ibn Sad, who crossed Djayhun (Djeyhun, Jeyhun, Amu Darya) river and came to Farghana (Fergana) [at-Tabari I: 2829]. Àbu Ali Balami in his addition to the “History” of al-Tabari dates this event by 31/651-652. Possibly, this first Arab reconnaissance campaign searched for Yazdigird III [Djalilova 1991: 7]. In the beginning of the 2nd/8th century are mentioned Persians (al-'Adjam)27 living in Farghana (Fergana) and in the Türks' country [HC: 167à]. From circle of the Persian immigrants apparently descended the Sasanid's Khusraw Kharkhan (Khàrmaz), the son of Arslan, the son of Bayunchur, who lived in the Türks' country, and in 8/629-30 with the support of the Türks was installed on the Sasanid throne after Shiruye and his son Ardashir [Ibnul-Balkhi: 24, 109]. The echo of these events remained in the folk legends, according to which, after the Arabs conquered Persia (al-'Adjam), Persians fled and settled in Farghana (Fergana) [Shah Hakim: 17].

25 Cited in the composition of Zakaria Qazwini, who refers to Ibn al-Faqih [Demidchik 1977: 122].
26 Event took place in 554 AD [Trever 1950: 129].
27 In the al-Tabari work this place reads: “one non-Arab (al-'Adjam) from the inhabitants of Khurasan (Khorasan) said...” [at-Tabari II: 1300].
17

One of the Yazdigird III's descendants, a dihqan Kamkar, lived in the vicinity of Marw [Ibn al-Athir VIII: 44]. The celebrated Muslim lawyer (al-faqih) Abu Hanifa al-Numan ibn Thabit ibn Kamkar ibn Yazdidjird ibn Shahriyar (d. 150/767), a founder of the al-Hanafiyya law school (al-madhhab), was Yazdigird III's 4th generation descendant [al-Karshi: 63].

Qutaiba ibn Muslim during his conquest of Mawaraannahr fought with the son Firuz of Yazdigird III [al-Masudi: 101]. He has captured his daughter Shah-Farind and sent her to al-Hadjdjadj ibn Yusuf, and that forwarded her to the Caliph al-Walid, from whom she gave birth to al-Yazid [at-Tabari II: 1247]. She had a case with a book in Persian [Ibn al-Fakih: 209]. Chinese sources mention a grandson of Yazdigird III called Nerse (Ni-huan-shi), who in 58/677-678 was at the court of the Chinese emperor, and then headed an anti-Arab revolt in Tukharistan (Tokharistan) [al-Tabari 1988: 17, n. 16]. In 110/728-29 a son of Yazdigird III called Khusraw participated in the battle at Kamardja on the side of the Türkic Kagan [at-Tabari II: 1518]. A chronicle under 720 AD tells about arrival to Japan in the second half of the 7th century AD of the Tukharistan (Tokharistan) people of noble origin with Iranian names. It is suspected that they were Yazdigird III's descendants [Gikio 1979: 55–63]. The founder of the Ghaznawid (Ghaznavid) dynasty Sabuk-Tegin was a Qarluq (Karluk) from the city Barskhan near the Isyq-Kul (Issyk Kul) lake, not far from the city Atbash where ostensibly settled the last Shahan-Shah Yazdigird III [Bosworth 1962: 220; Bosworth 1963: 39–40].

From the above, it is possible to suspect that it was Farghana (Fergana) that was the native land of the Türkic Kagan with whom Sasanids established marital ties.

The Turkic ruler El Arslan (Shir-i Kishwar, Sawa-Shah) of Bukhara was a relative by the maternal side of the Sasanid Shahan-Shah Hurmazd IV Turkzada [Belami II: 248]. When Bahram Chubin in 589 AD has taken his son El-Tegin (Parmuda, Nili-Khan) a prisoner in Baykand and sent him to Hurmazd IV, the last accorded him a sumptuous welcome and after a conclusion of a peace released him with honor [Belami II: 265; Firdausī VI: 656–657]. Alternatively, El-Tegin (Parmuda) has not been taken prisoner, but went voluntarily to the Shahan-Shah Hurmazd IV for negotiations [Gumilev 1969: 132]. From this story follows that Shir-i Kishwar (Sawa-Shah) was a nephew of Istami (Istemi)-Kagan‘s daughter, a wife of the Sasanid Shahan-Shah Khusraw I Anushirwan.

In the 4th/10th century, in Nishapur lived an expert on the al-Hadith (Acts of the Prophet Mohammad) Abu Mansur Muhammad ibn Ali ibn Ahmad ibn Dayzil al-Djallab al-Farisi al-Dayzili (d. 345/956-57), who had a nisba ascending to his ancestor Dayzil. According to Abu Abd Allah al-Hakim al-Hafiz al-Naysaburi, which book cites al-Samani, his clan had a very ancient origin, but he always preferred solitude and avoided people.
18

First he lived in Bagdad and then moved to Nishapur [al-Samani V: 399]. The name of this ancestor is probable should be read as Dizabul (ديزبل) instead of Dayzil (ديزيل) neither among the Arabs, nor the Persians have such a name. Therefore it is possible to presume that he was one of descendants of the first Kagan of the Western Türkic Kaganate mentioned in the Byzantine sources as Dizavul. Among Türks, children were given names of their distant ancestors, especially if they were famous people. The name of this Kagan, who in 568 AD sent an embassy to Byzantine, was reconstructed as Sir Yabgu (from Sil-Zabul) [Zuev 2002: 189]. One of his descendants, namely the Crown Prince son of Tun Yabgu-Kagan, also used a name Sir Yabgu.

In 3rd/9th century in Bagdad lived certain Kagan (d. 234/848-49), who was a descendant of the pre-Islamic kings of Farghana (Fergana) [al-Jakubi: 258, 266; al-Suli: 104]. His sons and the grandsons, who accepted Islam, were high-ranking officials, important military leaders, viceroys, viziers, and closest people to the Abbasid Caliphs.28 To his clan belonged such known persons as al-Fath ibn Kagan (d. 248/862-63), Yahya ibn Kagan (d. 240/854-55), Baglavur ibn Kagan, Takin ibn Kagan, Abu-l-Abbas Ahmad ibn Kagan al-Farghani, etc. [al-Suli: 63, 104, 117, 127; Ibn Miskawaih: 68, 69, 174, 420, 421, 424, 561; Ibn al-Nadim I: 116; àl-Masudi: 362, 379]. From Balkh originated the al-Hadith expert Muhammad ibn Kagan al-Baruqani al-Balkhi [al-Samani II: 176]. In the 3rd/9th century are also mentioned certain people called Kagan al-Khadim al-Turki, Kagan Atrudj [al-Jakubi: 258; al-Masudi: 190, 191], Kagan ibn Ahmad and Kagan al-Aflahi [Ibn Miskawaih: 115, 225, 244], who served in Bagdad at the court of the Caliphs. Ìàsrur al-Farghani was a bodyguard and a close friend of the Caliph Harun al-Rashid [al-Isfahani: 419]. Azku-Tegin ibn Asa-Tegin, a military leader of the Caliph al-Muwaffaq also The was a Farghanian (Fergana) [Ibn al-Fakih 1968: 59]. An al-Hadith expert Abd Allah ibn Muhammad ibn Farankadik Hadjib ibn Malik ibn Arkin al-Turki al-Farghani (d. 306/918-19) ascended his genealogy to one of the kings (màlik) of Farghana (Fergana) [Jacut IV: 931]. Òughdj ibn Djaf ibn Djaf ibn Yil-Takin ibn Fawran ibn Furi ibn Kagan al-Farghani and his son Abu Bakr Muhammad ibn Tughdj al-Farghani [Ibn Miskawaih V: 508, 553, 577; Ibn Khallikan I: 41–44], the founders of the Ihshid dynasty, ruled in the 4th/10th century in Egypt and Syria [EI IV: 418; Bosworth 1971: 76], they held themselves descendants of the Ihshids, the pre-Islamic kings of Farghana (Fergana) [al-Masudi: 194, 371; EI III: 1060]. It can be supposed that they were descendants of the Kagan El-Tegin, at which court Bahram Chubin spent his last days.29

28 His descendants referred to him with a nisba al-Hakani [al-Samani V: 22].
19

Genealogy of some members of the Ihshid dynasty names among ancestors a certain Bighdjur al-Ihshid [Ibn al-Nadim I: 173, 174, 235; al-Zirikli I: 165]. In 268/881-82 on the post of the viceroy of al-Basra in al-Iraq was appointed a certain Qaysar, a descendant of Arkhuz, the Ihshid of Farghana (Fergana) [at-Tabari III: 2016]. According to other sources, during the Arab conquests, the Ihshid of Farghana (Fergana) used a Turkic name Suvar-Takin [al-Horezmi: 119; Ibn al-Nadim I: 280]. His descendant possibly was Wasif ibn Suvar-Takin al-Khadim al-Biktamiri, who lived in Bagdad [Ibn Miskawaih: 48, 56, 64, 116, 119, 125, 162, 270]. Al-Tabari composition mentioned the pre-Islamic kings of Farghana (Fergana) al-Tar or Alatar, Balaz and Djur [at-Tabari II: 1440]. In the Middle Ages, a large channel south of the city Andidjan [Babur-Nama: 77, 121] and one of the Andidjan city gates [Babur-Nama: 121, 122] were called “Hakan”.

Bahram Chubin

After the well-known Bahram Chubin victory over of the Hephtalite (Ephtalites) army and the Türks in 588 AD30, the Sasanid Shahan-Shah Hurmazd IV gave him Balkh and all of the Khurasan (Khorasan).31 After a murder of Chol-Kagan32, his son Yil (El)-Tegin33 hid in the of Paykand fortress.34 Bahram Chubin laid siege to the fortress, forced him to surrender, and seized a great booty. He sent to Hurmazd IV only a part of it, and held on to the rest.

29 Besides, textual sources mention other Kagans of that time: Manush-Hakan, Fayruz-Hakan, Khaylub-Hakan, etc. [Ibn Khordadbeh: 40–41].
30 As a result of this war the Türkic Kaganate weakened and split into two Kaganates – the East and the Western [Harmatta, Litvinsky 1996: 368–369].
31 According to Middle Persian (Pahlavi) sources, Spandiyat, the son of Vishtasp, built in Pahl (Balkh) a splendid capital Nawazak and founded there a miraculous Vahram fire [Markwart 1931: 10].
32 This Kagan was identified with El Arslan, the son of Tardu-Kagan (in 576–587 AD – Kagan of the Western Türks; in 587–603 AD – Kagan of the East Türks) and grandson of Istami (Istemi)-Kagan (r. 562–576 AD). The al-Narshakhi history mentions him under a name Shir-i Kishwar [Frye 1954: 108, n. 28]; Chinese sources Yang-Su T‘ele (Tegin), Arabic sources Shaba or Shiyaba [Ibn Khordadbeh: 40], and Persian sources Sawa-Shah or Sawkh [Gumilev 1967: 115, 132]. The Asilan Dagan (Arslan Tarkhan) of the Chinese sources is also identified with him [Chavannes 1903: 149; Zuev 2002: 200].
33 Yil-Tegin or Il-Tegin, i.e. El-Tegin. Chinese sources mention him under a name Nili-(Khan), and Persian sources Parmuda or Narmud [Togan 1981: 72]. With him is connected the construction of a Buddhist temple in Kashmir and the penetration of the Buddhism into Bukhara region [Stavisky 1960: 115]. The name Parmuda is an Iranian calque of the Turkic name Sawa Buyuruq [Gumilev 1967: 132].
34 According to Firdausī, this fortress was called Awaza [Firdausī 1952: 68].
20

This angered the Shahan-Shah, and he was sacked from his post [Masoudi II: 213–214; al-Dinàwàri: 84–85]. According to other sources, after defeating Türks in Baykand, Bahram Chubin was sent to the Caucasus, where he fought against Byzantine army. In that war, Bahram Chubin lost and then he was sacked from his post [Simokatta: 77–80].35 However, he had refused to obey Hurmazd IV, and has revolted in Balkh in 590 AD [Harmatta, Litvinsky 1996: 368–369]. Concluding an alliance with the Türks, he took command of military units of Turkic volunteers, and with a joined army moved to Ktesifon, the Sasanid capital.36 He also was supported by the majority of the local population [Guseynov 1960: 35]. Meanwhile, the local nobility has deposed Hurmazd IV and enthroned his son Khusraw II Parwiz. In the summer of 590 AD, Bahram Chubin entered Ktesifon with his army and has proclaimed himself a Shahan-Shah. Before that, he has been crowned near Tirmidh. He declared the Sasanids to be usurpers of the legitimate power which by right belonged to the Parthian Arshacids, and himself a lawful successor of their power [Shahbazi 1989: 521]. Khusraw II Parwiz fled from the capital to Byzantine to the emperor Mauritius. Having usurped the supreme power of the Sasanids, Bahram Chubin ruled for more than one year and even minted coins with his image.37 In 591 AD a joined Sasanid army with a support of the Armenian, Georgian, and Byzantine troops, defeated Bahram Chubin army near a river Baliarat in Armenia, and captured many Türks with a cross sign on their foreheads [Simokatta: 131]. After that, Bahram was forced to flee east, to the land of the Türks, and settle in Farghana (Fergana) [Gumilev 1960: 229 – 230].

35 This battle between Bahram Chubin and Byzantines is known only from the Byzantine and the Middle Persian (Pahlavi) sources used by Firdausī. Other Arabic and Persian authors of the Middle Ages know nothing about Bahram Chubin's defeat from Byzantines [Diakonov 1961: 315, 413, n. 195]. Possibly, the reference there is to the military operations Persians, with support of the Byzantines, conducted in the Caucasus against Khazars [Pigulevskaya 1946: 81], and a commander who fought with them was not Bahram Chubin, who at that time was still in Khurasan (Khorasan) engaged in a war with the Türks, but another commander called Bahram, a son of Siyawush [al-Dinàwari: 86; Ibnul-Balkhi: 102; Gumilev 1960: 228–229].

The reference to the Khazars in the Arabic sources here and elsewhere is anachronic, since Bahram Chubin was killed in 591 while the Khazars appeared on the N. Caucasus scene 3 generations later, in 660s. The fight of the 580s in the S. Caucasus was between Agvania and Armenia on one side and Persians on the other side, with Hunnic troops fighting on behalf of the Agvanian Masguts and Armenians.

36 Bahram Chubin's army included numerous Türks, the sources relay that “with him went many brave and war-like Eastern people, and Khusraw II Parwiz personally killed three Turkic knights in service of Bahram Chubin” [Gumilev 1960: 237–239]. Among prisoners were many Türks, Khusraw sent them to the emperor Mauritius as victory gifts. On the captives' forehead was incised a Christian cross that they “have received from their mothers” [Simokatta: 130–131].

Cross was a Manichaean symbol when at the end of the 3rd c. Manichaeans sought shelter among tolerant Türkic people, where they gained many adherents. Cross was adopted as a Christian symbol later, at first sparingly and reluctantly sometime during the 4th century, it had to supplant the already traditional Christian symbology. The Khorasan Türks of the 6th c. were much more likely Manichaeans than Christians, first because Manichaeans brought over their symbol first, secondly because Nestorian Christian refugees fled and settled with the Jeti-su Türks and not the Khorasan Türks, and thirdly because Nestorians were not about to adopt the tenets and symbology of the Church that was merciless in persecuting them. In carrying symbology over, there is a place for the role of the Manichaean fathers switching sides to become prominent Early Christian apostolic fathers.

37 There are known drachma and dinars with his image and with inscription Var(a)hran [Göbl 1971: 80; pl. 12, No. 203–204; Nöldeke 1879: 282].
21

He became a friend and an adviser to the Türkic Kagan Parmuda (El-Tegin) [Mustawfi-i Qazwini: 121],38 and married his daughter.39 Some time later he was killed by a hired agent sent by Khusraw II Parwiz [Chavannes: 242–245; Gumilev 1967: 131–132; Usanovà 1995: 29].

There is an opinion that that story tells not of a supreme Türkic Kagan, but about a Hephtalite ruler of Balkh with a Bactrian title šawa (“ruler”), and of his son titled pariowk (parmowk), whose descendant Barmakids also were the owners of the Naw-Bahar temple.40 In that case, the Shawa-Shah and Chol-Kagan, and the Parmuda and El-Tegin should be different persons fighting together against Sasanids.

El-Tegin is also mentioned in the Armenian sources of the 7th century AD [Gukasian 1971: 250]. Considering that after defeat of the Hephtalites (Ephtalites) and Türks in 590 AD a large part of Tukharistan (Tokharistan) was occupied by the Sasanid army, Bahram Chubin could have escaped from the Sasanid pursuit only out of the country, most likely in the north,41 i.e. at the “Hakan of Chin” Parmuda (El-Tegin), a relative of the Sasanid Shahan-Shah Hurmazd IV Turkzada on a maternal side [Belami II: 248, 265; Firdausī VI: 656–657; Firdausī 1952: 291–294] because his father Shir-i Kishwar (Shawa-Shah) was a nephew of Istami (Istemi)-Kagan‘s daughter married to the Sasanid Shahan-Shah Khusraw I Anushirwan.

The new family ties of Bahram Chubin were most likely connected with Farghana (Fergana), where later lived his descendants who held themselves the “holders of royal blood” [Kamaliddinov 1996: 116–117] and pretended to the supreme power in the Sasanid Persia.42

Numismatic sources add to this picture some details. Silver drachmas with abbreviation SML (Samarqand (Samarkand)) were minted in the second year of the Hurmazd IV rule (i.e.  580–581 AD) and from the third till the fifth years of the Khusraw II rule (i.e.  592–594 AD).

38 According to al-Dinawari, the Türkic Kagan honored him, and built for him and for his people a city and a palace. When Bahram Chubin in an honest duel has killed the Kagan‘s antagonistic brother, the Kagan ennobled him even more [al-Dinàwari: 98–102].
39 He saved a Kagan‘s daughter on walk from an attacking wild animal (dragon-lion), then Kagan gave him his daughter and a kingdom [Masoudi II: 223–224; Firdausī 1952: 302; Mustawfi-i Qazwini: 120–121].
40 The word pariowk (parmowk), barmuka in the Armenian rendition and Barmuda in the Arabic rendition, reflects the Buddhist title Pramukha [Harmatta, Litvinsky 1996: 371; Frye 1956: 122].
41 According to Firdausī, in case if Sawa-Shah would not extend his protection to him, Bahram Chubin planned to leave to the south to Hindustan [Firdausī 1952: 295].
42 The medieval sultans of Shirwan also held themselves to be descendants of Bahram Chubin [Nawai: 204].
22

The Hurmazd IV drachma dated by the sixth year of his rule (i.e. 584–585 AD) indicates in full the name of the Chach (čač) area. Only during the rule of Hurmazd IV (581, 584, 586–588 AD) were minted drachmas in the Khulm (XLM) mint, located east from Balkh [Kolesnikov 2005: 114]. This indicates that Bahram Chubin‘s army military advance of against the Türks was more extensive than was believed earlier, and extended not only to the areas of Balkh and Bukhara, but also to the more remote areas of the Türkic Kaganate, including Samarqand (Samarkand) and Chach.

These is a synopsis of the data about life and activities of Bahram Chubin in the Byzantine, Armenian, Middle Persian (Pahlavi), Arab-Muslim and other sources.

It was thought that the second part in the name of Bahram Chubin, “Chubin” or “Chubina”43 had a meaning of a “raven” (or a “crow”) in the later Sasanid Middle Persian (Pahlavi) [Wolf 1953: 301]44, and that it was a Bahram's nickname in a court slang at the time of Shahan-Shah Hurmazd IV (r. 576–590 AD) [Firdausī VI: 654–655]. In a geographical treatise of the second half of the 8th century AD translated to Tibetan, among the Turkic tribes and people inhabiting Central Asia at that time is mentioned a tribe called Gar-rga-pur in the neighborhood of the tribes Yan Ti (the Kushans) and He-bdal (the Hephtalites (Ephtalites)) [Gumilev 1967: 162; Àbdurasul Ogli 1997: 72]. Apparently, those were the people in the Tukharistan (Tokharistan), which at that time was a part of the Western Türkic Kaganate. There is an opinion that ethnonym Gar-rga pur consists of two words: Turkic gar-rga (“raven”)45 and Persian pur (“son”)46, the first of which is a calque of the Middle Persian (Pahlavi) word chubin (“raven”). It was the name of the descendents of Bahram Chubin in the Balkh, given to them by the Türks [Gumilev 1967: 162].

The antique sources mention Gargars among the people of the Eastern Caucasus, along with Albans and Caspians. In the Adharbaydjan (Azerbajan) territory still remain a hydronym Karkar and toponym Kharkhar [Aliev 1974: 178]. One of the Sogdian documents from the Mugh mountain (beginning of the 8th century AD) mentions a Turkic governor called Chubin Chur Bilga (V.A.Livshitz reading) who was a governor of the city Panch (Pandjikent) for 15 years, and a mountain area Kasht (or Bakht) [Smirnova 1963: 11].

Kas is “Rockies, Cliffs” in Türkic, quite a suitable name (cf. Caucas “White Rockies”), but what is Bakht?

43 Various sources mention this name in different forms: Chobin, Chopin, Chupin, Djubin, Shubin, etc. Some late sources also give a form “Chuba” [Azimov 1999: 26, 158, 160].
44 In the New Persian the word chubin (چوبین) means “wooden”, and the word chubine  (چوبینھ) means “a crane” [PRS I: 480]; for “raven” in the New Persian is used the word kulagh or zaghan [RPS: 91].
45 In Old Turkic the word karga meant “a raven”, “a crow” [DTS: 426]. Modern Turkic languages use forms kurgun (a raven) and karga (a crow) [RTS: 103].
46 According to some information, the word pur originated in Farghana (Fergana), where the Chinese emperor as “the son of the sky” was called bàghpur or faghfur [Bartold 1963á: 215].
23

This document confirms the fact of the spread of the name Chubin among the Central Asian Türks during the Early Middle Ages epoch.

The raven or a crow is a central character in the mythologies of the people of Siberia and Indians of the North America, appearing as primogenitor, cultural hero and a mighty shaman [Melitinsky 1991: 245]. For the ancient Türks the Raven was a symbol of a rising Sun, which along with the morning blue Heaven, personified the Supreme deity Tangri. An image of a Red Raven, in a form of an eagle with spread wings, is depicted on the tiara of the pre-Islamic Turkic prince Kül-Tegin [Zuev 2002: 24, 226]. Similarly, Kirgiz epos has an image of a Kara-Kush bird (Blackbird) that affords help to the people. In Iranian epos this bird is called Semurg [Korogly 1983: 53]. During Middle Ages, among the Türks was popular a name Kara-Kush (Blackbird) [Ibn al-Athir XI: 169]. The obverse of the Kara-Khanid coins had images of a pigeon, a cock, a bird with a chick, a bird with a flower, etc. [Kochnev 1993: 14]. According to the Chinese sources, a totem of the ancient Turkic tribes U-shi, i.e. Usuns, also called Huns, was a raven [Zuev 1960: 11–13]. In the art of the Central Asian people was widespread an image of a bird of prey (an eagle, a horned owl, etc.) in gold or bronze, it connected a symbolical image of the sun or the Farn incarnation [Vorobieva 1988: 41–42]. The mythology of the Siberian people, dubbed Shamanism, was closely connected with the image of eagle, whence the kind spirits of the Heavens sent a king of eagles (two headed eagle) to the earth to help people. The eagle descended to the earth and copulated with a woman sleeping under a tree. As a result of that union was born a first shaman. The eagle initiated a spiritual beginning of the mankind, for whom the eagle is a bird of the Sun. The eagle and nomad was a popular theme in the Kushan art. The Arshacid's eagle also belongs to that pantheon, though its milieu is a somewhat different tradition [Mustanmidi 1972: 81, 83]. In the Middle Ages, among Türks were iniquitous names related to birds, such as Ak-Kush (White Bird), Kara-Kush (Black Bird), Ala-Kush (Motley Bird), Boz-Kush (Grey Bird), Tun-Kush (Night Bird), Lachin (Falcon), Sunkur (Falcon), Sunkurcha (Small falcon), Ak-Sunkur (White Falcon), Kara-Sunkur (Black Falcon), Togan (Raptor), etc. [Tardjuman: 60–62].

In the mythological traditions of the Near East, North Africa, Europe, and India, the raven is a demonic character, it personifies misfortune and is an evil omen [Melitinsky 1991: 245]. In the Sasanid Persia, the image of a raven was frequently seen as an appellative for hostile strangers.47

47 In one story an Arabian prince complained to Kusraw I Anushirwan that “his land was seized by ravens”; and the last asked: “What ravens, from Abissinia or from India?”, on which the Arab answered: “the Abissinian” [Browne 1997: 179].
24

Supposedly the name designating a raven could be given to such a person as Bahram Chubin48 only among the people who held this bird to be a positive hero.49 After Asad ibn Abd Allah in 107/725-26 rebuilt the Balkh city, its inhabitants, with a majority of Hephtalites (Ephtalites) and Türks [al-Idrisi IV: 483; Gibb 1923: 8–9], nicknamed him a “Raven” (al-Zagh) [HC: 210b]. The image of raven appears on the Sasanids seals [Frye 1971: pl. 46, fig. 139; pl. 47, fig. 143] that, along with some others [Frye 1971: pl. 39, fig. 77, 78, 78a; pl. 47, fig. 79, 81; pl. 52, fig. 198, 199], belonged to people of obviously non-Persian origin.

It can also be expected that the Bahram Chubin nickname reflected his belonging to the above mentioned tribe Kar-rga (Karga). According to available sources, one of Bahram Chubin's ancestors was called Chubin ibn Milad. He was from Anush clan50 known as al-Ram [Masoudi II: 213]. Hence, the name “Chubin” of Bahram Chubin could be a Persian calque of the Turkic original clan name “Karga”. The same Chubin ibn Milad, an ancestor of Bahram Chubin in 19th generation (ca 475 years, or ca 100 AD), in other sources is mentioned under a name Karkyn [Usanova 1995: 27], Kargin ibn Milad [Gardizi: 62] or Gargin ibn Milad [Mustawfi-i Qazwini I: 94, 120]. Firdausī “Shah-Nama” mentions Gargin, a son of Milad, among knights and military leaders of an ancient Persian king Kay-Kawus (Kay Kavus) [Firdausī I: 353, 355, 390, 399, 403, 413, 419, 442, 448, 450], he is described as war-like, brave, battle-tested, fearless and proud hero [Firdausī III: 29, 82, 114, 117, 198, 214, 360, 436], although he perpetrated a treachery and turned over his companion in arms to Afrasiyab [Bertels 1960: 225–226]. His father, Milad, also was one of the Persian heroes and braves, and a head of the country during the Iranian king Kay-Kawus (Kay Kavus)'s campaign from the Balkh to the Mazandaran (Gurgan, Hyrcania; Hyrcania of the Sasanid times; Mazandaran became a name of the Persian province in 1914) [Firdausī I: 360; III: 114, 117, 404]. In the Hamadan area is mentioned a settlement Milad-djird [Mustawfi of Qazwin: 72]. The Middle Persian (Pahlavi) inscriptions of the Sasanid seals mention Gargarayan, a city in al-Iraq [Gyselen 2002: 153].

48 Bahram Chubin's image remained in people's memory as a national hero, and during Sasanid time a historical novel “Bahram Choben-Namak” (“Book about Bahram Chubin”) was composed in Middle Persian (Pahlavi) about him, and subsequently it laid down a base for the legends about Bahram Chubin immortalized in the works of medieval Arabic and Persian authors [Browne 1997: 108; Diakonov 1961: 20, 316].
49 In an environment where raven personified a demonic being boding misfortune and evil omen, such famous hero as Bahram Chubin, with circulating popular folk legends about his feats, could not be called by that name. On the process of transformation of the Bahram Chubin image into a figure of a national epos hero see: Czegdely 1958: 21–43.
50 According to the legend, Anush was one of the first people on the earth, a son of Shith (Seth) and a grandson of Adam [al-Dinàwari: 3]. Khusraw I Anushirwan was nicknamed Anushak-Ruban, which in the Middle Persian (Pahlavi) means “Immortal Soul”. His son from his Christian wife was named Anush-Zad, i.e. a descendant of Anush [Browne 1997: 107, 135, 181, 168]. The same name had Anush-Tegin Gharchai (Anush-Prince Kara-chai “Black River”), the ancestor of the Khwarazm (Horezm)-Shahs dynasty (circa 470–490/1077–1097) [Buniyatov 1986: 223].
25

Among the ancestors of the mythological Türkic Kagan Afrasiyab in his genealogy is mentioned Karkyn who was a son of Yafath ibn Nuh (Bibl. Iaphet) (Yapheth son of Noah) [al-Karshi: 101]. Another genealogy of Afrasiyab instead of the name Karkyn gives the name Türk as a son of Yafath ibn Nuh [al-Karshi: 63].

Among the medieval Turkmàn (Turkmen)-Oguz nomadic tribes is mentioned a tribe (el) Karkyn [Kononov 1958: 68, 72]. The name Karkyn (Qarqyn) had one of legendary ancestors of the Oguz Türks who, according to their genealogy, was a fourth son of Yulduz-Khan, a third son of Oguz-Khan [Rashid al-Din 1946 I: (1): 88–89; Rashid al-Din 1987: 65–66], and also another Oguz ruler Karkyn Konak-Alp [Kononov 1958: 78]. According to the legend, the name Karkyn meant “feeding hungry” or “hospitable”, and his ongon, i.e. a sacred bird,51 was a hawk or a water (river) golden eagle (su barkuti).52 According to the Persian dictionaries, the name Chubinak  (چوبینک) also means “water bird” (murgh-i abi) or “river bird” (murgh-i daryai) [Rizo 1955: 150]. Very probably, such semantic coincidence of these names (Karkyn and Chubinak) is not accidental, and quite possibly the second of them is a calque of the first.

This ongon can be compared with the image of Burkut-Baba with intertwined features of ancient agricultural and shamanistic deities. According to mythological etiology of the Turkic people, Burkut-Baba was a “patron” of a rain and was dispersing clouds with a whip, producing thunder and lightning preceding a rain [MN I: 195]. That bird, associated with water or rain, was an ongon of a Turkic tribe, it could also be a crane that lives in bogs and lakes adjoining agricultural areas [Brem 1992 II: 205]. In oral tradition, the word chubine (چوبینھ) means “crane” [PRS I: 480]. Still recently, in the Turkmàn (Turkmen) oral tradition was a custom of sacrificing in drought years a kid goat to Burkut-Ata, a patron of rain, whom they envisioned as the “patron of rain” Dede Korkut.53

It appears that ancient agricultural deities are not shamanistic by definition, not because there is any difference, but for some other reason. “Agricultural” is an economic term, “shamanistic” is religious term, “agricultural” vs. “shamanistic” is cabbage vs. religion.

51 According to the shamanist mythology of the Türk-Mongolian people, an ongon personified spirits of totemic (wolf, bear, horse, etc.) and anthropomorphic  deceased ancestors [MN II: 255–256]. Many clan names of the Siberians and American Indians ascend to totems (wolf, bear, eagle, snake, etc.) [Nikonov 1970: 17].
52 According to Rashid al-Din, the ongon of Yulduz-Khan all four sons was a bird called tàwshanjil, i.e. a hawk [Rashid al-Din 1987: 66], and according to Abu-l-Ghazi ongon was a white falcon, a buzzard, a raven and a golden eagle [Kononov 1958: 53].
53 The tomb of Burkut-Ata was located in eastern suburb of Ashgabad (Ashgabat) and was a revered place in the past [Zhirmunsky 1962: 169–170].
26

The name of the Turkic clan or tribe Karga has also remained in the Central Asian historical and modern toponymy. So, in Khurasan (Khorasan) during Middle Ages is mentioned a settlement Kargali-Ilik [Kononov 1958: 77]. Among the Turkic clans of the Uzbeks, Kara-Kalpaks, Kirgizes, Bashkirs and other Turkic people are mentioned such clans as Kargyn [Sultanov 1977: 167], Kargar [Aliev 1975: 178], Karga [Karmysheva 1976: 97, 213, 216], and Gargaly, their names have survived in the toponymy of the Farghana (Fergana) valley, Khwarazm (Horezm), Zarafshan and Kashka-Darya valleys54, and also in Adharbaydjan (Azerbajan), Volga (Itil) region, Southern Siberia, Mongolia, and other places inhabited by Turkic people [Karataev 2003: 99–100].

From the above, it appears that the ancestors of Bahram Chubin originated from one of the Central Asian Turkic tribes with a bird ongon, i.e. a raven, a river golden eagle, or a crane.55 In the ancient times that tribe could belong to a circle of the Parthian tribal confederation, and then along with the Khionites, Kidarits, Hephtalites (Ephtalites) and Türks it was in the service of the early Sasanids and the later members of that dynasty.

Genealogy of Saman-Khudat

Bahram Chubin had 3 sons: Nawshard, Mihran, and Shapur. Saman-Khudat was his descendant his elder son Nawshard.56 According to the cited in medieval sources Saman-Khudat genealogy, he was a descendant of Bahram Chubin in fourth or fifth generation. The names of his ancestors are given differently in various sources:

54 Karga – qishlaqs (settlement) (kishlak, kyshlak) in the Kagan tuman (small district) of the Bukhara wilayat (area) (vilayet),
in Uzbekistan  – a tuman of the Farghana (Fergana) wilayat (vilayet);
Kok-Karga and Kargali – qishlaqs (kishlak) in the Narpay tuman of the Samarqand (Samarkand) wilayat (vilayet),
Ala-Karga – a qishlaq (kishlak) in the Yakka-Bagh tuman of the Kashka-Darya wilayat (vilayet),
Kargalar – qishlaqs (kishlak) in Gurlan and Hazar-Asp tumans of the Khwarazm (Horezm) wilayat (vilayet),
Karga-Tepa – a qishlaq in the Khatirchi tuman of the of Samarqand (Samarkand) wilayat (vilayet),
Karga-Owul – a qishlaq in the Bulungur tuman of the of Samarqand (Samarkand) wilayat (vilayet), etc. [Koraev 1978: 168; Îkhunov 1994: 70–71].
55 The tribal ongons could be changed with changes of political situation (loining a new confederation, political change, etc.). Besides, the Turkic word karga could be have wider meanings, not only a raven or a crow, but also some other black-colored birds [Clauson 1972: 653].
56 It is known that he also had a brother called Mardansina, a sister called Gordiya, and one more sister with unknown name [EPersia III: 520].
27

(The Arabic transcriptions may not be accurate)
Saman ibn Djuba or Djabba (خثا ) ibn Niyar ibn Nawshard ibn Tamghath ibn Bahram Chubin [al-Samani VII: 12];
Saman-Khuda ibn Djuba (Djaba, Djuta, Khuta) ibn Tamghath ibn Nawshard ibn Bahram Chubin [Jacut III: 13; Dictionnaire: 297];
Saman ibn Djimathyan (نايثميج ) ibn Nawshard ibn Samtaghan ibn Bahram al-Malik [al-Nasafi 6284: 64à];
Saman-Khudat ibn Djathiman (ناميثج ) ibn Taghmath ibn Nawshard ibn Bahram Chubin [al-Biruni: 39; Biruni 1957: 52];
Saman-Khuda ibn Djithman (نامثيج ) ibn Taghmath ibn Nawshard ibn Bahram Shubin57 [Ibn Haukal: 472];
Saman ibn Hamitan (ناتيمح ) ibn Nawsh ibn Tamghasp ibn Shawl58 ibn Bahram Chubin [Gardizi: 62];
Saman ibn Djuthman (نامثج ) ibn Tamghath ibn Nawshard ibn Bahram Chubin [Ibn al-Athir VII: 110];
Saman-Khudat ibn Djuthman (نامثج ) ibn Taghmath ibn Nawsard ibn Bahram Chubin [Mustawfi-i Qazwini: 379];
Saman-Khudat ibn Hamita (اتيمح ) ibn Nawsh ibn Tamasf ibn Shadal ibn Bahram Shubin [al-Karshi: 98];
Saman ibn Khudat (ادخج ) ibn Taghan (طغاْ ) ibn Bahram ibn Bahram Chubin [Usanova 1995: 26];
Saman ibn Sasan (عاعاْ) ibn Bahram Chubin [Tabaristanensis I: 11];
Saman ibn Djothman ibn Toghmath ibn Noshrad ibn Bahram Chubin [EPersia III: 520].59

Some of these names in the Saman-Khudat genealogy, in particular Tamghath (طمغاث) (Tamghasp, Tagmhath, Tamgharth, Tamghat, Samtagan), might be identified with the title Tamgach (طمغاج) (lit. “seal holder”), with a Turkic origin [Togan 1964: 61]. The other names of the Saman-Khudat‘s ancestors cited in his genealogy, Shawl (شاول), Taghan (طغان), and Djabba (خثا) can be compared with names or titles of Sul (Sawl), Tughan (Toghan) and Djabgu (Yabgu), widespread among the ancient and medieval Türks.

Other names in the Saman-Khudat genealogical tree can be etymologized from the Iranian languages. However, it is known that a name of a person is not always connected with the ethnic origin, much more often it is connected with religious or cultural affiliation [Nikonov 1974: 88–90].

57 In another place this name is written as Djubin (جوبین) [Ibn Haukal: 468].
58 This name can also be read Shadil (شادل) [Mukhtarov 1999: 285].
59 Later sources also have somewhat different genealogy: Bahram Chuba – Saman – Siyawush – Haman – Asad etc. [Azimov 1999: 26, 158, 160]. There apparently is a copyist or compiler error, which switched the names of Saman (سامان) and Haman (هاما), and omitted two links between them.
28

For example, the names of the Christian Arabs totallly differ from names of the the Muslim Arabs. The Arab Islamic names are widespread in all Islamic countries. The ancient Türks followed many world religions. Before the Arab conquest, among the Türks of Central Asia and Zoroastrian Khurasan (Khorasan) were widespread Iranian names and titles [at-Tabari I: 167–168; Nikitin 1986: 82–88; Sims-Wiliams 1997: 8–9] and later, among the Türks professing Buddhism (Uigurs, Altaians, Tuvinians, etc.), Judaism (Khazars, Karaims), and Christianity (Armenian-Oipchaqs (Kipchkas) , Gagauzes, Polovetz-Qipchaqs (Kipchkas), Nestorian Türks, etc.), in addition to the native Turkic, were frequent names of the Buddhist, Judaic [Mikhaylov 1999: 78–79], and Syrian-Christian origin [Nikitin 1984: 124–125; Baskakov 1981: 21–26; Djumagulov 1971]. Besides, medieval sources frequently use names or nicknames of many Turkic rulers, military leaders and other historical personalities used by the Arabs and Persians (for example, Afrasiyab, Shir-i Kishwar, Parmuda, Abu Muzahim, Firuz-Kagan, etc.). And the Türks had a custom to name their children after their birthplace in a foreign land. For example, Sultan Sandjar (Sindjar) received his name after the name of the city Sindjar in Syria where he was born [al-Samani VII: 159]. Hence, it is impossible to attribute an origin of any historical personality to the Iranian ethnicity only because his name is of Iranian type. For example, the names of the Cimmerian leaders were Iranian. However, this does not attest that they were Iranian in origin, like also for the whole Cimmerian people. It is known that rulers of the non-Iranian Mitany (Mittani) and Khurrit (Khurite) people also used Indo-Iranian names [Chlenova 1971: 331].

The judgment of Russian and ethnocentric European linguists can't be taken too seriously because of the bias in attribution and refusal to consider alternatives. Among most notorious characters are V. Abaev and M.Vasmer, who would step over obvious to prove their thesis.

The name of Nushard or Nawshard (var. Nush or Nawsh)60 in the genealogy of Saman-Khudat originated from the name of mythical persona Anush ibn Shith (Seth) ibn Adam [al-Jakubi I: 6]. It can be compared with a name of the ancestor of the Khwarazm (Horezm)-Shahs Anush-Teginids (Prince Anush, Tr. tegin “prince”) dynasty Nush (Ànush)-Tegin Gharchai from the Oguz clan Bekdili [Toshov 2004: 15], with the name of the Saljuq (Seljuk) military leader Nush-Tegin [Ibn al-Zubayr: 86], and also with the name of the city Nushdjan (Nawshdjan), located in the region of the Isyq-Kul (Issyk Kul) Lake, near Atbash in the Tughuz-Ghuz (Tokuz-Oguz) Türks country [Ibn al-Fakih: 328; Ibn  Khordadbeh: 30; Kodàma: 209]. In the 3rd/9th century among the  Central Asian Turkic rulers is mentioned a Kagan called Manush (Ànush)-Kagan [Ibn Khordadbeh: 40]. The name Nush also used one of the rulers of the Qara (Kara)-Khanid dynasty [Kochnev 1993: 10].  An image of a lion with a runic inscription-monogram legend n + uš (ush) is depicted on the reverse of the coins minted in Utrar (Otrar) in the Lower Syr-Darya [Smirnova 1981: 56]. On the site of an ancient settlement Yer-Kurgan in the Kashka-Darya valley on the inside of a 5th–6th century AD bowl was found an impression of a seal with a Sogdian inscription reading Anush (n+wš) and is a part of a personal name [Isamiddinov 1978: 216; Iskhakov 1983: 43].

60 The name nwš (nawš) can be an Iranian loanword in Turkic meaning “drink”, “wine” [Nosirov 1994: 70].
29

Among Sogdian Ihshids ruling in the beginning of the 8th century AD is mentioned a certain ruler Mastich from Unash clan (m'stč 'wnš MLK), [Akhunbabaev 1986: 85]. The name of Unash (wnš), also encountered in the wall painting inscription in the palace hall of the city Afrasiab ruins, was a clan name of the Ihshid dynasty in Samarqand (Samarkand) [Livshits 1973: 23–25] of the Turkic origin [Kamoliddin 2003: 63–68]. Probably, the name Unash is one of versions of the name Anush.

In the medieval period the name Bahram was also widespread among the Türks, particularly among some rulers of the Ghaznawid (Ghaznavid), Saldjuqid (Seljukid) and Qara (Kara)-Khanid (Karakhanid) dynasties [Bosworth 1971: 162, 237; Kochnev 2000: 252]. The above allows to assert on sufficient grounds that the oldest forbear of the Saman-Khudat Samanids, and of Bahram Chubin had Turkic origin. In any case, at the present stage of research can be asserted that the Samanids' origin is not known [Frye 1993: 136], and to resolve this question needed a wider range of sources [Treadwell 1999: 88 - 89].

According to al-Istakhri, Samanids were Persians (al-furs), and the Islamic world had no other kings who had so deep reigning roots (al-mulk), which they passed along in inheritance still from the non-Arab times (al-'Adjam) [al-Istakhri: 293]. In the description of the al-Fars region, al-Istakhri stated that Samanids were Persian kings who ruled outside of the al-Fars region. They were descendants of Bahram, and Bahram came from noble people of Ardashir-Khwarra (Khurr) and lived in al-Rai [al-Istakhri: 143]. Ostensibly, this indicates that the Samanids were Persians in origin. However, some small, but very important clarifications within the Ibn Hawqal's text allow to better understand the substance of the al-Istakhri's words. Accordingly, Samanids originated from noble Persians (al-furs) because they were descendants of Bahram Chubin ibn Bahram Djushnas [Ibn Haukal: 472]. Thus, in Islamic tradition of the 4th/10th century, Samanids were held for “Persians” only because they were descendants of Bahram Chubin, who was known to medieval historians as a “Persian” commander.61 Besides, that is not corroborated by other medieval sources.

The peculiar perspective of the Islamic sources is illustrated by the grotesque descriptions of the Arab conquest of the Caucasus, where the backward projection of the anachronic Khazars blotted out the real participants of the confrontation, the Huns, the Savirs, the Masguts, the Kayis, the Bulgars, and other Caucasian people. A literal reading and interpretation of the Islamic sources clouded minds of the generations of historians who were mechanically citing and reciting the faulty storyline.

The valuable indication in the texts of Ibn Hawqal and al-Istakhri is that Islamic countries had no other kings with so deep reigning roots (al-mulk) as had the Samanids, who wielded power from the non-Arab (al-'Adjam) times, i.e. since pre-Islamic times.

61 More details below.
30

That message probably alludes to the kings of the Arshacids dynasty, to which ascends the Bahram Chubin genealogy [Gardizi: 62].62 However, the subject of the text is uninterrupted royal succession from the pre-Arab times. In our opinion, the pre-Islamic Samanid ancestors who conveyed royal power in succession, could not be the kings of the al-Fars region. Firstly, Bahram Chubin as an ancestor of the Samanids was not a king, but a Sasanid military commander and a short-time usurper of their throne. Secondly, the pre-Islamic Samanid's ancestors, the descendants of Bahram Chubin, ruled not in al-Fars region, but in Farghana (Fergana), Balkh, Bukhara and Chach. Hence, “the kings who held the power from the non-Arab times” most likely were the supreme Türkic Kagans to whom Bahram Chubin was related, and it were his descendants from the marriage with the Turkic princess who were the Samanid's ancestors.

A number of previous researchers have already expressed an opinion of the Turkic origin of the Samanids, for example, at the end of the 19th century AD a Russian scholar A.G.Tumansky [Tumansky 1896: ÕIV]. Sayyid Hasan Taqizada asserted that the mentioned in textual sources name of one of the Saman-Khudat ancestors (Tamghath, Tamghasp, Tamgharth, etc.) probably is Turkic in origin and reflects a Turkic name Tamghach/Tabghach [Togan 1972: 112]. R.Frye also suspected that the Samanids could be of a Turkic origin, because in the Balkh, whence they came, Türks were an overwhelming majority [Frye 1993: 136]. According to A.Z.Validi Togan, the ancestors of Saman-Khudat not just belonged to the dynasty of the Tukharistan (Tokharistan) Qarluq (Karluk) Djabghu (Yabgu), but were descendants of the supreme Türkic Kagan Kukem-Khan of the sources63 who ruled the Oguz branch of the Türks in his name [Togan 1981: 112]. The founders of the Turkic Yabgu dynasty that with interruptions ruled Tukharistan (Tokharistan) for about 200 years were offsprings of the Turkic Ashina line, the founders of the First Türkic Kaganate.

According to the researchers Yahya al-Khashshab and Ali al-Sabi, Samanids were relatives with Ghaznawids (Ghaznavid) and like them, they were of purely Turkic origin, and before Samanids appeared on the historical arena, nothing was known in Persia about their line [al-Sabi 1965: 129]. The same opinion held M.S.Günaltay [Günaltay 1938: 76–77], N.Togan [Togan 1964: 61–64], and R.M.Shukürova [Rashid al-Din 1987: 115, n. 241].

62 In the genealogical tree of Saman-Khidat were enumerated 36 generations of Bahram Chubin's legendary ancestors.
63 Rashid al-Din mentioned the name of this Kagan as Kukem Yawkuy, Abu-l-Ghazi as Kukem Bakuy, Ibn al-Balkhi as Qaqim Kagan, and al-Tabari as Sir Yabgu, all of which are identified with Istami (Istemi)-Yabgu “Dizavul”. His daughter was a wife of Sasanid Shahan-Shah Khusraw I Anushirwan and a mother of Shahan-Shah Hurmazd IV [at-Tabari I: 899; Ibnul-Balkhi: 24, 94, 98; Rashid al-Din 1987: 94; Êînonov 1958: 69].
31

E.Browne cites verses of Arab poets deriding local governors of Mawaraannahr and Khurasan (Khorasan), i.e. the Samanids, accusing them of illegitimate claims of pre-Islamic noble origin.64

À.Metz believed that Samanids had no relation neither to the Persians, nor to the Sasanids, and misrepresented themselves to appear to be legitimate rulers of the areas of Persia they controlled [Metz 1966: 27]. E.Daniel also expressed doubts in accuracy of the Saman-Khudat‘s genealogy, and believed that it was faked to protect them from assaults on their rule [Daniel 1988: 371]. The Samanid policy of enforced Persification also could be connected with efforts to overcome centrifugal aspirations of rebellious provincial governors (Chaganiyan, Tukharistan (Tokharistan), Khurasan (Khorasan), Khwarazm (Horezm), etc.) and the claims of their Turkic military leaders [Meisami 2002: 368].

When Samanids started advancing their genealogical claims is not known. The line on the Samanid origin from Bahram Chubin for the first time has appeared in a composition of Abu Ishaq Ibrahim ibn Muhammad al-Farisi al-Istakhri, who edited between 318–321/930–933 a geographical composition of Abu Zayd al-Balkhi, written circa 309/921-22, i.e. right after the Saffarid's lands were annexed to the possessions of Ismail ibn Ahmad al-Samani.65 The earlier sources, for example, the al-Tabari's history, which ended with the to events of 303/915-16, do not mention such connections.66 Since al-Istakhri he is the only author who called Samanids “Persians” (al-furs), quite possibly he, himself a Persian, ascribed to the Samanids a Persian origin [al-Istakhri: 143, 292].67

The Arabic geographer Ibn Hawqal has met with al-Istakhri and charged him with inaccuracy in relaying information, and then under his request undertook to edit himself the work of Abu Zayd al-Balkhi. In fact, a comparison of the works of these two authors allows shows to ascertain that in places contents of al-Istakhri contradict the contents of Ibn Hawqal, and thus the contents of Ibn al-Balkhi, because Ibn Hawqal, working with both works of Ibn al-Balkhi and al-Istakhri, could compare them. So, speaking about the city of Ūsh (Osh), al-Istakhri writes that its fortress adjoined a mountain with “a guard post against the Türks” [al-Istakhri: 333].

64 The Arabian poets in their verses have wrote: “They (i.e. non-Arabs) have already forgotten as broke stones in stone quarries of al-Halani, and as carried cargoes in skirts of the dresses. Now, when they became rich began to shout impudently: “We are notable people, sons of dihqans”. If somebody doubted in this and asked the most impudent and vulgar of them, he with arrogance will answer: “I am a son of Bahram Chubin” and will add: “Khusraw has left for me his riches and has made me the successor”. “Who will dare to oppose me?” [Browne 1997: 265–267].
65 The first occupation of Khurasan (Khorasan) by the Samanids took place in 298/910-11, and the second–in 300/912-13 [Bosworth 1971: 148].
66 For more details about this see also: al-Biruni: 45–46; Minorsky 1956: 176–179; Meisami 2000: 357.
67 Ibn Hawqal named them only descendants of Bahram Chubin [Ibn Haukal: 468].
32

Ibn Hawqal's text has a small but essential distinction that radically changed the meaning and the essence of the message. He says that the Ūsh (Osh) fortress adjoined a mountain with “a guard post of the Türks, where they guard their cattle and grazing herds” [Ibn Haukal: 513]. The same sense is also relayed by the text of al-Idrisi [al-Idrisi IV: 508].

Other kings and local rulers of the Islamic period also raised claims for the thrones of the pre-Islamic kings. First such claims were raised by Umayyads. One of the last Umayyad Caliphs, Yazid III ibn al-Walid (r. 126/743-44), born from the daughter of the Sasanid Shahan-Shah Shiruye, stated: “I am a descendant of the Persian emperor, my ancestors were Marwan and also the Byzantine emperor68 and the Türkic Kagan”69 [al-Djahiz: 101; Bosworth 1973: 53]. When he wanted to brag of his bravery and military aptitude, he was mentioning only the Kagan [al-Djahiz: 101].

Òhe Tahirids, although they were descendants of the pre-Islamic Persian nobility, were strongly Arabised and tried to ascend their genealogy to the Arabic tribe al-Khuzaa, a client (mawla) of which was their ancestor Tahir ibn al-Husayn. The early Samanids adopted many Tahirid customs, and imitating them, tried to portray themselves as descendants of pre-Islamic Iranian nobility and faithful followers of the Sunni tradition [Bosworth 1973: 54, 56]. In the 4th/10th century, the Iranian Saffarids ascended their genealogy to the Sasanid Shahan-Shah Khusraw II Parwiz, and the Buwayhids run it to the Shahan-Shah Bahram V Gur [Tarikh-i Sistan: 203]. The amir Adud al-Dawla had even visited the ruins of the ancient Persepolis, the Achaemenid capital, and kept a found there peice with a Middle Persian (Pahlavi) inscription. The rulers of Khuttalan also ascended their genealogy to Bahram V Gur [Bosworth 1973: 57, 59].

Abu Mansur Muhammad ibn Abd al-Razzaq al-Tusi, a Samanid governor of Khurasan (Khorasan), led his genealogy from Khusraw II Parwiz. The founder of the Ghaznawid (Ghaznavid)s dynasty Sabuk-Tegin, originally from the Qarluq (Karluk) tribe Barskhan in the Isyq-Kul (Issyk Kul) Lake area, tied his genealogy to the family of the last Sasanid Shahan-Shah Yazdigird III, who ostensibly resided in that city after his flight from the Arabs to the Turkistan [Bosworth 1962: 220; Bosworth 1963: 39–40]. Those claims were connected with the pro-Persian policy of the early Ghaznawids (Ghaznavid), used in the period of their struggle against the Turkic Qara (Kara)-Khanids (Karakhanid) [Bosworth 1968: 40].

68 Shiruye was married to Maryam, a daughter of Mauritius, a Byzantine emperor.
69 Shiruye was a descendant of Khusraw I Anushirwan from his marriage with the daughter of Istami (Istemi)-Kagan.
33

In a letter that come to him (Sabuk-Tegin, from the context) in 418/1027-28 from the “king of al-Sin” (ملك الص) (aka Khitai, Khitan, Khitan-Liao, Kara-Khitan, an Uygur state) he is called “the ruler of Khurasan (Khorasan) Mahmud Qara (Kara)-Khan” [Bosworth 1962: 220]. As is known, the Qara (Kara)-Khanid Kagans originated from the same Qarluq (Karluk) tribe, but in contrast with the Samanids and their successors Ghaznawids (Ghaznavid), they ascended their genealogy to Afrasiyab, the mythological king of the Türks, who is also one of the main characters of the “Shah-Nama”, a legendary history of the Persia and Turan. The Saldjuqids (Seljukid), like the Qara (Kara)-Khanids (Karakhanid), unlike the Ghaznawids (Ghaznavid), descended from the free Türks. Therefore they held themselves of royal blood, and led their genealogy to Afrasiyab [Bosworth 1973: 61–62].

All these claims for kinship ties with pre-Islamic kings were caused by the desire of the rulers to prove the legitimacy of their rule in the territories they possessed. Therefore Buwayhids, Samanids and Ghaznawids (Ghaznavid) in the possession of the Khurasan (Khorasan) and Iran lands portrayed themselves as descendants of the Sasanids, and Qara (Kara)-Khanids (Karakhanid) with the possession of the Turkistan lands portrayed themselves as descendants of Afrasiyab. Actually the Ghaznawids (Ghaznavid) and Qara (Kara)-Khanids (Karakhanid) originated from the same Qarluq (Karluk) tribe, they split between themselves the lands of another Turkic dynasty of the Oguz origin, i.e. the Samanids. For the same reason the Samanids, and then other Turkic dynasties, patronized the New Persian literature, ushered at the court of the Iranian Saffarids70, and opened a way for the New Persian language (Dari) that formed at the Sasanid court and became a lingua franca for the entire eastern part of the Persian world [Frye 1975: 99].

When Samanids in 298/910-11 defeated Saffarids and captured Khurasan (Khorasan), among the local population their authority soon became unpopular, and the inner opposition rose against occupying troops. A culmination was a revolt of the local patriotic forces headed by a 10-year-old member of the Saffarids family, a great-grandson of Amr ibn al-Layth. As a result of the revolt, in 299/911-12 the Samanid ruler was deposed and the young Saffarid prince was proclaimed an àmir of Khurasan (Khorasan). The actual power seized one of military leaders, Muhammad ibn Hurmuz, who broke communications both with the Saffarids and with the Samanids, and recognized only the Caliph of Bagdad as his suzerain71.

The same may be a case with the Bulgars' dynastic clan Dulo, claimed in the Nominalia of the Bulgar Khans. The line from Bülümar to Ernik may be either unrelated or related only indirectly to the post-Ernik and pre-Kurbat rulers. The Nominalia does list intervening dynasties Vokil/Ukil/Ugain for the latter times. The name Dulo is conjectured to mean Tele, one of the tribal alliances within the Eastern Hunnic confederation. The Huns that fled to the Altai-Dzungaria were headed by dynastic Luanti, but from the Upper Itil - Aral basin came out dynastic Dulo.

A Persian poet of 8th/14th century in his poem compares cruelty of a contemporary ruler with standard epithets for some (pseudo-) historical personalities that remained in the folk memory due to their evil deeds.

70 There are known names of several Persian poets who served at the court of Rafi ibn al-Layth [Tarikh-i Sistan: 211].
71 He minted a dirham that mentioned only his name and the name of Caliph al-Muqtadir. Minting of that coin was a display of his independence from the Samanids [Bosworth, Rispling 1993: 215–217].
34

For example, haughtiness of the Pharaon, violence of Shaddad, hubris of Nimrod, bloodthirstiness of Zakhkhak, rebelliousness of Piran, treatury of Garsiwaz, rage of Kawus, ignominy of Tus, murders of Nawuhodonosor, debauchery and immorality of the Lot's, tribe polytheism and revelry of the Khud's relatives, villainy of of Ad and Samud tribes, etc. Along with others, he also mentioned “deceit of Saman” [Barnabadi: 150].

This leads to deduction that Samanids' ancestor remained in the folk memory as a character famous for deception used in his political activity. It is known that in the middle of the 2nd/8th century, when for the first time Saman-Khudat has appeared on a political arena of the Arab Caliphate, in Mawaraannahr rose a large revolt of the local population [Belenitsky 1973: 155], and Abu Muslim annihilated a local nobility of Sughd (Sogd) and Bukhara [at-Tabari III: 79–80], of which a majority were local rulers and dihqans of Mawaraannahr. Thus were ended attempts of local rulers to involve China in the struggle against Arab conquerors [Karev 2000: 209–210], and ensured a recognition of the Muslim victory at Talas over the Chinese army [Bolshakov 1980: 132–136]. By the same time is dated a liquidation of monetary mint by all local dynasties (the only attribute of their nominal power) and the final victory of Islam and Arab language in Mawaraannahr [Karev 2000: 205–218]. Abu Muslim became famous for his bloodthirstiness, and he was held as one of four Muslim commanders who have killed more than one million people each [al-Thaalibi: 72]. Thus, it is logical that Saman-Khudat took advantage of political situation in Mawaraannahr in the middle of 2nd/8th century, when the majority of local dynasties in the Sughd (Sogd) and Bukhara was wiped out and their property was confiscated, and he declared himself a descendant of the pre-Islamic kings of Mawaraannahr.72 Probably Saman-Khudat accepted Islam and participated in suppression of this revolt, just as later his grandsons Nuh, Ahmad, Yahya, and Ilyas, the sons of Asad, participated in suppression of the revolt headed by Rafi  ibn al-Layth.

Saman-Khudat

281
CONCLUSION

Complex research of the medieval written sources in conjunction with archeology, numismatics, ethnography, and other related historical sciences allows to come to the following conclusions:

Sufficient records lead to assert that Bàhram Chubin was a native from the Òukharistan (Balkh) circle of the Oguz Türks in the Sasanid military service with foisted veneer of superficial Persification.

The ancient ancestor of the Samanids, Saman-Khudat was a descendant of Bahram Chubin in fourth or fifth generation from his marriage with a daughter of the Supreme Türkic Kagan El-Tegin (Parmudà) with a court in Bukhara. El-Tegin was also a founder of the Òukharistan (Tokharistan) Turkic Yabgu dynasty. The motherland of the Saman-Khudat ancestors was Farghana (Fergana), with it was connected the last period of the Bahram Chubin's life. The Saman-Khudat birthplace was Chach (Tashkent) where for some time his father Djabba-Khan was a ruler.

The title Supreme Türkic Kagan alludes to the devaluation of the title Kagan, which followed a devaluation of the title Tarhan (Shanyu), initially a title meaning “Supreme Khan”. With time, numerous positions gained a title Kagan, like the Lesser Kagan, Greater Kagan, and the like, necessitating introduction of a title denoting an absolute superiority.

At the same time, on the maternal side Saman-Khudat via (the Türkic Kaganate viceroy) El Àrslan (Shir-i Kishwar) and (his son the Türkic Kagan) El-Tegin (Parmudà) was a relative of the Sasanid dynasty scions, Khusraw I Ànushirwan and his son Hurmazd IV Òurkzada, who were in kinship with the Türks.

The maternal dynastic side in the Türkic Kaganate was the tribe Ashide, which statutorily was the owner of the Türkic Kaganate. The paternal dynastic side in the Türkic Kaganate was the tribe Ashina, which statutorily was supplying candidates for the post of presiding Türkic Kagan in accordance with the traditional Lateral Succession order. The sons of the Ashide mothers (Bahram Chubin's offsprings) statutorily belonged to the father's line, tribe Karga clan Anush. That at best could be a princely line of a second echelon, eligible for dynastic succession only on a local tribal level.

Before acceptance of Islam, Saman-Khudat, like his ancestor Djabba-Khan and the Türkic Kagans, professed Manichaeism. He had a Turkic name Àrquq and a Buddhist-Manichaean name Saman. Per the Türkic custom, he braided his hair into a long plait, for that he was nicknamed Êakuldar. Like his father Djabba-Khan, he had a title Yabgu (Djabgu), a dynastic title of the Turkic ruler of Òukharistan.

The Türkic brand of Manichaeism still remained Tengriism, as was the Türkic brand of Buddhism, because Buddhism, and later Manichaeism, syncretized with Tengriism. By the time of the Manichaeism's diffusion, Tengriism was solidly syncretized with Buddhism. The newcoming Manichaean etiology fused with Tengriism seamlessly, because Manichaeism was a syncretic product of Buddhism.

The title Yabgu (Prime Minister and Judge) is consistent with affiliation with the maternal dynastic side, on a confederation (tribal unoun) or federation (Kaganate) level depending on stautory ranking.

The appearance of Saman-Khudat on the Arab Caliphate's political arena was connected with cultural-political movement ash-shu 'ubiyyà, which arose in Khurasan (Khorasan) in the first half of 2nd/8th century, i.e. on the eve of the political propaganda in favor of the Àbbasids, the main movers of which were the Khurasan (Khorasan) Oguz Türks along with the Persians. Its role can be compared with that of salient figures of that time as the pre-Islamic ruler of Djurdjan (Gurgan, Hyrcania) Sul-Tegin and the great scholar-encyclopaedist Àbd Allah ibn al-Mubarak al-Marwazi, who were also extracts from the Khurasan (Khorasan) Oguz Türks and who served for the Arab conquerors.

The descendants of Saman-Khudat trodded the line of their ancestor and in close co-operation with the Arab conquerors actively participated in suppression of the local revolts against the Arabs, and then in administrative capacity.
282

 The Samanids rose to power with the help of the Àbbasids, and as their proteges were active pursuers of their policy in Central Asia. They became zealous fighters for faith and waged continuous “sacred” wars against the so-called “infidel” Türks, i.e. those Türks who were viewed as enemies of Islam. The early Samanids were deeply religious and had close relations with clergy. As the Islam was injected into the Türkic milieu largely via Persian language, the role of the New Persian (Farsi) language and the Arabic script began to increase in the religious life of the Central Asian local Türkic population.

The author asserts that as late as 810s, in Balkh and Khorasan, the areas advertiized as core Persian lands, Persian was a foregn language. That is consistent with the appellation Tajik for Islamic proselytizers, who in the Türkic lands were primarily Persian converts promoting the Arab religion, which gained a sobriquet after the name of the Arab tribe Tazzik. The name of the Arab tribe then became a Türkic sobriquet for Islam and its converts, and by extension for the Persian-speakers at large.

The Samanids chose Bukhara as their capital because it was the residence of their ancestors El Àrslan (Shir-i Kishwar) and of El-Tegin (Parmudà) before he became the Supreme Türkic Kagan. The historical-linguistic analysis of the Bukhara oasis' historical toponymy shows that Türkic names are some of the most ancient names in that territory, which in turn attests that Türks lived there from extreme antiquity, making a part of the local settled population. The name of the city Bukhara originated from a Türkic word buxar which means “Buddhist temple” (Buddhist term, loanword). The origin of this name was connected with construction in 6th century AD of the Buddhist-Manichaean temple, the founder of which was the Türkic governor of Bukhara El-Tegin (Parmudà), son of El Arslan (Shir-i Kishwar).

During early Middle Ages the Bukhara oasis was populated by sedentary Türks and Turkisized Sogdians. The Türks not only held political and administrative power, but also were a considerable part of the Sughd (Sogd) urban population. Therefore already in the early Middle Ages population of cities was bilingual. Sogdians were very close to the local Türks due to the mixed marriages, not only genetically, but also culturally. The Arab conquest undoubtedly influenced the ethnic situation in the Central Asia, and caused some reduction of local population as a result of mass extermination and forced expulsion of a part of the Sogdians and Türks to beyond the Arab Caliphate borders and settling in their place immigrant and colonizer newcomers of Arab and Persian origin. However, some sources atttest that after the Arab-Persian invasion not all Türks have left their lands and moved east, as was speculated earlier, but on the contrary, after accepting Islam they increased both their numbers and their influence in the society. In the 3rd–4th/9th–10th centuries, like before that, the Türks, and also the Turkified Sogdians, Khwarazmians (Horezmians), and Bactrians made the major part of the urban and sedentary-agricultural population of the Central Asia.

After uniting Khurasan (Khorasan) and most of the Persia to the Samanid possessions, Samanids aspired to emphacize their Persian origin, to be real fathers for the subdued areas of Central Asia and Persia, and tried to look Persian at all costs, linking the origin of their line to the Sasanid epoch. Therefore they orchestrated favorable conditions for the Islamic culture in the New Persian (Farsi) language to prosper.
283

At the same time, Samanids did not forget their Türkic origin, that is traceable during the entire life of their dynasty. Almost their entire stuff in the capital city Bukhara, i.e. the great nobles, politicians, and military leaders in service of the Samanids were Türkic. The majority of the provincial governors the Samanids appointed in the controlled area were also Türkic. Many Samanids intermarried with them. Samanids allowed Oguz Türks to move into the vicinity of Bukhara, counting on their support in a moment of need. Therefore the last people who assisted Samanids after they lost power in Bukhara were the Oguz Türks, who held them as their rulers.

The Samanid administrative system was fashioned on the Abbasid model, which in turn was fashioned after Sasanid state traditions. The Samanid administrative system was a crisp and perfect system that embraced most advanced achievements in the field of statehood of that time. However, because the term “statehood” is a legal concept, its definition also should be stated in legal terms. From the ludicial point of view the Samanid administrative system and their rule cannot be classed as that of the independent state. Hence, rule of the Samanids in Central Asia should be classed not as an independent sovereign state, but as rule of a dynasty of local rulers appointed by Bagdad as viceroys in charge of relatively independent internal policy using certain powers delegated by the Abbasid Caliphs. Formally, the Abbasid Caliphate finished its existence only with the Mongol conquest, before that it still was a confederation of Islamic countries united under a nominal power of the Bagdad Caliphs, although after 334/945-46 the real power in Bagdad at first was in the hands of the Buwaihids (Áóèäîâ), and after 448/1056-57 – in the hands of the Saldjuqids (Seljukids).

During the life of the Arab Caliphate Türks actively participated in the cultural life of the Islamic society. The time of Islamic revival brisles with mergers of various cultural traditions, first of all of the Arabs and Persians. Not a smaller in importance role in this process was also attained by the Türkic people. The fluorishing of the Islamic science and culture went on marked by activization of the “Türkic penetration” not only into the Central Asia, but also across the whole Near and Middle East. This in many respects explains the formation of the Türk-Persian symbiosis, and also brings attention to the Türkic role in the development of the Islamic science and culture.

Even before converting to Islam, the Türkic people were under cultural influence of their nearest neighbours, the Persians, and due to them were converting to Zoroastrianism and Manichaeism. Especially strong cultural influence on the Türks rendered the Sogdians, with whom  they had close ethno-cultural contact called a Türk-Sogdian symbiosis.
284

As a result of natural processes of mutual influence and amalgamation of these two people, Sogdians completely assimilated among the settled Türks of Central Asia and Eastern Turkistan.

At the dawn of the New Persian (Farsi) literature stood not the Persians and not the Sogdians, but the Arabs and the Türks constituting a part of the Sasanid Persia population. The development of the Persian literature and culture, that begun at the court of the Persian Sàffarids, continued at the courts of the Türkic rulers – Samanids, Qàra-Khanids, Ghaznawids (Ghaznavids), Saldjuqids (Seljukids) and Khwarazm (Horezm)-Shahs, who patronised the best poets of the Persian poetry. The New Persian literature had a large influence on the culture of the Türkic people, and is refleed in their literature.

The Türkic rulers did not try to introduce Türkic language into the life of the countries they ruled. They did not use it even as a court language, which could raise its role as a language of administration. On the contrary, at their courts they used Arabic, and even more so the Persian language. The Türks were the first who began to use in the office along with the Arabic the New Persian (Farsi) language.

At that time, the Türkic language has not adapted to the Arabic graphics yet, although at the end of the 2nd/8th – beginning of 3rd/9th centuries some Türkic words were used as explanatory material in the works of some Arabic-speaking authors. There also are indicators that allow to deduce that the first work in Türkic language with the Arabic script was done not in the 5th/11th century, as was thought earlier, but in the second half of the 2nd/8th – beginning of 3rd/9th century.

After uniting Khurasan (Khorasan) and most of the Persia to the Samanid possessions, Samanids aspired to emphacize their Persian origin, to be real fathers for the subdued areas of Central Asia and Persia, and tried to look Persian at all costs, linking the origin of their line to the Sasanid epoch. Therefore they orchestrated favorable conditions for the Islamic culture in the New Persian (Farsi) language to prosper.

The oldest ancestor of the Samanids, Saman-Khudat, like his ancestors, was an extract of the Central Asian sedentary Türks, who had ancient traditions of agricultural and urban culture. The descendants of the ancient and medieval sedentary-agricultural and urban Central Asian Türkic-speaking population were known at the beginning of 20th century AD under a name “Sart” (Türkic “trader, merchant”), they differed both from the nomadic Türkic people and from the settled Persian-speaking people of the Central Asia [Kamoliddin 2004: 63–64]. After the administrative-territorial division the Bolsheviks carried out in 1924, they formed a core of the modern Uzbek people [Êàmoliddin 2004: 34–41]. Hence, in light of the stated above, there are all reasons to assert that the rule of the Samanid dynasty in Central Asia is an integral part of the statehood history of the Uzbek people.
285
286
287

References (Bibliography)
Textual Sources
AA – Àðàáñêèé àíîíèì ÕI âåêà / Èçäàíèå òåêñòà, ïåðåâîä, ââåäåíèå â èçó÷åíèå ïàìÿòíèêà è êîììåíòàðèè Ï.À.Ãðÿçíåâè÷à. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1960.
Abu Dulaf–Abu Dulaf, ar-Risala al-Uwla, in: Collection of geographical works by Ibn al-Faqih, Ibn Fadlan, Abu Dulaf al-Khazraji / Ed. by F. Sezgin, Facsimile editions, vol. 43, reproduced from MS 5229 Ridawiya Library (Mashhad), Frankfurt am Main, 1987, p. 347–361.
Abu-l-Ghazi–Àáóëғîçèé. Øàæàðàè Òóðê. Íàøðãà òàéѐðëîâ÷èëàð Ê.Ìóíèðîâ âà Ê.Ìàҳìóäîâ. Òîøêåíò, 1992.
Abu Tahir Khwadja–Àáó Òàõèð Õîäæà. Ñàìàðèÿ. Îïèñàíèå äðåâíîñòåé è ñâÿòûíü Ñàìàðêàíäà / Ïåðåâîä ñ ïåðñèäñêîãî Â.Ë.Âÿòêèíà // ÑÊÑÎ, âûï. 6. Ñàìàðêàíä, 1898.
Akhvlediani 1966–Àõâëåäèàíè Â.Ã. Ôîíåòè÷åñêèé òðàêòàò Àâèöåííû (Àáó Àëè èáí Ñèíà). Òåêñò, ïåðåâîä, èññëåäîâàíèå. Òáèëèñè: Ìåöíèåðåáà, 1966.
Alpamish–Àëïîìèø. ¡çáåê õàëқ қàҳðàìîíëèê äîñòîíè. Àéòóâ÷è Ôîçèë É¢ëäîø ¢ғëè. Ò, Øàðқ, 1998.
Ansari–Àíñàðè, Ìóõàììàä Ðàôè. Äàñòóð àë-ìóëóê (Óñòàâ äëÿ ãîñóäàðåé) / Ïðåäèñëîâèå, ïåðåâîä, ïðèìå÷àíèÿ è óêàçàòåëè À.Á.Âèëüäàíîâîé. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1991.
Anthologie–Anthologie de Zadspram, edition critique du text Pehlevi / Traduit et commente par Ph. Gignoux et A. Tafazzoli, Paris, 1993.
Arib–Arib. Tabari Continuatus / quem edidit, indicibus et glassario instrixit M.J. de Goeje, Lugduni-Batavorum: E.J.Brill, 1965.
‘Awfi–Awfi, Muhammad, Lubabu‘l-Albab / Ed. by E.G.Browne and Mirza Muhammad ibn Abdu ‘l-Wahhab-i-Qazwini, I–IV vols, London–Liede, 1903–1906.
‘Awfi–Awfi, Sadid ad-Din Muhammad, Lubabu‘l-Albab / Ed. Said Nafisi, Tehran, 1335/1956.
Babur-Nama–Áàáóð-íàìå. Çàïèñêè Áàáóðà / Ïåðåâîä Ì.Ñàëüå. Èçäàíèå âòîðîå, äîðàáîòàííîå. Òàøêåíò, 1992.
Bakran–Íàäæèá Áàêðàí, Ìóõàììàä èáí. Äæàõàí-íàìå (Êíèãà î ìèðå) / Èçäàíèå òåêñòà, ââåäåíèå è óêàçàòåëè Þ.Å. Áîðùåâñêîãî (ÏËÍÂ. Òåêñòû. Áîëüøàÿ ñåðèÿ–Õ). Ì., 1960.
al-Bakuwi–àë-Áàêóâè, Àáä àð-Ðàøèä. Êèòaá òàëõèñ àë-añað âà àäæà‘èá àë-ìàëèê àë-êàõõað (Ñîêðàùåíèå êíèãè î “ïàìÿòíèêàõ” è ÷óäåñà öàðÿ ìîãó÷åãî) / Èçäàíèå òåêñòà, ïåðåâîä, ïðåäèñëîâèå, ïðèìå÷àíèÿ è ïðèëîæåíèå Ç.Ì.Áóíèÿòîâà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1971.
288
al-Baladhuri 1987–àë-Áàëàçóðè, Àõìàä èáí Éàõéà èáí Äæàáèð. Çàâîåâàíèå Õîðàñàíà (Èçâëå÷åíèå èç ñî÷èíåíèÿ “Ôóòóõ àë-áóëäàí”) / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî, ïðåäèñëîâèå, êîììåíòàðèé è óêàçàòåëè Ã.Ãîèáîâà. Äóøàíáå: Äîíèø, 1987.
al-Baladhuri 2003–aë-Áàëàçóðè. Êèòaá ôóòóõ àë-áóëäaí (Êíèãà çàâîåâàíèÿ ñòðàí) / Ïåðåâîä Ø.Çàêèðîâà // Ìàòåðèàëû ïî ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè òþðêñêèõ íàðîäîâ Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 2003. Ñ. 35–43.
al-Balkhi–àl-Balkhi, Àbu Bakr Àbd Àllah ibn Umar ibn Ìuhammad ibn Dawud Wa‘iz. Fada‘il-i Balkh / Ed. Àbd àl-Hayy Habibi, Òåhran, 1350/1971.
Barnabadi–Áàðíàáàäè, Ìóõàììàä Ðèçà. Òàçêèðå (Ïàìÿòíûå çâïèñêè) / Ôàêñèìèëå ðóêîïèñè, èçäàíèå, òåêñòà, ïåðåâîä ñ ïåðñèäñêîãî è ïðèìå÷àíèÿ Í.Í.Òóìàíîâè÷. Ì., 1984.
Bartold 1973–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Èçâëå÷åíèå èç ñî÷èíåíèÿ Ãàðäèçè “Çàéí àë-àõáàð”. Ïðèëîæåíèå ê Îò÷åòó î ïîåçäêå â Ñðåäíþþ Àçèþ ñ íàó÷íîé öåëüþ. 1893–1894 ãã. // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 8. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1973. Ñ. 23–62.
Bayhaqi–Áàéõàêè, Àáó-ë-Ôàçë. Èñòîðèÿ Ìàñóäà (1030–1041) / Ïåðåâîä ñ ïåðñèäñêîãî, ââåäåíèå, êîììåíòàðèé è ïðèëîæåíèÿ À.Ê.Àðåíäñà. Èçä. 2-å, äîïîëíåííîå. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1969.
Beal 1990–Beal R.S. The Life of Hiuen Tsiang Shaman Hwui Li / Translated with an introduction conrtaining an account of the works of I-Tsing, new edition with a preface by L.Cranmer-Byng, 2-reprint, Delhi, 1990.
al-Beladsori–al-Beladsori, Ahmed ibn Jahja ibn Djabir, Liber expugna tionis regionum, quem e codice Leidensi et codice Musei Britannici, / Ed. M.J. de Goeje, Lugduni-Batavorum: E.J.Brill, 1863.
Bel‘ami–Belami, Abou-Ali Mohammed / Traduite sur la version persane de Chronique de Abou-Djafar Mohammed-ben-Djarir-ben-Jàzid Tabari, d‘apres les manuscrits de Paris, de Gotha, de Londres et de Canterbury par H.Zotenberg, t. I–IV, Paris, 1867–1874.
Betger 1957–Áåòãåð Å.Ê. Èçâëå÷åíèå èç êíèãè “Ïóòè è ñòðàíû” Àáó-ë-Êàñûìà Èáí-Õàóêàëÿ // Òðóäû Ñðåäíåàçèàòñêîãî Ãîñóäàðñòâåííîãî óíèâåðñèòåòà. Âûïóñê IV. Àðõåîëîãèÿ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. Òàøêåíò, 1957. Ñ. 13–38.
Bey-Shu–Áýé øó. Øèìîëèé ñóëîëàëàð òàðèõè, Óðóì÷è, 2002.
Bichurin–Áè÷óðèí Í.ß. (Èàêèíô). Ñîáðàíèå ñâåäåíèé î íàðîäàõ, îáèòàâøèõ â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè â äðåâíèå âðåìåíà. Â 3-õ òîìàõ. Ì.; Ë.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1950–1953.
Biruni 1973–Áåðóíè, Àáó Ðàéõàí. Êàíîí Ìàñóäà (Êíèãè I–V) / Âñòóïèòåëüíàÿ ñòàòüÿ, ïåðåâîä è ïðèìå÷àíèÿ Ï.Ã.Áóëãàêîâà è Á.À.Ðîçåíôåëüäà ïðè ó÷àñòèè Ì.Ì.Ðîæàíñêîé è À.Àõìåäîâà. / Èçáðàííûå ïðîèçâåäåíèÿ. Ò. 5. ×àñòü 1. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1973.
289
Biruni 1974–Áåðóíè, Àáó Ðàéõàí. Ôàðìàêîãíîçèÿ â ìåäèöèíå (Êèòàá àñ-ñàéäàíà ôè-ò-òèáá) / Èññëåäîâàíèå, ïåðåâîä, ïðèìåàíèÿ è óêàçàòåëè Ó.È.Êàðèìîâà / Èçáðàííûå ïðîèçâåäåíèÿ. Ò. 4. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1974
Biruni 1963–Áèðóíè, Àáó Ðåéõàí. Èíäèÿ / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî À.Á.Õàëèäîâà è Þ.Í.Çàâàäîâñêîãî. Êîììåíòàðèè Â.Ã.Ýðìàíà è À.Á.Õàëèäîâà // Èçáð. ïðîèçâåäåíèÿ. Ò. 2. Òàøêåíò: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÓçÑÑÐ, 1963.
Biruni 1966–Áèðóíè, Àáó Ðåéõàí. Îïðåäåëåíèå ãðàíèö ìåñò äëÿ óòî÷íåíèÿ ðàññòîÿíèé ìåæäó íàñåëåííûìè ïóíêòàìè (Ãåîäåçèÿ) / Èññëåäîâàíèå, ïåðåâîä è ïðèìå÷àíèÿ Ï.Ã.Áóëãàêîâà // Èçáð. ïðîèçâåäåíèÿ. Ò. 3. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1966.
Biruni 1957–Áèðóíè, Àáó Ðåéõàí. Ïàìÿòíèêè ìèíóâøèõ ïîêîëåíèé / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî è ïðèìå÷àíèÿ Ì.À.Càëüå // Èçáð. ïðîèçâåäåíèÿ. Ò. 1. Òàøêåíò: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÓçÑÑÐ, 1957.
al-Biruni 1963–àë-Áèðóíè, Àáó-ð-Ðàéõàí Ìóõàììåä èáí Àõìåä. Ñîáðàíèå ñâåäåíèé äëÿ ïîçíàíèÿ äðàãîöåííîñòåé (Ìèíåðàëîãèÿ). Ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî À.Ì.Áåëåíèöêîãî. Ì., 1963.
al-Biruni–al-Biruni, Abu Rayhan The Chronology of Ancient Nations / Trans. C.E.Sachau, London, 1879.
Chass-Hadschib–Chass-Hadschib, Jusuf aus Balasagun. Kutadku Bilik. Theie I–II / Der text in transcription herausgegeben von Dr. W.Radloff, St.-Petersburg, 1891 (I), 1910 (II).
Chavannes 1903–Chavannes E. Documents sur les Tou-Kiue (Türks) occidentaux // Ñáîðíèê òðóäîâ Îðõîíñêîé ýêñïåäèöèè, âûï. 6. ÑÏá., 1903.
Chirli 2005–Chirli N. Algiš Bitigi, Ermeni Kipcakca Dualar Kitabi (An Armeno Kipchak Prayer Book), Haarlem, 2005.
Chronologie–Chronologie Orientalischer Volker von Al-Beruni / Herausgegeben von Dr. C. Edvard Sachau, Leipzig: Otto Harrassowitz, 1923.
DA–Äðåâíèå àâòîðû î Ñðåäíåé Àçèè (VI â. äî í.ý.–III â. í.ý.). Õðåñòîìàòèÿ. Ïîä ðåä. Ë.Â.Áàæåíîâà. Òàøêåíò: Èçä-âî ÀÍ Óç, 1940.
Dadastan i Denig–Dadastan i Denig, Part 1 / Transcription, translation and commentary M.Jaafari-Dehaghi, Paris, 1998 (SI, Cahier 20).
Davrizhetzi–Äàâðèæåöè, Àðàêåë. Êíèãà èñòîðèé / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðìÿíñêîãî, ïðåäèñëîâèå è êîììåíòàðèé Ë.À.Õàíëàðÿí. Ì., 1973. Ñ. 451–453.
al-Dawadari–àl-Dawadari, Àbu Bakr ibn Àbd Àllah ibn Àybek. Durar al-Tidjan wà Ghurar Tawarikh àl-Zaman. MS of the Suleymaniya library (Istanbul), Damad Ibrahim Paša, 913.
290
Dede Korkut–“Dede Korkut Kitabi”, Ergin Muharrem našri, I (giriš, metin, faksimile), Ankara, 1958; II, 1963.
Dencard–Dencard, Le cinqueme livre / Transcription, traduction et commentaire par Jaleh Amouzgar et Ahmad Tafazzoli, Paris, 2000 (SI, Cahier 23).
al-Dinawari–ad-Dinawari, Abu Hanifa, Kitab Ahbar at-Tiwal / Publie par V. Guirgass, Leide: E.J.Brill, 1888.
al-Djahiz–al-Djahiz, Abu Othman Amr ibn Bahr Basrensi, Tria Opuscula (Fada‘il al-Atrak) / Ed. G. vàn Vloten, (edition photomechanice iterate), Lugduni-Batavorum: E.J.Brill, 1968. (First edition 1903)
al-Djahiz 1993–àë-Äæàõèç, Àáó Óñìàí Àìð èáí Áàõð. Ïîñëàíèå àë-Ôàòõó èáí Õàêàíó “Î äîñòîèíñòâàõ òþðêîâ è îñòàëüíîãî õàëèôñêîãî âîéñêà” / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî Ô.Ì.Àñàäîâà // Àñàäîâ Ô.Ì. Àðàáñêèå èñòî÷íèêè î òþðêàõ â ðàííåå ñðåäíåâåêîâüå. Áàêó: Ýëì, 1993. Ñ. 56–103.
al-Djahiz 1965–aëü-Äæàõèç, Àáó Îñìàí Àìð èáí Áàõð àëü-Áàñðè. Êíèãà î ñêóïûõ. Êèòàá àëü-Áóõàëà / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî, ïðåäèñëîâèå è ïðèìå÷àíèÿ Õ.Ê.Áàðàíîâà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1965.
Djuwayni 1939–Äæóâåéíè, Àëà àä-äèí Àòàìåëèê Èçâëå÷åíèÿ èç “Òàðèõ-è Äæåõàíêóøà” / Ïåðåâîä ñ ïåðñèäñêîãî ïîä ðåä. À.À.Ðîìàñêåâè÷à // ÌÈÒÒ. Ò.1. 7th–XV ââ. Àðàáñêèå è ïåðñèäñêèå èñòî÷íèêè. Ì.; Ë.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1939.C. 442–449.
Dokumenty–Äîêóìåíòû íà ïîëîâåöêîì ÿçûêå (Ñóäåáíûå àêòû Êàìåíåö-Ïîäîëüñêîé àðìÿíñêîé îáùèíû) / Òðàíñêðèïöèÿ, ïåðåâîä, ïðåäèñëîâèå, ââåäåíèå, ãðàììàòè÷åñêèé êîììåíòàðèé è ãëîññàðèé Ò. È. Ãðóíèíà. Ïîä ðåä. Ý.Â.Ñåâîðòÿíà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1967.
Dovatur, Kallistov, Ishnova 1982–Äîâàòóð À.È., Êàëëèñòîâ Ä.Ï., Èøíîâà È.À. Íàðîäû íàøåé ñòðàíû â “Èñòîðèè” Ãåðîäîòà: Òåêñòû, ïåðåâîä, êîììåíòàðèé / Îòâ. ðåä. Â.Ò.Ïàøóòà. Ì., 1982.
Farabi–Ôîðîáèé, Àáó Íàñð. Øåúð ñàíúàòè / Àðàá÷àäàí òàðæèìà, èçîҳ âà ìóқàääèìàëàð ìóàëëèôè À.Èðèñîâ. Òîøêåíò, 1979.
Firdausī–Ôèðäîóñè. Øàõ-íàìå / Êðèòè÷åñêèé òåêñò.  9 òò. Ì., 1966–1971.
Firdausī 1868–Firdausī, Le Livre des Rois / Ed. J.Mohl, vol. I–VI, Paris, 1868.
Firdausī 1952–Ôèðäîóñè, Àáó-ë-Êàñèì. Øàõ-íàìå. Ñêàçàíèå î Áàõðàìå ×óáèíå. Ïåðåâîä ñ ïåðñèäñêîãî. Ñòàëèíàáàä, 1952.
Firdausī 1957–Ôèðäîóñè. Øàõíàìå. Ò. 1. Îò íà÷àëà ïîýìû äî ñêàçàíèÿ î Ñîõðàáå / Ïåðåâîä ñ ïåðñèäñêîãî, èçä. Ö.Á.Áàíó, À.Ëàõóòè, À.À.Ñòàðèêîâà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1957.
291
Firdausī 1965–Ôèðäîóñè. Øàõíàìå. Ò. 3. Îò ñêàçàíèÿ î áèòâå Ðîñòåìà ñ õàêàíîì ×èíà äî öàðñòâîâàíèÿ Ëîõðàñïà / Ïåðåâîä ñ ïåðñèäñêîãî Ö.Á.Áàíó-Ëàõóòè. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1965.
Gandzaketzi–Ãàíäçàêåöè, Êèðàêîñ. Èñòîðèÿ Àðìåíèè / Ïåðåâîä ñ äðåâíåàðìÿíñêîãî, ïðåäèñëîâèå è êîììåíòàðèé Ë.À.Õàíëÿðÿí. Ì., 1976.
Gardizi–Ãàðäèçè, Àáó Ñàèä. Çàéí àë-àõáàð. Óêðàøåíèå èçâåñòèé. Ðàçäåë îá èñòîðèè Õîðàñàíà / Ïåðåâîä ñ ïåðñèäñêîãî ÿçûêà À.Ê.Àðåíäñà. Ââåäåíèå, êîììåíòàðèè è óêàçàòåëè Ë.Ì.Åïèôàíîâîé. Òàøêåíò, Ôàí, 1991.
Gardizi 1939–Ãàðäèçè. Èçâëå÷åíèÿ èç “Çåéí àë-Àõáàð” / Ïåðåâîä ñ ïåðñèäñêîãî À.À.Ðîìàñêåâè÷à // ÌÈÒÒ. Ò. 1. 7th–XV ââ. Àðàáñêèå è ïåðñèäñêèå èñòî÷íèêè. Ì.; Ë.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1939. Ñ. 227–233.
Gafurova 1992–Ãàôóðîâà Ð.Ë. Êèòîáè Ìóëëà-çàäå. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1992.
Gevond–Ãåâîíä, âàðäàïåò, ïèñàòåëü XVIII âåêà. Èñòîðèÿ õàëèôîâ / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðìÿíñêîãî Ê.Ïàòêàíÿí. ÑÏá., 1862.
Ghiyath al-Din–Ãèéàñàääèí Àëè. Äíåâíèê ïîõîäà Òåìóðà â Èíäèþ / Ïåðåâîä ñ ïåðñèäñêîãî, ïðåäèñëîâèå è ïðèìå÷àíèÿ À.À.Ñåìåíîâà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1958.
Gronbech 1942–Gronbech K. Komanisches Worterbuch, Turkischer Wortindex zu Codex Cumanicus, Kopenhagen: Einar Munksgaard, 1942.
Hafiz-i Tanish–Õàôèç-è Òàíûø èáí Ìèð Ìóõàììàä Áóõàðè. Øàðàô-íàìà-éè øàõè (Êíèãà øàõñêîé ñëàâû). Ôàêñèìèëå ðóê. Ä 88. Ïåðåâîä ñ ïåðñèäñêîãî, ââåäåíèå, ïðèìå÷àíèÿ è óêàçàòåëè Ì.À.Ñàëàõåòäèíîâîé.  2-õ ÷àñòÿõ. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1983.
Hafiz-i Tanish 1999–Õîôèç Òàíèø àë-Áóõîðèé. Àáäóëëàíîìà (Øàðàôíîìà-éè Øîõèé). 2 æèëäëèê / Ôîðñ òèëèäàí Ñ.Ìèðçàåâ âà Þ.Õ.Õàêèìæîíîâ òàðæèìàñè. Òîøêåíò, 1999 (1-êèòîá), 2000 (2-êèòîá).
àl-Hamadani–al-Hamadani. Kitab al-gauharatain al-atiqatain al-ma‘iatain as-sufra‘ wa‘l-baida / Die beiden edelmetalle gold und silber, herausgegeben und übersetzt von Christopher Toll. Uppsala, 1968.
Hamzae Ispahanensis–Hamzae Ispahanensis, Annalum, libri X / Ed. M.E. Gottwaldt, t. 1, Textus arabicus, Petropoli–Lipsiae, 1814.
al-Hazimi–al-Hazimi, Abu Bakr Muhammad ibn Musa ibn Uthman, Book on Homonymous Place-Names / Ed. by F.Sezgin, Facsimile editions, vol. 35, reproduced from MS 2140 Laleli Collection, Suleymaniye Library (Istanbul), Francfurt am Main, 1986.
al-Hawafi–àë-Õàâàôè, Ôàñèõ Àõìàä èáí Äæàëàë àä-äèí Ìóõàììàä. Ìóäæìàë-è Ôàñèõè (Ôàñèõîâ ñâîä) / Ïåðåâîä, ïðåäèñëîâèå, ïðèìå÷àíèÿ è óêàçàòåëè Ä.Þ.Þñóïîâîé. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1980.
292
Haydar 1996–Õàéäàð, Ìèðçà Ìóõàììàä. Òàðèõ-è Ðàøèäè / Ââåäåíèå, ïåðåâîä ñ ïåðñèäñêîãî À.Óðóíáàåâà, Ð.Ï.Äæàëèëîâîé, Ë.Ì.Åïèôàíîâîé / Ïðèìå÷àíèÿ è óêàçàòåëè Ð.Ï.Äæàëèëîâîé è Ë.Ì.Åïèôàíîâîé. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1996.
Herodot–Ãåðîäîò. Èñòîðèÿ.  9 êíèãàõ / Ïåð. ñ ïðèìå÷. Ã.À.Ñòðàòàíîâñêîãî / Ïîä îáùåé ðåäàêöèåé Ñ.Ë.Óò÷åíêî; ðåä. ïåð. Í.À.Ìåùåðñêèé, Ë., 1972.
Hudud al-‘Alam 1930–Õóäóä àë-Aëåì. Ðóêîïèñü Òóìàíñêîãî. C ââåäåíèåì è óêàçàòåëåì Â.Áàðòîëüäà. Ë., 1930.
Hudud al-‘Alam–Hudud al-Alam, the Regions of the World, a Persian geography / Translated and explained by V. Minorsky. The Second edition. London, 1970.
al-Husayni–àë-Õóñàéíè, Ñàäð àä-äèí Àëè. Àõáàð àä-äàóëàò àñ-ñàëäæóêèééà èëè Çóáäàò àò-òàâàðèõ ôè àõáàð àë-óìàðà‘ âà-ë-ìóëóê àñ-ñåëäæóêèééà (“Ñîîáùåíèÿ î ñåëüäæóêñêîì ãîñóäàðñòâå” èëè “Ñëèâêè ëåòîïèñåé, ñîîáùàþùèõ î ñåëüäæóêñêèõ ýìèðàõ è ãîñóäàðÿõ”) / Èçäàíèå òåêñòà, ïåðåâîä, ââåäåíèå, ïðèìå÷àíèÿ è ïðèëîæåíèÿ Ç.Ì.Áóíèÿòîâà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1980.
Ibn el-Athir–Ibn el-Athiri Chronicon quod perfectissimum inscribitur / Ed. C.J.Tornberg, vol. I–XIV. Upsaliae et Lugduni-Batavorum, 1851–1876.
Ibn al-Athir–Ibn al-Athir, Àbu-l-Hasan Àli ibn Ìuhammad àl-Shaybani àl-Djazari. al-Kamil fi-t-Tà‘rikh. In 12 volumes. Ìisr: Bulaq, 1883–1885.
Ibn al-Athir 1937–Ibn àl-Àthir, Àbu-l-Hasan Àli ibn Ìuhammad àl-Shaybani àl-Djazari. al-Lubab fi Tadhkhib al-Ansab. In 3 volumes. Ìisr, 1356–1369/1937–1950.
Ibn Battuta–[Èáí Áàòóòà], Èç îïèñàíèÿ ïóòåøåñòâèé Èáí Áàòóòû // Çîëîòàÿ Îðäà â èñòî÷íèêàõ. Òîì ïåðâûé. Àðàáñêèå è ïåðñèäñêèå èñòî÷íèêè. Ñáîðíèê ìàòåðèàëîâ, îòíîñÿùèõñÿ ê èñòîðèè Çîëîòîé Îðäû â ïåðåâîäàõ Â.Ã.Òèçåíãàóçåíà. Ñîñòàâëåíèå, ââîäíàÿ ñòàòüÿ è êîììåíòàðèè Ð.Ï.Õðàïà÷åâñêîãî. Ì., 2003. Ñ. 125–149.
Ibn Djubayr–Èáí Äæóáàéð. Ïóòåøåñòâèå ïðîñâåùåííîãî ïèñàòåëÿ äîáðîäåòåëüíîãî, ïðîíèöàòåëüíîãî Àáó-ë-Õóñàéíà Ìóõàììàäà èáí Àõìàäà èáí Äæóáàéðà àë-Êèíàíè àë-Àíäàëóñè àë-Áàëàíñè. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1984.
Ibn Fadlan 1939–Èáí Ôàäëàí. Èçâëå÷åíèÿ èç “Çàïèñêè” Èáí Ôàäëàíà ïî Ìåøõåäñêîé ðóêîïèñè / Ïåðåâîä ïîä ðåäàêöèåé È.Þ.Êðà÷êîâñêîãî // ÌÈÒÒ, Ò.1. 7th–XV ââ. Àðàáñêèå è ïåðñèäñêèå èñòî÷íèêè. Ì.; Ë.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1939. Ñ. 155–164.
Ibn al-Fakih–Ibn al-Fakih al-Hamadani, Compendium libri Kitab al-Boldan / Ed. M.J. de Goeje, BGA, pars 5, Lugduni-Batavorum: E.J.Brill. 1967.
Ibn al-Faqih 1979–Èáí àë-Ôàêèõ. Àõáàð àë-áóëäàí (Èçâåñòèÿ î ñòðàíàõ). Ïåð. ñ àðàáñêîãî À.Ñ.Æàìêî÷ÿíà. Åðåâàí: Èçä-âî ÀÍ Àðì.ÑÑÐ, 1979.
293
Ibn al-Faqih 1993–Èáí àë-Ôàêèõ. Ñëîâî î òþðêàõ / Ïåðâåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî Ô.Ì.Àñàäîâà // Àñàäîâ Ô.Ì. Àðàáñêèå èñòî÷íèêè î òþðêàõ â ðàííåå ñðåäíåâåêîâüå. Áàêó: Ýëì, 1993. Ñ. 43–53.
Ibn al-Faqih 1968–Èáí àë-Ôàêèõ, Àáó Áàêð Àõìàä èáí Ìóõàììàä èáí Èñõàê àë-Õàìàäàíè / Ôàêñèìèëå ãëàâû î Áàãäàäå Ìåøõåäñêîé ðóêîïèñè // Öêèòèøâèëè Î.Â. Ê èñòîðèè ãîðîäà Áàãäàäà (Ìàòåðèàëû ê èñòîðèè âîçíèêíîâåíèÿ è ðàçâèòèÿ ôåîäàëüíîãî ãîðîäà íà Áëèæíåì Âîñòîêå). Òáèëèñè: Ìåöíèåðåáà, 1968. 183 ñ. + 82 ñ. ôàêñ.
Ibn Hassul–Èáí Õàññóë, Àáó-ë-Àëà. Êíèãà î ïðåâîñõîäñòâå òþðêîâ íàä äðóãèìè âîèíàìè è î äîñòîèíñòâàõ âûñîêîãî ñóëòàíñêîãî ïðèñóòñòâèÿ. . . // Àñàäîâ Ô.Ì. Àðàáñêèå èñòî÷íèêè î òþðêàõ à ðåííåå ñðåäíåâåêîâüå. Áàêó: Ýëì, 1993. Ñ. 103–118.
Ibn Haukal–Ibn Haukal, Abu‘l-Kasim an-Nasibi, Opus geographicum / Ed. J.H.Kramers, edition tertia, BGA, pars 2, Lugduni-Batavorum: E.J.Brill, 1967.
Ibn Hawqal–Ibn Hawqal Muhammad ibn Ali al-Nasibi, Abu-l-Qasim. La Configuration de la Terre (Kitab surat al-ard) / Trad. de l‘arabe et introd. J.H.Kramers, G.Wiet, Preface de Andre Miquel, tome I–II. Paris: Maisonneuve, 2001.
Ibn al-Jauzi–Ibn al-Jauzi. Al-Muntazam fi tarikh al-muluk wa-l-umam / Ed. E.Krenkow, vol. I–VIII. Haidarabad, 1357–1359/1938–1940.
Ibn Khallikan–Ibn Khallikan. Wafayat al-Ayan wà Anba‘ Abna‘ àl-Zaman. In 2 volumes. Ìisr: Bulaq, 1881.
Ibn Khordadhbeh–Ibn Khordadhbeh, Abu-l-Kasim Obaydallah ibn Abdallah, Kitab al-Masalik wa-l-Mamalik / Ed. M.J. de Goeje, BGA, pars 6, Lugduni-Batavorum: E.J.Brill, 1967.
Ibn Khordadbeh 1986–Èáí Õîðäàäáåõ. Êíèãà ïóòåé è ñòðàí / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî, êîììåíòàðèè, èññëåäîâàíèå, óêàçàòåëè è êàðòû Í.Âåëèõàíîâîé. Áàêó: Ýëì, 1986.
Ibn Miskawaih–Ibn Miskawaih, The Tajarib al-Umam, vol. 5 / Ed. L.Caetani, Leiden-London: E.J.Brill, 1913.
Ibn Miskawayh–Èáí Ìèñêàâàéõ // Õðåñòîìàòèÿ ïî èñòîðèè õàëèôàòà. Ñîñòàâèë è ïåðåâåë Ë.È.Íàäèðàäçå. Èçä-âî Ìîñêîâñêîãî óíèâåðñèòåòà. 1968.
Ibn al-Nadim–[Ibn al-Nadim], Kitab al-Fihrist / Mit anmerkungen hrsg. von G.Flugel / Band I–II. Leipzig. 1871–1872.
Ibn al-Nadim 1970–The Fihrist of Ibn an-Nadim, A tenth-century survey of Muslim culture / Editor and translator B.Dodge, in two volumes, Columbia University Press, New York–London, 1970.
Ibn Rosteh–Ibn Rosteh, Abu Ali Ahmad ibn Omar, Kitab al-alak an-nafisa / Ed. M.J. de Goeje, BGA, pars 7, Lugduni-Batavorum: E.J.Brill, 1967, p. 1–230.
294
Ibn Sina–Èáí Ñèíî, Àáó Àëè. Ôîíåòèêà ҳàқèäà ðèñîëà (Íóòқ òîâóøëàðè ҳîñèë á¢ëèøèíèíã ñàáàáëàðè). Òîøêåíò: ¡çáåêèñòîí, 1979.
Ibn Taghri-Bardi–Ibn Taghri-Bardi. al-Nudjum àl-Zahira fi Muluk Ìisr wà-l-Qahirà. In 12 volumes. Aë-Qahirà: Dar àl-Kutub àl-Misriyya, 1348–1375/1930–1956.
Ibn al-Zubayr–Ibn al-Zubayr, àl-Qadi àl-Rashid. Kitab al-Zakha‘ir wà-l-Tuhaf / Ed. Ìuhammad Hamid Allah and Sàlah àl-Din àl-Ìundjid. Àl-Kuwayt, 1959.
Ibnu’l-Balkhi–Ibnul-Balkhi, The Farsnama / Ed. by G. le Strange and R.A.Nicholson (“E.J.W.Gibb Memorial” series), London, 1921.
Ibnü-Mühenna–Ibnü-Mühenna Lugati (Istanbul nüshasinin türkče bölüğünün endeksidir). Aptullah Battal t.d.t.c. azasindan. 3. Baski. Ankara, 1997.
al-Idrisi–al-Idrisi, Abu Abd Allah Muhammad ibn Muhammad ibn Abd Allah ibn Idris al-Hammudi al-Hasani, Opus geographicum / Edition secunda, Neapoli–Romae: Prostat apud E.J.Brill (Lugduni Batavorum), MCMLXXXII.
al-Istakhri–al-Istakhri, Abu Ishak al-Farisi, Viae regnorum / Ed. M.J. de Goeje, BGA, pars 1. Lugduni-Batavorum: E.J.Brill, 1967.
al-Idrisi 1939– àë-Èäðèñè. Èçâëå÷åíèÿ èç “Íóçõàò àë-ìóøòàê ôè èõòèðàê àë-àôàê èëè Êèòàá-Ðîäæåð” / Ïåðåâîä Ñ.Âîëèíà // ÌÈÒÒ. Ò. 1. 7th–XV ââ. Àðàáñêèå è ïåðñèäñêèå èñòî÷íèêè. Ì.; Ë., 1939. Ñ. 220–222.
al-Idrisi 2003–àë-Èäðèñè. Êèòàá íóçõàò àë-ìóøòàê ôè-õòèðàê àë-àôàê (Ðàçâëå÷åíèå èñòîìëåííîãî è ñòðàíñòâîâàíèå ïî îáëàñòÿì [Âñåëåííîé]) / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî Ø.Çàêèðîâà // Ìàòåðèàëû ïî ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè òþðêñêèõ íàðîäîâ Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 2003. Ñ. 51–63.
ID–Èçûñêàííûé äàð òþðêñêîìó ÿçûêó (Ãðàììàòè÷åñêèé òðàêòàò ÕIV â. íà àðàáñêîì ÿçûêå) / Ââåäåíèå, ëåêñèêî-ãðàììàòè÷åñêèé î÷åðê, ïåðåâîä, ãëîññàðèé, ãðàììàòè÷åñêèé óêàçàòåëü Ý.È.Ôàçûëîâà è Ì.Ò.Çèÿåâîé. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1978.
al-Istakhri 1973–àë-Èñòàõðè. Ïåðåâîä èçâëå÷åíèé èç Êèòàá Ìàñàëèê àë-ìàìàëèê // ÌÈÊÊ, âûï. 1. Ì., 1973. Ñ. 19–29.
HC–“Èñòîðèÿ õàëèôîâ” àíîíèìíîãî àâòîðà ÕI âåêà / Ôàêñèìèëå ðóêîïèñè, ïðåäèñëîâèå Ï.À.Ãðÿçíåâè÷à. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1967.
al-Isfahani–àl-Isfahani, Àbu-l-Faradj. Kitab al-Aghani. In 21 volumes. Ìisr: Bulaq, 1323/1905-06.
al-Isfahani 1980–aëü-Èñôàõàíè, Àáó-ëü-Ôàðàäæ. Êíèãà ïåñåí / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî À.Á.Õàëèäîâà, Á.ß.Øèäôàð. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1980.
295
Isfahani–Èñôàõàíè, Ôàçëàëëàõ èáí Ðóçáåõàí. Ìèõìàí-íàìå-éè Áóõàðà (Çàïèñêè Áóõàðñêîãî ãîñòÿ) / Ïåðåâîä, ïðåäèñëîâèå è ïðèìå÷àíèÿ Ð.Ï.Äæàëèëîâîé (ÏÏÂ, ÕÕVII). Ì.: Íàóêà, 1976.
al-Jakubi–al-Jakubi, Ahmad ibn Abi Jakub ibn Wadhih al-Katib, Kitab al-Buldan / Ed. M.J. de Goeje. BGA, pars 7, Lugduni-Batavorum: E.J.Brill, 1967, p. 231–273.
al-Ja‘kubi–al-Jakubi, Ibn Wadhih qui dicitur, Historiae, pars I–II / Ed. M.Th.Houtsma, Lugduni-Batavorum; E.J.Brill, 1883.
Jañut–Jañut‘s geographisches Wörterbuch aus den Handschriften zü Berlin, St.-Petersburg, Paris, London und Oxford /. . . hrsg. von F.Wüstenfeld, Bd. I–VI, Leipzig, 1866–1873.
Jenkinson 1570–Jenkinson Antonio, Rusiae, Moscoviae et Tartariae Descriptio, Londini, 1562, in: Abraham Ortelius, Theatrum Orbis Terrarum, 1570, No. 46.
Julien 1853–[Julien S.], Histoire de la vie de Hiouen-thsang et de ses voyages dans l‘Inde, depuis l‘an 629 jusqu‘en 645, par Hoei-li et Yen-thsong; survie de documents et d‘eclaircissments geographiques tires de la relation originale de Hiouen-thsang / Traduite de chinois par S.Julien, Paris, 1853.
Julien 1857–Julien S. Memoires sur les contrees accidentaux, I–II volumes / Traduites du sanscrit en chinois en l‘an 668 par Hiouen Tsang, Paris, 1857–1858.
Kalinina 1988–Êàëèíèíà Ò.Ì. Ñâåäåíèÿ ðàííèõ ó÷åíûõ Àðàáñêîãî õàëèôàòà. Òåêñòû, ïåðåâîä, êîììåíòàðèé. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1988.
Kandiya–Êàíäèÿ Ìàëàÿ / Ïåð. ñ ïåðñèäñêîãî, ïðåäèñëîâèå è ïðèìå÷àíèÿ Â.Ë.Âÿòêèíà // ÑÊÑÎ, âûï. 8. Ñàìàðêàíä, 1906. Ñ. 236–290.
al-Karshi–àë-Êàðøè, Äæàìàë. Àë-Ìóëõàêàò áè-ñ-ñóðàõ. Ââåäåíèå, ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêî-ïåðñèäñêîãî, êîììåíòàðèè, òåêñò, ôàêñèìèëå Ø.Õ.Âîõèäîâà, Á.Á.Àìèíîâà / Èñòîðèÿ Êàçàõñòàíà â ïåðñèäñêèõ èñòî÷íèêàõ. Ò. 1. Àëìàòû: Äàéê-Ïðåññ, 2005.
Kašgarli–Kašgarli Mahmud. Divanu lugat-it-türk tercemesi, ceviren Basim Atalay (Turk Dil Kurumi yayinlari, 521), I–III cilt. Ankara, 1985–1986.
al-Kašγari–al-Kašγari, Mahmud, Compendium of the Turkic dialects (Diwan luγat at-urk) / Edited and translated with Introduction and Indices by R.Dankoff in collaboration with J.Kelly, in 2 parts, Harvard University Printing Office, 1982.
KD–Êíèãà äåÿíèé Àðäàøèðà ñûíà Ïàïàêà / Ïåðåâîä ñî ñðåäíåïåðñèäñêîãî. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1987.
296
Khwandamir–Khwandamir, Ghiyath àl-Din ibn Humam àl-Din àl-Husayni. Tarikh Habib àl-Siyar fi Akhbar Afra wà Bashar. In 3 volumes. Òåhran: Intisharat-i Kitabkhana-yi Khayyam, 1333 shamsi.
al-Khwarazmi 1961–Õîðåçìè. Ìóõàááàò-íàìå. Èçäàíèå òåêñòà, òðàíñêðèïöèÿ, ïåðåâîä è èññëåäîâàíèå Ý.Í.Íàäæèïà. Ì., 1961.
al-Khwarazmi 1939–àë-Õîðåçìè, Àáó Àáäàëëàõ. Èçâëå÷åíèÿ èç “Ìàôaòèõ àë-óëóì” / Ïåðåâîä Ñ.Âîëèíà // MÈÒÒ. Ò. 1. 7th–XV ââ. Àðàáñêèå è ïåðñèäñêèå èñòî÷íèêè. Ì.; Ë.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1939. Ñ. 217–219.
Khodjaev 2003–Õîäæàåâ À. Ãàî÷àí (Òóðôàí). Ñâåäåíèÿ Íàíü øè (Èñòîðèÿ Þæíîé äèíàñòèè) / Ïåðåâîä ñ êèòàéñêîãî // Ìàòåðèàëû ïî ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè òþðêñêèõ íàðîäîâ Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 2003. Ñ. 19–24.
al-Horezmi–al-Horezmi, Abu Abdallah Mohammed ibn Ahmed ibn Jusof al-Katib, Liber Mafatih al-Olum / Ed. G. van Vloten, Lugduni-Batavorum: E.J.Brill, 1968.
al-Khwarazmi–al-Khwarazmi, Abu Abdallah Mohammed ibn Ahmed ibn Jusof al-Katib, Mafatih al-Ulum / Ed. G. van Vloten, Leiden, 1895.
King’s Dictionary–The King‘s Dictionary. The Rasulid Hexaglot: Fourteenth century Vocabularies in Arabic, Persian, Turkic, Greek, Armenian and Mongol / Translated by Tibir Halasi-Kun, Peter B. Golden, Louis Ligeti and Edmund Schrütz with introductory essays by Peter B. Golden and Thomas T. Alsen, Ed. With notes and commentaries by Peter B. Golden. London-Boston-Köln: Brill, 2000.
Êodama–Êodama ibn Djafar, Accedunt excerptae Kitab al-Kharadj / Ed. M.J. de Goeje, BGA, pars 6. Lugduni-Batavorum: E.J.Brill, 1967.
Kononov 1958–Êîíîíîâ À.Í. Ðîäîñëîâíàÿ òóðêìåí. Ñî÷èíåíèå Àáó-ë-Ãàçè õàíà õèâèíñêîãî. Ì.; Ë., 1958.
Küner 1961–Êþíåð Í.Â. Êèòàéñêèå èçâåñòèÿ î íàðîäàõ Þæíîé Ñèáèðè, Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè è Äàëüíåãî Âîñòîêà. Ì. 1961.
al-Lari 725–al-Lari, Ìuslih al-Din Ìuhammad. Ìir‘at àl-Adwar wà Mirhat àl-Aghyar, MS of the University of Istanbul, F 725.
al-Lari 3156–al-Lari, Ìuslih al-Din Ìuhammsd. Ìir‘at àl-Adwar wà Mirhat àl-Aghyar, MS of the Suleymaniya library, Nur Othmaniye, 3156.
Livshits 1996–Ëèâøèö Â.À. Ñîãäèéñêèå òåêñòû, äîêóìåíòû è ýïèãðàôèêà // Èñòî÷íèêîâåäåíèå Êûðãûçñòàíà (ñ äðåâíîñòè äî ÕIÕ â.). Áèøêåê, 1996.
Masoudi–Masoudi, Les prairies d‘or (Golden Meadows)/Text et traduction C.Barbier de Meynard, t. I–IX, t.2, Paris: Societe Asiatique, 1861–1877.
297
Mahmud ib Wali–Ìàhmud ibn Ìir Wali. Bahr al-Asrar fi Manaqib àl-Akhyar, MS of the Brittish Library, India Office, 575.
Mahmud ibn Wali 1977–Ìàõìóä èáí Âàëè. Ìîðå òàéí îòíîñèòåëüíî äîáëåñòåé áëàãîðîäíûõ (Ãåîãðàôèÿ) / Ââåäåíèå, ïåðåâîä, ïðèìå÷àíèÿ, óêàçàòåëè Á.À.Àõìåäîâà. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1977.
Mahmud ibn Wali 1969–Ìàõìóä èáí Âàëè. Áàõð àë-àñðàð ôè ìàíàêèá àë-àõéàð / Ïåðåâîä ñ ïåðñ. ÿç. Ç.Í.Âîðîæåéêèíîé // Ìàòåðèàëû ïî èñòîðèè êàçàõñêèõ õàíñòâ X5th–XVIII ââ. (Èçâëå÷åíèÿ èç ïåðñèäñêèõ è òþðêñêèõ ñî÷èíåíèé). Àëìà-Àòà: Íàóêà, 1969.
al-Makdisi–àë-Ìàêäèñè. Èçâëå÷åíèÿ èç “Àõñàí àò-òàêañèì ôè-ìàðèôàò àë-àêaëèì” / Ïåðåâîä Ñ.Âîëèíà // ÌÈÒÒ. Ò. 1. 7th–ÕV ââ. Àðàáñêèå è ïåðñèäñêèå èñòî÷íèêè. Ì.; Ë.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1939. Ñ. 184–209.
Malov 1951–Ìàëîâ Ñ.Å. Ïàìÿòíèêè äðåâíåòþðêñêîé ïèñüìåííîñòè. Òåêñòû è èññëåäîâàíèÿ. Ì.; Ë.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1951.
Malov 1959–Ìàëîâ Ñ.Å. Ïàìÿòíèêè äðåâíåòþðêñêîé ïèñüìåííîñòè Ìîíãîëèè è Êèðãèçèè. Ì.-Ë., 1959.
Maliavkin 1989–Ìàëÿâêèí À.Ã. Òàíñêèå õðîíèêè î ãîñóäàðñòâàõ Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè. Íîâîñèáèðñê: Íàóêà ÑÎ, 1989.
Markwart 1931–Markwart J. A Catalogue of provincial capitals of Eranshahr / Pahlavi text, version and commentary, Roma, 1931.
Marvazi–Marvazi, Sharaf al-Zaman Tahir on China, the Türks and India / Arabic text (circa A.D. 1120) with an English translation and commentary by V.Minorsky, London: The Royal Asiatic Society, 1942.
al-Marwazi 2003–àë-Ìàðâàçè, Òàõèð. Òàáà‘è àë-õàéàâàí / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî Ø.Çàêèðîâà // Ìàòåðèàëû ïî ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè òþðêñêèõ íàðîäîâ Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 2003. Ñ. 44–51.
Marwarrudi–Ìåðâåððóäè, Ìóõàììàä èáí Ìàíñóð. Òàðèõ-è Ìóáàðàê-øàõ // ÌÈÑÖÀ. Õ–ÕIÕ ââ. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1988. Ñ. 90–93.
àl-Masudi–àl-Masudi, Kitab at-Tanbih wa-l-Ishraf / Ed. M.J. de Goeje, BGA, pars 8, Lugduni-Batavorum: E.J.Brill, 1967.
al-Mas‘udi–àl-Ìàsudi, Àbu-l-Hasan Àli ibn àl-Husayn. Tarikh Murudj àl-Dhahab wà Màadin àl-Djawhar // on margines of the I–X volumes of “al-Kamil fi-t-Tarikh” by Ibn àl-Àthir. In 12 volumes. Ìisr: Bulaq, 1887–1894.
Materialy 1974–Ìàòåðèàëû ïî èñòîðèè óéãóðîâ â IX–XII ââ. Íîâîñèáèðñê, 1974.
Materialy 1969–Ìàòåðèàëû ïî èñòîðèè êàçàõñêèõ õàíñòâ Õ5th–ÕVIII ââ. (Èçâëå÷åíèÿ èç ïåðñèäñêèõ è òþðêñêèõ èñòî÷íèêîâ). Àëìà-Àòà: Íàóêà, 1969.
298
Materialy 2003–Ìàòåðèàëû ïî ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè òþðêñêèõ íàðîäîâ Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 2003.
al-Mawardi–al-Ìawardi. Àbu-l-Hasan Àli ibn Ìuhammad ibn Habib. Àl-Àhkam àl-Sultaniyya wà-l-wilayat (vilayet) àl-Diniyya. Bayrut, 1970.
MHCK–Ìàòåðèàëû ïî èñòîðèè êûðãûçîâ è Êûðãûçñòàíà (Èçâëå÷åíèÿ èç êèòàéñêèõ èñòî÷íèêîâ II â. äî í.ý.–XVIII ââ.). Òîì 2. Áèøêåê, 2003.
Mirkhond–Mirkhond, Histoire des Samanides / Texte Persan, traduit et accompagne des notes critiques, historiques et geographiques par M.Defremery, Paris: Imprimerie Royal, 1845.
MK–Êîøғàðèé, Ìàҳìóä. Òóðêèé ñ¢çëàð äåâîíè (Äåâîíó-ëóғîò èò-òóðê) / Òàðæèìîí âà íàøðãà òàéѐðëîâ÷è Ñ.Ì.Ìóòàëëèáîâ. 3 òîìëèê. Òîøêåíò: Ôàí, 1960–1963.
Moll–Moll Geograp H. [Map of Persia, the Caspian Sea done by ye Czar and Part of Independent Tartary, by with his Tract from Astracon to Gilan in Persia, above 2700. Eng. Miles.
al-Moqaddasi–al-Moqaddasi, Abu Abdallah Mohammad ibn Ahmad Shamsaddin, Descriptio Imperii moslemici / Ed. M.J. de Goeje, BGA, pars 3. Lugduni-Batavorum, 1967.
Mustawfi 1915–Mustawfi of Qazwin, Hamdallah / The Geograpghical Part of the Nuzhat al-Qulub (composed in 740/1340) / Ed. by G. le Strange (GMS), Leiden-London, 1915.
Mustawfi-i Qazwini–Mustawfi-i Qazwini, Hamdallah The Tarikh-i Guzida or Select History / Compiled in A.H. 730 (A.D. 1453) by E.G.Browne with indices of the fac-simile text by R.A. Nicholson, vol. 1, Text (“E.J.W.Gibb Memorial” Series, vol. XIV), Leiden–London: E.J.Brill, 1910.
Narshakhi 1897–Íàðøàõè, Ìóõàììàä. Èñòîðèÿ Áóõàðû. Ïåðåâîä ñ ïåðñèäñêîãî Í.Ëûêîøèíà ïîä ðåäàêöèåé Â.Â.Áàðòîëüäà. Òàøêåíò, 1897.
Narshakhi 1966–Íàðøàõèé, Àáó Áàêð Ìóõàììàä èáí Æàúôàð. Áóõîðî òàðèõè / Ôîðñ òèëèäàí À.Ðàñóëåâ òàðæèìàñè, ìóҳàððèð À.¡ðèíáîåâ. Òîøêåíò: Ôàí, 1966.
al-Nasafi 70–àl-Nasafi, Àbu Hafs Umar ibn Ìuhammad ibn Àhmad. Kitan al-Qand fi Dhikr Ulama‘ Samarqand (Samarkand). MS of the Suleymaniya library, Turhan V. Sultan, 70 (in katalogue: Qit„atun min kitab min al-hadith–“Extract from the book of the Hadithes” without author and name of the composition).
al-Nasafi 1991–àl-Nasafi, Àbu Hafs Umar ibn Ìuhammad ibn Àhmad. Kitab àl-Qand fi Dhikr Ulama‘ Samarqand (Samarkand) / Ed. Ìuhammad Nazar àl-Faryabi. Àl-Riyad: Ìàktabat al-Kawthar, 1991.
al-Nasafi 1999–àl-Nasafi, Àbu Hafs Umar ibn Ìuhammad ibn Àhmad. Kitab àl-Qand fi Dhikr Ulama‘ Samarqand (Samarkand) / Ed. Yusuf àl-Hadi. Òåhran: Ayina-yi Miras (Ìir‘at àl-Turath), 1378/1420/1999.
299
al-Nasafi 6284–àl-Nasafi, Àbu Hafs Umar ibn Ìuhammad ibn Àhmad. Ìuntakhab Kitab àl-Qand. MS of the Bibliotheque Nationale in Paris, Arabe 6284, f. 1 5th–75 R.
al-Nasafi 1462–àl-Nasafi, Àbu Hafs Umar ibn Ìuhammd. Ìàtlà àl-Nudjum wà Màdjma àl-Ulum. MS of the Institute of Oriental Studies of Uzbekistan Academy of ÈÂ ÀÍ ÐÓç, ¹ 1462.
al-Nasawi–àí-Íàñàâè, Øèõàá àä-äèí Ìóõàììàä. Æèçíåîïèñàíèå ñóëòàíà Äæàëàë àä-äèíà Ìàíêáóðíû / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî, ïðåäèñëîâèå, êîììåíòàðèè, ïðèìå÷àíèÿ è óêàçàòåëè Ç.Ì.Áóíèÿòîâà. Áàêó: Ýëì, 1973.
Nasir-i Khusraw–Íàñûð-è Õóñðàó. Ñàôàð-íàìý. Êíèãà ïóòåøåñòâèÿ. Ïåðåâîä è âñòóïèòåëüíàÿ ñòàòüÿ Å.Ý.Áåðòåëüñà. Ì.; Ë., 1933.
al-Nawbakhti–àí-Íàóáàõòè, aë-Õàñàí èáí Ìóñà. Øèèòñêèå ñåêòû / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî, èññëåäîâàíèå è êîììåíòàðèè Ñ.Ì.Ïðîçîðîâà. Ì., 1973.
Nawa’i XI5th–Íàâîèé Àëèøåð. Òàðèõè ìóëóêè Àæàì // Àñàðëàð. 15 òîìëèê. 14-òîì. Òîøêåíò, 1967. 183–239 áåòëàð.
Nawa’i 8th–Íàâîèé, Àëèøåð. Ôàðõîä âà Øèðèí // Àñàðëàð. 15 òîìëèê. 8-òîì. Òîøêåíò, 1967.
Nehcu’l-Feradis–Nehcu‘l-Feradis, I tepkibasim / Onsozu jasan Janas Ecmann, Ankara, 1956.
Nizami–Íèçàìè Àðóçè Ñàìàðêàíäè. Ñîáðàíèå ðåäêîñòåé èëè ×åòûðå áåñåäû / Ïåðåâîä ñ ïåðñèäñêîãî Ñ.È.Áàåâñêîãî è Ç.Í.Âîðîæåéêèíîé ïîä ðåäàêöèåé À.Í.Áîëäûðåâà. Ì.: Èçä-âî âîñòî÷íîé ëèò-ðû, 1963.
Pyteshestvue–Ïóòåøåñòâèå Èáí Ôàäëàíà íà Âîëãó / Ïåðåâîä è êîììåíòàðèé ïîä ðåäàêöèåé È.Þ. Êðà÷êîâñêîãî. Ì.; Ë.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1939.
Rashid al-Din–Ðàøèä àä-äèí. Ñáîðíèê ëåòîïèñåé.  3-õ ÷àñòÿõ / Ïåðåâîä ñ ïåðñèäñêîãî Ë.À.Õåòàãóðîâà, Î.È.Ñìèðíîâîé, Þ.Ï.Âåðõîâñêîãî è À.Ê.Àðåíäñà. Ì.; Ë.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1946–1952.
Rashid al-Din 1987–Ðàøèä àä-äèí, Ôàçëàëëàõ. Îãóç-íàìå / Ïåðåâîä ñ ïåðñèäñêîãî, ïðåäèñëîâèå, êîììåíòàðèè, ïðèìå÷àíèÿ è óêàçàòåëè Ð.Ì.Øóêþðîâîé. Áàêó: Ýëì, 1987.
al-Sam‘ani–al-Samani, Abd al-Karim, The Kitab al-Ansab / Reproduced fac-simile from the manuscript of British Museum with an introduction of by D.S.Margoliouth, Leiden-London, 1912.
al-Sabi–Õèëàë àñ-Ñàáè. Óñòàíîâëåíèÿ è îáû÷àè äâîðà õàëèôîâ (Ðóñóì äað àë-õèëaôà) / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî, ïðåäèñëîâèå è ïðèìå÷àíèÿ È.Á.Ìèõàéëîâîé (ÏÏ–LXVII). Ì., 1983.
300
al-Sam‘ani–àl-Sàmani. Àbu Sàd Àbd àl-Êàrim ibn Ìuhammad. Àl-Ànsab // Ed. Àbd àl-Rahman ibn Yahya àl-Ìuàllimi àl-Yamani. In 10 volumes. Bayrut: Ìuhammad Àmin Damadj, 1981.
SDGM I–Ñîãäèéñêèå äîêóìåíòû ñ ãîðû Ìóã. ×òåíèå, Ïåðåâîä. Êîììåíòàðèé. Âûï. 1. Ôðåéìàí À.À. Îïèñàíèå, ïóáëèêàöèè è èññëåäîâàíèå äîêóìåíòîâ ñ ãîðû Ìóã. Ì.: Èçä-âî âîñò. ëèò-ðû, 1962.
SDGM II–Ñîãäèéñêèå äîêóìåíòû ñ ãîðû Ìóã. ×òåíèå, Ïåðåâîä. Êîììåíòàðèé. Âûï. 2. Þðèäè÷åñêèå äîêóìåíòû è ïèñüìà / ×òåíèå, ïåðåâîä è êîììåíòàðèè Â.À.Ëèâøèöà. Ì.: Èçä-âî âîñò. ëèò-ðû, 1962.
SDGM 3rd–Ñîãäèéñêèå äîêóìåíòû ñ ãîðû Ìóã. ×òåíèå, Ïåðåâîä. Êîììåíòàðèé. Âûï. 3. Õîçÿéñòâåííûå äîêóìåíòû / ×òåíèå, ïåðåâîä è êîììåíòàðèè Ì.Í.Áîãîëþáîâà è Î.È.Ñìèðíîâîé. Ì.: Èçä-âî âîñò. ëèò-ðû, 1963.
SF–Ñîãäèéñêèå ôðàãìåíòû Öåíòðàëüíî-Àçèàòñêîãî Ñîáðàíèÿ Èíñòèòóòà âîñòîêîâåäåíèÿ // Ôûêñèìèëå. Èçäàíèå òåêñòîâ, ÷òåíèå, ïåðåâîä, ïðåäèñëîâèå, ïðèìå÷àíèÿ è ãëîññàðèé À.Í.Ðàãîçà. Ì., 1980.
al-Shahrastani–al-Shahrastani, Kitab al-Milal wa-l-Nihal / Ed. Cureton, vol. 1, London, 1846.
al-Shahrastani 1984–àø-Øàõðàñòàíè, Ìóõàììàä èáí Àáä àë-Êàðèì. Êíèãà î ðåëèãèÿõ è ñåêòàõ (Êèòàá àë-ìèëàë âà-í-íèõàë). ×àñòü 1. Èñëàì / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî, ââåäåíèå è êîììåíòàðèé Ñ.Ì.Ïðîçîðîâà. Ì., 1984.
Shah Hakim–Øîõ Õàêèì Õîëèñ. Ñàôåä Áóëîí êèññàñè / Ò.Íàáèåâ âà Ì.Õàñàíèé íàøðãà òàéѐðëàãàí. Òîøêåíò, 1994.
al-Shami–Øîìèé, Íèçîìèääèí. Çàôàðíîìà / Ôîðñ òèëèäàí Þ.Õàêèìæîíîâ òàðæèìàñè, òàðæèìàíè êàéòà èøëàá íàøðãà òàéѐðëîâ÷è âà ìàñúóë ìóõàððèð À.Óðèíáîåâ. Òîøêåíò: Óçáåêèñòîí, 1996.
Sherbak 1959–Ùåðáàê À.Ì., Îãóç-íàìå. Ìóõàááàò-íàìå. Ïàìÿòíèêè äðåâíåòþðêñêîé ðóêîïèñè. Ì., 1959.
Siyasat-Nama–Ñèàñåò-íàìý. Êíèãà î ïðàâëåíèè âàçèðà ÕI ñòîëåòèÿ Íèçàì àë-Ìóëüêà / Ïåðåâîä, ââåäåíèå â èçó÷åíèå ïàìÿòíèêà è ïðèìå÷àíèÿ Á.Í.Çàõîäåðà. Ì.; Ë.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1949.
Sims-Williams 2000–Sims-Williams N. Bactrian Documents from Northern Afghanistan, I: Legal and Economic Documents, Oxford University Press, 2000.
Simokatta–Ñèìîêàòòà, Ôåîôèëàêò. Èñòîðèÿ // Ïåð. ñ ãðå÷åñêîãî Ñ.Ï.Êîíäðàòüåâà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1957.
301
Si Yu-Tzi–Ñè þ öçè èëè îïèñàíèå ïóòåøåñòâèÿ íà Çàïàä / Ïåðåâåë ñ êèòàéñêîãî ñ ïðèìå÷àíèÿìè Àðõèìàíäðèò Ïàëëàäèé / Òðóäû ÷ëåíîâ Ðîññèéñêîé äóõîâíîé ìèññèè â Ïåêèíå. Ò. 4. ÑÏá., 1866. Ñ. 261–434.
Süan Tszan–Ñþàíü Öçàí. Ôðàãìåíòû óéãóðñêîé âåðñèè áèîãðàôèè Ñþàíü Öçàíà. Òðàíñêðèïöèÿ, ïåðåâîä, ïðèìå÷àíèÿ, êîììåíòàðèè è óêàçàòåëè Ë.Þ.Òóãóøåâîé. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1980.
al-Sulami–al-Sulami, Muhammad ibn al-Husain. Kitab Tabaqat al-Sufiyya / Texte Arabe avec une introduction et index par J.Pedersen, Leiden, 1960.
al-Suli–as-Suli, Abu Bakr Muhammad ibn Yahya, Akhbar ar-Radi wa-l-Muttaqi / Ed. J.Heyworth-Dunne (E.J.W. Gibb Memorial trust). London: Luzac & Co., 1935.
al-Suli 1998–àñ-Ñóëè, Àáó Áàêð Ìóõàììàä. Êèòàá àë-àâðàê (“Êíèãà ëèñòîâ”) / Êðèòè÷åñêèé òåêñò è ïåðåâîä íà ðóññêèé ÿçûê Â.È.Áåëÿåâà è À.Á.Õàëèäîâà. Ïðåäèñëîâèå, ïðèìå÷àíèÿ è óêàçàòåëè À.Á.Õàëèäîâà. ÑÏá., 1998.
Syma Tzian–Ñûìà Öçÿíü. Èñòîðè÷åñêèå çàïèñêè (“Øè Öçè”) / Ïåðåâîä ñ êèòàéñêîãî è êîììåíòàðèè Ð.Â.Âÿòêèíà è Â.Ñ.Òàñêèíà.  5 òîìàõ. Ì., 1972–1987.
at-Tabari–at-Tabari, Abu Djafar Mohammed ibn Djarir, Annales / Ed. M.J. de Goeje, I–III series, Lugduni-Batavorum: E.J.Brill, 1964.
al-Tabari 1987–“Èñòîðèÿ” àò-Òàáàðè. Èçáðàííûå îòðûâêè / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî Â.È.Áåëÿåâà. Äîïîëíåíèÿ ê ïåðåâîäó Î.Ã.Áîëüøàêîâà è À.Á.Õàëèäîâà. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1987.
al-Tabari 1988–[àò-Òàáàðè] Èçâëå÷åíèÿ èç “Òàðèõ àð-ðóñóë âà-ë-ìóëóê” / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî Ø.Çàêèðîâà, ïåðåâîä ñ óéãóðñêîãî Ì.Êóòëóêîâà // ÌÈÑÖÀ Õ–ÕIÕ ââ. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1988. Ñ. 5–17.
Tabaristanensis–Tabaristanensis annales regum atque legatorum dei, vol. 1, XI, 1831.
Tabulae Georaphicae–Tabulae Georaphicae Cl. Ptolemaei ad mentem auctoris restitutae et emendatae / Per Gerardum Mercatorem illustriss. Ducis cliviaecosmographum, Colonia Lalendis Julij, 1583, VII Tab. Asiae.
Tardjuman–Òàðæóìîí. XIV àñð ѐçìà îáèäàñè. Òîøêåíò: Ôàí, 1980.
Ta’rikh-i Sistan–Òà‘ðèõ-è Ñèñòàí (Èñòîðèÿ Ñèñòàíà) / Ïåðåâîä, ââåäåíèå è êîììåíòàðèé Ë.Ï.Ñìèðíîâîé. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1974.
Tawarikh-i Guzida–Òàâàðèõ-è Ãóçèäà Íóñðàò-íàìå / Èññëåäîâàíèå, êðèòè÷åñêèé òåêñò, àííîòèðîâàííîå îãëàâëåíèå è òàáëèöà ñâîäíûõ îãëàâëåíèé À.Ì.Àêðàìîâà. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1967.
Ter-Mkrtichian 1991–Òåð-Ìêðòè÷ÿí Ë.Õ.. Àðìÿíñêèå èñòî÷íèêè î Ïàëåñòèíå. 5th–ÕVIII ââ. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1991.
302
Ter-Mkrtichian 1979–Òåð-Ìêðòè÷ÿí Ë.Õ. Àðìÿíñêèå èñòî÷íèêè î Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. 5th–VII ââ. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1979.
Ter-Mkrtichian 1985–Òåð-Ìêðòè÷ÿí Ë.Õ. Àðìÿíñêèå èñòî÷íèêè î Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. 7th–XVIII ââ. Ì., 1985.
al-Tha‘alibi–al-Thaalibi, The Lata‘if al-Maarif, The Book of curious and entertaining information / Translated with introduction and notes by C.E.Bosworth, Edinburgh: The University Press, 1968.
al-Tha‘alibi 1995–àñ-Ñàîëèáèé, Àáó Ìàíñóð. Àæîéèá ìàúëóìîòëàð / Òàäêèê êèëóâ÷è, òàðæèìîí, èçîõ âà êóðñàòêè÷ëàð òóçóâ÷è È.Àáäóëëàåâ. Òîøêåíò: Àáäóëëà Êîäèðèé, 1995.
al-Tha‘alibi 1976–àñ-Ñàîëèáèé, Àáó Ìàíñóð. Éàòèìàò àä-äàõð ôè ìàõîñèí àë-àñð / Òàäêèê êèëóâ÷è, òàðæèìîí, èçîõ âà ê¢ðñàòêè÷ëàðíè òóçóâ÷è È.Àáäóëëàåâ. Òîøêåíò: Ôàí, 1976.
Togan 1972–Togan A.Z. Oguz destani. Rešideddin Oguznamesi / Terčume ve Tahlili, Istanbul, 1972.
Tugusheva 1991–Òóãóøåâà Ë.Þ. Óéãóðñêàÿ âåðñèÿ áèîãðàôèè Ñþàíü-Öçàíà. Ôðàãìåíòû èç ëåíèíãðàäñêîãî ðóêîïèñíîãî ñîáðàíèÿ Èíñòèòóòà âîñòîêîâåäåíèÿ ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1991.
Ulugh-Bek–Óëóãáåê, Ìèðçî. Ò¢ðò óëóñ òàðèõè. Ôîðñ òèëèäàí Á.Àõìåäîâ, Í.Íîðêóëîâ, Ì.Õàñàíèé òàðæèìàñè. Òàøêåíò: ×óëïîí, 1994.
al-‘Umari–àë-Îìàðè, Èáí Ôàäëàëëàõ (ÕIV â.). Èçâëå÷åíèå // Çîëîòàÿ Îðäà â èñòî÷íèêàõ. Òîì ïåðâûé. Àðàáñêèå è ïåðñèäñêèå èñòî÷íèêè. Ñáîðíèê ìàòåðèàëîâ, îòíîñÿùèõñÿ ê èñòîðèè Çîëîòîé Îðäû â ïåðåâîäàõ Â.Ã.Òèçåíãàóçåíà. Ñîñòàâëåíèå, ââîäíàÿ ñòàòüÿ è êîììåíòàðèè Ð.Ï.Õðàïà÷åâñêîãî. Ì., 2003. Ñ. 101–115.
Umarov 2005–Óìàðîâ Ý.À. Ãëàñíûå ñòàðîóçáåêñêîãî ÿçûêà XVIII âåêà è íîâàÿ òðàíñëèòåðàöèÿ “Ëóãâò-è Òóðêè”. Òàøêåíò, 2005.
al-Usturlabi–àë-Óñòóðëàáè, Àõìàä àñ-Ñàãàíè àò-Òåðìèçè. Èëì àí-íóäæóì (Íàóêà î çâåçäàõ), ðêï. XVIII â. íà óçáåêñêîì ÿçûêå, õðàíÿùàÿñÿ â ÷àñòíîé êîëëåêöèè â ã. Òåðìåçå.
al-‘Utbi 1988–àë-Óòáè, Àáó Íàñð Ìóõàììàä èáí Àáä àë-Äæàááàð. Òàðèõ-è Éàìèíè. Èçâëå÷åíèÿ. // ÌÈÑÖÀ Õ–ÕIÕ ââ. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1988. Ñ. 24–57.
al-‘Utbi 1939–àë-Óòáè, Àáó Íàñð. Èçâëå÷åíèÿ èç “Êèòàá àë-Éàìèíè” / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî Ñ.Âîëèíà) // ÌÈÒÒ. Ò. 1. Ì.; Ë.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1939. Ñ. 223–227.
West 1987–[West E.W.] Pahlavi Texts, part 1, the Bundahis-Bahman Yast and Shayast La-Shayast / Translated by E.W.West (Sacred Books of the East, ed. F.Max Muller, vol. 5), Oxford: University Press, 1880, reprint: Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1987.
303
al-Ya‘qubi 1939–àë-ßêóáè Èçâëå÷åíèÿ èç “Êèòàá àë-áóëäàí” / Ïåðåâîä Ñ.Âîëèíà // ÌÈÒÒ. Ò. 1. 7th–XV ââ. Àðàáñêèå è ïåðñèäñêèå èñòî÷íèêè. Ì.; Ë., 1939. Ñ. 146–150.
Yaqut–Yaqut, The Irshad al-Arib ila Marifat al-Adib or Dictionary of Learned Men / Ed. by D.S.Margoliouth, vol. I–VII, Leyden–London, 1907–1927.
Yaqut–Yaqut al-Hamawi. Ìudjam àl-Buldan. In 8 volumes. Àl-Qahirà, 1906.
Yaqut 1988–Éàêóò àë-Õàìàâè. Ìóäæàì àë-áóëäàí / Ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî Î.Á. Ôðîëîâîé è Á.Âàõàáîâîé // ÌÈÑÖÀ Õ–XIÕ ââ. Òàøêåíò, 1988. Ñ. 76–90.
Yaqut 1939–Éàêóò. Èçâëå÷åíèÿ èç “Ìóäæàì àë-áóëäàí” / Ïåðåâîä Ñ.Ì.Áîãäàíîâîé-Áåðåçîâñêîé // ÌÈÒÒ. Ò. 1. 7th–XV ââ. Àðàáñêèå è ïåðñèäñêèå èñòî÷íèêè. Ì.; Ë., 1939. Ñ. 409–437.
Yazdi 1997–Éàçäèé, Øàðàôóääèí Àëè. Çàôàðíîìà / Ñ¢ç áîøè, òàáäèë, èçîҳëàð âà ê¢ðñàòêè÷ëàð ìóàëëèôëàðè À.Àҳìåäîâ âà Õ.Áîáîáåêîâ. Òîøêåíò, 1997.
Yazdi 1994–ßçäèé, Øàðàôèääèí Àëè. Çàôàðíîìà. Ìîâàðîóííàõð âîêåàëàðè (1360–1370) / Ìàñúóë ìóõàððèð, ñóçáîøè ìóàëëèôè âà íàøðãà òàéѐðëîâ÷è À.Óðèíáîåâ, òàðæèìîí Î.Áóðèåâ. Òîøêåíò: Êàìàëàê, 1994.
Yugnaki–Þãíàêèé, Àõìàä. Àòàáàòó õàêàéèê êèòàáè // XI–XV àñðëàðíèíã òóðêèé ѐçóâèäàãè ѐäãîðëèêëàð. Òîøêåíò: Ôàí, 1994.
Yusuf Khas Hadjib–Þñóô Õîñ Õîæèá. Êóòàäãó Áèëèã. Òîøêåíò: Ôàí, 1971.
al-Zayyat–al-Zayyat, Ishaq ibn al-Hasan. El-Dikr al-Aqalim (Tratado de geografia universal) / Ed. and transl. F.Castello. Barselona: Instituto “Millas Vallicrosa” de Historia de la Ciencia Arabe de la Universidad de Barselona.
Zuev 1960–Çóåâ Þ.À. Òàìãè ëîøàäåé èç âàññàëüíûõ êíÿæåñòâ (Ïåðåâîä èç êèòàéñêîãî ñî÷èíåíèÿ 8th–Õ ââ. Òàíõóéÿî) // Íîâûå ìàòåðèàëû ïî äðåâíåé è ñðåäíåâåêîâîé èñòîðèè Êàçàõñòàíà. Àëìà-Àòà, 1960. Ñ. 93–140.
Research Literature
Abaev 1985–Àáàåâ Â.È. Òþðêñêèå ýëåìåíòû â îñåòèíñêîé àíòðîïîíèìèè // Òåîðèÿ è ïðàêòèêà ýòèìîëîãè÷åñêèõ èññëåäîâàíèé. Ì., Íàóêà, 1985. Ñ. 23–29.
Àbàtàbåkîv 1974–Àáàòàáåêîâ À., Ãðà÷ Â., Øåâåíêî Á., Øåð ß. Ïàìÿòíèêè êî÷åâíèêîâ ëåâîáåðåæüÿ ð. Íàðûí // ÀÎ 1973 ãîäà. Ì., 1974. Ñ. 520.
Àbdullaev 1984–Àáäóëëàåâ È. Ïîýçèÿ íà àðàáñêîì ÿçûêå â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è Õîðàñàíå Õ–íà÷àëà ÕI ââ. Òàøêåíò, 1984.
304
Àbdullaev 1979–Àáäóëëàåâ Ê. Äâà ôðàãìåíòà ëþñòðîâîé êåðàìèêè èç Áóõàðû // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 15. Òàøêåíò, 1979. Ñ. 76–78.
Àbdurasul O’ghli 1997–Àáäóðàñóë ¢ғëè, Àáäóõîëèқ. Òóðêèé õàëқëàð òàðèõèãà îèä áèð òèáåò÷à ҳóææàò // ÎÍÓ, 1997, ¹ 6. Ñ. 72–77.
Àbduvaliev 1985–Àáäóâàëèåâ È. Î ïðîèñõîæäåíèè íåêîòîðûõ êîííî-ñïîðòèâíûõ òåðìèíîâ â êèðãèçñêîì ÿçûêå // Âîïðîñû òþðêñêîãî ÿçûêîçíàíèÿ. Àëìà-Àòà: Íàóêà, 1985. Ñ. 35–40.
Abu Muslim–Abu Muslim, in: EI, New Edition, prepared by a number of leading orientalists, vol. 1 (Ned–Sam). Leyden, 1960, p. 141.
Adamova 1976–Àäàìîâà À., Ãðåê Ò. Ìèíèàòþðû êàøìèðñêèõ ðóêîïèñåé. Ì.: Èñêóññòâî, 1976.
Adykov 1960–Àäûêîâ Ê.À. Ñðåäíåâåêîâûé òîðãîâûé ïóòü èç Ìåðâà â Ñåðàõñ (èñòîðèêî-àðõåîëîãí÷åñêèé î÷åðê): ÀÐ ... ê. è. í. Àøõàáàä, 1960.
Àgadjanov 1964–Àãàäæàíîâ Ñ.Ã. Óíèêàëüíàÿ ìåäàëü ñ èçîáðàæåíèåì ñåëüäæóêñêîãî ñóëòàíà Ìóõàììàäà Òîãðóë-áåêà // Èçâåñòèÿ ÀÍ Òóðêì.ÑÑÐ. ÑÎÍ. 1964, 4. Ñ. 10–16.
Ageeva 1979–Àãååâà Ð.À. Òîïîíèìèÿ êàê èñòî÷íèê èçó÷åíèÿ èñòîðèè çàñåëåíèÿ êðàÿ // Òîïîíèìèêà íà ñëóæáå ãåîãðàôèè. Ì., 1979. Ñ. 71–77.
Agius 1980–Agius, D. A. The Shu'ubiyya movement and its literary manifestation, in: Islamic Quarterly, 24, 1980, p.76–88.
Ahmedov 1987–Àõìåäîâ À. Ñâåäåíèÿ î òþðêñêèõ íàðîäàõ â òðóäàõ Õîðåçìè // ÎÍÓ, 1987, ¹ 3. Ñ. 58–62.
Ahmedov 1982–Àõìåäîâ Á.À. Èñòîðèÿ Áàëõà (ÕVI–ïåðâàÿ ïîëîâèíà ÕVIII â.). Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1982.
Ahmedov 1991–Àõìåäîâ Á.À. ¡çáåêèñòîí õàëқëàðè òàðèõè ìàíáàëàðè. Òîøêåíò, 1991.
Ahmedov, Mukminova 1986–Àõìåäîâ Á.À., Ìóêìèíîâà Ð.Ã. Òþðêñêèå çàèìñòâîâàíèÿ â ïåðñîÿçû÷íûõ õðîíèêàõ Õ5th–ÕVII ââ. // Èñòîðèêî-êóëüòóðíûå êîíòàêòû íàðîäîâ Àëòàéñêîé ÿçûêîâîé îáùíîñòè. ÒÄ ÕÕÕIÕ ñåññèè Ïîñòîÿííîé Ìåæäóíàðîäíîé àëòàèñòè÷åñêîé êîíôåðåíöèè (PIAC). Òàøêåíò, ñåíòÿáðü 1986. II. Ëèíãâèñòèêà. Ì., 1986. Ñ. 13–15.
Ahmedov 1971–Àõìåäîâ Ò.Ì. Íåêîòîðûå äðåâíåòþðêñêèå ñëîâà â òàòñêîì ÿçûêå // ÑÒ (Áàêó), 1971, ¹ 6. Ñ. 69–79.
AI 1962–Àðõåîëîãè÷åñêèå èññëåäîâàíèÿ íà ñåâåðíûõ ñêëîíàõ Êàðàòàó, Àëìà-Àòà, 1962 (Òðóäû ÈÈÀÝ ÀÍ ÊàçÑÑÐ, ò. 14).
305
Akhunbabaev 1986–Àõóíáàáàåâ Õ.Ã. Íîâûå íàõîäêè ñîãäèéñêèõ ìîíåò èç ðàñêîïîê 1978–1981 ãã. â öåíòðàëüíîé ÷àñòè Àôðàñèàáà // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 20. Òàøêåíò, 1986. C. 79–98.
Akhundova 2004–Àõóíäîâà Í. Òþðêè â ñèñòåìå ãîñóäàðñòâåííîãî óïðàâëåíèÿ Àðàáñêîãî õàëèôàòà (8th–ñåð. Õ ââ.). Áàêó: Ýëì, 2004.
Akhunov 1987–Àõóíîâ Í.Î. Ýòíîòîïîíèìû–âàæíûé èñòîðè÷åñêèé èñòî÷íèê // Èç èñòîðèè Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è Âîñòî÷íîãî Òóðêåñòàíà XV-XIX ââ. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1987. Ñ. 85–98.
Akishev 1978–Àêèøåâ Ê.À. Êóðãàí Èññûê. Èñêóññòâî ñàêîâ Êàçàõñòàíà. Ì.: Èñêóññòâî, 1978.
Akishev, Baypakov, Erzakovich 1969–Àêèøåâ Ê. À., Áàéïàêîâ Ê. Ì., Åðçàêîâè÷ Ë. Á. Íîâîå â ñðåäíåâåêîâîé àðõåîëîãèè Êàçàõñòàíà. Êóëüòóðà äðåâíèõ ñêîòîâîäîäîâ è çåì-ëåäåëüöåâ Êàçàõñòàíà. Àëìà-Àòà, 1969. Ñ. 5—42.
Albaum 1960–Àëüáàóì Ë.È. Áàëàëûê-òåïå. Ê èñòîðèè ìàòåðèàëüíîé êóëüòóðû è èñêóññòâà Òîõàðèñòàíà. Òàøêåíò: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÓçÑÑÐ, 1960.
Albaum 1955–Àëüáàóì Ë.È. Áóääèéñêèé õðàì â äîëèíå Ñàíçàðà // Äîêëàäû ÀÍ ÓçÑÑÐ. Òàøêåíò, 1955. Ñ. 57–60.
Albaum 1975–Àëüáàóì Ë.È. Æèâîïèñü Àôðàñèàáà. Ò.: Ôàí, 1975.
Albaum 1994–Àëüáàóì Ë.È. Õðèñòèàíñêèé õðàì â Ñòàðîì Òåðìåçå // Èç èñòîðèè äðåâíèõ êóëüòîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè: õðèñòèàíñòâî. Òàøêåíò, 1994. Ñ. 34–40.
Alekseev 1985–Àëåêñååâ Â.Ï. ×åëîâåê, ýâîëþöèÿ è òàêñîìàíèÿ. Íåêîòîðûå òåîðåòè÷åñêèå âîïðîñû. Ì., 1985.
Aliev 1975–Àëèåâ Ê. Ê âîïðîñó î íîìàäàõ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è äðåâíåãî Àçåðáàéäæàíà (Àòðîïàòåíû è Êàâêàçñêîé Àëáàíèè) // Öåíòðàëüíàÿ Àçèÿ â êóøàíñêóþ ýïîõó. Òðóäû ìåæäóíàðîäíîé êîíôåðåíöèè ïî èñòîðèè, àðõåîëîãèè è êóëüòóðå Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè â êóøàíñêóþ ýïîõó (Äóøàíáå, 1968). Â 2-õ òîìàõ. Ì., 1974–1975. Ò. 2. Ñ. 176–179.
Almas 1993–Àëìàñ Ò. Óéãóðû / Ïåðåâîä ñ óéãóðñêîãî Õ.Õàìðàåâà.  2-õ ÷àñòÿõ. Àëìà-Àòà, 1993.
Almbladh 1997–Almbladh, K. Ibraniya and the Hebraization of the literary Jewish culture in the medieval Arab-speaking world - a Jewish shuubiyah, in: Under the olive tree: reconsidering Mediterranean politics and culture, A.Linjakumpu, K.Virtanen (eds.), Tampere: Tampere Peace Research Institute, 1997, (Occasional Papers, 73), p. 53–69.
Alpatkina 2000–Àëïàòêèíà Ò.Ã. Îññóàðèè èç îáúåêòà 19 íåêðîïîëÿ Ïàéêåíäà // Ñðåäíÿÿ Àçèÿ: àðõåîëîãèÿ, èñòîðèÿ, êóëüòóðà. Ìàòåðèàëû ìåæäóíàðîäíîé êîíôåðåíöèè, ïîñâÿùåííîé 50-ëåòèþ íàó÷íîé äåÿòåëüíîñòè Ã.Â.Øèøêèíîé. Ì., 2000. Ñ. 128–137.
306
Alpatkina 2004–Àëïàòêèíà Ò. Ñâàñòèêà â ðåçíîì äåêîðå äâîðöà ïðàâèòåëåé Òåðìåçà // Transoxiana: Èñòîðèÿ è êóëüòóðà. Òàøêåíò, 2004. Ñ. 31–35.
Alylilmaz 2004–Alyilmaz C. Mutrin Temdeg Inscription (Seal of Auspiciousness) // Ñáîðíèê ñòàòåé ê 70-ëåòèþ Þ.Ô.Áóðÿêîâà. Òàøêåíò, 2004. Ñ. 177–179.
Amanjolov 2003–Àìàíæîëîâ À.Ñ. Èñòîðèÿ è òåîðèÿ äðåâíå-òþðêñêîãî ïèñüìà. Àëìàòû: Ìåêòåï, 2003.
Ambartsumian 2001–Ambartsumian A. Huns, one of the Turanian tribes, in: Turan, Iranian World and Turan. International seminar, Tehran, 2001, p. 44.
Aminov, Buriakov, Khodjayov 1978–Àìèíîâ Â., Áóðÿêîâ Þ.Ô., Õîäæàéîâ Ò.Ê. Íîâûå ìàòåðèàëû ê ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè äîëèíû Àõàíãàðàíà // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 14. Òàøêåíò, 1978. Ñ. 79–87.
Anarbaev 1990–Àíàðáàåâ À.À. Äðåâíèé íåêðîïîëü ôåðãàíöåâ // Ïðèðîäà, 1990, 4 (896). Ñ. 57–61.
Andreev 1970–Àíäðååâ Ì.Ñ. Ìàòèåðèàëû ïî ýòíîãðàôèè ßãíîáà (Çàïèñè 1927–1928 ãã.). Äóøàíáå: Äîíèø, 1970.
Annaev 1979–Àííàåâ Ò. Ðàííÿÿ àðàáñêàÿ íàäïèñü ñ þãà Óçáåêèñòàíà // ÎÍÓ, 1979, ¹ 7. Ñ. 48–49.
Apkhazava 2006–Apkhazava T., Cikia M. Turk kultur etkisi olarak ozel adlarin alinmasi, in: paper presented in 1 Uluslararasi Turk dunyasi kultur kurultayi / 1st International Turkish world congress, 09–15 Nisan/April 2006, Izmir, Turkey.
Arapov 2002a–Àðàïîâ À. Áóääèéñêèå ìàíäàëû è ñèìâîëèêà Ñàìàíèäîâ // San‘at (Art, Èñêóññòâî), 2002, ¹ 4. Ñ. 12–16. (à)
Arapov 2002b–Àðàïîâ À. Êîñìîãðàììû ðàííèõ èñëàìñêèõ ìàâçîëååâ Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè // Åæåãîäíèê Ìîñêîâñêîãî îòäåëåíèÿ Ìåæäóíàðîäíîé Àêàäåìèè àðõèòåêòóðû. Ì., 2002. Ñ. 120–125. (á)
Arapov 2004–Àðàïîâ À. Ñèìâîëè÷åñêèå “òåêñòû” Àôðàñèàáà // San‘at (Art, Èñêóññòâî), 2004, ¹ 3-4. Ñ. 17–20.
Arshavskaya, Rtveladze, Hakimov 1982–Àðøàâñêàÿ Ç.À., Ðòâåëàäçå Ý.Â., Õàêèìîâ Ç.À. Ñðåäíåâåêîâûå ïàìÿòíèêè Ñóðõàíäàðüè. Òàøêåíò, 1982.
Artamonov 1962–Àðòàìîíîâ Ì.È. Èñòîðèÿ õàçàð. Ë., 1962.
Ashurbeyli 1983–Àøóðáåéëè Ñ. Ãîñóäàðñòâî Øèðâàíøàõîâ. Áàêó, 1983.
Askarov 1977–Àñêàðîâ À. Äðåâíåçåìëåäåëü÷åñêàÿ êóëüòóðà ýïîõè áðîíçû þãà Óçáåêèñòàíà. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1977.
Askarov 2000–Àñêàðîâ À. Òàðèõèìèçíèíã ó÷ ìóàììîñè âà óëàðíèíã å÷èìè õàêèäà ÿíãè÷à ìóëîõàçàëàð // ÎÍÓ, 2000, ¹ 5. Ñ. 25–29.
307
Askarov, Buriakov, Khodjayov 1988–Àñêàðîâ À.À., Áóðÿêîâ Þ.Ô., Õîäæàéîâ Ò.Ê. Íîâûå àðõåîëîãè÷åñêèå è àíòðîïîëîãè÷åñêèå ìàòåðèàëû // Ïðîáëåìû ýòíîãåíåçà è ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è Êàçàõñòàíà (ÒÄ). Ì., 1988. Ñ. 23–25.
Askarov, Shirinov 1993–Àñêàðîâ À.À., Øèðèíîâ Ò.Ø. Ðàííÿÿ ãîðîäñêàÿ êóëüòóðà ýïîõè áðîíçû þãà Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. Ñàìàðêàíä, 1993.
Atagarryev 1978–Àòàãàððûåâ Å. Äèíàìèêà ðàçâèòèÿ ñðåäíåâåêîâîãî ãîðîäà Øàõðè-Èñëàì // Òðóäû ÞÒÀÊÝ. Ò. 16. Àøõàáàä: Ûëûì, 1978. Ñ. 255—258.
Atakhanov, Khmelnitsky 1973–Àòàõàíîâ Ò.Ì., Õìåëüíèöêèé Ñ.Ã. Î ðàáîòå Øààðòóçñêîãî àðõåîëîãè÷åñêîãî îòðÿäà â 1968–1970 ãã. // ÀÐÒ, âûï. 10. Ì., 1973. Ñ. 187–204.
Atakhodjaev 2002–Àòàõîäæàåâ À. Ñîãäèéöû è òþðêè–ñîçäàòåëè åäèíîãî èñòîðèêî-êóëüòóðíîãî ïðîñòðàíñòâà â Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè // Öèâèëèçàöèè Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè: çåìëåäåëüöû è ñêîòîâîäû, òðàäèöèè è ñîâðåìåííîñòü. ÒÄ Ìåæäóíàðîäíîé íàó÷íîé êîíôåðåíöèè (Ñàìàðêàíä 25–28 ñåíòÿáðÿ 2002 ã.). Ñàìàðêàíä, 2002. Ñ. 41–42.
Atkin 1993–Atkin M. Tajik National Identity, in: SI, vol. 26, 1–2, 1993, p. 151–158.
Àvanesovà 1991–Àâàíåñîâà Í.À. Êóëüòóðà ïàñòóøåñêèõ ïëåìåí ýïîõè áðîíçû àçèàòñêîé ÷àñòè ÑÑÑÐ (Ïî ìåòàëëè÷åñêèì èçäåëèÿì). Ïîä ðåä. À.À.Àñêàðîâà. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1991.
Aydarov 1971–Àéäàðîâ Ã. Äðåâíåòþðêñêàÿ ïèñüìåííîñòü Àëìà-Àòà, 1971.
Azimov 1999–Àçèìîâ Ø. Ãîñóäàðñòâî è ïðàâî Ñàìàíèäîâ. Äóøàíáå: Èðôîí, 1999.
Babayarov 2005–Áàáàÿðîâ Ã. ×à÷ â ýïîõó Òþðêñêîãî Êàãàíàòà (ïî íóìèçìàòè÷åñêèì äàííûì) // ¡çáåêèñòîí òàðèõè ìîääèé ìàäàíèÿò âà ѐçìà ìàíáàëàðäà. Òàøêåíò, 2005. Ñ. 197–208.
Bader, Smirnov 1954–Áàäåð Î.Í., Ñìèðíîâ À.Ï. “Ñåðåáðî çàêàìñêîå” ïåðâûõ âåêîâ íàøåé ýðû. Áàðòûìñêîå ìåñòîðîæäåíèå. Ì., 1954.
Baevsky 1980–Áàåâñêèé Ñ.È. Ãåîãðàôè÷eñêèå íàçâàíèÿ â ðàííèõ ïåðñèäñêèõ òîëêîâûõ ñëîâàðÿõ (ÕI–ÕV ââ.) // ÑÍÂ, âûï. 22, êíèãà 2. Ì., 1980. Ñ. 83–89.
Baevsky 1984–Áàåâñêèé Ñ.È. Ñðåäíåâåêîâûå ñëîâàðè (Ôàðõàíãè)–èñòî÷íèê ïî èñòîðèè êóëüòóðû Èðàíà // Î÷åðêè èñòîðèè êóëüòóðû ñðåäíåâåêîâîãî Èðàíà. Ïèñüìåííîñòü è ëèòåðàòóðà. Ì., 1984. Ñ. 194–239.
Bagirova 1987–Áàãèðîâà Ñ.Ã. Ñî÷èíåíèå “Òàòèììà ñèâàí àë-õèêìà” àë-Áàéõàêè êàê îáðàçåö ñðåäíåâåêîâîãî ýíöèêëîïåäè÷åñêîãî ñïðàâî÷íèêà. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1987.
Bahram–Bahram: VII. Bahram VI Cîbin, in: Encyclopaedia Iranica, ed. by E.Yarshater, vol. 3 (Ataš–Bayhaqi), London–New York, 1989, p. 519–522.
Bailey 1979–Bailey H.W. Dictionary of Khotan Saka. Cambridge, 1979.
308
Bailey 1930–Bailey H.W. The word “But” in Iranian, in: BSOS (London Institution), vol. 6: 1930-32, p. 279–284.
Baratova 1999–Baratova L. Alttürkische Münzen Mittelasiens aus dem 6.–10. Jh.n.Chr. Typologioe, Ikonographie, historische Interpretation, in: Archaologische Mitteilungen aus Persia und Turan. Band 31, 1999, Sonderdruck, Berlin, p. 219–292.
Baratova 1995–Áàðàòîâà Ë.Ñ. Äðåâíåòþðêñêèå ìîíåòû Ñðåäíåé Àçèè VI–X ââ. (òèïîëîãèÿ, èêîíîãðàôèÿ, èñòîðè÷åñêàÿ èíòåðïðåòàöèÿ). ÀÐ . . . ê. è. í. Òàøêåíò, 1995.
Baratova 1998–Áàðàòîâà Ë.Ñ. Ê èñòîðè÷åñêîé èíòåðïðåòàöèè òèòóëà “êàãàí” íà äðåâíåòþðêñêèõ ìîíåòàõ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè êîíöà 7th–ïåðâîé ïîëîâèíû VIII ââ. // ÍÖÀ, âûï. 3, Ò., 1998. Ñ. 41–43.
Barthold 1945–Barthold W. Histoire des Turcs d‘Asie Central, Adaptation francaise par M.Donskis, Paris, 1945.
Bartold 1964–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Àáó-ë-Õàéð // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 2. ×. 2. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1964. Ñ. 489.
Bartold 1971–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Àëï-òåãèí // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 7. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1971. Ñ. 483.
Bartold 1971–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Áàðìàêèäû // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 6. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1966. Ñ. 669–674.
Bartold 1964–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Âîñòî÷íîèðàíñêèé âîïðîñ // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 7. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1971. Ñ. 417–437.
Bartold 1971–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Èðàí. Èñòîðè÷åñêèé îáçîð / Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 7. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1971. Ñ. 229–334.
Bartold 1966–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Èñëàì // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 6. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1966. Ñ. 81–139.
Bartold 1971–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Èðàíñêèé áóääèçì è åãî îòíîøåíèå ê èñëàìó // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 7. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1971. Ñ. 469–472.
Bartold 1971–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Èñòîðèêî-ãåîãðàôè÷åñêèé îáçîð Èðàíà / Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 7. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1971. Ñ. 31–225.
Bartold 1963a–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Èñòîðèÿ êóëüòóðíîé æèçíè Òóðêåñòàíà // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 2. ×. 1. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1963. Ñ. 169–433 (à).
Bartold 1968–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Èñòîðèÿ òóðåöêî-ìîíãîëüñêèõ íàðîäîâ // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 5. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1968. Ñ. 195–232.
Bartold 1963a–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Èñòîðèÿ Òóðêåñòàíà (êîíñïåêò ëåêöèé) // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 2. ×. 1. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1963. Ñ. 109–166.
Bartold 1963a–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Êàâêàç, Òóðêåñòàí, Âîëãà // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò.2. ×.1. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1963. Ñ. 789–796.
309
Bartold 1971–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Ê âîïðîñó î ðàííåé ïåðñèäñêîé ïîýçèè // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 7. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1971. Ñ. 450–452.
Bartold 1966–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Ê âîïðîñó î ñàáèÿõ // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 6. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1966. Ñ. 469–486.
Bartold 1971–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Ê âîïðîñó î ôåîäàëèçìå â Èðàíå // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 7. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1971. Ñ. 459–468.
Bartold 1971–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Ê èñòîðèè êðåñòüÿíñêèõ äâèæåíèé â Ïåðñèè // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 7. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1971. Ñ. 438–449.
Bartold 1971–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Ê èñòîðèè ïåðñèäñêîãî ýïîñà // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 7. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1971. Ñ. 383–408.
Bartold 1966–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Ê èñòîðèè ðåëèãèîçíûõ äâèæåíèé Õ âåêà // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 6. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1966. Ñ. 492–503.
Bartold 1966–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Êóëüòóðà ìóñóëüìàíñòâà // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 6. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1966. Ñ. 143–206.
Bartold 1966–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Ìóñóëüìàíñêèé ìèð // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 6. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1966. Ñ. 207–297.
Bartold 1968–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Îáçîð èñòîðèè òþðêñêèõ íàðîäîâ // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 5. Ì. : Íàóêà, 1968. Ñ. 425–437.
Bartold 1963a–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Î÷åðê èñòîðèè Ñåìèðå÷üÿ // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò.2. ×.1. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1963. Ñ. 23–106.
Bartold 1971–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Ïåðñèäñêîå øóóáèééà è ñîâðåìåííàÿ íàóêà // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 7. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1971. Ñ. 359–370.
Bartold 1971–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Ðûöàðñòâî è ãîðîäñêàÿ æèçíü â Ïåðñèè ïðè Ñàñàíèäàõ è ïðè èñëàìå // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 7. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1971. Ñ. 371–373.
Bartold 1971–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Òàõèð èáí àë-Õóñàéí // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 7. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1971. Ñ. 506–507.
Bartold 1971–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Òàõèðèäû // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 7. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1971. Ñ. 508–509.
Bartold 1963–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Òóðêåñòàí â ýïîõó ìîíãîëüñêîãî íàøåñòâèÿ / Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 1. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1963.
Bartold 1966–Áàðòîëüä Â.Â. Ó÷åíûå ìóñóëüìàíñêîãî “Ðåíåññàíñà” // Ñî÷. â 9 òò. Ò. 6. Ðàáîòû ïî èñòîðèè èñëàìà è Àðàáñêîãî õàëèôàòà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1966. Ñ. 617–629.
Baskakov 1969–Áàñêàêîâ Í.À. Ãåîãðàôè÷åñêàÿ íîìåíêëàòóðà â òîïîíèìèè Ãîðíîãî Àëòàÿ // Òîïîíèìèêà Âîñòîêà. Èññëåäîâàíèÿ è ìàòåðèàëû. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1969. Ñ. 64—71.
310
Baskakov 1981–Áàñêàêîâ Í.À. Îá óíèôèêàöèè íàçâàíèé äðåâíèõ è ñðåäíåâåêîâûõ ïèñüìåííûõ òþðêñêèõ ÿçûêîâ // ÒÑ. 1977 ã. Ì., 1981. Ñ. 21–26.
Baskakov 1988–Áàñêàêîâ Í.À. Îñíîâíûå èñòîðè÷åñêèå ýòàïû ôîðìèðîâàíèÿ òþðêñêèõ ÿçûêîâ íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è Êàçàõñòàíà // Ïðîáëåìû ýòíîãåíåçà è ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è Êàçàõñòàíà. ÒÄ Âñåñîþçíîé êîíôåðåíöèè (20–23 íîÿáðÿ 1988 ã.). Ì., 1988. Ñ. 23–25.
Baskakov 1985–Áàñêàêîâ Í.À. Òþðêñêàÿ ëåêñèêà â “Ñëîâå î Ïîëêó Èãîðåâå”. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1985.
Baskakov 1960–Áàñêàêîâ Í.À. Òþðêñêèå ÿçûêè. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1960.
Batmanov 1962–Áàòìàíîâ È.À. Íîâûå òåêñòû // Íîâûå ýïèãðàôè÷åñêèå íàõîäêè â Êèðãèçèè (1961 ã.). Ôðóíçå, 1962. Ñ. 15–21.
Baytanaev 2003–Áàéòàíàåâ Á. Äðåâíèé Èñïèäæàá. Øûìêåíò–Àëìàòû, 2003.
Bazylkhan 2004–Áàçûëõàí Í. Îñíîâíûå àñïåêòû èñòîðèè ïèñüìåííîñòè ó ñòåïíûõ êî÷åâíèêîâ Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè // Óðáàíèçàöèÿ è íîìàäèçì â Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè: èñòîðèÿ è ïðîáëåìû. Ìàòåðèàëû Ìåæäóíàðîäíîé êîíôåðåíöèè. Àëìàòû, 2004. Ñ. 258–269.
Bayani 1973–Bayani, Malekzadeh, The Reign of Purandokht, in: Barrasiha-ye tarikhi, Historical Studies of Iran, Tehran, 1973, No. 2, p. 49–60.
Beckwith 1984–Beckwith C.I. Aspects of the Early history of the Central Asian Guard Corps in Islam, in: AEMA, 4 (1984), Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, p. 29–43.
Behrnauer 1869–Behrnauer W. Memoire sur les institutions de police chez les Arabes, les Persans et les Turcs, in: JA (1869), p. 114–190.
Belenitsky 1954–Áåëåíèöêèé À.Ì. Âîïðîñû èäåîëîãèè è êóëüòîâ Ñîãäà ïî ìàòåðèàëàì Ïÿíäæèêåíòñêèõ õðàìîâ // Æèâîïèñü äðåâíåãî Ïÿíäæèêåíòà. Ì.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1954. Ñ. 25–82.
Belenitsky 1999–Áåëåíèöêèé Á. À. Èñòîêè ñàìàíèäñêîé öèâèëèçàöèè // 1100-ëåòèå îáðàçîâàíèÿ ãîñóäàðñòâà Ñàìàíèäîâ. Ìàòåðèàëû ìåæäóíàðîäíîé êîíôåðåíöèè. ÑÏá., 1999. Ñ. 19–24.
Belenitsky 1966–Áåëåíèöêèé À.Ì. Êëàä ñåðåáðÿíûõ ìîíåò èç Ïåíäæèêåíòà // ÝÂ, âûï. 17. Ì.; Ë., 1966. Ñ. 92–100.
Belenitsky 1973–Áåëåíèöêèé À.Ì. Ìîíóìåíòàëüíîå èñêóññòâî Ïåíäæèêåíòà. Æèâîïèñü. Ñêóëüïòóðà. Ì.: Èñêóññòâî, 1973.
Belenitsky, Bentovich, Bolshakov 1973–Áåëåíèöêèé À.Ì., Áåíòîâè÷ È.Á., Áîëüøàêîâ Î.Ã. Ñðåäíåâåêîâûé ãîðîä Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. Ë.: Íàóêà ËÎ, 1973.
Belenitsky, Isakov 1969–Áåëåíèöêèé À.Ì., Èñàêîâ À. Ðàííÿÿ àðàáñêàÿ íàäïèñü íà ÷åðåïêå èç Ïåíäæèêåíòà // ÝÂ, âûï. 19. Ë., 1969. Ñ. 38–41.
311
Belenitsky, Marshak, Raspopova 1986–Áåëåíèöêèé À.Ì., Ìàðøàê Á.È., Ðàñïîïîâà Â.È. Ðàñêîïêè ãîðîäèùà äðåâíåãî Ïåíäæèêåíòà â 1979 ã. // ÀÐÒ, âûï. 19. Äóøàíáå, 1986. Ñ. 320–321.
Beliakov, Yanina–Áåëÿêîâ À.Ñ., ßíèíà Ñ.À. Êîëîäåçñêèé êëàä êóôè÷åñêèõ è çàïàäíî-åâðîïåéñêèõ ñåðåáðÿíûõ ìîíåò 60-õ ãîäîâ ÕI â. // ÍÑ, ÷àñòü 5, âûï. 2 (Òðóäû ÃÈÌ, âûï. 49). Ñ. 10–99.
Beneviste 1946–Beneviste E. Vassantara Jataka. Texte sogdien edite traduit et commente, Mission Pelliot en Asie Centrale, IV, Paris, 1946.
Beradze 1985–Áåðàäçå Ã.Ã. Î íà÷àëå ìîíåòíîãî ÷åêàíà â ãîñóäàðñòâå Ñåëüäæóêèäîâ // ÝÂ, âûï. 23. Ë., 1985. Ñ. 48–51.
Bernshtam 1941–Áåðíøòàì À.Í. Àðõåîëîãè÷åñêèé î÷åðê Ñåâåðíîé Êèðãèçèè. Ôðóíçå, 1941.
Bernshtam 1956–Áåðíøòàì À.Í. Äðåâíåòþðêñêèå ðóíè÷åñêèå íàäïèñè èç Ôåðãàíû // ÝÂ, âûï. 11. Ì.; Ë., 1956. Ñ. 54–58.
Bernshtam 1951–Áåðíøòàì À.Í. Äðåâíÿÿ Ôåðãàíà. Òàøêåíò, 1951.
Bernshtam 1952–Áåðíøòàì À.Í. Èñòîðèêî-àðõåîëîãè÷åñêèå î÷åðêè Öåíòðàëüíîãî Òÿíü-Øàíÿ è Ïàìèðî-Àëàÿ (ÌÈÀ ÑÑÑÐ, ¹ 26). Ì.; Ë., Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1952.
Bernshtam 1947–Áåðíøòàì À.Í. Ê âîïðîñó îá óñóíü//êóøàí è òîõàðàõ (Èç èñòîðèè Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè) // ÑÝ, 1947, ¹ 3. Ñ. 41–47.
Bernshtam 1948–Áåðíøòàì À.Í. Íîâûå ýïèãðàôè÷åñêèå íàõîäêè èç Ñåìèðå÷üÿ // ÝÂ, âûï. 2. Ì.; Ë., 1948. Ñ. 107–113.
Bernshtam 1951–Áåðíøòàì À.Í. Î÷åðê èñòîðèè ãóííîâ. Ë., 1951.
Bernshtam 1952–Áåðíøòàì À.Í. Òþðêè è Ñðåäíÿÿ Àçèÿ â îïèñàíèè Õîé ×àî (726) // ÂÄÈ, 1952, ¹ 1. C. 187–195.
Bernshtam 1952–Áåðíøòàì À.Í. Óéãóðñêàÿ íàäïèñü èç Ýðøè (Ôåðãàíà) // ÝÂ, 1952, ¹ 6. Ñ. 101–105.
Bertels 1960–Áåðòåëüñ Å.Ý. Èñòîðèÿ ïåðñèäñêî-òàäæèêñêîé ëèòåðàòóðû // Èçáð. òðóäû. Ò. 1. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1960.
Bertels 1988–Áåðòåëüñ Å.Ý. Ëèòåðàòóðà íà ïåðñèäñêîì ÿçûêå â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // Áåðòåëüñ Å.Ý. Èçáð. òðóäû. Èñòîðèÿ ëèòåðàòóðû è êóëüòóðû Èðàíà. Ì., 1988. Ñ. 261–301.
Bertels 1988–Áåðòåëüñ Å.Ý. Õàêèì Óíñóðè èç Áàëõà // Áåðòåëüñ Å.Ý. Èçáðàííûå òðóäû. Èñòîðèÿ ëèòåðàòóðû è êóëüòóðû Èðàíà. Ì., 1988. Ñ. 8–201.
Beylis 1982–Áåéëèñ Â.Ì. Ê âîïðîñó î ðîëè äóõîâåíñòâà â ïîëèòè÷åñêèõ êîíôëèêòàõ è âûñòóïëåíèÿõ ãîðîæàí â ïåðèîä êðèçèñà ãîñóäàðñòâà Ñåëüäæóêèäîâ (êîíåö ÕI–íà÷àëî ÕÏ ââ.) // Á×, ãîä øåñòîé. ÒÄ. Ì., 1982. Ñ. 7–9.
312
Bivar 1968–Bivar A.D.H. Catalogue of the Western Asiatic seals in the British Museum. Stamp seals, II: The Sassanian dynasty, London: The British Museum, 1968(9).
Blair 1995–Blair S. A Compendium of Chronicles. Rashid al-Din‘s illustrated history of the world (The Nasser D. Khalili collection of Islamic Art, vol. 27), London: The Nour Foundation, 1995.
Blochet 1915–Blochet E. Le Nom des Türks dans l‘Avesta, in: JRAS, April 1915, p. 305–308.
Blochet 1929–Blochet E. Musulman Painting 12th–17th century, London, 1929.
Bobnok 2001–Bobnok O. Tribal and Cultural coexistence of Iranians and Türks in: Turan, Iranian World and Turan. International seminar, Tehran, 2001, p. 17.
Bodrogligeti 1987–Bodrogligeti A. The Formation of the Khorazmian Turkic literary language: The problem of the interference of lexical systems, in: Tatarica (Edendum curvit Abdulla Tukain kulttuuriseura r.y.), Studia in honorem Ymar Daher Anno 60 sexagenario, Vammala, 1987, p. 43–66.
Bolshakov 1969–Áîëüøàêîâ Î.Ã. Èñëàì è èçîáðàçèòåëüíîå èñêóññòâî // Òðóäû ÃÝ. Ò. 10 (7). Ë., 1969.
Bolshakov 1980–Áîëüøàêîâ Î.Ã. Ê èñòîðèè Òàëàññêîé áèòâû (751 ã.) // ÑÍÂ, âûï. 22. Ì., 1980. Ñ. 132–136.
Bolshakov 1961–Áîëüøàêîâ Î.Ã. Íàäãðîáèå 541/1146 ã. èç Ñàìàðêàíäà // ÝÂ, âûï. 14. Ì.; Ë., 1961. Ñ. 9–11.
Bolshakov 1986–Áîëüøàêîâ Î.Ã. Ðàáñòâî â ñòðàíàõ õàëèôàòà // Ðàáñòâî â ñòðàíàõ Âîñòîêà â ñðåäíèå âåêà. Ì., 1986. Ñ. 424–449.
Bombaci 1970–Bombaci A. Qui etait Jebu Xak‘an. Turcica. Revue d‘etudes Turques, tome 2, Paris, 1970, p. 7–24.
Borns 1949–[Áîðíñ À.] Ïóòåøåñòâèå â Áóõàðó Àëåêñàíäðà Áîðíñà.  3-õ ÷àñòÿõ. Ì., 1949.
Borovkov 1963–Áîðîâêîâ À.Ê. Ëåêñèêà ñðåäíåàçèàòñêîãî òåôñèðà ÕII–ÕIII ââ. Ì., 1963.
Borovkov 1953–Áîðîâêîâ À.Ê. Ôèëîëîãè÷åñêèå çàìåòêè // Ñáîðíèê ñòàòåé ïî èñòîðèè è ôèëîëîãèè íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè, ïîñâÿùåííûé 80-ëåòèþ À.À.Ñåìåíîâà. Òðóäû ÈÈÀÝ ÀÍ ÒàäæÑÑÐ. Ò. 17. Ñòàëèíàáàä, 1953. Ñ. 49–53.
Borovkova 1989–Áîðîâêîâà Ë.À. Çàïàä Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè. Âî II â. äî í.ý.–VII â. í.ý. (Èñòîðèêî-ãåîãðàôè÷åñêèé îáçîð ïî äðåâíåêèòàéñêèì èñòî÷íèêàì). Ì.: Íàóêà, 1989.
313
Bosworth 1969–Bosworth C.E. An Alleged embassy from the emperor of China to the Amir Nasr ibn Ahmad: a contribution to Samanid military history, in: Yad-nama-ye Iraini-ye Minorsky, ed. by M.Minovi and I.Afshar, Tehran, 1969, p. 17–29
Bosworth 1965–Bosworth C.E. An Ambassy to Mahmud of Ghazna Recorded in Qadi Ibn az-Zubayr‘s Kitab adh-dhakha‘ir wa-t-tuhaf, in: JAOS, vol. 85, New Haven, Connecticut, 1965, p. 404–407.
Bosworth 1968–Bosworth C.E. The Development of Persian culture under the early Ghaznavids, in: Iran, VI, London, 1968, p. 33–44; reprinted in: Bosworth C.E. The Medieval history of Iran, Afghanistan and Central Asia, London: Variorum Reprints, 1977, XVIII.
Bosworth 1963–Bosworth Ñ.Å. The Ghaznavids. Their empire in Afghanistan and Eastern Persia (994-1040). Edinburgh: University Press, 1963.
Bosworth 1973–Bosworth C.E. The Heritage of rulership in early Islamic Persia and the search for dynastic connections with the past, in: Iran, XI, London, 1973, p. 51–62; reprinted in: Bosworth C.E. The Medieval history of Iran, Afghanistan and Central Asia, London: Variorum Reprints, 1977, VII.
Bosworth 1962–Bosworth C.E. The Imperial policy of the early Ghaznavids, in: Islamic Studies, Journal of the Central Institute of Islamic Research, Karachi, 1/3, 1962, p. 49–82; reprinted in: Bosworth C.E. The Medieval history of Iran, Afghanistan and Central Asia, London: Variorum Reprints, 1977, XI.
Bosworth 1978–Bosworth C.E. The Interaction of Arabic and Persian literature and culture in the 10th and early 11th centuries, in: al-Abhath, XXVII, Beirut, 1978-9, p. 59–75; reprinted in: Bosworth C.E. Medieval Arabic cultures and Administration, London: Variorum Reprints, 1982, VIII.
Bosworth 1966–Bosworth C.E. Mahmud of Ghazna in contemporary eyes and in later Persian literature, in: Iran, IV, London, 1966, p. 85–92; reprinted in: Bosworth C.E. The Medieval history of Iran, Afghanistan and Central Asia, London: Variorum Reprints, 1977, XVI.
Bosworth 1960–Bosworth C.E. The Rise of the Karramiyyah in Khorasan, in: MW, 50, 1960, p. 6–14.
Bosworth 1995–Bosworth C.E. Samanids, in: EI, New Edition, prepared by a number of leading orientalists, vol. 8 (Ned–Sam). Leyden, 1995, p. 1025–1029.
Bosworth 1969–Bosworth C.E. The Tahirids and Arabic culture, in: Journal of Semitic Studies XIV, Manchester, 1969, p. 45–79; reprinted in: Bosworth C.E. Medieval Arabic cultures and Administration, London: Variorum Reprints, 1982, II.
314
Bosworth 1969–Bosworth C.E. The Tahirids and Persian literature, in: Persia VII, London, 1969, p. 103–106; reprinted in: Bosworth C.E. The Medieval History of Iran, Afghanistan and Central Asia, London: Variorum Reprints, 1977, IV.
Bosworth 1962–Bosworth C.E. The Titulature of the early Ghaznavids, in: Oriens XV, 1962, p. 210–233; Reprinted in: Bosworth C.E. The Medieval History of Iran, Afghanistan and Central Asia, London: Variorum Reprints, 1977, X.
Bosworth 1965–Bosworth C.E., Clauson G. Al-Xwarazmi on the peoples of Central Asia, in: JRAS, London, 1965, p. 2–12.
Bosworth 1993–Bosworth C.E., Rispling G. An Ayyar coin from Sistan, in: JRAS, Third series, vol. 3, 1993, p. 215–217.
Bosworth 1971–Áîñâîðò Ê.Ý. Ìóñóëüìàíñêèå äèíàñòèè. Ñïðàâî÷íèê ïî õðîíîëîãèè è ãåíåàëîãèè / Ïåðåâîä ñ àíãëèéñêîãî è ïðèìå÷àíèÿ Ï.À.Ãðÿçíåâè÷à. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1971.
Bosworth 1981–Áîñâîðò Ê.Ý. Íàøåñòâèÿ âàðâàðîâ: ïîÿâëåíèå òþðîê â ìóñóëüìàíñêîì ìèðå // Ìóñóëüìàíñêèé ìèð. 950–1150. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1981 (Ìàòåðèàëû ìåæäóíàðîäíîãî ñèìïîçèóìà ïî èñòîðèè èñëàìñêîé öèâèëèçàöèè, Îêñôîðä, 1969). Ñ. 20–35.
Bostonguhar 1998–Áîñòîíãóõàð Ñ. Òàáîðè Ñèëñèëàè Ñîìîíèé // Ñîìîíèѐí âà ýõѐè òàìàääóíè ôîðñè âà òîæèêè. Äóøàíáå, 1998. Ñ. 75–82.
Boyle 1965–Boyle J.A. A Form of horse sacrifice amongst the 13th–and 14th century Mongols, in: CAJ, vol. 10, 1, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 1965, p. 145–166.
Braginsky 1956–Áðàãèíñêèé È.Ñ. Èç èñòîðèè òàäæèêñêîé íàðîäíîé ïîýçèè (Ýëåìåíòû íàðîäíî-ïîýòè÷åñêîãî òâîð÷åñòâà â ïàìÿòíèêàõ äðåâíåé è ñðåäíåâåêîâîé ïèñüìåííîñòè). Ì.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1956.
Brem 1992–Áðýì À.Ý. Æèçíü æèâîòíûõ. Â 3-õ òîìàõ. Ò. 2. Ïòèöû. Ì., 1992.
Brockelmann 1898–Brockelmann C. Geschichte der Arabischen Litteratur. Âand. 1. Wåimàã, 1898.
Brockelmann 1937–Brockelmann C. Geschichte der Arabischen Litteratur, Erster Supplementband, Leiden, 1937.
Browne 1997–Browne E.G. A Literary History of Persia, I–IV volumes, vol. 1, From the Earliest Times until Firdausī (to 1000 AD), Bethesda, Maryland: Iranbooks, 1997.
Brykina 1982–Áðûêèíà Ã.À. Þãî-Âîñòî÷íàÿ Ôåðãàíà â ïåðâîé ïîëîâèíå I òûñÿ÷åëåòèÿ íàøåé ýðû. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1982.
Brykina 1987–Áðûêèíà Ã.À. Îá àíòðîïîìîðôíûõ ñêóëüïòóðàõ â çàõîðîíåíèÿõ Ôåðãàíû // Ïðîøëîå Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. Äóøàíáå, 1987. Ñ. 52–58.
315
Brykina 1971–Áðûêèíà Ã.À. Ðàñêîïêè óñàäüáû Êàéðàãà÷ // ÀÎ 1970 ãîäà. Ì., 1971. Ñ. 447–449.
Brykina 1999–[Áðûêèíà Ã.À.], ðåä. Ñðåäíÿÿ Àçèÿ è Äàëüíèé Âîñòîê â ýïîõó ñðåäíåâåêîâüÿ. Ñðåäíÿÿ Àçèÿ â ðàííåì ñðåäíåâåêîâüÿ. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1999.
Bubnova 1977–Áóáíîâà Ì.À. Ðàáîòû Ïàìèðñêîãî îòðÿäà // ÀÎ 1976 ãîäà. Ì., 1977. Ñ. 560.
Buchner 1997–Buchner F. Samaniler, in: IA, Islam alemi, tarih, cočrafya, etnografya ve biyografya lugati, birinci basiliš, I–13th ciltler, Eskišehir, Anadolu Universitesi, 1997, 10-cilt, p. 140–143.
Budagov 1869–Áóäàãîâ Ë.Ç. Ñðàâíèòåëüíûé ñëîâàðü òóðåöêî-òàòàðñêèõ íàðå÷èé, ñ âêëþ÷åíèåì óïîòðåáèòåëüíåéøèõ ñëîâ àðàáñêèõ è ïåðñèäñêèõ è ñ ïåðåâîäîì íà ðóññêèé ÿçûê.  2-õ òîìàõ. ÑÏá., 1869. [Ì., 1960].
Bulatov 1976–Áóëàòîâ Ì. Ìàâçîëåé Ñàìàíèäîâ–æåì÷óæèíà àðõèòåêòóðû Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. Òàøêåíò: Èçä-âî ëèò-ðû è èñêóññòâà èì. Ã.Ãóëÿìà, 1976.
Bulatov 2005–Áóëàòîâ Ì.Ñ. Õðàìû Ñîëíöà â äðåâíåé Òðàíñîêñèàíå // Àðõèòåêòóðà è ñòðîèòåëüñòâî Óçáåêèñòàíà, 2005, ¹ 2-3-4. Ñ. 35–36.
Bulatov 2009–Áóëàòîâ Ì.Ñ. Êîñìîñ è àðõèòåêòóðà. Ìîñêâà–Òàøêåíò: ÈÒÄ ÑÌÈ-Àçèÿ, 2009.
Bulatova 1965–Áóëàòîâà Â.À. Ðóíè÷åñêàÿ íàäïèñü íà õóìå èç Ôåðãàíû // ÎÍÓ, 1965, ¹ 8. Ñ. 60–62.
Bulatova-Levina 1961–Áóëàòîâà-Ëåâèíà Â.À. Áóääèéñêèé õðàì â Êóâå // ÑÀ, 1961, ¹ 3. Ñ. 241–250.
Buniyatov 1986–Áóíèÿòîâ Ç.Ì. Ãîñóäàðñòâî õîðåçìøàõîâ-Àíóøòåãèíèäîâ (1097–1231). Ì.: Íàóêà, 1986.
Buriakov 2002–Áóðÿêîâ Þ.Ô. Áëàãîðîäíûå ìåòàëëû Ìàâåðàííàõðà íà òåððèòîðèè Âîñòî÷íîé è Þæíîé Åâðîïû // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 33. Òàøêåíò, 2002. Ñ. 132–145.
Buriakov 2002–Áóðÿêîâ Þ.Ô. Ê èñòîðèè ðàííåñðåäíåâåêîâîãî ×à÷à // O‘zbekiston tarihxi, 2002, 3-son. 10–20 betlar.
Buriakov 1985–Áóðÿêîâ Þ.Ô. Ôåäîðîâ Ì.Í. Íîâûé êàéðàê ñ ãîðîäèùà Àôðàñèàá // ÝÂ, âûï. 23. Ë., 1985. Ñ. 57–59.
Busse 1981–Áóññå Ã. Âîçðîæäåíèå ïåðñèäñêîé ìîíàðõèè ïðè Áóèäàõ // Ìóñóëüìàíñêèé ìèð. 950–1150. Ïåðåâîä ñ àíãë. Ì.Á.Ïèîòðîâñêîãî. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1981 (Ìàòåðèàëû ìåæäóíàðîäíîãî ñèìïîçèóìà ïî èñòîðèè èñëàìñêîé öèâèëèçàöèè, Îêñôîðä, 1969). Ñ. 66–88.
316
Bykov 1971–Áûêîâ À.À. Ðåäêèé ñàìàíèäñêèé ôåëüñ // ÝÂ, âûï. 20. Ë.,1971. Ñ. 72–73.
Charikov 1981–×àðèêîâ À.À. Ñòàòóÿ ìóçûêàíòà ÕII â. // ÑÀ, 1981, ¹ 2. Ñ. 289–291.
Chekhovich 1950–×åõîâè÷ Î.Ä. Êðåñòüÿíñêèå îáÿçàòåëüñòâà 1914 ã. íà îñíîâàíèè ìíèìîé ãðàìîòû Èñìàèëà Ñàìàíè // ÈÇ. Ò. 33. Ì., 1950. Ñ. 260–270.
Cheremisin 2005–×åðåìèñèí Ä.Â. Íîâûå ìàòåðèàëû ïî íàñêàëüíîìó èñêóññòâó äðåâíèõ òþðêîâ Ãîðíîãî Àëòàÿ // Role and Place of the Turkic civilization among the world civilizations, Bishkek, 2005. Ñ. 251–258.
CHIs–The Cambridge History of Islam, vol. 1. The Central Islamic lands from pre-Islamic times to the world war, ed. by P.M.Holt, K.S.Ann Lambton, Bernard Lewis. Cambridge–London–New-York–Melburne, 1970.
Chlenova 1971–×ëåíîâà Í.Ë. Ïàìÿòíèêè I òûñÿ÷åëåòèÿ äî í.ý. Ñåâåðíîãî è Çàïàäíîãî Èðàíà â ïðîáëåìå êèììåðèéñêî-êàðàñóêñêîé îáùíîñòè // Èñêóññòâî è àðõåîëîãèÿ Èðàíà (Äîêëàäû Âñåñîþçíîé êîíôåðåíöèè ê 2500-ëåòèþ èðàíñêîãî ãîñóäàðñòâà). Ì., 1971. Ñ. 323–339.
Choroev 1987–×îðîåâ Ò. “Äèâàí ëóãàò àò-òóðê” Ìàõìóäà Êàøãàðè êàê èñòî÷íèê ïî èñòîðèè òþðêîÿçû÷íûõ íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé è Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè // Îðèåíòàëèñòèêà â Êèðãèçèè. Ôðóíçå: Èëèì, 1987. Ñ. 12–25.
Chuguevsky 1971–×óãóåâñêèé Ë.È. Íîâûå ìàòåðèàëû ê èñòîðèè ñîãäèéñêîé êîëîíèè â ðàéîíå Äóíüõóàíà // ÑÍÂ, âûï. 10. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1971. Ñ. 147 - 153.
Clauson 1972–Clauson G. An Etymological Dictionary of Pre-Thirteenth-Century Turkish, Oxford, 1972.
Clauson 1960–Clauson G. Turk, Mongol, Tungus–AM Asia Major, in: A British Journal of FarEastern Studies, New Series, vol.8, part. 1, London, 1960, p. 115.
Compareti 2007–Compareti M. Buddhica Iranica. Buddhist Activity in Pre-Islamic Persia According to Literary Sources and Archaeology Transoxiana, 12 (Agosto 2007), Internet resource: www.transoxiana.com
Cresswell 1940–Creswell, K.A.C. Early Muslim architecture: Umayyads, early Abbasids and Tulunids, Oxford: The Charendon Press, MCMXL.
Crone 2003–Crone P., W.L. Treadwell A. New Text on Ismailism at the Samanid Court,' in: C.F. Robinson, ed. Texts, Documents and Artefacts: Islamic Studies in Honour of D.S. Richards, Leiden, 2003.
CRS–×óâàøñêî-Ðóññêèé ñëîâàðü (îê. 40 òûñÿ÷ ñëîâ): Ñîñò. È.À.Àíäðååâ, À.Å.Ãîðøêîâ, À.È.Èâàíîâ. Ì.: Ðóññêèé ÿçûê, 1982.
317
Czedely 1958–Czegdely K., Bahram Cobin and the Persian apocalyptic literature, in: AOASH, t. VIII, 1958, fasc. 1, p. 21–43.
Daftari 2000–Daftari F. The Medieval Ismailis of the Iranian lands, in: Studies in honor of C.E.Bosworth, vol. 2, Leiden, 2000, p. 43–81.
Daniel 1988–Daniel E.L. Samanid dynasty, in: Encyclopedia of Asian History, Prepared underthe auspices of the Asia Society, ed.. by A.T. Embree, I–IV volumes, New-York–London: Charles Scribner‘s Sons–Collier Macmillan Publishers, 1988, vol. 4, p. 371–372.
Davidovich 1977–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À. Áàðàá–íîâûé ñðåäíåàçèàòñêèé ìîíåòíûé äâîð. Ñàìàíèäîâ è Àíóøòåãèíèäîâ // ÏÏÂ. Èñòîðèêî-ôèëîëîãè÷åñêèå èññëåäîâàíèÿ. Åæåãîäíèê. 1972. Ì., 1977. Ñ. 124–129.
Davidovich 1954–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À. Âòîðàÿ ìîíåòà Ñàìàíèäà Íóõà èáí Àñàäà // ÝÂ, âûï. 9. Ì.; Ë., 1954. Ñ. 38–39.
Davidovich 1966–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À. Äåíåæíîå îáðàùåíèå â Ìàâåðàííàõðå ïðè Ñàìàíèäàõ // ÍÝ, âûï. 6. Ì., 1966. Ñ. 103–134.
Davidovich 1978–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À. Çîëîòî â äåíåæíîì õîçÿéñòâå Ñðåäíåé Àçèè IÕ–ÕVIII ââ. // Á×, 1978, ãîä ÷åòâåðòûé (ÒÄ). Ì., 1978. Ñ. 23–25.
Davidovich 1960–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À. Èç îáëàñòè äåíåæíîãî îáðàùåíèÿ â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè ÕI–ÕII ââ // ÍÝ, âûï. 2. Ì., 1960. Ñ. 92–117.
Davidovich 1979–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À. Êëàäû äðåâíèõ è ñðåäíåâåêîâûõ ìîíåò Òàäæèêèñòàíà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1979.
Davidovich 1972–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À. Ìîíåòû Ôåðãàíû êàê èñòî÷íèê äëÿ õàðàêòåðèñòèêè èíñòèòóòà ôåîäàëüíûõ ïîæàëîâàíèé çà ñëóæáó â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè â Õ â. // ÏÏÂ. Èñòîðèêî-ôèëîëîãè÷åñêèå èññëåäîâàíèÿ. Åæåãîäíèê. 1969. Ì., 1972. Ñ. 110–141.
Davidovich 1970–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À. Ìàòåðèàëû ïî ìåòðîëîãèè ñðåäíåâåêîâîé Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // Õèíö Â. Ìóñóëüìàíñêèå ìåðû è âåñà ñ ïåðåâîäîì íà ìåòðè÷åñêóþ ñèñòåìó. Ïåðåâîä ñ íåìåöêîãî Þ.Ý.Áðåãåëÿ. Ì., 1970.
Davidovich 1981–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À. Íàðøàõè è Êóáàâè î ðåôîðìå Ãèòðèôà: ëåãåíäà è äåéñòâèòåëüíîñòü // Á×, 1981, ãîä ïÿòûé (ÒÄ). Ì., 1981. Ñ. 33–36.
Davidovich 1955–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À. Íåîïóáëèêîâàííûå ìîíåòíûå íàõîäêè íà òåððèòîðèè Óçáåêèñòàíà // Òðóäû ÈÈÀ ÀÍ ÓçÑÑÐ, âûï. 7. Ìàòåðèàëû ïî àðõåîëîãèè Óçáåêèñòàíà. Òàøêåíò, 1955. Ñ. 155–173.
Davidovich 1977–Äàâèäîâè÷. Å.À. Íîâûå äàííûå ïî èñòîðèè Ñàìàíèäîâ // Ñðåäíÿÿ Àçèÿ â äðåâíîñòè è ñðåäíåâåêîâüå (Èñòîðèÿ è êóëüòóðà). Ì., 1977. Ñ. 112–125.
Davidovich 1968–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À. Íîâûé ñðåäíåàçèàòñêèé ìîíåòíûé äâîð Ìóõàììàäà õîðåçìøàõà (1222–1220) // ÑÀ, 1968, ¹ 1. Ñ. 277–284.
318
Davidovich 1987–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À. Íóìèçìàòè÷åñêèå è ïðî÷èå ðåàëèè–äëÿ èçó÷åíèÿ òåêñòà è ïðàêòèêè ïåðåâîäà (íåñêîëüêî êîíúåíêòóð) // Á×, 1987, ãîä âîñüìîé. Ì., 1987. Ñ. 35–37.
Davidovich 1969–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À. Îá èíñòèòóòå ôåîäàëüíûõ ïîæàëîâàíèé â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè â IÕ–Õ ââ. // Ïðîáëåìû âîçíèêíîâåíèÿ ôåîäàëèçìà ó íàðîäîâ ÑÑÑÐ. Ì., 1969.
Davidovich 1959–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À. Î ÷åì ðàññêàçûâàþò ìîíåòû // Àðõåîëîãè ðàññêàçûâàþò. Ñòàëèíàáàä, 1959. Ñ. 203–224.
Davidovich 1960–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À. Ñàìàíèäñêèå ìîíåòû Êóáû // ÑÀ, 1960, ¹ 2. Ñ. 254–257.
Davidovich 1953–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À. Òåðìåçñêèé êëàä ìåäíûõ ïîñåðåáðÿííûõ äèðõåìîâ 617/1220 ã. // ÝÂ, âûï. 8. Ì.; Ë., 1953. Ñ. 43–55.
Davidovich 1956–Äaâèäîâè÷ Å.À. Ôåðãàíñêèå Ñàìàíèäû ïî íóìèçìàòè÷åñêèì äàííûì // ÝÂ, âûï. 11. Ì.; Ë., 1956. Ñ. 14–26.
Davidovich, Zeymal 1978–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À., Çåéìàëü Å.Â. Äåíåæíîå õîçÿéñòâî Ñðåäíåé Àçèè â ïåðåõîäíûé ïåðèîä îò äðåâíîñòè ê ñðåäíåâåêîâüþ // Á×, 1978 ã., ãîä ÷åòâåðòûé. Ì., 1978. Ñ. 25–28.
Davidovich, Litvinsky 1955–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À., Ëèòâèíñêèé Á.À. Àðõåîëîãè÷åñêèé î÷åðê Èñôàðèíñêîãî ðàéîíà (Òðóäû ÈÈÀÝ ÀÍ ÒàäæÑÑÐ. Ò. 35). Ñòàëèíàáàä, 1955.
Davidovich, Popov 1984–Äàâèäîâè÷ Å.À., Ïîïîâ Ê.Ê. Êëàä ìåäíûõ ìîíåò Ìóõàììàäà èáí Òåêåøà (1200–1220) èç-ïîä Êóíÿ-Óðãåí÷à (Èñòî÷íèêîâåä÷åñêàÿ õàðàêòåðèñòèêà) // ÏÏÂ. Èñòîðèêî-ôèëîëîãè÷åñêèå èññëåäîâàíèÿ. Åæåãîäíèê. 1976–1977. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1984. Ñ. 92–104.
Davydov 2001 = Äàâûäîâ À.Ä. Òîïîíèìèêà Àôãàíèñòàíà êàê èñòîðè÷åñêèé èñòî÷íèê // Âîñòîê (Oriens), 2001, ¹ 2. Ñ. 5–21.
Davydova, Shilov 1953–Äàâûäîâà À.Â., Øèëîâ Â.Ï. Ê âîïðîñó î çåìëåäåëèè ó ãóííîâ // ÂÄÈ, 1953, ¹ 2. Ñ. 193–201.
Dadaboev 2003–Äàäàáîåâ Ҳ. Òàðèõèé ҳàðáèé àòàìàëàð ëóғàòè. Òîøêåíò, 2003.
Dehkhoda 1993–1994–Dehkhoda A. (1878–1955) Loghatname (Encyclopedic Dictionary), ed. Mohammad Moin and Jafar Shahidi, in 14 volumes, Tehran: Tehran University Publications, 1993–1994.
Demidchik 1977–Äåìèä÷èê Â.Ï. “Ãåîãðàôèÿ” èëè “Ïàìÿòíèêè ñòðàí è ïðåäàíèÿ î ëþäÿõ” Çàêàðèéà Êàçâèíè. Äóøàíáå: Èðôîí, 1977.
Diakonov 1956–Äüÿêîíîâ Ì.Ì. Èñòîðèÿ Ìèäèè (îò äðåâíåéøèõ âðåìåí äî êîíöà IV â. äî í.ý.). Ì.; Ë., 1956.
319
Diakonov 1951–Äüÿêîíîâ Ì.Ì. Àðõåîëîãè÷åñêèå ðàáîòû â íèæíåì òå÷åíèè ðåêè Êàôèðíèãàí (Êîáàäèàí) // Òðóäû ÒÀÝ, ò. 1. Ì.; Ë., 1951. Ñ. 253–293.
Diakonov 1961–Äüÿêîíîâ Ì.Ì. Î÷åðê èñòîðèè äðåâíåãî Èðàíà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1961.
Diakonov 1954–Äüÿêîíîâ Ì.Ì. Ðîñïèñè Ïÿíäæèêåíòà è æèâîïèñü Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // Æèâîïèñü äðåâíåãî Ïÿíäæèêåíòà. Ì.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1954. Ñ. 83–158.
Dictionaire 1861–Dictionnaire geographique, historique et litteraire de la Perse et des contree anjacentes par C. Barbier de Meynard, Paris, 1861.
Djabbarov 2007–Äæàááàðîâ È. Óçáåêè (Ýòíî-êóëüòóðíûå òðàäèöèè, áûò è îáðàç æèçíè). Òàøêåíò: Øàðê, 2007.
Djalilova 1991–Äæàëèëîâà Ð.Ï. Íåêîòîðûå äîïîëíåíèÿ Áàëàìè ê “Èñòîðèè” àò-Òàáàðè (ïî èñòîðèè Ñðåäíåé Àçèè) // Ìàòåðèàëû ïî èñòîðèè è èñòîðèè íàóêè è êóëüòóðû íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. Òàøêåíò, 1991. Ñ. 6–17.
Djumaev 2002–Äæóìàåâ À. Òåðìèí øàìàí â òîëêîâàíèè Ãàçíåâèäñêîãî ïîýòà Ìàñúóäà Ñàëìàíà // ¡ðòà Îñèѐíèíã ìàäàíèé ìåðîñè. Êóëüòóðíîå íàñëåäèå Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. Òîøêåíò, 2002. Ñ. 68–71.
Djumagulov 1982–Äæóìàãóëîâ ×. Ýïèãðàôèêà Êèðãèçèè. Âûï. 2. Ôðóíçå: Èëèì, 1982.
Djumagulov 1971–Äæóìàãóëîâ ×. ßçûê ñèðî-òþðêñêèõ (íåñòîðèàíñêèõ) ïàìÿòíèêîâ Êèðãèçèè. Ôðóíçå: Èëèì, 1971.
Djuraev 2000–Æóðàåâ Ç. Àë-Ìîâàðäèéíèíã “àë-Àõêîì óñ-ñóëòîíèÿ âà-ë-âèëîÿò-èä-äèíèÿ” àñàðèäà äàâëàò÷èëèê òàúëèìîòè âà óíèíã èëìèé-òàðèõèé àõàìèÿòè // O‘zbekiston tariõi, 2000, 3-son. 64–67 betlar.
Djuraev 2003–Æ ¢ðàåâ Ç. Àë-Ìîâàðäèéíèíã “Àë-Àҳêîì àñ-ñóëòîíèéÿ” àñàðèäà àäëèÿ âà äàâëàò áîøқàðóâèãà îèä ìàñàëàëàð // Õóқóқ. 2003, ¹ 4 (24). Ñ. 61–63.
Dobrovolsky, Kochnev 1982–Äîáðîâîëüñêèé È.Ã., Êî÷íåâ Á.Ä. Ìîíåòû ñ èìåíåì Ñàìàíèäà Éàõéè èáí Àñàäà // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 17. Òàøêåíò, 1982. Ñ. 190–198.
Dobrovolsky, Potin 1987–Äîáðîâîëüñêèé È.Ã., Ïîòèí Â.Ì. Êîëîäåçñêèé êëàä ìîíåò ÕI â. // Íóìèçìàòèêà â Ýðìèòàæå, Ë.: Ãîñóäàðñòâåííûé Ýðìèòàæ, 1987. Ñ. 136–155.
Dodykhudoev 1975–Äîäûõóäîåâ Ð.Õ. Ïàìèðñêàÿ ìèêðîòîïîíèìèÿ (Èññëåäîâàíèå è ìàòåðèàëû). Äóøàíáå: Èðôîí, 1975.
Dodkhudoeva 1981–Äîäõóäîåâà Ë. Ê äàòèðîâêå êàéðàêà À-69-6 èç êîëëåêöèè Ðåñïóáëèêàíñêîãî ìóçåÿ èñòîðèè êóëüòóðû è èñêóññòâà ÓçÑÑÐ èì. À.Èêðàìîâà (Ñàìàðêàíä) // Á×, 1981, ãîä ïÿòûé (ÒÄ). Ì., 1981. Ñ. 38.
320
Dodkhudoeva 1981–Äîäõóäîåâà Ë. Íàäãðîáèÿ ÕII â. èç Ñàìàðêàíäà ñ äâóÿçû÷íûìè ýïèòàôèÿìè // Ìàòåðèàëû ïî èñòîðèè è èñòîðèè êóëüòóðû Òàäæèêèñòàíà. Äóøàíáå, 1981. Ñ. 163–170.
Donidze 1969–Äîíèäçå Ã.È. Ãèäðîíèìè÷åñêèå òåðìèíû â òþðêñêèõ ÿçûêàõ // Îíîìàñòèêà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1969. Ñ. 164–171.
Dron, Kuroglo 1989–Äðîí È.Â., Êóðîãëî Ñ.Ñ. Ñîâðåìåííàÿ ãàãàóçñêàÿ òîïîíèìèÿ è àíòðîïîíèìèÿ. Êèøèíåâ, 1989.
DTS–Äðåâíåòþðêñêèé ñëîâàðü. Ë.: Íàóêà ËÎ, 1969.
Dulzon 1971–Äóëüçîí À.Ï. Êåòñêî-òþðêñêèå ïàðàëëåëè â îáëàñòè ñêëîíåíèÿ // ÑÒ (Áàêó), 1971, ¹ 1. Ñ. 24–27.
EA–Ýòíè÷åñêèé àòëàñ Óçáåêèñòàíà. Òàøêåíò–Ñòàíáóë, 2002.
Edelman 1975–Ýäåëüìàí Ä.È. Ãåîãðàôè÷åñêèå íàçâàíèÿ Ïàìèðà // ÑÍÂ, âûï. 16. Ì., 1975. Ñ. 41–62.
Ekrem 2003–Ekrem E. Hsüan-Tsang Seyahetnamesi‘ne göre Türkistan. Doktora tezi. Ankara Universitesi, 2003.
EIran–Encyclopaedia Iranica, ed. By Ehsan Yashater, 10 volumes, London–New-York, 1989.
EI–The Encyclopaedia of Islam. New edition, prepared by a number of leading orientalists, vol. I–X, Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1960–1986.
Eremeev 1970–Åðåìååâ Ä.Å. Ê ñåìàíòèêå òþðêñêîé ýòíîíèìèè // Ýòíîíèìû. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1970. Ñ. 133-142.
Ermers 1999–Ermers R. Arabic Grammars of Turkic, The Arabic Linguistic Model to Foreign Languages, Translation of Abu Hayyan al-‘Andalusi‘s Kitab al-‘Idrak li-Lisan al-‘Atrak, Leiden-Boston-Koln: Brill, 1999.
Ernazarova 1978–Åðíàçàðîâà Ò.Ñ. Íîâûå ìîíåòíûå êëàäû ãîðîäèùà Àôðàñèàá // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 14. Òàøêåíò, 1978. Ñ. 132–146.
Ernazarova 1979–Åðíàçàðîâà Ò. Íîâûå ìîíåòû Àôðàñèàáà è åãî îêðåñòíîñòåé // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 15. Òàøêåíò, 1979. Ñ. 105–119.
Ernazarova 1977–Åðíàçàðîâà Ò.Ñ., Êî÷íåâ Á.Ä. Ìàòåðèëû ê èñòîðèè òîðãîâëè è äåíåæíîãî îáðàùåíèÿ Ñàìàðêàíäà â IÕ–Õ ââ. // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 13. Òàøêåíò, 1977. Ñ. 131–154.
Esin 1970–Esin E. “Ay-bitigi”. The Court attendants in Turkish iconography, in: CAJ, vol. 14, 1970, Wiesbaden: Ottp Harrassowitz, p. 78–117.
Esin 1983–Esin E. Baliq and Ordu, in: CAJ, vol. 27 (1983), p. 168–208.
321
Esin 1965–Esin E. The Horse in Tutkic Art, in: CAJ, vol. 10, 1965, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, p. 167–227.
Esin 1979–Esin E. Suliler–Islam ile karsilasan ilk Turkler, in: ITED (Revew of the Institute of Islamic Studies), cild VII, cuz 3–4. Istanbul, 1979, p. 31–87.
Esin 1969–Esin E. The Turk al Ajam of Samarra and the paintings in Gawsaq asl-Kagani, in: Kunst des Orients, 9 (1973-74), p. 47–88; 6 (1969), p. 1–42.
Ethe 1903–Ethe H. Catalogue of Persian Manuscripts in the Library of the India Office, vol. 1, Oxford, 1903.
Evnikeeva 1969–Åâíèêååâà Ò. Èñëàì è èçîáðàçèòåëüíîå èñêóññòâî â Èðàíå // Òðóäû ìóçåÿ êóëüòóðû è èñêóññòâà íàðîäîâ Âîñòîêà. Ì., 1969.
Fariq 1960–Fariq, Khurshid Ahmad, The Shu'ubids, in: Iqbal, 9 (1960), p. 23–33.
Faruzani 1381–Faruzani, Sayyid Abu-l-Qasim. Samaniyan–àz aghaz-i ta fardjam. Òåhran, 1381.
Fasmer 1925–Fasmer R. Beitschritt zur Muchammedanischen Munzkande. Numizmatik Zeitschrift. 58. 1925.
Fayzrahmanov 2000–Ôàéçðàõìàíîâ Ã. Äðåâíèå òþðêè â Ñèáèðè è Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè. Êàçàíü, 2000.
Fazylov 1966, 1971–Ôàçûëîâ Ý. Ñòàðîóçáåêñêèé ÿçûê. Õîðåçìèéñêèå ïàìÿòíèêè ÕIV âåêà. Â 2-õ òîìàõ. Òàøêåíò, 1966 (Ò. 1), 1971 (Ò. 2).
Fedchina 1967–Ôåä÷èíà Â.Í. Êàê ñîçäàâàëàñü êàðòà Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1967.
Feodorov 1972–Ôåäîðîâ Ì.Í. Àôðàñèàáñêèé êëàä çîëîòûõ ìîíåò âòîðîé ïîëîâèíû ÕII â. // ÝÂ, âûï. 21. Ì., 1972. Ñ. 32–34.
Feodorov 1973–Ôåäîðîâ Ì.Í. Èç èñòîðèè äåíåæíîãî îáðàùåíèÿ â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè êîíöà 8th–ïåðâîé ïîëîâèíû ÕII â. (Ê ïðîáëåìå “÷åðíûõ äèðõåìîâ”) // ÑÀ, 1973, ¹ 2. Ñ. 75–82.
Feodorov 1975–Ôåäîðîâ Ì.Í. Ê âîïðîñó îá èñòîðè÷åñêèõ ñóäüáàõ äèõêàíñòâà ïðè Êàðàõàíèäàõ (ïî äàííûì êàðàõàíèäñêîé íóìèçìàòèêè) // ÑÀ, 1975, ¹ 1. Ñ. 109–117.
Feodorov 1964–Ôåäîðîâ Ì.Í. Êëàä êàðàõàíèäñêèõ äèðõåìîâ íà÷àëà XI â. èç Òàøêåíòà // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 5. Òàøêåíò, 1964. Ñ. 96— 111.
Feodorov 1967–Ôåäîðîâ Ì.Í. Êëàä ñåëüäæóêñêèõ ñåðåáðÿíûõ äèíàðîâ-øåêåñòå èç Þæíîãî Óçáåêèñòàíà // ÝÂ, âûï. 18. Ë., 1967. Ñ. 59–70.
Feodorov 1965–Ôåäîðîâ Ì.Í. Ìóõàììàä Õîðåçìøàõ è ÷åêàí Ñàìàðêàíäà â êîíöå ïåðâîãî è âî âòîðîì äåñÿòèëåòèè ÕIII â. (Íóìèçìàòè÷åñêèå äàííûå ê èñòîðèè Ñàìàðêàíäà íà÷àëà ÕIII â. // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 6. Òàøêåíò, 1965. Ñ. 162–170.
322
Feodorov 1971–Ôåäîðîâ Ì.Í. Îá îäíîé ãðóïïå êàðàõàíèäñêèõ ìîíåò 388–404 ãã.õ. // ÝÂ, âûï. 20. Ë., 1971. Ñ. 85–89.
Feodorov 1971–Ôåäîðîâ Ì.Í. Î äàòèðîâêå îäíîé ãðóïïû äèðõåìîâ áóõàðõóäàòñêîãî òèïà (ê äåíåæíîé ðåôîðìå Àðñëàí-õàíà Ìóõàììàäà) // ÍÝ, âûï. 9. Ì., 1971. Ñ.122–126.
Feodorov 1972–Ôåäîðîâ Ì.Í. Î ïîêóïàòåëüñêîé ñïîñîáíîñòè äèðõåìà è äèíàðà â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è ñîïðåäåëüíûõ ñòðàíàõ â IÕ–ÕII ââ. // ÑÀ, 1972, ¹ 2. Ñ.73–80.
Feodorov 1966–Ôåäîðîâ Ì.Í. Î÷åðê èñòîðèè Êàðàõàíèäîâ âòîðîé ÷åòâåðòè ÕI â. (ïî íóìèçìàòè÷åñêèì äàííûì) // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 7. Òàøêåíò, 1966. Ñ. 134–150.
Feodorov 1984–Ôåäîðîâ Ì.Í. Ïîëèòè÷åñêàÿ èñòîðèÿ Êàðàõàíèäîâ â ÕII–íà÷àëå ÕIII ââ (Êàðàõàíèäñêèå ìîíåòû êàê èñòîðè÷åñêèé èñòî÷íèê) // ÍÝ, âûï. 14. Ì. 1984. Ñ. 100–125.
Feodorov 1978–Ôåäîðîâ Ì.Í. Ïî ïîâîäó Àôðàñèàáñêîãî êëàäà çîëîòûõ ìîíåò âòîðîé ïîëîâèíû ÕII â. // ÍÝ, âûï. 12. Ì., 1978. Ñ. 56–62.
Feodorov 1972–Ôåäîðîâ Ì.Í. Ðåäêèé êàðàõàíèäñêèé äèðõåì èç Àôðàñèàáà (Ê èñòîðèè ìîíåòíîãî äâîðà Õàðëóõ Îðäó) // ÑÀ, 1972, ¹ 3. Ñ. 358–360.
Feodorov 1963–Ôåäîðîâ Ì.Í. Óíèêàëüíûé ñåðåáðÿíûé äèíàð ñóëòàíà Ñàíäæàðà èç Ñóðõàíäàðüèíñêîé îáëàñòè // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 4. Òàøêåíò, 1963. Ñ. 120–125.
Feodorov 1971–Ôåäîðîâ Ì.Í. Õîäæåíòñêèé êëàä ñåðåáðÿíûõ äèðõåìîâ âòîðîãî äåñÿòèëåòèÿ ÕI â. // ÌÊÒ, âûï. 2. Äóøàíáå, 1971. Ñ. 156–174.
Feodorov, Rtveladze 1972–Ôåäîðîâ Ì.Í., Ðòâåëàäçå Ý.Â. Íóìèçìàòè÷åñêèå íàõîäêè â Óçáåêèñòàíå â 1966–1968 ãã. // ÝÂ, âûï. 21. 1972. Ñ. 82–83.
Feodorov-Davydov 1988–Ôåäîðîâ-Äàâûäîâ Ã.À. Íàõîäêè âîñòî÷íûõ ìîíåò 8th–ÕIII ââ. â Âîñòî÷íîé Åâðîïå // ÝÂ, âûï. 24. Ë., 1988. Ñ. 44–47.
Feodorov-Davydov 1985–Ôåäîðîâ-Äàâûäîâ Ã.À. Íîâûå íàõîäêè âîñòî÷íûõ ìîíåò 8th–ÕIII ââ. íà òåððèòîðèè Âîñòî÷íîé Åâðîïû // ÝÂ, âûï. 23. Ë., 1985. Ñ. 44–47.
Ferit 1934–Ferit O. (Saγlam) Ešsiz bir medalya. Ankara etnografya müzesi koleksiyonlarinda, in: Türk Tarih, Arkeologya ve Etnografya Dergisi, Istanbul, 1934, II, p. 250–253.
Filshtinsky 1965–Ôèëüøòèíñêèé È.Ì. Àðàáñêàÿ êëàññè÷åñêàÿ ëèòåðàòóðà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1965.
Flügel 1862–Flügel G. Mani, sein Lehre und seine Schriften. Ein Beitzag zur Geschichte der Manichaismus, Leipzig, 1862.
Forman 1963–Forman W, Marek J. The Jenghiz khan miniatures from the court of Akbar the Great, London: Spring books, 1963.
323
Fren 1832–Ôðåí Õ.Ì. Ìîíåòû õàíîâ óëóñà Äæó÷èåâà èëè Çîëîòîé Îðäû. ÑÏá., 1832.
Freyman 1951–Ôðåéìàí À.À. Õîðåçìèéñêèé ÿçûê. Ìàòåðèàëû è èññëåäîâàíèÿ, 1. Ì; Ë., 1951.
Frolova 1958–Ôðîëîâà Î.Á. Ê âîïðîñó îá èñòî÷íèêàõ ñâåäåíèé Èáí àë-Àñèðà î ïðàâëåíèè Ñàìàíèäîâ // Ïàìÿòè àêàäåìèêà Èãíàòèÿ Þëèàíîâè÷à Êðà÷êîâñêîãî. Ë., 1958. Ñ. 36–43.
Frye 1972–Ôðàé Ð. Íàñëåäèå Èðàíà / Ïåðåâîä ñ àíãëèéñêîãî. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1972.
Frye 1970–Frye R. The Arabic Language in Khorasan, in: Persia Society Silver Jubilee Souvenir, Calcutta, 1970, p. 131–134, reprinted in: Islamic Persia and Central Asia (7th–12th centuries), London: Variorum Reprints, 1979, XXIV.
Frye 1967–Frye R. Development of Persian Literature under the Samanids and Qarakhanids, in: Yadnama-ye Jan Rypka, Prague, 1967, p. 69–74, reprinted in: Islamic Persia and Central Asia (7th–12th centuries), London: Variorum Reprints, 1979, XXIII.
Frye 1955–Frye R. An Early Arabic Script in Eastern Iran, in: Donum natalicum H.S.Nyberg oblatum, Uppsala, 1955, p. 67–74, reprinted in: Islamic Persia and Central Asia (7th–12th centuries), London: Variorum Reprints, 1979, XX.
Frye 1975–Frye R.N. The Golden Age of Persia, London: Phoenix Press, 1975.
Frye 1954–Frye R.N. The History of Bukhara, translated from a Persian abridgement of the Arabic original by Narshakhi, Cambridge, 1954.
Frye 1979–Frye R.N. The Iranicization of Islam, in: Islamic Persia and Central Asia (7th–12th centuries), Variorum Reprints, London, 1979, IX, p. 1–7.
Frye 1965–Frye R. The New Persian Renaissance in Western Iran, in: Arabic and Islamic Studies in Honor of Hamilton A.R.Gibb, ed. George Makdisi, Brill, Leiden, 1965, p. 225–231, reprinted in: Islamic Persia and Central Asia (7th–12th centuries), London: Variorum Reprints, 1979, XXII.
Frye 1956–Frye R. Notes on the history of Transoxiana, in: HJAS, 19, Cambridge, Mass., 1956, p. 106–122, reprinted in: Islamic Persia and Central Asia (7th–12th centuries), London: Variorum Reprints, 1979, XV.
Frye 1955–Frye R.N. Notes on the Renessance of the 10th and 11th centuries in Eastern Iran, Central Asiatic Journal I. The Hague/Wiesbaden, 1955, p. 137–143, reprinted in: Islamic Persia and Central Asia (7th–12th centuries), London: Variorum Reprints, 1979, XXI.
Frye 1991–Frye R.N. Pre-Islamic and Early Islamic cultures in Central Asia, in Turco-Persia in historical perspective, Cambridge University Press, 1991, p. 35–52.
324
Frye 1993–Frye R.N. The Samanids, in: CHI, in 7 volumes, vol. 4. The period from the Arab invasion to the Saljuqs. Cambridge, 1993, p. 136–161.
Frye 1971–Frye R.N. Sasanian Seals in the Collection of Mohsen Foroughi / Corpus Inscriptionum Iranicarum. Part III. Pahlavi Inscriptions, vol. 6: seals and coins. Plates XXXI–LIV. London: Lund Humphries, 1971.
Frye, Sayili 1945–Frye R.N., Sayili A.M. The Türks in Khorasan and Transoxania at the time of the Arab conquest, in: The Moslem World XXXV, Hartford, 1945, p. 308–315, reprinted in: Islamic Persia and Central Asia (7th–12th centuries), London: Variorum Reprints, 1979, XIII.
Frye, Sayili 1943–Frye R.N., Sayili A.Ì. Türks in the Middle East before the Seljuqs, in: JAOS, New-York–New-Haven, vol. 63, 1943, p. 190–208.
Fuck 1971–Fuck J.W. Ibn an-Nadim // The Encyclopaedia of Islam. Ed. by B.Lewis, V.I.Menage, Ch.Pellat and E.J.Brill. Vol. 3. Leiden-London: E.J.Brill and Luzac & Co., 1971, ð. 895–896.
Gafurov 1968–Ãàôóðîâ À. Ðàññêàçû îá èìåíàõ. Äóøàíáå: Èðôîí, 1968.
Gafurov 1987–Ãàôóðîâ À. Èìÿ è èñòîðèÿ. Îá èìåíàõ àðàáîâ, ïåðñîâ, òàäæèêîâ è òþðêîâ. Ñëîâàðü. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1987.
Gafurov 1957–Gafurov B.G. The Rase and Fall of Samanids, Paper for the XXIV International Congress of Orientalists, Moscow, 1957, p. 1–6.
Gafurov 1958–Ãàôóðîâ Á.Ã. Î ïðè÷èíàõ âîçâûøåíèÿ è ïàäåíèÿ Ñàìàíèäîâ // ÑÂ, 1958, ¹ 1. Ñ. 51–55.
Gafurov 1972–Ãàôóðîâ Á.Ã. Òàäæèêè. Äðåâíåéøàÿ, äðåâíÿÿ è ñðåäíåâåêîâàÿ èñòîðèÿ. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1972.
Gaube 1986–Gaube H. Konrad Miller Mappae Arabicae, Auszugsweise herausgegeben, Tafelband, Wiesbaden: Ludwig Reichert Verlag, 1986.
Gharib 1995–Gharib B. Sogdian Dictionary. Sogdian–Persian–English, Tehran, 1995.
Ghirshman 1948–Ghirshman H. Les Chionites-Hephtalites (Ephtalites), Cairo, Institute francaise d‘Archeologie orientale, 1948.
Gibb 1923–Gibb H.A.R. The Arab Conquests in Central Asia, London, 1923.
Gibb 1953–Gibb, H. A. R. The social significance of the Shu'ubiya, in: SOP, 1953, pp. 105–114.
Gignoux 1982–Gignoux P., Gyselen R. Sceaux Sasanides de diverses collections privees, Leuven: Editions Peeters, 1982.
Gikio 1979–Gikio Ito. Zoroastrians Arrival in Japan (Pahlavica I), in: Orient, vol. 15, Tokyo, 1979, p. 55–63.
325
Göbl 1967–Göbl R. Dokumente zur geschichte der Iranischen Hunnen in Baktrien und Indien. Band 1. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 1967.
Göbl 1987–Göbl R. Medalien des Islamischen Mirrelalters und ihr Formenkreis, in: Litterae Numismaticae Vindobonensis, vol. 3, 1987, p. 265–287.
Göbl 1971–Göbl R. Sasanian Numismatics, with 16 Minting Tables and 16 Plates, translated by P.Severin, Vienna, Braunschweig, 1971.
Göbl 1960–Göbl R., G.Le Rider, G.C.Miles, J,Walker. Numismatique Susienne, Monnaise trouvees a Suse de 1946 a 1956 Memoires de la Mission Archiologique en Iran, tome 37 sous la direction de MM. G.Contenau et R.Girshman, Paris: Librarie Orientaliste Paul Geuthner, 1960.
Goibov 1989–Ãîèáîâ Ã. Ðàííèå ïîõîäû àðàáîâ â Ñðåäíþþ Àçèþ (644–704 ãã.). Äóøàíáå: Äîíèø, 1989.
Golden 1992–Golden P.B. An Introduction to the History of the Turkic Peoples, Ethnogenesis and State-Formation in Medieval and Early Modern Eurasia and the Middle East (Turcologica. Band 9). Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 1992.
Golden 2004–Golden P.B. Khazar Turkic ghulams in caliphal service, in: JA, 292.1-2 (2004), p. 279–309.
Golden 1998–Golden P.B. Religion among the Qipčaqs of Medieval Eurasia, in CAJ, 42 (1998), p. 180–237.
Gordlevsky 1930–Ãîðäëåâñêèé Â.À. Ê âîïðîñó î âëèÿíèè òóðåöêîãî ÿçûêà íà àðàáñêèé // Çàïèñêè êîëëåãèè Âîñòîêîâåäåíèÿ. Ò. 5. Ë., 1930. Ñ. 273.
Goriacheva, Nastich 1984–Ãîðÿ÷åâà Â.Ä., Íàñòè÷ Â.Í. Ýïèãðàôè÷åñêèå ïàìÿòíèêè Ñàôèä-Áóëàíà ÕII–ÕIV ââ. // ÝÂ, âûï. 22. Ë., 1984. Ñ. 64–72.
Grach 1973–Ãðà÷ À.Ä. Âîïðîñû äàòèðîâêè è ñåìàíòèêè äðåâíåòþðêñêèõ òàìãîîáðàçíûõ èçîáðàæåíèé ãîðíîãî êîçëà // ÒÑ, 1972. Ì., 1973. Ñ. 316–333.
Grach 1966–Ãðà÷ À.Ä. Õðîíîëîãè÷åñêèå è ýòíîêóëüòóðíûå ãðàíèöû äðåâíåòþðêñêîãî âðåìåíè // ÒÑ. Ê 60-ëåòèþ À.Í.Êîíîíîâà. Ì., 1966.. Ñ. 188–193.
Gray 1977–Gray B. Persian Painting, Treasures of Asia, London: Macmillan, 1977.
Grenet 1989–Grenet F. Les “Huns” dans les documents Sogdiens du mont Mugh, in: Etudes Irano-Aryennes offertes a Gilbert lazard, Paris, 1989, p. 165-184 (SI, Cahier 7).
Grigoriev 1871–Ãðèãîðüåâ Â.Â. Î ñêèôñêîì íàðîäå Ñàêàõ. ÑÏá., 1871.
Grigoriev 1939–Ãðèãîðüåâ Ã. Çîðîàñòðèéñêîå êîñòåõðàíèëèùå â êèøëàêå Ôðèíêåíò ïîä Ñàìàðêàíäîì // ÂÄÈ, 1939, 2. Ñ. 144–150.
326
Grigoriev, Frolova 2002–Ãðèãîðüåâ À.Ï., Ôðîëîâà Î.Á. Ãåîãðàôè÷åñêîå îïèñàíèå Çîëîòîé Îðäû â ýíöèêëîïåäèè àë-Êàëêàøàíäè // ÒÑ. 2001. Ì.: Âîñò. ëèò-ðà ÐÀÍ, 2002. Ñ. 261–302.
Gronbech 1942–Gronbech K. Komanisches Worterbuch, Turkischer Wortindex zu Codex Cumanicus, Kopenhagen: Einar Munksgaard, 1942.
Groshev 2000–Ãðîøåâ Â.À. Î âîçíèêíîâåíèè ìîòûæíîãî è ïàøåííîãî îðîøàåìîãî çåìëåäåëèÿ íà þãå Êàçàõñòàíà // Èçâåñòèÿ Ìèíèñòåðñòâà îáðàçîâàíèÿ è íàóêè ÐÊ, Íàöèîíàëüíîé ÀÍ ÐÊ. ÑÎÍ, ¹ 1 (224). Àëìàòû, 2000. Ñ. 148–152.
Gukasian 1971–Ãóêàñÿí Â. Òþðêèçìû â “Èñòîðèè àëáàí” Ìîèñåÿ Óòèéñêîãî // Ñòðóêòóðà è èñòîðèÿ òþðêñêèõ ÿçûêîâ. Ì., 1971. Ñ. 238–250.
Gül 2005–Ãþëü Ý. Äèàëîã êóëüòóð â èñêóññòâå Óçáåêèñòàíà. Àíòè÷íîñòü è ñðåäíåâåêîâüå. Òàøêåíò: 2005.
Gül 2002–Ãþëü Ý.Ô. Ïðîáëåìà ýòíîêóëüòóðíûõ âçàèìîäåéñòâèé â àíòè÷íîì è ñðåäíåâåêîâîì èñêóññòâå Óçáåêèñòàíà. ÀÐ . . . äîêòîðà èñêóññòâîâåäåíèÿ. Òàøêåíò, 2002.
Gulensoy 1995–Gulensoy T. Turkce yer adlari kilavuzu, Ankara, 1995.
Gulieva 1969–Ãóëèåâà Ë.Ã. Î íàçâàíèÿõ ðåêè Êóáàíü // Òîïîíèìèêà Âîñòîêà. Èññëåäîâàíèÿ è ìàòåðèàëû. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1969. Ñ. 135–140.
Gulieva 1976–Ãóëèåâà Ë.Ã. Òþðêñêàÿ ãèäðîíèìèÿ Êóáàíè // ÑÒ, 1976, ¹ 2. Ñ. 50–56.
Guliamova 1987–Ãóëÿìîâà Ý.Ã. Èçîáðàæåíèå ëüâîâ â äåêîðå è àðõèòåêòóðå Õóòòàëÿ // ÌÊÒ, âûï. 4. Äóøàíáå, 1987. Ñ. 127–134.
Guliamova 1961–Ãóëÿìîâà Ý. Î ðàáîòàõ Êóëÿáñêîãî îòðÿäà íà ãîðîäèøå Õóëüáóê â 1959 ã. ÀÐÒ, âûï. 7. Äóøàíáå. 1961. Ñ. 153—162.
Guliamova 1977–Ãóëÿìîâà Ý. Ðàñêîïêè íà ãîðîäèùå Ñàéѐä â 1973 ã. // ÀÐÒ, âûï. 13. Äóøàíáå, 1977. Ñ. 189–198.
Guliamova 1982–Ãóëÿìîâà Ý. Ðàñêîïêè íà ãîðîäèùå Ñàéѐä â 1976 ã. // ÀÐÒ, âûï. 16. Äóøàíáå, 1982. C. 157–170.
Guliamova 1979–Ãóëÿìîâà Ý. Ðàñêîïêè íà ãîðîäèùå Ñàéѐä // ÀÎ 1978 ãîäà. Ì., 1979. Ñ. 576–577.
Guliamova 1984–Ãóëÿìîâà Ý. Ðàñêîïêè ñðåäíåâåêîâûõ ãîðîäèù Ñàéѐä è Õóëüáóê // ÀÐÒ, âûï 18. Äóøàíáå, 1984. Ñ. 194—205.
Guliamova 1969–Ãóëÿìîâà Ý. Õóëüáóê–ñòîëèöà Õóòòàëÿ. Äóøàíáå: Èðôîí, 1969.
Gumbah 1975–Ãóìáàõ Ã. Ïòîëåìåé è Öåíòðàëüíàÿ Àçèÿ â êóøàíñêóþ ýïîõó // Öåíòðàëüíàÿ Àçèÿ â êóøàíñêóþ ýïîõó: Òðóäû ìåæäóíàðîäíîé êîíôåðåíöèè ïî èñòîðèè,
327
àðõåîëîãèè è êóëüòóðå Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè â êóøàíñêóþ ýïîõó (Äóøàíáå, 1968). Â 2-õ òîìàõ. Ì., 1974–1975. Ò. 2. Ñ. 71–75.
Gumilev 1960–Ãóìèëåâ Ë.Í. Áàõðàì ×óáèí (îïûò êðèòèêè èñòî÷íèêîâ) // ÏÂ, 1960, ¹ 3. Ñ. 228–241.
Gumilev 1967–Ãóìèëåâ Ë.Í. Äðåâíèå òþðêè. Ë.: Íàóêà ËÎ, 1967.
Günaltay 1938–Günaltay M.S. Islam dunyasinin inhitati sebebi Selcuk istilasi midir? In: Turk tarih kurumi, Belleten, cilt II, Ankara, 1938, p. 73–88.
Gyselen 2002–Gyselen R. Nouveaux materiaux pour la geographie historique de l‘empire Sassanide: Sceaux administrativs de la Collection Ahmad Saeedi. Paris, 2002 (Studia Iranica. Cahier 24).
Gyselen 1995–Gyselen R. Sceaux magiquees en Persia Sassanide, Paris: Association pour l‘avancement des etudes Iraniennes, 1995.
Guseynov 1980–Ãóñåéíîâ Ð.À. Âçàèìîîòíîøåíèÿ Âèçàíòèè è ñåëüäæóêîâ â Ìàëîé Àçèè â ÕI–ÕII ââ. (ïî ñèðèéñêèì èñòî÷íèêàì) // Ñðåäíåâåêîâûé Âîñòîê. Èñòîðèÿ, êóëüòóðà, èñòî÷íèêîâåäåíèå. Ì., 1980. Ñ. 120–126.
Guseynov 1960–Ãóñåéíîâ Ð. Ñèðèéñêèå èñòî÷íèêè ÕII–ÕIII ââ. îá Àçåðáàéäæàíå. Áàêó: Èçä-âî ÀÍ Àçåðá.ÑÑÐ, 1960.
Haciyeva 2008–Hacieva Q. Cənubi Azerbaycan toponimləri. Baki: Elm, 2008.
Haeshi 2004–Haeshi T. The Role of Sedentary people in the nomadic states: from the Xiongnu empire to the Uigur Kaganate, in: Óðáàíèçàöèÿ è íîìàäèçì â Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè: èñòîðèÿ è ïðîáëåìû. Ìàòåðèàëû Ìåæäóíàðîäíîé êîíôåðåíöèè. Àëìàòû, 2004, ð. 117–134.
Hakimov 1983–Õàêèìîâ Ç.À. Ïàìÿòíèêè àðõèòåêòóðû â Þæíîì Óçáåêèñòàíå // Õóäîæåñòâåííàÿ êóëüòóðà Ñðåäíåé Àçèè IÕ–ÕIII ââ. Òàøêåíò, 1983.
Hanaway 1993–Hanaway W. Iranian Identity, in: IS, vol. 26, 1–2, 1993, p. 147–150.
Harmatta 1982–Harmatta J. La medaille de Jeb šahanšah, in: SI, t. 11, 1982, p. 167–180.
Harmatta, Litvinsky 1996–Harmatta J., Litvinsky B.A. Tokharistan and Gandhara under Western Turk rule (650–750), part 1, History of the regions, in: HCCA, vol. 3, Paris, 1996, p. 367–401.
Hasanov 1962–Õàñàíîâ Õ. Ãåîãðàôèê íîìëàð èìëîñè. Òîøêåíò: Óçáåêèñòîí ÔÀ íàøðèѐòè, 1962.
Hasanov 1969–Õàñàíîâ X. Èñòîðèêî-òîïîíèìè÷åñêàÿ ñõåìà Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // Òîïîíèìèêà Âîñòîêà. Èññëåäîâàíèÿ è ìàòåðèàëû. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1969. Ñ. 156–160.
Hasanov 1965–Ҳàñàíîâ Ҳ. ¡ðòà Îñèѐ æîé íîìëàðè òàðèõèäàí. Òîøêåíò: Ôàí, 1965.
328
Hasanov 1962–Õàñàíîâ X. Öåííûé èñòî÷íèê ïî òîïîíèìèêå Ñðåäíåé è Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè // Òîïîíèìèêà Âîñòîêà. Ì., 1962. Ñ. 31–36.
Haydu 1985–Õàéäó Ï. Óðàëüñêèå ÿçûêè è íàðîäû / Ïåðåâîä ñ âåíãåðñêîãî ÿçûêà Å.À.Õåëèìñêîãî ïîä ðåäàêöèåé Ê.Å.Ìàéòèíñêîé. Ì., 1985.
Hazanov 2004–Õàçàíîâ À.Ì. Êî÷åâíèêè è ãîðîäà â Åâðàçèéñêîì ñòåïíîì ðåãèîíå è ñîñåäíèõ ñòðàíàõ // Óðáàíèçàöèÿ è íîìàäèçì â Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè: èñòîðèÿ è ïðîáëåìû. Ìàòåðèàëû ìåæäóíàðîäíîé êîíôåðåíöèè. Àëìàòû, 2004. Ñ. 318–330.
Hennequin 1985–Hennequin G. Catalogue des monnaies musulmanes de la Bibliotheque Nationale, Asie pre-Mongole, les Selguqs et leur successeurs. Paris, 1985.
Hennequin 1970–Hennequin G. Grandes Monnaies Samanides et Ghaznavides de l‘Hindu Kush (331–421 AH), Etude Nimismatique et historique, in: AI, tome 9, Le Caire, 1970, p. 127–177.
Hennequin 1984–Hennequin G. Macrodirhams Samanides inedits (Collection particuliere), in: AI, tome 20, Le Caire, 1984, p. 197–221.
Henning 1937–Henning W.B. Argi and the “Tokharians”, in: BSOS (University of London), vol. 9: 1937-39, p. 546–571.
Henning 1947–Henning W.B. The Date of the Sogdian Ancient letters, in: BSOAS, vol. 12, 1947, 3–4.
Henning 1940–Henning W.B. Sogdica. London: The Royal Asiatic Society, 1940 (James G.Forlong Fund, vol. 21).
Henning 1961–Õåííèã Ð. Íåâåäîìûå çåìëè. Ïåðåâîä ñ íåìåöêîãî Ë.Ô.Âîëüôñîí è Ð.Ç.Ïåðñèö. Â 4-õ òîìàõ. Ì., 1961.
Herrmann, Kurbansakhatov, Simpson 1995–Herrmann G., Kurbansakhatov K., Simpson St.J. The International Merv project: Preliminary report of the fourth season (1995), Iran, 1995, vol. 34.
Herrmann, Masson, Kurbansakhatov 1993–Herrmann G., Masson V.M., Kurbansakhatov K. The International Merv project: Preliminary report of the first season (1992), Iran, 1993, vol. 31.
Herzfeld 1927–Herzfeld E. Die Malerien von Samarra, Berlin, 1927.
Herzfeld 1948–Herzfeld E. Geschichteder Stadt Samarra. Hamburg, 1948.
Herzfeld 1947–Herzfeld E. Zoroaster and his world, I–II volumes, Princetone University Press, 1947.
Hidoyatov 2004–Õèäîÿòîâ Ã.À. Êðóøåíèå Ñàìàíèäîâ. Ìîñêâà–Òàøêåíò, 2004.
Ibragimov 1988–Èáðàãèìîâ Í. Èáí Áàòòóòà è åãî ïóòåøåñòâèÿ ïî Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1988.
329
Imomnazarov 1996–Èìîìíàçàðîâ Ì. Ìèëëèé ìàúíàâèÿòèìèç òàêîìèë áîñқè÷ëàðè. Òîøêåíò: Øàðқ, 1996.
Irisov 1980–Èðèñîâ À. Àáó Àëè èáí Ñèíî ҳàѐòè âà èæîäèé ìåðîñè. Òîøêåíò: Ôàí, 1980.
Isamiddinov 1978–Èñàìèääèíîâ Ì.Õ. Ñòðàòèãðàôèÿ ãîðîäèùà Åð-Êóðãàí â Þæíîì Óçáåêèñòàíå // ÑÀ, 1978, ¹ 3. Ñ. 216–229.
Isamiddinov 2002–Èñàìèääèíîâ Ì.Õ., Àëìàçîâà Í.È. Êàìåííûå ñåðïû èç Êîêòåïà // ÎÍÓ, 2002, ¹ 5. Ñ. 41–42.
Ishankhanov, Kochnev 1979–Èøàíõàíîâ Ñ., Êî÷íåâ Á. Äðåâíåéøèå êàðàõàíèäñêèå ìîíåòû // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 15. Òàøêåíò, 1979. Ñ. 142–152.
Iskhakov 1983–Èñõàêîâ Ì. Îòòèñê ïå÷àòè ñ ñîãäèéñêîé íàäïèñüþ // ÎÍÓ, 1983, ¹ 11. Ñ. 43–44.
Iskhakova 1999–Èñõàêîâà Ç.Å. Ê âîïðîñó î òþðêñêî-èíäèéñêèõ ëåêñè÷åñêèõ ïàðàëëåëÿõ // Ìàòåðèàëû I è II íàó÷íûõ ÷òåíèé ïàìÿòè Â.Ï.Þäèíà. 1993–1994 ãã. Àëìàòû, 1999. Ñ. 251–255.
Iskhoqov, Otakhujaev 2000–Èñҳîқîâ Ì., Îòàõ¢æàåâ À. Ñóғäëàðíèíã áóääàâèé-ôàëñàôèé ѐçìà ìåðîñèäàí // Қàäèìãè ѐçìà ѐäãîðëèêëàð. Òîøêåíò, 2000. Ëóғàò. 205–228 áåòëàð.
Islamova 1985–Èñëàìîâà Ç.À. Íàçâàíèÿ ïðîäóêòîâ ïèòàíèÿ â ñëîâàðå Ìàõìóäà Êàøãàðñêîãî “Äèâàíó ëóãàò èò-òóðê” // Âîïðîñû òþðêñêîãî ÿçûêîçíàíèÿ. Àëìà-Àòà: Íàóêà, 1985. Ñ. 88–92.
Islomov 2002–Èñëîìîâ Ç. Ìóқàääèìàòó-ë-àäàá (ìàíáàøóíîñëèê òàҳëèëè). Òîøêåíò, 2002.
Ismailova 1984–Èñìàèëîâà Ý.Ì. Ê âîïðîñó î òàíöåâàëüíîì èñêóññòâå óéãóðîâ // Âîñòî÷íûé Òóðêåñòàí è Ñðåäíÿÿ Àçèÿ. Èñòîðèÿ. Êóëüòóðà. Ñâÿçè. Ì., 1984. Ñ. 180–187.
Ismoilov 1987–Èñìîèëîâ È.À. Ê ýòèìîëîãèè òåðìèíà “äàðå” â òþðêñêèõ ÿçûêàõ // Îíîìàñòèêà Óçáåêèñòàíà. Ìàòåðèàëû íàó÷íî-òåîðåòè÷åñêîé êîíôåðåíöèè (Ãóëèñòàí, 27—28 ìàÿ). Òàøêåíò, 1987. Ñ. 53–54.
Ivanitsky 1994–Èâàíèöêèé È.Ä. Õðèñòèàíñêàÿ ñèìâîëèêà â Ñîãäå // Èç èñòîðèè äðåâíèõ êóëüòîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè: õðèñòèàíñòâî. Òàøêåíò, 1994. Ñ. 64–70.
Ivanov 1991–Èâàíîâ Ã.Ï. Êóâàñàéñêèé ìîãèëüíèê 7th–VIII ââ. â Ôåðãàíñêîé îáëàñòè // ÑÀ, 1991, ¹ 3. Ñ. 262–266.
Izci 2000–Izci O. Cin elcisi Wang Yen Te'nin Uygur seyahatnamesi, Istanbul - Ankara, 2000.
Jagchid 1981–Jagchid S. The Kitans and their cities, in: CAJ, vol. 25 (1981), pp. 70–88.
330
Kabanov 1984–Êàáàíîâ Ñ.Ê. Àðõåîëîãè÷åñêèå äàííûå ê èçó÷åíèþ ãåíåçèñà ôåîäàëèçìà â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè (ïî ìàòåðèàëàì Íàõøàáà, Õîðåçìà è äîëèíû ð. ×ó) // ÑÀ, 1984, ¹ 3. Ñ. 48–58.
Kamaliddinov 1996–Êàìàëèääèíîâ Ø.Ñ. Èñòîðè÷åñêàÿ ãåîãðàôèÿ Þæíîãî Ñîãäà è Òîõàðèñòàíà ïî àðàáîÿçû÷íûì èñòî÷íèêàì IÕ–íà÷àëà ÕIII ââ. Òàøêåíò, 1996.
Kamaliddinov 1997–Êàìàëèääèíîâ Ø.Ñ. Ê áèîãðàôèè Íàðøàõè // ÎÍÓ, 1997, ¹ 9–11. Ñ. 112–113.
Kamaliddinov 1993–Êàìàëèääèíîâ Ø.Ñ. “Êèòàá àë-àíñàá” Àáó Ñàäà Àáä àë-Êàðèìà èáí Ìóõàììàäà àñ-Ñàìàíè êàê èñòî÷íèê ïî èñòîðèè è èñòîðèè êóëüòóðû Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1993.
Kamoliddin 2007–Kamoliddin Sh.S. New Data on the Biography of Ahmad al-Yugnaki // Oriente Moderno, Nuova Serie, Anno XXVI (LXXXVII), 1, 2007: Studies on Central Asia, p. 141–153.
Kamoliddin 2003–Kamoliddin Sh.S. New Data on the Early Medieval History of Soghd // IJCAS, vol. 8. Seoul, 2003, p. 96–104.
Kamoliddin 2004–Kamoliddin Sh.S. To the question if the origin of the term “sart”, in: “XXth Century in the History of Central Asia”, the Fifth Conference of the IACAS (August 13–14 2004), Tashkent, 2004, p. 63–64.
Kamoliddin 2006–Êàìîëèääèí Ø.Ñ. Äðåâíåòþðêñêàÿ òîïîíèìèÿ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. Òàøêåíò: Øàðê, 2006.
Kamoliddin 2005–Êàìîëèääèí Ø.Ñ. Ê áèîãðàôèè Àõìàäà Éóãíàêè // ÎÍÓ, 2005, ¹ 1–2. Ñ. 93–104.
Kamoliddin 2002–Êàìîëèääèí Ø.Ñ. Ê âîïðîñó îá óïîòðåáëåíèè ãåîãðàôè÷åñêèõ íàçâàíèé “Ìàâåðàííàõð” è “Òóðêåñòàí” // O‘zbekiston tariõi, 2002, ¹ 4. Ñ. 61–68.
Kamoliddin 2005–Êàìîëèääèí Ø.Ñ. Ê âîïðîñó îá ýòíè÷åñêîé ñèòóàöèè â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè â IÕ–Õ ââ. // Óçáåêèñòîí òàðèõè ìîääèé ìàäàíèÿò âà ѐçìà ìàíáàëàðäà. Òîøêåíò: Ôàí, 2005. Ñ. 231–241.
Kamoliddin 2004–Êàìîëèääèí Ø.Ñ. Ê âîïðîñó îá ýòíîãåíåçå óçáåêñêîãî íàðîäà // Òóðêîëîãèÿ (Êàçàõñêî-Òóðåöêèé óíèâåðñèòåò èì. À.ßññàâè, ã. Òóðêèñòàí), 2004, ¹ 1. Ñ. 34–41.
Kamoliddin 2003–Êàìîëèääèí Ø.Ñ. Ê âîïðîñó î ëîêàëèçàöèè íåêîòîðûõ êâàðòàëîâ ñðåäíåâåêîâîãî Ñàìàðêàíäà // ¡çáåêèñòîí óðáàíèñòèê ìàäàíèÿòè. Õàëêàðî èëìèé êîíôåðåíöèÿ ìàòåðèàëëàðè (Òîøêåíò, 4–5 äåêàáðü 2003 é.). Òîøêåíò, 2003. Ñ. 121–131.
Kamoliddin 2003–Êàìîëèääèí Ø.Ñ. Íîâûå äàííûå î ïîòîìêàõ öàðÿ Ñîãäà Ãóðàêà // ÎÍÓ. 2003, ¹ 3. Ñ. 63–68.
331
Kamoliddin 2005–Êàìîëèääèí Ø.Ñ. Îá ýòíè÷åñêîé ñèòóàöèè â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè â ýïîõó ðàííåãî ñðåäíåâåêîâüÿ // ¡çáåêèñòîíäàãè ýòíîìàäàíèé æàðàѐíëàð: àíúàíàâèéëèê âà çàìîíàâèéëèê Òîøêåíò, 2005. Ñ. 93–101.
Kamoliddin 2005–Êàìîëèääèí Ø.Ñ. Î ãåîãðàôè÷åñêîé êàðòå Âàñèëèî Âàòà÷å // Moziydan sado (Echî of History, Ýõî èñòîðèè). 2005, ¹ 3 (27). Ñ. 36–41.
Kamoliddin 2004–Êàìîëèääèí Ø.Ñ. Î ãîðíîðóäíîì äåëå è ìåòàëëóðãèè ó äðåâíèõ òþðêîâ // Àðõåîëîãèÿ è èñòîðèÿ Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè. Ê 70 ëåòèþ Þ.Ô.Áóðÿêîâà. Ñàìàðêàíä, 2004. Ñ. 74–83.
Kamoliddin 2004–Êàìîëèääèí Ø.Ñ. Î ãðàäîñòðîèòåëüíîé êóëüòóðå ó äðåâíèõ òþðêîâ. // Óðáàíèçàöèÿ è íîìàäèçì â Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè: èñòîðèÿ è ïðîáëåìû. Ìàòåðèàëû ìåæäóíàðîäíîé êîíôåðåíöèè. Àëìàòû, 2004. Ñ. 354–373.
Kamoliddin 2004–Êàìîëèääèí Ø.Ñ. Î ðàñïðîñòðàíåíèè çîðîàñòðèçìà ñðåäè òþðêîâ // ¡çÌÓ õàáàðëàðè (Âåñòíèê ÍÓÓÇ, Acta NUUZ). Òîøêåíò: Óíèâåðñèòåò, 2004. Ñ. 4–9.
Kamoliddin 2008–Êàìîëèääèí Ø.Ñ. Î ðåëèãèîçíîé ïðèíàäëåæíîñòè ïðåäêîâ Ñàìàíèäîâ // Êóëüòóðíûå öåííîñòè. 2004–2006. Öåíòðàëüíàÿ Àçèÿ â ïðîøëîì è íàñòîÿùåì. Ñàíêò-Ïåòåðáóðã, 2008. Ñ. 13–21.
Kamoliddin 2003–Êàìîëèääèí Ø.Ñ. Î ðîëè äðåâíèõ òþðêîâ â èñòîðèè êóëüòóðû Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // Áàғðèêåíãëèê–æàìèÿò áàðқàðîðëèãèíèíã àñîñè (Èëìèé-àìàëèé àíæóìàí ìàòåðèàëëàðè). Òàøêåíò, 2003. Ñ. 111–117.
Kamoliddin 2005–Êàìîëèääèí Ø.Ñ. Î ðîëè æåíùèí â òþðêñêîì îáùåñòâå // ¡çáåêèñòîí xîòèí-қèçëàðè: êå÷à âà áóãóí. Òîøêåíò, 2005. Ñ. 16–24.
Kamoliddin 2009–Êàìîëèääèí Ø.Ñ. Ñèìâîëèêà Ñàìàíèäîâ // Asiatica. Òðóäû ïî ôèëîñîôèè è êóëüòóðàì Âîñòîêà. Âûï. 3 / Îòâ. ðåä. Ñ.Ïàõîìîâ. ÑÏá.: Èçä-âî Ñ.-Ïåòåðáóðãñêîãî óí-òåòà, 2009. Ñ. 49–60.
Kamoliddin, Mukminova 2003–Êàìîëèääèí Ø.Ñ., Ìóêìèíîâa Ð.Ã. Çàìåòêè î ãåîãðàôè÷åñêîé êàðòå Àáðàõàìà Ìààñà // O‘zbekiston tarixi, 2003, ¹ 1. Ñ. 16–26..
Kamoliddin 2009–Êàìîëèääèí Ø.Ñ. Ñèìâîëèêà Ñàìàíèäîâ // Asiatica. Òðóäû ïî ôèëîñîôèè è êóëüòóðàì Âîñòîêà. Âûï. 3 / Îòâ. ðåä. Ñ.Ïàõîìîâ. ÑÏá.: Èçä-âî Ñ.-Ïåòåðáóðãñêîãî óí-òåòà, 2009. Ñ. 49–60.
Kamyshev 2004–Êàìûøåâ À.Ì. Íóìèçìàòè÷åñêèå èñòî÷íèêè // Èñòî÷íèêîâåäåíèå Êûðãûçñòàíà (ñ äðåâíîñòè äî êîíöà ÕIÕ â.). Áèøêåê: Èëèì, 2004. Ñ. 148–163.
Karaev 1968–Êàðàåâ Î. Àðàáñêèå è ïåðñèäñêèå èñòî÷íèêè IÕ–ÕII ââ. î êèðãèçàõ è Êèðãèçèè. Ôðóíçå: Èëèì, 1968.
332
Karaev 1973–Êàðàåâ Î. Èçâëå÷åíèÿ ñâåäåíèé èç ãåîãðàôèè àë-Èäðèñè. “Êèòàá íóçõàò àë-ìóøòàê ôè-õòèðàê àë-àôàê” // Àðàáî-ïåðñèäñêèå èñòî÷íèêè î òþðêñêèõ íàðîäàõ. Ôðóí-çå: Èëèì, 1973. Ñ. 49–59.
Karaev 1972–Êàðàåâ Î. Èñòîðèêî-ãåîãðàôè÷åñêèå äàííûå, ñîîáùàåìûå Ìàõìóäîì Êàøãàðè // ÑÒ, 1972, ¹ 1. Ñ. 111–113.
Karaev 1983–Êàðàåâ Î. Èñòîðèÿ Êàðàõàíèäñêîãî êàãàíàòà (Õ–íà÷àëî ÕØ ââ.). Ôðóíçå: Èëèì, 1983.
Karaev 1987–Êàðàåâ Ñ.Ê. Äðåâíåòþðêñêèå íàçâàíèÿ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // Èç èñòîðèè Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è Âîñòî÷íîãî Òóðêåñòàíà X5th–XIX ââ. Òàøêåíò, 1987. Ñ. 104–130.
Karaev 1985–Êàðàåâ Ñ.Ê. Äðåâíåòþðêñêèå òîïîíèìû Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // ÑÒ (Áàêó), 1985, ¹ 6. Ñ. 23–35.
Karaev 1988–Êàðàåâ Ñ.Ê. Èðàíñêî-òþðêñêèå òîïîíèìè÷åñêèå ïàðàëëåëè Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // Ïðîáëåìû ýòíîãåíåçà è ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è Êàçàõñòàíà. (ÒÄ). Ì., 1988. Ñ. 60–61.
Karaev 1991–Êàðàåâ Ñ.Ê. Òîïîíèìèÿ Óçáåêèñòàíà (Ñîöèîëèíãâèñòè÷åñêèé àñïåêò). Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1991.
Karataev 2003–Êàðàòàåâ Î. Êûðãûç ýòíîíèìäåð ñîçäóãó. Áèøêåê: Êûðãûç-Òóðê “Ìàíàñ” óíèâåðñèòåòè, 2003.
Karev 2007–Êàðåâ Þ. Íàñòåííûå ðîñïèñè äâîðöà Êàðàõàíèäñêèõ õàíîâ // Ôàí âà òóðìóø, 2007, ¹ 3-4. Ñ. 43–51.
Karev 2000–Êàðåâ Þ.Â. Ïîëèòè÷åñêàÿ ñèòóàöèÿ â Ìàâåðàííàõðå â ñåðåäèíå VIII ââ. // Ñðåäíÿÿ Àçèÿ: àðõåîëîãèÿ, èñòîðèÿ, êóëüòóðà. Ìàòåðèàëû ìåæäóíàðîäíîé êîíôåðåíöèè, ïîñâÿùåííîé 50-ëåòèþ íàó÷íîé äåÿòåëüíîñòè Ã.Â.Øèøêèíîé. Ì., 2000. Ñ. 205–218.
Karimov 1967–Êàðèìîâ Ó.È. Íåèçâåñòíîå ñî÷èíåíèå àð-Ðàçè “Êíèãà òàéíû òàéí”. Òàøêåíò, 1967.
Karimova 2006–Êàðèìîâà Í. Âçàèìîîòíîøåíèÿ íàðîäîâ Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè è Êèòàÿ XI5th–XVII ââ. (ïî ìàòåðèàëàì êèòàéñêèõ èñòî÷íèêîâ). Äèññåðòàöèÿ . . . äîêòîðà èñòîðè÷åñêèõ íàóê. Òàøêåíò, 2006.
Karimova 2002–Êàðèìîâà Ñ.Ó. IÕ–ÕI àñð êèìѐ âà äîðèøóíîñëèê ôàíëàðè òàðèêêèѐòèäà Ìàðêàçèé Îñèѐ îëèìëàðèíèíã ¢ðíè. Òîøêåíò, 2002.
Karmysheva 1976–Êàðìûøåâà Á. Õ. Î÷åðêè ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè þæíûõ ðàéîíîâ Òàäæèêèñòàíà è Óçáåêèñòàíà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1976.
Kasymova 2004–Êàñûìîâà Ä.Æ. Ôåíîìåí ÷àãàòàéñêîãî ÿçûêà êàê èíòåðäèàëåêòà êî÷åâûõ è îñåäëûõ òþðêñêèõ íàðîäîâ // Óðáàíèçàöèÿ è íîìàäèçì â Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè:
333
èñòîðèÿ è ïðîáëåìû. Ìàòåðèàëû ìåæäóíàðîäíîé êîíôåðåíöèè. Àëìàòû, 2004. Ñ. 270–273.
Khadr 1967–Khadr M. Deux actes de waqf d‘un Qarahanide a‘Asie Central avec une introduction par Claud Cahen, in: JA, 1967, tome CCLV, p. 305–334.
Khmelnitsky 1992–Õìåëüíèöêèé Ñ. Ìåæäó àðàáàìè è òþðêàìè. Àðõèòåêòóðà Ñðåäíåé Àçèè IÕ–Õ ââ. Áåðëèí–Ðèãà, 1992.
Khmelnitsky 1996–Õìåëüíèöêèé Ñ. Ìåæäó Ñàìàíèäàìè è ìîíãîëàìè (Àðõèòåêòóðà Ñðåäíåé Àçèè ÕI–íà÷àëà ÕIII ââ.). ×àñòü 1. Áåðëèí-Ðèãà. 1996.
Khodjaev 2004–Õîäæàåâ À. Ñâåäåíèÿ êèòàéñêèõ èñòî÷íèêîâ î òþðêàõ âî II è I òûñ. äî í.ý. // Ìàòåðèàëû Ìåæäóíàðîäíîé íàó÷íî-ïðàêòè÷åñêîé êîíôåðåíöèè “Âçàèìîäåéñòâèå Êàçàõñòàíà ñ ñîïðåäåëüíûìè ñòðàíàìè â Õ8th–íà÷àëå ÕIÕ ââ.: ñîâðåìåííûé âçãëÿä íà ïðîáëåìó. Àêòîáå, 2004. Ñ. 16–22.
Khodjaeva 2003–Õîäæàåâà Í. Ëîêàëèçàöèÿ àâåñòèéñêèõ ãîð Õààðà Áåðåçàèòè, ðåê Âàõâè-Äàòèÿ, Ðàíõà è ìîðÿ Âîðóêàøà. Äóøàíáå, 2003.
Khodjaniyazov 1977–Õîäæàíèÿçîâ Ò. Äåíåæíîå îáðàùåíèå â ãîñóäàðñòâå Âåëèêèõ Ñåëüäæóêîâ (ïî äàííûì íóìèçìàòèêè). Àøõàáàä: Ûëûì, 1977.
Khodjaniyazov 1979–Õîäæàíèÿçîâ Ò. Êàòàëîã ìîíåò ãîñóäàðñòâà Âåëèêèõ Ñåëüäæóêîâ. Àøõàáàä: Ûëûì, 1979.
Khodjaniyazov 1952–Õîäæàíèÿçîâ Ò. Ê âîïðîñó î íà÷àëå ìîíåòíîãî ÷åêàíà â ãîñóäàðñòâå Âåëèêèõ Ñåëüäæóêîâ // ÍÝ, âûï. 10. Ì., 1972. Ñ. 155–159.
Khodjaniyazov 1971–Õîäæàíèÿçîâ Ò. Êëàä çîëîòûõ ìîíåò ÕII â. èç Êóíÿ-Óðãåí÷ñêîãî ðàéîíà Òóðêìåíñêîé ÑÑÐ // ÝÂ, âûï. 20. Ë., 1971. Ñ. 90–94.
Khodjaniyazov 1978–Õîäæàíèÿçîâ Ò. Êëàä ýëåêòðîâûõ ìîíåò âòîðîé ïîëîâèíû ÕI â. // Èñòîðèÿ è àðõåîëîãèÿ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. Àøõàáàä: Ûëûì, 1978. Ñ. 177–202.
Khodjaniyazov 1969–Õîäæàíèÿçîâ Ò. Íóìèçìàòè÷åñêèå è ýïèãðàôè÷åñêèå íàõîäêè íà òåððèòîðèè Òóðêìåíèè çà 1963–1965 ãã. // ÝÂ, âûï. 19. Ë., 1969. Ñ. 110.
Khodjayov 1986–Õîäæàéîâ Ò.Ê. Ãîðîäñêîå è ñåëüñêîå íàñåëåíèå Áàêòðèè è Ñîãäà ýïîõè àíòè÷íîñòè è ðàííåãî ñðåäíåâåêîâüÿ // Ãîðîäñêàÿ ñðåäà è êóëüòóðà Áàêòðèè-Òîõàðèñòàíà è Ñîãäà (IV â. äî í.ý.–VIII â. í.ý.). ÒÄ ñîâåòñêî-ôðàíöóçñêîãî êîëëîêâèóìà. Ñàìàðêàíä, 1986. Òàøêåíò, 1986.
Khodjayov 1988–Õîäæàéîâ Ò.Ê. Ê ïðîáëåìå ýòíîãåíåçà è ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // ÎÍÓ, 1988, ¹ 2.
Khodjayov 1987–Õîäæàéîâ Ò.Ê. Ýòíè÷åñêèå ïðîöåññû â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè â ýïîõó ñðåäíåâåêîâüÿ (Àíòðîïîëîãè÷åñêèå èññëåäîâàíèÿ). Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1987.
334
al-Kholi 1962–àë-Õîëè, Àìèí. Ñâÿçè ìåæäó Åãèïòîì è Âîëãîé â Õ3rd–ÕIV ââ. Ñîêðàùåííûé ïåðåâîä ñ àðàáñêîãî. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1962.
Khromov 1980–Õðîìîâ À.Ë. Íåêîòîðûå îñîáåííîñòè ôîðìèðîâàíèÿ òîïîíèìèêè Ñðåäíåé Àçèè â IÕ–ÕIII ââ. // ÎÂ. Ì., 1980. Ñ. 132–138.
Khromov 1974–Õðîìîâ À.Ë. Î ñòðóêòóðíûõ îñîáåííîñòÿõ èðàíñêîé òîïîíèìèè Ìàâåðàííàõðà â ïåðèîä IX—XIII ââ. // ÂÔ, âûï. 3. Äóøàíáå, 1974. Ñ. 3-25.
Khudjaev 2002–Õóæàåâ À. Áóþê Èïàê éóëèäà èïàê ìàòîëàð âà îò ñàâäîëàðè // Øàðêøóíîñëèê, 11. Òîøêåíò: Ôàí, 2002. 110–119-áåòëàð.
Khudjaev 2001–Õ¢æàåâ À., Õ¢æàåâ Ê. Қàäèìãè ìàíáàëàðäà õàëқèìèç ¢òìèøè. Òîøêåíò, 2001.
Khudjanova 2001–Õ¢æàíîâà Ã. “Õèáàò àë-õàêîéèê” õàêèêàòëàðè. Òîøêåíò, 2001.
KI 1991–Êóëüòóðà è èñêóññòâî äðåâíåãî Óçáåêèñòàíà. Êàòàëîã âûñòàâêè. Â 2-õ êíèãàõ. Ì., 1991.
Kitapci 1995–Kitapci Z. Ilk Musulman Turk hukumdar ve hakanlari, Konya, 1995, p. 89–106.
Klausner 1973–Klausner C.L.. The Seljuk vezirate. A Study of civil administration. 1055–1194. Cambridge, Massachusets: Harvard University Press, 1973, p. 27–34.
Kliashtorny 2001–Kliashtorniy S.G. Les Samanides et les Karakhanides: une etape initiale de la geopolitique imperiale, in: CAC, 9, Etudes Karakhanides, Tashkent–Aux-en-Province, 2001, p. 35–40.
Kliashtorny 1985–Êëÿøòîðíûé Ñ.Ã. Ãåíåàëîãèÿ è õðîíîëîãèÿ çàïàäíîòþðêñêèõ è òþðãåøñêèõ êàãàíîâ VI–VII ââ. // Èç èñòîðèè äîðåâîëþöèîííîãî Êèðãèçèñòàíà. Ôðóíçå: Èëèì, 1985. Ñ. 165–168.
Kliashtorny 1970–Êëÿøòîðíûé Ñ.Ã. Äðåâíåòþðêñêàÿ ðóíè÷åñêàÿ ýïèãðàôèêà: èòîãè è ïåðñïåêòèâû èçó÷åíèÿ // Ïèñüìåííûå ïàìÿòíèêè ïðîáëåìû èñòîðèè êóëüòóðû íàðîäîâ Âîñòîêà. Êðàòêèå ñîîáùåíèÿ VI ãîäè÷íîé ñåññèè ËÎ È ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ. Ì., 1970. Ñ. 83–85.
Kliashtorny 1964–Êëÿøòîðíûé Ñ.Ã. Äðåâíåòþðêñêèå ðóíè÷åñêèå ïàìÿòíèêè êàê èñòî÷íèê ïî èñòîðèè Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1964.
Kliashtorny 1987–Êëÿøòîðíûé Ñ.Ã. Äðåâíåòþðêñêèå òåêñòû êàê èñòî÷íèê äëÿ èçó÷åíèÿ äðåâíåòþðêñêîé êóëüòóðû // Á×, ãîä âîñüìîé (ÒÄ). Ì., 1987. Ñ. 47–48.
Kliashtorny 1981–Êëÿøòîðíûé Ñ.Ã. Èç äðåâíåòþðêñêîãî ïàíòåîíà // Ïèñüìåííûå ïàìÿòíèêè è ïðîáëåìû èñòîðèè êóëüòóðû íàðîäîâ Âîñòîêà. XV ãîäè÷íàÿ íàó÷íàÿ ñåññèÿ ËÎ È ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ (äîêëàäû è ñîîáùåíèÿ). ×àñòü1 (1). Ì., 1981. Ñ. 98–100.
Kliashtorny 1960–Êëÿøòîðíûé Ñ.Ã. Ê âîïðîñó î ïîäëèííîñòè äðåâíåòþðêñêîé íàäïèñè ñ èìåíåì ×èíãèç-õàíà // ÏÂ, 1960, ¹ 1. Ñ. 173- 175.
335
Kliashtorny 2004–Êëÿøòîðíûé Ñ.Ã. Ïèñüìåííîñòü â êî÷åâîì ìèðå äðåâíåé Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè // Óðáàíèçàöèÿ è íîìàäèçì â Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè: èñòîðèÿ è ïðîáëåìû. Ìàòåðèàëû Ìåæäóíàðîäíîé êîíôåðåíöèè. Àëìàòû, 2004. Ñ. 24–32.
Kliashtorny 1960–Êëÿøòîðíûé Ñ.Ã. Òèòóë ñîãäèéñêîãî âëàäåòåëÿ â äðåâíåòþðêñêîì òåêñòå // Ïðîáëåìû âîñòîêîâåäåíèÿ, 1960, 6. Ñ. 133–135.
Kliashtorny, Livshits 1971–Êëÿøòîðíûé Ñ.Ã. Ëèâøèö Â.À. Ñîãäèéñêàÿ íàäïèñü èç Áóãóòà // ÑÍÂ, âûï. 10. Ì., 1971. Ñ. 121–146.
Kliashtorny, Livshits 1971–Êëÿøòîðíûé Ñ.Ã., Ëèâøèö Â.À. Òþðêî-ñîãäèéñêèé ïàìÿòíèê èç Þæíîé Ãîáè // Ïèñüìåííûå ïàìÿòíèêè è ïðîáëåìû èñòîðèè êóëüòóðû íàðîäîâ Âîñòîêà. VII ãîäè÷íàÿ íàó÷íàÿ ñåññèÿ ËÎ È ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ (Êðàòêèå ñîîáùåíèÿ). Ì., 1971. Ñ. 58–60.
Klimburg-Salter 1989–Klimburg-Salter D. The Kingdom of Bamiyan. Buddhist Art and Culture of the Hindukush. Naples–Roma, 1989.
Kochnev 1984–Êî÷íåâ Á.Ä. Çàìåòêè ïî ñðåäíåâåêîâîé íóìèçìàòèêå Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. ×àñòü 6 (Ðàííåå ñðåäíåâåêîâüå, Ñàìàíèäû, Êàðàõàíèäû). // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 19. Òàøêåíò, 1984. Ñ. 185–205.
Kochnev 1986–Êî÷íåâ Á.Ä. Çàìåòêè ïî ñðåäíåâåêîâîé íóìèçìàòèêå Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. ×àñòü 7 (Êàðàõàíèäû) // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 20. Òàøêåíò, 1986. Ñ. 125–136.
Kochnev 1987–Êî÷íåâ Á.Ä. Çàìåòêè ïî ñðåäíåâåêîâîé íóìèçìàòèêå Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. ×àñòü 8 (Êàðàõàíèäû) // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 21. Òàøêåíò, 1987. Ñ. 156–171.
Kochnev 1988–Êî÷íåâ Á.Ä. Çàìåòêè ïî ñðåäíåâåêîâîé íóìèçìàòèêå Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. ×àñòü 9 (Ñàìàíèäû, Êàðàõàíèäû, Àíóøòåãèíèäû) // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 22. Òàøêåíò, 1988. Ñ. 191–205.
Kochnev 1993–Êî÷íåâ Á.Ä. Êàðàõàíèäñêèå ìîíåòû: Èñòî÷íèêîâåä÷åñêîå è èñòîðè÷åñêîå èññëåäîâàíèå. ÀÐ . . . ä. è. í. Ì., 1993.
Kochnev 1975–Êî÷íåâ Á.Ä. Ê èñòîðèè äåíåæíîãî îáðàùåíèÿ â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè â ÕI–ÕII ââ. // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 12. Òàøêåíò, 1975. Ñ. 170–175.
Kochnev 1990–Êî÷íåâ Á.Ä. Êëàä ìîíåò áóõàðõóäàòñêãî òèïà èç Ìèàíêàëÿ // Íóìèçìàòèêà Óçáåêèñòàíà. Òàøêåíò, 1990. Ñ. 49–78.
Kochnev 1984–Êî÷íåâ Á.Ä. Ê ìåòîäèêå èññëåäîâàíèÿ ðàííåêàðàõàíèäñêèõ ìîíåò êàê èñòîðè÷åñêîãî èñòî÷íèêà // Èñòî÷íèêîâåäåíèå è òåêñòîëîãèÿ ñðåäíåâåêîâîãî Áëèæíåãî è Ñðåäíåãî Âîñòîêà (Á×, 1984 ã.). Ì., 1984. Ñ. 109–123.
Kochnev 1989–Êî÷íåâ Á.Ä. Ìîíåòíûé ÷åêàí Êóç Îðäó — Áàëàñàãóíà (XI â.) // Êðàñíàÿ Ðå÷êà è Áóðàíà. Ôðóíçå, 1989. Ñ. 144–158.
336
Kochnev 1999–Êî÷íåâ Á.Ä. Ìîíåòíûé ÷åêàí Êóáû (Õ–ÕI ââ.) // ÈÌÊÓ, ¹ 30. Ñàìàðêàíä, 1999. Ñ. 246–255.
Kochnev 2006–Êî÷íåâ Á. Íóìèçìàòè÷åñêàÿ èñòîðèÿ Êàðàõàíèäñêîãî êàãàíàòà (991–1209). ×àñòü 1. Èñòî÷íèêîâåä÷åñêîå èññëåäîâàíèå. Ì.: Ñîôèÿ, 2006.
Kochnev 2002–Êî÷íåâ Á.Ä. Íóìèçìàòè÷åñêàÿ èñòîðèÿ ñàìàíèäñêîãî ñàíîâíèêà Êóò-òåãèíà/Õóò-òåãèíà (ÕI â.) // ÍÖÀ, âûï. 6, Òàøêåíò, 2002. Ñ. 59–66.
Kochnev 1990–Êî÷íåâ Á.Ä. Ñìåøàííûå êëàäû ñàìàíèäñêèõ è êàðàõàíèäñêèõ ôåëüñîâ êîíöà Õ–ïåðâîé òðåòè ÕI â. // Á×, (ÒÄ). Ì. 1990. Ñ. 84–85.
Kochnev, Feodorov 1948–Êî÷íåâ Á.Ä., Ôåäîðîâ Ì.Í. Äâà êëàäà êàðàõàíèäñêèõ äèðõåìîâ ñåðåäèíû XI â. èç Êèðãèçèè // ÍÝ, âûï. 11. Ì., 1948. Ñ. 179–195.
Kolesnikov 2005–Êîëåñíèêîâ À.È. Äîïîëíèòåëüíûå èñòî÷íèêè ïî èñòîðèè ðàííåñðåäíåâåêîâîãî Èðàíà è åãî âîñòî÷íûõ ñîñåäåé // Öåíòðàëüíàÿ Àçèÿ îò Àõåìåíèäîâ äî Òèìóðèäîâ: àðõåîëîãèÿ, èñòîðèÿ, ýòíîëîãèÿ, êóëüòóðà. Ìàòåðèàëû ìåæäóíàðîäíîé íàó÷íîé êîíôåðåíöèè, ïîñâÿùåííîé 100-ëåòèþ ñî äíÿ ðîæäåíèÿ À.Ì.Áåëåíèöêîãî (Ñàíêò-Ïåòåðáóðã, 2–5 íîÿáðÿ 2004 ã.). Ñàíêò-Ïåòåðáóðã, 2005. Ñ. 112–115.
Kolesnikov 1982–Êîëåñíèêîâ À.È. Çàâîåâàíèå Èðàíà àðàáàìè (Èðàí ïðè “ïðàâåäíûõ” õàëèôàõ). Ì.:Íàóêà, 1982.
Kolesnikov 1981–Êîëåñíèêîâ À.È. Î òåðìèíå “ìàðçáàí” â Ñàñàíèäñêîì Èðàíå // ÏC, âûï. 27 (90). Ì.; Ë., 1981 Ñ. 49–56.
Konrad 1972–Êîíðàä Í.È. Îá ýïîõå âîçðîæäåíèÿ / Çàïàä è Âîñòîê. Ñòàòüè. Ì., 1972. Ñ. 209–244.
Köprülü 1925–Köprülü F. XII-inci asir Turk šairi Edip Ahmet, Turkiyat, I, 1925.
Köprülü 1976–Köprülü F. Türk edebiyatinda ilk mutasavviflar. Istanbul, 1976, 3-baski.
Köprülü zade–Köprülü zade M.F. Saman Oğullari (874–1005), in: “Turk tarihinin Ana Hatlari” eserinin musveddeleri, No. 53, II fasil. Orta Asiya, 5. Orta ve yeni zamanlarda Orta Asiya tarihini hulasasi, Istanbul (without year), p. 1–23.
Koraboev 2002–Қîðàáîåâ Ó. ¡çáåê õàëқè áàéðàìëàðè. Òîøêåíò: Øàðқ, 2002.
Koraev 1978–Қîðàåâ Ñ. Ãåîãðàôèê íîìëàð ìàúíîñè. Òîøêåíò, 1978.
Koraev 1980–Қîðàåâ Ñ. Òîïîíèìèêà — æîé íîìëàðè ҳàқèäàãè ôàí. Òîøêåíò: Ôàí, 1980.
Korogly 1983–Êîðîãëû Õ.Ã. Âçàèìîñâÿçè ýïîñà íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè, Èðàíà è Àçåðáàéäæàíà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1983.
Korogly 1980–Êîðîãëû Õ.Ê. Èç èñòîðèè äðåâíåòþðêñêîé ïîýçèè (ïî ìàòåðèàëàì “Ñëîâàðÿ òþðêñêèõ íàðå÷èé” Ìàõìóäà Êàøãàðñêîãî) // Ñðåäíåâåêîâûé Âîñòîê: èñòîðèÿ, êóëüòóðà, èñòî÷íèêîâåäåíèå. Ì., 1980. Ñ. 162–172.
337
Korogly 1976–Êîðîãëû Õ. Îãóçñêèé ãåðîè÷åñêèé ýïîñ. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1976.
Koshelenko 1984–Êîøåëåíêî Ã.À. Èññëåäîâàíèå áóääèéñêèõ ïàìÿòíèêîâ â Ìåðâå // Äðåâíèå êóëüòóðû Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è Èíäèè. Ë., 1984. Ñ. 137–140.
Kozenkova 1961–Êîçåíêîâà Â.È. Ê âîïðîñó î õóìàõ ñ çàõîðîíåíèÿìè êîñòåé íà òåððèòîðèè Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // ÑÀ, 1961, ¹ 3. Ñ. 250–260.
Kozhomberdiev 1981–Êîæîìáåðäèåâ È.Ê. Ðàáîòû Êóðïàñàéñêîãî îòðÿäà // ÀÎ 1980 ãîäà. Ì., 1981. Ñ. 485.
Krachkovskaya 1952–Êðà÷êîâñêàÿ Â.À. Ïàìÿòíèêè àðàáñêîãî ïèñüìà â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è Çàêàâêàçüå äî IX â. // ÝÂ, âûï. 6. Ì.; Ë., 1952 Ñ. 46–100.
Krachkovskaya, Krachkovsky 1934–Êðà÷êîâñêàÿ Â.À., Êðà÷êîâñêèé È.Þ.. Äðåâíåéøèé àðàáñêèé äîêóìåíò èç Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // Ñîãäèéñêèé ñáîðíèê. Ë., 1934. Ñ. 52–90.
Krachkovsky 1957–Êðà÷êîâñêèé È.Þ. Àðàáñêàÿ ãåîãðàôè÷åñêàÿ ëèòåðàòóðà // Èçáð. ïðîèçâåäåíèÿ. Ò. 4. Ì.; Ë.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1957.
Kradin 2000–Êðàäèí Í.Í. Êî÷åâíèêè è çåìëåäåëü÷åñêèé ìèð: õóííñêàÿ ìîäåëü â èñòîðè÷åñêîé ïåðñïåêòèâå // Âîñòîê (Oriens), 2000, ¹ 3. Ñ. 5–16.
Kratkaya istoriya 1991–Êðàòêàÿ èñòîðèÿ óéãóðîâ. Àëìà-Àòà: Ãûëûì, 1991.
Krippes 1991–Krippes K. Sociolinguistic Notes on the Turcification of the Sogdians, in: CAJ, vol. 35, 1991, p. 67–80.
Kriukov 1970–Êðþêîâ Ì.Â. Îá ýòíè÷åñêîé êàðòèíå ìèðà â äðåâíåêèòàéñêèõ ïèñüìåííûõ ïàìÿòíèêàõ // Ýòíîíèìû. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1970. Ñ. 34–45.
Kriukov, Maliavkin, Sofronov 1984–Êðþêîâ Ì.Â., Ìàëÿâêèí Â.Â., Ñîôðîíîâ Ì.Â. Êèòàéñêèé ýòíîñ â ñðåäíèå âåêà (7th–ÕIII ââ.). Ì., 1984.
Kropotkin 1971–Êðîïîòêèí Â.Â. Íîâûå íàõîäêè Ñàñàíèäñêèõ è êóôè÷åñêèõ ìîíåò â Âîñòî÷íîé Åâðîïå // ÍÝ, âûï. 9. Ì., 1971. Ñ. 76–97.
Kruglikova 1984–Êðóãëèêîâà È.Ò. Áóëëû èç Äæèãà-òåïå // Äðåâíÿÿ Áàêòðèÿ, âûï. 3. Ìàòåðèàëû Ñîâåòñêî-Àôãàíñêîé àðõåîëîãè÷åñêîé ýêñïåäèöèè. Ì., 1984. Ñ. 141–151.
Kubarev 2001–Êóáàðåâ Â.Ä. Ñþæåòû îõîòû è âîéíû â äðåâíåòþðêñêèõ ïåòðîãëèôàõ Àëòàÿ // Àðõåîëîãèÿ, ýòíîãðàôèÿ è àíòðîïîëîãèÿ Åâðàçèè. 2001, ¹ 4 (8). Ñ. 95–107.
Kudriavtsev 1972–Êóäðÿâöåâ Ì.Ê. Îá ýòíè÷åñêîì ñîñòàâå àðìèé ìóñóëüìàíñêèõ çàâîåâàòåëåé Èíäèè // Ýòíè÷åñêàÿ èñòîðèÿ íàðîäîâ Àçèè. Ì., 1972. Ñ. 171–192.
Kumekov 2004–Êóìåêîâ Á.Å. Ñòåïíàÿ è ãîðîäñêàÿ êóëüòóðà êèìåêîâ // Óðáàíèçàöèÿ è íîìàäèçì â Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè: èñòîðèÿ è ïðîáëåìû. Ìàòåðèàëû ìåæäóíàðîäíîé êîíôåðåíöèè. Àëìàòû, 2004. Ñ. 102–107.
338
Kumekov 1971–Êóìåêîâ Á.Å. Ñòðàíà êèìàêîâ ïî êàðòå àë-Èäðèñè // ÑÍÂ, âûï. 10. Ì., 1971. Ñ. 194–198.
Kurennoy 1970–Êóðåííîé Â.Í. Ðàáàäû â ñâåòå îáùåé ïðîáëåìàòèêè ñðåäíåàçèàòñêîãî ãîðîäà 7th–XII ââ. // Ñðåäíåâåêîâûå ãîðîäà Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è Êàçàõñòàíà (ÒÄ). Ë., 1970. Ñ. 61–64.
Kurpalidis 1992–Êóðïàëèäèñ Ã.Ì. Ãîñóäàðñòâî Âåëèêèõ Ñåëüäæóêèäîâ. Îôèöèàëüíûå äîêóìåíòû îá àäìèíèñòðàòèâíîì óïðàâëåíèè è ñîöèàëüíî-ýêîíîìè÷åñêèõ îòíîøåíèÿõ. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1992.
Kurpalidis 1979–Êóðïàëèäèñ Ã.Ì. Èêòà è ìóëê â îôèöèàëüíûõ äîêóìåíòàõ ÕII â. (ïî “Àòàáàò àë-êàòàáà”) // Ôîðìû ôåîäàëüíîé çåìåëüíîé ñîáñòâåííîñòè è âëàäåíèÿ íà Áëèæíåì è Ñðåäíåì Âîñòîêå. Á×, 1975 ã. Ì., 1979. Ñ. 102–109.
Kuryshdjanov 1970–Êóðûøäæàíîâ À.Ê. Èññëåäîâàíèå ïî ëåêñèêå ñòàðîêûï÷àêñêîãî ïèñüìåííîãî ïàìÿòíèêà ÕIII â.–“òþðêñêî-àðàáñêîãî” ñëîâàðÿ. Àëìà-Àòà, 1970.
Kuzmina 1977–Êóçüìèíà Å.Å. Ðàñïðîñòðàíåíèå êîíåâîäñòâà è êóëüòà êîíÿ ó èðàíîÿçû÷íûõ ïëåìåí Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è äðóãèõ íàðîäîâ Ñòàðîãî Ñâåòà // Ñðåäíÿÿ Àçèÿ â äðåâíîñòè è ñðåäíåâåêîâüå (Èñòîðèÿ è êóëüòóðà). Ì., 1977. Ñ. 28–52.
Kyzlasov 1984–Êûçëàñîâ È.Ë. Ìîíåòû ñ òþðêîÿçû÷íûìè åíèñåéñêèìè íàäïèñÿìè (Ê âîïðîñó î äåíåæíîì îáðàùåíèè â äðåâíåõàêàññêîì ãîñóäàðñòâå) // ÍÝ, âûï. 14. Ì., 1984. Ñ. 84–99.
Kyzlasov 2003–Êûçëàñîâ È.Ë. Íîâîñòè òþðêñêîé ðóíîëîãèè. Âûïóñê 1. Åíèñåéñêèå íàäïèñè íà ãîðå ßëáàê-òàø (Ãîðíûé Àëòàé). Ì., 2003.
Kyzlasov 2004–Êûçëàñîâ Ë.Ð. Èñòîðèêî-êóëüòóðíîå âçàèìîäåéñòâèå èðàíñêèõ è òþðêñêèõ íàðîäîâ â ñðåäíèå âåêà (ÿçûê, ïèñüìåííîñòü, ðåëèãèÿ) // Âåñòíèê ÌÃÓ, ñåð. 8. Èñòîðèÿ. 2004, ¹ 3. Ñ. 5–20.
Kyzlasov 1963–Êûçëàñîâ Ë .Ð. Ïàìÿòíèê ìóñóëüìàíñêîãî ñðåäíåâåêîâüÿ â Òóâå // ÑÀ, 1963, ¹ 2. Ñ. 203–210.
Kychanov 1997–Êû÷àíîâ Å.È. Êî÷åâûå ãîñóäàðñòâà îò ãóííîâ äî ìàíü÷æóðîâ. Ì.: Âîñòî÷íàÿ ëèòåðàòóðà, 1997.
Lane-Poole 1875–1889–Lane-Poole S. Catalogue of Oriental coins in the British Museum, vol. I–IX, London: Printed by order of the trustees, 1875–1889.
Lane-Poole 1899–Ëýí-Ïóëü Ñ. Ìóñóëüìàíñêèå äèíàñòèè. Õðîíîëîãè÷åñêèå è ãåíåàëîãè÷åñêèå òàáëèöû ñ èñòîðè÷åñêèìè ââåäåíèÿìè. Ïåðåâåë ñ àíãëèéñêîãî ñ ïðèì. è äîïîëí. Â.Áàðòîëüä. ÑÏá., 1899.
339
Lapierre 1998–Lapierre N. Le Bouddhisme en Sogdiane d‘apres les donnees de l‘archeologie (I5th–IX siecle) / These pour le doctorat, sous la direction de M. le Professor Bruno Dagens. Paris: Universite de la Sorbonne Nouvelle, 1998.
Lapshin 1999–Ëàïøèí À.Ã. Äèíàñòè÷åñêèé êóëüò Àðøàêèäîâ // Êóëüòóðíûå öåííîñòè (Bibliotheca Turkmenica). Ìåæäóíàðîäíûé åæåãîäíèê. 1997–1998. ÑÏá.: Åâðîïåéñêèé äîì, 1999. Ñ. 80–93.
Latynin 1956–Ëàòûíèí Á.À. Âîïðîñû èñòîðèè èððèãàöèè äðåâíåé Ôåðãàíû // ÊÑ ÈÈÌÊ, 1956, âûï. 64. Ñ. 15–26.
Lazard 1971–Lazard G. Pahlavi, Parsi, Dari. Les Langues de l‘Persia d‘apres Ibn al-Muqaffa‘, in: Persia and Islam, in memory of the late V.Minorsky / Ed. C.E.Bosworth, Edinbourgh University Press, 1971, p. 361–391.
Lazard 1984–Lazard G., Grenet F., de Lamberterie C. Notes Bactrienne, in: SI, t. 13, 1984, fascicule 2, p. 199–232.
Leslie 1982–Leslie D.D. The Identification of Chinese cities in Arabic and Persian sources, in: PFEH, 26, September, 1982, p. 1–38.
Levina 1990–Ëåâèíà Ë.Ì. Ïàìÿòíèêè äæåòûàñàðñêîé êóëüòóðû â ñâåòå ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè Ñðåäíåé Àçèè (ñåðåäèíà ïåðâîãî òûñÿ÷åëåòèÿ äî í.ý.–VIII â. í.ý.) // Ïðîáëåìû ýòíîãåíåçà è ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è Êàçàõñòàíà, âûï. 1 (Ìàòåðèàëû âñåñîþçíîé êîíôåðåíöèè. Ì., 1988 ã.). Ì., 1990. Ñ. 27–36.
Litvinsky 1981–Ëèòâèíñêèé Á.À. Íàñòåííàÿ æèâîïèñü Êàëàè-Êàôèðíèãàíà // Êàâêàç è Ñðåäíÿÿ Àçèÿ â äðåâíîñòè èñðåäíåâåêîâüå (èñòîðèÿ, êóëüòóðà). Ì., 1981. Ñ. 116–138.
Litvinsky 1954–Ëèòâèíñêèé Á.À. Íîâûå ìàòåðèàëû ïî àðõåîëîãèè Òàäæèêèñòàíà // ÊÑ ÈÈÌÊ, 1954, âûï. 55. Ñ. 139–146.
Litvinsky 1976–Ëèòâèíñêèé Á.À. Ïðîáëåìû ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè äðåâíåé è ðàííåñðåäíåâåêîâîé Ôåðãàíû // Èñòîðèÿ è êóëüòóðà íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè (äðåâíîñòü è ñðåäíèå âåêà). Ì., 1976.
Litvinsky 1975–Ëèòâèíñêèé Á.À. Ðàñïðîñòðàíåíèå áóääèçìà â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // Öåíòðàëüíàÿ Àçèÿ â êóøàíñêóþ ýïîõó. Òðóäû ìåæäóíàðîäíîé êîíôåðåíöèè ïî èñòîðèè, àðõåîëîãèè è êóëüòóðå Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè â êóøàíñêóþ ýïîõó (Äóøàíáå, 1968). Â 2-õ òîìàõ. Ì., 1974–1975. T. 2. Ñ. 191–198.
Litvinsky, Vinogradov, Pichikian 1985–Ëèòâèíñêèé Á.À., Âèíîãðàäîâ Þ.Ã., Ïè÷èêÿí È.Ð. Âîòèâ Àòðîñîêà èç õðàìà Îêñà â Ñåâåðíîé Áàêòðèè // ÂÄÈ, 1985, ¹ 4. Ñ. 84–110.
340
Litvinsky, Davidovich 1954–Ëèòâèíñêèé Á. À., Äàâèäîâè÷ Å. À. Ïðåäâàðèòåëüíûé îò÷åò î ðàáîòàõ Õóòòàëüñêîãî îòðÿäà íà òåððèòîðèè Êóëÿáñêîé îáëàñòè â 1953 ãîäó. Äîêëàäû ÀÍ Òàäæ.ÑÑÐ, ¹ 11. — Ñòàëèíàáàä, 1954. Ñ. 39–52.
Litvinsky, Zeymal 1971–Ëèòâèíñêèé Á.À., Çåéìàëü Ò.È. Àäæèíà-Òåïà. Àðõèòåêòóðà. Æèâîïèñü. Ñêóëüïòóðà. Ì.: Èñêóññòâî, 1971.
Litvinsky, Piankov 1966–Ëèòâèíñêèé Á.À., Ïüÿíêîâ È.Â. Âîåííîå äåëî ó íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè â VI–IV ââ. äî í.ý.// ÂÄÈ, 1966, ¹ 3 (97). Ñ. 36–52.
Litvinsky, Soloviev 1985–Ëèòâèíñêèé Á.À., Ñîëîâüåâ Â.Ñ. Ñðåäíåâåêîâàÿ êóëüòóðà Òîõàðèñòàíà (â ñâåòå ðàñêîïîê â Âàõøñêîé äîëèíå). Ì.: Íàóêà, 1985.
Liushkevich 1971–Ëþøêåâè÷ Ô.Ä. Òåðìèí “òàò” êàê ýòíîíèì â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè, Èðàíå è Çàêàâêàçüå // ÑÝ, 1971, ¹ 3. Ñ. 25–32.
Livshits 2003–Ëèâøèö Â.À. Äðåâíåå íàçâàíèå Ñûðäàðüè // ÂÄÈ, 2003, ¹ 1. Ñ. 3–10.
Livshits 1978–Ëèâøèö Â.À. Î ïðîèñõîæäåíèè äðåâíåòþðêñêîé ðóíè÷åñêîé ïèñüìåííîñòè // ÑÒ, 1978, ¹ 4. Ñ. 84–98.
Livshits 1966–Ëèâøèö Â.À. Ïåðâàÿ ñîãäèéñêàÿ àçáóêà // Ïèñüìåííûå ïàìÿòíèêè è ïðîáëåìû èñòîðèè êóëüòóðû íàðîäîâ Âîñòîêà. ÒÄ II ãîäè÷íîé íàó÷íîé ñåññèè ËÎ ÈÍÀ. Ë., 1966. Ñ. 62–64.
Livshits 1979–Ëèâøèö Â.À. Ïðàâèòåëè Ïàí÷à (ñîãäèéöû è òþðêè) // ÍAA, 1979, ¹ 4. Ñ. 57–58.
Livshits 1973–Ëèâøèö Â.À. Ïðàâèòåëè Ñîãäà è “öàðè õóííîâ” êèòàéñêèõ äèíàñòè÷åñêèõ èñòîðèé // Ïèñüìåííûå ïàìÿòíèêè è ïðîáëåìû èñòîðèè êóëüòóðû íàðîäîâ Âîñòîêà. IÕ ãîäè÷íàÿ íàó÷íàÿ ñåññèÿ ËÎ È ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ (àííîòàöèè è êðàòêèå ñîîáùåíèÿ). Ì., 1973. Ñ. 25–27.
Livshits 2004–Ëèâøèö Â.À. 160 ñ÷àñòëèâûõ ëåò æåëàþò ñîãäèéöû Àëèìõàíó Àááàñó // Transoxiana: Èñòîðèÿ è êóëüòóðà. Òàøêåíò, 2004. Ñ. 208–212.
Livshits 1953–Ëèâøèö Â.À. Òîõàðñêàÿ íàäïèñü íà õóìå // Äîêëàäû ÀÍ ÒàäæÑÑÐ, 7. Ñòàëèíàáàä, 1953. Ñ. 23–28.
Livshits, Kaufman, Diakonov 1954–Ëèâøèö Â.À., Êàóôìàí Ê.Â., Äüÿêîíîâ È.Ì. Î äðåâíåé ñîãäèéñêîé ïèñüìåííîñòè Áóõàðû // ÂÄÈ, 1954, ¹ 1 (47). Ñ. 150–163.
Livshits, Kliashtorny 1969–Ëèâøèö Â.À., Êëÿøòîðíûé Ñ.Ã. Íîâàÿ ñîãäèéñêàÿ íàäïèñü èç Ìîíãîëèè (ïðåäâàðèòåëüíîå ñîîáùåíèå) // Ïèüìåííûé ïàìÿòíèêè è ïðîáëåìû èñòîðèè êóëüòóðû íàðîäîâ Âîñòîêà. Êðàòêîå ñîäåðæàíèå äîêëàäîâ V ãîäè÷íîé íàó÷íîé ñåññèè ËÎ È ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ. Ë., 1969. Ñ. 51–54.
341
Livshits, Lukonin 1964–Ëèâøèö Â.À., Ëóêîíèí Â.Ã. Ñðåäíåïåðñèäñêèå è ñîãäèéñêèå íàäïèñè íà ñåðåáðÿíûõ ñîñóäàõ // ÂÄÈ, 1964, ¹ 3. Ñ. 155–176.
Logashova 1978–Ëîãàøîâà Äæ. Á. Èç òîïîíèìèè Êàñïèéñêîãî ìîðÿ (Î íàçâàíèè ðåêè Àòðåê) // ÎÑÀ. Ì., 1978. Ñ. 75–80.
Louis 1977–1988–Louis F. Encyclopaedia of Asian Civilizations, I–X volumes, Paris: Jean-Michel Place, 1977–1987.
Lowick 1975–Lowick N.M. An Early Tenth Century Hoard from Isfahan, in: NC, Seventh series, vol. 15, London: RNS, 1975, p. 110–154.
Lowick 1984–Lowick N. Kufic coin fragments from a Viking period hoard at Dysart, in: Peritia 3, Dublin, 1984, p. 345–350 (reprinted in: Islamic coins and trade in the medieval world, Variorum, UK, 1990, III).
Lowick 1977–Lowick N. On the dating f Samanid outsize dirhams, in: Spink‘s Numismatic Circular, May, 1977, p. 204–207, London, 1977 (reprint Variorum, UK, 1990, VII, p. 1–8).
Lowick 1970–Lowick N. Saljuq Coins, in: Numismatic Chronicle, 7th series, X, London, 1970, p. 241–251 (reprinted in: Coinage and History of the Islamic World, Variorum, UK, 1990, VI).
Lukonin 1969–Ëóêîíèí Â.Ã. Êóëüòóðà Ñàñàíèäñêîãî Èðàíà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1969.
Lukonin 1967–Ëóêîíèí Â.Ã. Êóøàíî-ñàñàíèäñêèå ìîíåòû // ÝÂ, âûï. 18. Ë., 1967. Ñ. 16–33.
Lunina 1990–Ëóíèíà Ñ. Á. Î òîðãîâûõ ñâÿçÿõ Êàøêàäàðüèíñêîãî îàçèñà â IÕ–ÕII ââ. // Íà ñðåäíåàçèàòñêèõ òðàññàõ Âåëèêîãî øåëêîâîãî ïóòè. Î÷åðêè èñòîðèè è êóëüòóðû. Òàøêåíò, 1990. Ñ. 101–105.
Lunina 1987–Ëóíèíà Ñ.Á. Ðàñïèñíàÿ êåðàìèêà Õ–ÕII ââ. è åå íàçíà÷åíèå // ÑÀ, 1987, ¹ 3. Ñ. 98 - 110.
Lunina 1988–Ëóíèíà Ñ.Á. ×åðòû êóëüòóðû Êåøà IÕ–ÕII ââ. // Èñòîðèÿ è êóëüòóðà þæíûõ ðàéîíîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. Òàøêåíò, 1988. Ñ. 56–64.
Lunina, Usmanova 1990–Ëóíèíà Ñ.Á., Óñìàíîâà Ç.È. Òåððàêîòîâàÿ ïëèòêà ñ èçîáðàæåíèåì Áóääû èç Ñàðûêòåïà // ÎÍÓ, 1990, ¹ 4. Ñ. 65–67.
Lurje 2001–Lurje P.B. Arabosogdica: Place-names in Transoxiana as written in Arabic script, in: MO, vol. 7, No. 4, December 2001 (Sankt-Petersburg), p. 22–29.
Lurje 2003–Lurje P.B. The element -kath/kand in the place names of Transoxiana, in: SI, 32, fascicule 2, 2003, p. 185–212.
Lurie 2004–Ëóðüå Ï.Á. Èñòîðèêî-ëèíãâèñòè÷åñêèé àíàëèç ñîãäèéñêîé òîïîíèìèè. Äèññåðòöèÿ.... ê. ôèëîë. í. ÑÏá.: ËÎ È ÐÀÍ, 2004.
342
Mac-Kenzie 1971–Mac-Kenzie D.N. Concise Pahlavi Dictionary, London, 1971.
Mahmudov 1972–Ìàҳìóäîâ Қ. Àҳìàä Þãíàêèéíèíã “Ҳèáàòóë ҳàқîéèқ” àñàðè ҳàқèäà. Êèðèø, ôîíåòèêà, ìîðôîëîãèÿ, òàíқèäèé ìàòí, òðàíñêðèïöèÿ, øàðҳ, ëóғàò. Òîøêåíò, 1972.
Mahmutov 1987–Ìàõìóòîâ Õ.Ø. Âåêîâûå òðàäèöèè (î òàòaðñêèõ ïàðàëëåëÿõ êóìàíñêèõ çàãàäîê) // Tatarica, Edendum curavit Abdulla Tukain kulttuuriseura r.y., Studia in honorem Ymar Dahar Anno 60 sexagenario, Vammala, 1987.
Makdisi 1981–Ìàêäèñè Äæ. Ñóííèòñêîå âîçðîæäåíèå // Ìóñóëüìàíñêèé ìèð. 950–1150. Ïåðåâîä ñ àíãë. Â.Â.Íàóìêèíà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1981 (Ìàòåðèàëû ìåæäóíàðîäíîãî ñèìïîçèóìà ïî èñòîðèè èñëàìñêîé öèâèëèçàöèè, Îêñôîðä, 1969). Ñ. 174–188.
Malikov 2000–Ìàëèêîâ À.Ì. Òþðêè â ñðåäíåàçèàòñêîì Ìåæäóðå÷üå â VI–VIII ââ. (ïî àðõåîëîãè÷åñêèì è ïèñüìåííûì èñòî÷íèêàì). ÀÐ . . . ê. è. í. Ñàìàðêàíä, 2000.
Malikov 1999–Ìàëèêîâ À.Ì. Òþðêè â Òîõàðèñòàíå â VI–VIII ââ. // ÈÌÊÓ, ¹ 30. Ñàìàðêàíä, 1999. Ñ. 194–197.
Malikov 2000–Ìàëèêîâ À.Ì. Òþðêè íà Ñðåäíåé Ñûðäàðüå // O‘zbekiston moddiy madaniyati tarixi (ÈÌÊÓ), âûï. 31. Ñàìàðêàíä, 2000. Ñ. 162–163.
Maliavkin 1983–Ìàëÿâêèí Â.Â.. Óéãóðñêèå ãîñóäàðñòâà â IÕ–ÕII ââ. Íîâîñèáèðñê: Íàóêà ÑÎ, 1983.
Mambetullaev 2004–Ìàìáåòóëëàåâ Ì. Õîðåçì è êîíòàêòû ñ êî÷åâíèêàìè // Àðõåîëîãèÿ è èñòîðèÿ Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè. Ê 70-ëåòèþ ñî äíÿ ðîæäåíèÿ àêàäåìèêà ÀÍ ÐÓç Þ.Ô.Áóðÿêîâà. Ñàìàðêàíä, 2004. Ñ. 97–102.
Mandala 1998–Mandala, in. Brockhaus die Enzyklopädie in vierunzwangzig Bänden, Leipzig: E.A.Brockhaus Mannheim, 1998, p. 140.
Mandala 1973–Mandala, in: Encyclopaedia Britannica (23 volumes), vol. 14, Chikago–London: William Benton Publisher, 1973, p. 767.
Mandelshtam 1960–Ìàíäåëüøòàì À.Ì. Äâà êàéðàêà ñ êóôè÷åñêèìè íàäïèñÿìè èç äîëèíû ðåêè Ìàò÷è // ÝÂ, âûï. 13. 1960. Ñ. 31–34.
Mandelshtam 1966–Ìàíäåëüøòàì À.Ì. Êî÷åâíèêè íà ïóòè â Èíäèþ // Òðóäû ÒÀÝ. Ò. 5. Ì.; Ë.: Íàóêà, 1966 (ÌÈÀ ÑÑÑÐ, ¹ 136).
Mandelshtam 1956–Ìàíäåëüøòàì À.Ì. Îòðûâîê èç “Ïîñëàíèÿ Ôàòõó èáí Õàêàíó àë-Äæàõèçà // ÊÑ ÈÈÌÊ ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, âûï. 61, Ì., 1956. Ñ. 24–28.
Mansuroglu 1964–Mansuroglu M. Turkish Literature through the ages, in: CAJ, vol. 9, Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 1964, p. 81–112.
Manz 2003–Manz B.F.Multi-ethnic Empires and the formulation of identity, in: ERS, vol 26 No 1, January 2003, p. 70–101.
343
Margulan 1948–Ìàðãóëàí À.Õ. Îñåäëûå ïîñåëåíèÿ 8th–XIII ââ. íà ñåâåðíûõ ñêëîíàõ Êàðàòàó // Èçâåñòèÿ ÀÍ ÊàçÑÑÐ. Ñåðèÿ àðõåîëîãèè. Âûï. 2. 1948. Ñ. 109–115.
Margulan 1951–Ìàðãóëàí À.Õ. Òðåòèé ñåçîí àðõåîëîãè÷åñêîé ðàáîòû â Öåíòðàëüíîì Êàçàõñòàíå // Èçâåñòèÿ ÀÍ ÊàçÑÑÐ. Ñåðèÿ àðõåîëîãèè. Âûï. 3. 1951. Ñ. 3–53.
Mardonov 1979–Ìàðäîíîâ Ò. Îá îäíîì ðàííåì äâóÿçû÷íîì ïåðñèäñêî-òàäæèêñêîì ïîýòå // Ïàìÿòíèêè ïèñüìåííîñòè Âîñòîêà. Èñòîðèÿ, ôèëîëîãèÿ. Ì., 1979. Ñ. 121–132.
Marshak 1989–Ìàðøàê Á.È., Ðàñïîïîâà Â.È. Êî÷åâíèêè è Ñîãä // Âçàèìîäåéñòâèå êî÷åâûõ êóëüòóð è äðåâíèõ öèâèëèçàöèé. Àëìà-Àòà, 1989. Ñ. 416–426.
Marshak, Raspopova 1988–Ìàðøàê Á.È., Ðàñïîïîâà Â.È. Íîâûå îòêðûòèÿ â Ïåíäæèêåíòå // Íàóêà è æèçíü, 1988, ¹ 2. Ñ. 142–143.
Martinez-Gros 1996–Martinez-Gros, G. La shu'ubiya andalouse: les Slaves contres les Arabes, in: Ibrahim ibn Ya'qub at-Turtushi: Christianity, Islam and Judaism meet in East-Central Europe, c. 800-1300 A.D.: proceedings of the International Colloquy 25-29 April 1994. Ed. P.Charvet and J.Proseck, Prague: Academy of Sciences of the Czech Republic, Oriental Institute, 1996, p. 176–190.
Masson 1992–Masson V.M. The Bronze Age in Khorasan and Transoxania, in: HCCA, vol. 1. The dawn of civilization: earliest times to 700 B.C., Paris: UNESCO Publishing, 1992, p. 225–245.
Masson 1971–Ìàññîí Â.Ì. Ïîñåëåíèå Äæåéòóí (ïðîáëåìà ïðîèçâîäÿùåé ýêîíîìèêè). Ë.: Íàóêà ËÎ, 1971.
Masson 1984–Ìàññîí Â.Ì. Ôîðìèðîâàíèå äðåâíèõ öèâèëèçàöèé â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è Èíäîñòàíå // Äðåâíèå êóëüòóðû Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è Èíäèè. Ë., 1984. Ñ. 57–62.
Masson 1964–Ìàññîí Â.Ì., Ðîìîäèí Â.À. Èñòîðèÿ Àôãàíèñòàíà.  2-õ òîìàõ. Ò. 1. Ñ äðåâíåéøèõ âðåìåí äî íà÷àëà ÕVI â. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1964.
Masson 1953–Ìàcñîí Ì.Å. Àõàíãåðàí. Àðõåîëîãî-òîïîãðàôè÷åñêèé î÷åðê. Òàøêåíò, 1953.
Masson 1960–Ìàññîí Ì.Å. Êëàä ìîíåò ÕV â. èç Îøà // ÝÂ, âûï. 13. Ì.; Ë., 1960. Ñ. 110–124.
Masson 1927–Ìàññîí Ì.Å. Ìîíåòíûå íàõîäêè â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè 1917–1927 ãã. [Òàøêåíò], Ñðåäàçêîìñòàðèñ, á.ã.. Ñ. 280–293.
Masson 1982–Ìàññîí Ì.Å. Ðàííåñðåäíåâåêîâå íàñêàëüíûå íàäïèñè â óùåëüå Èëÿíñàÿ // ÎÍÓ, 1982, ¹ 4. Ñ. 48–52.
Masson 1956–Ìàññîí Ì.Å. Ñðåäíåàçèàòñêèå íàìîãèëüíûå êàéðàêè // ÝÂ, âûï. 11. Ì.; Ë., 1956. Ñ. 3–13.
344
Masson 1953–Ìàññîí Ì.Å. Ñðåäíåâåêîâûå íàìîãèëüíûå êèðïè÷è ñ Ìàðûéñêîãî îàçèñà // ÝÂ, âûï. 8. Ì.; Ë., 1953. Ñ. 24–35.
Masson 1966–Ìàññîí Ì.Å. Ñðåäíåâåêîâûå òîðãîâûå ïóòè èç Ìåðâà â Õîðåçì è â Ìàâåðàííàõð. Òðóäû Þæíî-Òóðêìåíèñòàíñêîé àðõåîëîãè÷åñêîé êîìïëåêñíîé ýêñïåäèöèè. Ò. 13. Àøõàáàä, 1966.
Masson 1971–Ìàññîí Ì.Å. Ôðàãìåíòû íàäïèñè Êàðàõàíèäñêîãî ìàâçîëåÿ ñ ãîðîäèùà Àôðàñèàá // ÝÂ, âûï. 20. Ë., 1971. Ñ. 77–84.
Masson, Mertsert 1982–[Ìàññîí Â.Ì., Ìåðöåðò Í.ß.], ðåä. Ýíåîëèò ÑÑÑÐ, Àðõåîëîãèÿ ÑÑÑÐ. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1982.
Matbabaev 1998–Ìàòáàáàåâ Á.Õ. Ê âîïðîñó èçó÷åíèÿ ïîäçåìíûõ ñêëåïîâ è ïîãðåáåíèé â êàìûøîâûõ ãðîáàõ Ôåðãàíû // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 29, Ñàìàðêàíä, 1998, Ñ. 70–76.
Matvievskaya, Rozenfeld 1983–Ìàòâèåâñêàÿ Ã.Ï., Ðîçåíôåëüä Á.À. Ìàòåìàòèêè è àñòðîíîìû ìóñóëüìàíñêîãî ñðåäíåâåêîâüÿ è èõ òðóäû (8th–ÕIII ââ.). Â 3-õ òîìàõ. Ì., 1983.
Maydar, Piurveev 1980–Ìàéäàð Ä., Ïþðâååâ Ä. Îò êî÷åâèé äî ìîáèëüíîé àðõèòåêòóðû. Ì.: Ñòðîéèçäàò, 1980.
Maytdinova 1984–Ìàéòäèíîâà Ã. Ê èíòðåïðåòàöèè æèâîïèñè Àôðàñèàáà VII â. í.ý. (Ñöåíà â ëîäêå) // Èçâåñòèÿ ÀÍ Òàäæ.ÑÑÐ, ÎÎÍ, 1984, ¹ 2. Ñ. 20–27.
Maytdinova 1987–Ìàéòäèíîâà Ã.Ì. Îòðàæåíèå â æåíñêèõ êîñòþìàõ Òîõàðèñòàíà è Ñîãäà êóëüòóðíûõ âçàèìîñâÿçåé ðàííåãî ñðåäíåâåêîâüÿ // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 21. Òàøêåíò, 1987. Ñ. 114–132.
Melitinsky 1991–Ìåëèòèíñêèé Å.Ì. Âîðîí // Ìèôû íàðîäîâ ìèðà. Ýíöèêëîïåäèÿ â 2-õ òîìàõ. Ì., 1991. Ò. 1. Ñ. 245–247.
Melikoff 1962–Melikoff I. Abu Muslim, Le “Parthache” du Khorassan dans la tradition epique turco-iranienne, Paris, 1962.
Menges 1968–Menges K.H. The Turkic languages and peoples. Wiesbaden, 1968.
Mercil 1994–Mercil E. Samani devleti‘nde Türkler‘in rolü, in: Istanbul Universitesi Edebiyat Fakültesi Tarih Dergisi, Prof. Dr. Hakki Dursun Yildiz Hatira Sayisi, Istanbul: Edebiyat Fakültesi Basimevi, 1994, p. 253–266.
Metz 1966–Ìåö À. Ìóñóëüìàíñêèé ðåíåññàíñ. Ïåðåâîä ñ íåìåöêîãî, ïðåäèñëîâèå, áèáëèîãðàôèÿ è óêàçàòåëü Ä.Å. Áåðòåëüñà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1966.
Meisami 2000–Meisami J.S. Why write history in Persian? Historical writing in the Samanid period, in: Studies in honor of Clifford Edmund Bosworth, vol. II. The Sultan‘s Turret: Studies in Persian and Turkish Culture (ed. By C.Hillenbrand), Leiden–Boston–Koln: Brill, 2000, p. 348–374.
345
Meyer 1912–Meyer Ed. Der Papirusfund von Elfantine. Leipzig, 1912.
Meytarchian 1998–Ìåéòàð÷èÿí Ì.Á. Êóëüò îãíÿ â Èðàíå è Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // Äðåâíèå öèâèëèçàöèè Åâðàçèè. Èñòîðèÿ è êóëüòóðà. ÒÄ Ìåæäóíàðîäíîé íàó÷íîé êîíôåðåíöèè, ïîñâÿùåííîé 75-ëåòèþ Á.À.Ëèòâèíñêîãî. Ì., 1998. Ñ. 63–64.
Mikhailov 1999–Ìèõàéëîâ Ñ.Ñ. Èç èñòîðèè êàðàèìñêîé äèàñïîðû â Ìîñêâå â ÕIÕ–ÕÕ ââ. // Âîñòîê (Oriens), 1999, ¹ 4.
Mikhailova 1951–Ìèõàéëîâà À.È. Íîâûå ýïèãðàôè÷åñêèå äàííûå äëÿ èñòîðèè Ñðåäíåé Àçèè IÕ â. // ÝÂ. Ò. 5. Ë., 1951. Ñ. 10–20.
Mikhailova 1990–Ìèõàéëîâà È.Á. Ñðåäíåâåêîâûé Áàãäàä (Íåêîòîðûå àñïåêòû ñîöèàëüíîé è ïîëèòè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè ãîðîäà â ñåðåäèíå Õ–ñåðåäèíå ÕIII â.). Ì.: Íàóêà, 1990. Ñ. 30–31.
Mikhaleva 1961–Ìèõàëåâà Ã.À. Î ãðóçèíñêèõ èñòî÷íèêàõ ïî ñðåäíåâåêîâîé èñòîðèè Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // ÎÍÓ, 1961, ¹ 2. Ñ. 57–58.
Miles 1964–Miles G.C., A Portrait of the Buyid Prince Rukn al-Dawlah, in: American Numismatic Society Museum Notes, 11 (1964), p. 283–293.
Miles 1950–Miles G.C. Rare Islamic Coins, New York: The American Numismatic Society, 1950.
Minasiantz 2002–Ìèíàñÿíö Á.Ñ. Íîâûå íàõîäêè îññóàðèåâ èç Òîéòåïà // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 33. Òàøêåíò, 2002. Ñ. 168–172.
Minorsky 1937–Minorsky V. The Khazars and the Türks in the Akam al-Marjan, in: BSOS, vol. 9: 1937-39, p. 141-150.
Minorsky 1956–Minorsky V. The Older Preface to the Shah-nama, in: Studi Orientalici in Onore de Giorgio Levi Della Vida, vol 2, Rome, 1956, p. 159–179.
Minorsky 1947–Minorsky V. Tamim ibn Bahr‘s Jorney to the Uyghurs, in: BSOAS, vol. 12: Part 1. London, 1947, p. 275–305.
Mirzaev 2004–Ìèðçàåâ Äæ. Ðîëü òåðìåçñêèõ ñàééèäîâ â èñòîðèè Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè // O‘zbekiston tarixi, 2004, ¹ 3. Ñ. 13–23.
Mitchiner 1987–Mitchiner M. Evidence for Viking–Islamic Trade Provided by Samanid Silver Coinage, in: East and West, vol. 37, 1–4 (December, 1987), ð. 139–150.
Mitchiner 1977–Mitchiner M. The World of Islam, Oriental Coins and their values, London: Hawkins Publications, 1977.
Miziev 1986–Ìèçèåâ È.Ì. Øàãè ê èñòîêàì ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè Öåíòðàëüíîãî Êàâêàçà. Íàëü÷èê: Ýëüáðóñ, 1986.
Mizuno 1968–Mizuno S. (ed.) Durman Tepe and Lalma, Buddhist sites in Afghanistan surveyed in 1963–1965, Kyoto University, 1968.
346
Mizuno 1962–Mizuno S. (ed.) Haibak and Kashmir–smast. Buddhist cave-temples in Afghanistan and Pakistan surveyed in 1960, Kyoto University, 1962.
Mkrtychev 2002–Ìêðòû÷åâ Ò.Ê. Áóääèçì â Ñîãäå // ¡ðòà Îñèѐíèíã ìàäàíèé ìåðîñè. Êóëüòóðíîå íàñëåäèå Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. The Cultural Heritage of Central Asia. Òîøêåíò, 2002. Ñ. 179–185.
MN–Ìèôû íàðîäîâ ìèðà. Ýíöèêëîïåäèÿ â 2-õ òîìàõ. Ì., 1991.
Mokeev 1978–Ìîêååâ À.Ì. “Íàñàá-íàìå” Àáä àð-Ðàõèìà êàê èñòî÷íèê ïî èñòîðèè êèðãèçñêîãî íàðîäà è ãåíåàëîãèè Êîêàíäñêèõ ïðàâèòåëåé // ÑÒ, 1978, ¹ 4. Ñ. 176–179.
Mokeev 1981–Ìîêååâ À.Ì. Øåéõ-Ìàíñóð àë-Õàëëàäæ è åãî ìåñòî â ãåíåàëîãèÿõ êèðãèçñêîãî íàðîäà // Á×, 1981, ãîä ïÿòûé (ÒÄ). Ì., 1981. Ñ. 60–61.
Mokrynin 2004–Ìîêðûíèí Â.Ï. Ñèðèéñêèå è àðìÿíñêèå èñòî÷íèêè // Èñòî÷íèêîâåäåíèå Êûðãûçñòàíà ñ äðåâíîñòè äî êîíöà ÕIÕ â.). Áèøêåê: Èëèì, 2004. Ñ. 64–73.
Mokrynin 1973–Ìîêðûíèí Â.Ï. Òîðãîâûå ñâÿçè Êèðãèçèè (VI–Õ ââ.) // Àðàáî-ïåðñèäñêèå èñòî÷íèêè î òþðêñêèõ íàðîäàõ. Ôðóíçå: Èëèì, 1973. Ñ. 114.
Molnar 1982–Molnar A. The Plough and ploughing among the Altaic peoples, in: CAJ, vol. 26 (1982), pp. 215–224.
Molla-zade 1979–Ìîëëà-çàäå Ñ.Ì. Òîïîíèìèÿ ñåâåðíûõ ðàéîíîâ Àçåðáàéäæàíà. Áàêó, 1979.
Moravcsik 1958–Moravcsik G. Byzantinoturkica, I, Die Byzantiniscen quellen der Geschichte der Turkvolker; II, Sprachreste der Turkvolker in den Byzantinischen quellen, Zweite Durchcearbeitete Auflage, Berlin: Akademie-Verlag, 1958.
Moskalenko 1991–Ìîñêàëåíêî Í.À. Àðõåîëîãè÷åñêèå ïîñòóïëåíèÿ â Ëåíèíàáàäñêèé îáëàñòíîé èñòîðèêî-êðàåâåä÷åñêèé ìóçåé â 1983 ã. // ÀÐÒ, âûï. 23 (1983 ã.). Äóøàíáå, 1991. Ñ. 104–114.
Mottahedeh 2001–Mottahedeh R.P. Loyalty and Leadership in Early Islamic Society. London–New York: I.B. Tauris Publishers, 2001.
Mottahedeh 1976–Mottahedeh, R. P. The Shu'ubiyah controversy and the social history of early Islamic Iran, in: IJMES, 7 (1976), p. 161–182.
Mottahedeh 1981–Ìîòòàõåäå Ð. Óïðàâëåíèå Áóèäñêèì Êàçâèíîì // Ìóñóëüìàíñêèé ìèð. 950–1150. Ïåðåâîä ñ àíãë. Ì.Á. Ïèîòðîâñêîãî. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1981 (Ìàòåðèàëû ìåæäóíàðîäíîãî ñèìïîçèóìà ïî èñòîðèè èñëàìñêîé öèâèëèçàöèè, Îêñôîðä, 1969). Ñ. 53–65.
Muhamedov 1964–Ìóҳàìåäîâ Õ. ¡çáåêèñòîííèíã қàäèìãè äåҳқîí÷èëèê âîҳàëàðè òàðèõèäàí. Òîøêåíò, 1964.
347
Muhamedova 1973–Ìóõàìåäîâà Ç.Á. Èññëåäîâàíèÿ ïî èñòîðèè òóðêìåíñêîãî ÿçûêà ÕI–ÕIV ââ. Àøõàáàä: Ûëûì, 1973.
Muhamedova 1978–Ìóõàìåäîâà Ç.Á. Íåñêîëüêî ñëîâ îá àíòðîïîíèìàõ â “Îãóç-íàìå” èç ñî÷èíåíèÿ Ñàëàð Áàáà // ÎÑÀ. Ì., 1978. Ñ. 169–171.
Muhammadiev 1964–Ìóõàììàäèåâ À.Ã. Òóðàíñêàÿ ïèñüìåííîñòü // Ïðîáëåìû ëèíãâî-ýòíîèñòîðèè òàòàðñêîãî íàðîäà. Êàçàíü, 1995. Ñ. 36–83.
Mukhtarov 1967–Ìóõòàðîâ À.Ì. Íàäãðîáíûå êàéðàêè X3rd–14th câ ñ óïîìèíàíèåì òåðìèíà “äèõêàí” // ÝÂ, âûï. 18. Ë., 1967. Ñ. 80–93.
Mukhtarov 1982–Ìóõòàðîâ À. Ïî ñëåäàì ïðîøëîãî. Äóøàíáå: Èðôîí, 1982.
Mukhtarov 1987–Ìóõòàðîâ À.Ì. Ýïèãðàôè÷åñêèå ïàìÿòíèêè Ãóçãàíàíà (Ñåâåðíûé Àôãàíèñòàí) // Ïðîøëîå Ñðåäíåé Àçèè (àðõåîëîãèÿ, íóìèçìàòèêà, ýïèãðàôèêà, ýòíîãðàôèÿ). Äóøàíáå, 1987. Ñ. 205–217.
Mukhtorov 1998–Ìóõòîðîâ À. Ïîð÷à àç “Àøêîë óë-îëàì”-è ×àéõîíè // Ñîìîíèѐí âà ýõѐè òàìàääóíè ôîðñèè òîæèêè. Äóøàíáå, 1998. Ñ. 151–191.
Mukhtorov 1999–Ìóõòîðîâ À. Ñîìîíèѐí: çàìîí âà ìàêîí. Äóøàíáå: Ñóðóøàí, 1999.
Müller 1896–Ìþëëåð À. Èñòîðèÿ èñëàìà ñ îñíîâàíèÿ äî íîâåéøèõ âðåìåí / Ïåðåâîä ñ íåìåöêîãî ïîä ðåä. Í.À.Ìåäíèêîâà. Â 3-õ òîìàõ. ÑÏá., 1896.
Muminov 2003–Ìóìèíîâ À.Ê. Ðîëü è ìåñòî õàíàôèòñêèõ óëàìà‘ â æèçíè ãîðîäîâ Öåíòðàëüíîãî Ìàâàðàííàõðà (II–7th/8th–XIII ââ.). ÀÐ . . . ä. è. í. Òàøêåíò, 2003.
Murzaev 1982–Ìóðçàåâ Ý.Ì. Ãåîãðàôèÿ â íàçâàíèÿõ. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1982.
Murzaev 1980–Ìóðçàåâ Ý.Ì. Èçáðàííàÿ òþðêñêàÿ ãåîãðàôè÷åñêàÿ ëåêñèêà // ÎÂ. Ì., 1980. Ñ. 72–88.
Murzaev 1974–Ìóðçàåâ Ý.Ì. Î÷åðêè òîïîíèìèêè. Ì., 1974.
Murzaev 1984–Ìóðçàåâ Ý.Ì. Ñëîâàðü íàðîäíûõ ãåîãðàôè÷åñêèõ òåðìèíîâ. Ì., 1984.
Murzaev 1957–Ìóðçàåâ Ý. [Ì]. Ñðåäíÿÿ Àçèÿ. Ôèçèêî-ãåîãðàôè÷åñêèé î÷åðê. Ì., 1957.
Musaev 1984–Ìóñàåâ Ê.Ì. Ëåêñèêîëîãèÿ òþðêñêèõ ÿçûêîâ. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1984.
Musakaeva 1990–Ìóñàêàåâà À. Ê òèïîëîãèè ìîíåò Áóõàðû ñ èçîáðàæåíèåì âåðáëþäà // Èç èñòîðèè êóëüòóðíîãî íàñëåäèÿ Áóõàðû. Òàøêåíò: Óçáåêèñòàí, 1990. Ñ. 33–37.
Musakaeva 1985–Ìóñàêàåâà À. Ìîíåòà ñ èçîáðàæåíèåì âåðáëþäà èç êîëëåêöèè Ìóçåÿ èñòîðèè íàðîäîâ Óçáåêèñòàíà // Òâîð÷åñêîå íàñëåäèå íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè â ïàìÿòíèêàõ èñêóññòâà, àðõèòåêòóðû è àðõåîëîãèè. Òàøêåíò, 1985. Ñ. 82.
348
Musakaeva 1994–Ìóñàêàåâà À.À. Î íåñòîðèàíàõ â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // Èç èñòîðèè äðåâíèõ êóëüòîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè: õðèñòèàíñòâî. Òàøêåíò, 1994. Ñ. 42–55.
Mustanmidi 1972–Ìóñòàíìèäè Ø. Ìîòèâ îðëà â êóøàíñêîì èñêóññòâå // ÑÀ, 1972, ¹ 4. Ñ. 78–83.
Nadjip 1965–Íàäæèï Ý.Í. Çàñëóãè àðàáñêèõ ôèëîëîãîâ â îáëàñòè èçó÷åíèÿ òþðêñêèõ ÿçûêîâ // Ñåìèòñêèå ÿçûêè. Âûï. 2 (÷àñòü 2). Ìàòåðèàëû ïåðâîé êîíôåðåíöèè ïî ñåìèòñêèì ÿçûêàì (26–28 îêòÿáðÿ 1964 ã.). Èçäàíèå âòîðîå. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1965. Ñ. 617–625.
Nadjip 1989–Íàäæèï Ý.Í. Èññëåäîâàíèÿ ïî èñòîðèè òþðêñêèõ ÿçûêîâ ÕI–ÕIV ââ. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1989.
Nadiradze 1968–Íàäèðàäçå Ë.È. Âîïðîñ î ðàáñòâå â õàëèôàòå 7th–VIII ââ. // ÍAA, 1968, ¹ 5. Ñ. 75–85.
Nafasov 1988–Íàôàñîâ Ò. ¡çáåêèñòîí òîïîíèìëàðèíèíã èçîҳëè ëóғàòè. (¡çáåêèñòîííèíã æàíóáèé ðàéîíëàðè). Òîøêåíò, 1988.
Nikitin 1984–Nikitin A.B. Monnaies dÁrachosie du haut Moyen-age, in: SI, tome 13, faascicule 2, 1984, p. 233–239.
Nöldeke 1879–Nöldeke Th. Geschichte der Perser und Araber Zeit der Sasaniden. Leyden, 1879.
Noonan 2001–Noonan T.S. Volga Bulgaria‘s Tenth century trade with Samanid Central Asia, in: AEMA, 11 (2000–2001), Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, p. 140–218.
NSA–Íàðîäû Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è Êàçàõñòàíà. Ýòíîãðàôè÷åñêèå î÷åðêè.  2-õ ÷àñòÿõ. Ì.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1963.
Nastich 1988–Íàñòè÷ Â.Í., Êî÷íåâ Á.Ä. Ê àòðèáóöèè ìàâçîëåÿ Øàõ-Ôàçèë (ýïèãðàôè÷åñêèå è íóìèçìàòè÷åñêèå äàííûå) // ÝÂ, âûï. 24. Ë., 1988.
Naumkin, Piotrovsky 1981–Íàóìêèí Â.Â., Ïèîòðîâñêèé Ì.Á. Õ–ÕÏ ââ. â èñòîðèè íàðîäîâ Áëèæíåãî è Ñðåäíåãî Âîñòîêà–“ýïîõà òðàíñôîðìàöèè”? // Ìóñóëüìàíñêèé ìèð. 950–1150. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1981 (Ìàòåðèàëû ìåæäóíàðîäíîãî ñèìïîçèóìà ïî èñòîðèè èñëàìñêîé öèâèëèçàöèè, Îêñôîðä, 1969). Ñ. 3–15.
Naymark 1995–Íàéìàðê À.È. Î íà÷àëå ÷åêàíêè ìåäíîé ìîíåòû â Áóõàðñêîì Ñîãäå // ÍÖÀ, âûï. 1. Òàøêåíò, 1995. Ñ. 29–50.
Negmatov 1977–Íåãìàòîâ Í.Í. Ãîñóäàðñòâî Ñàìàíèäîâ (Ìàâåðàííàõð è Õîðàñàí â IÕ–Õ ââ.). Äóøàíáå: Äîíèø, 1977.
Negmatov 1957–Íåãìàòîâ Í.Í. Óñðóøàíà â äðåâíåì è ðàííåì ñðåäíåâåêîâüå. Ñòàëèíàáàä: Èçä-àî ÀÍ Òàäæ.ÑÑÐ, 1957.
Negmatov 1966–Íåãìàòîâ Í.Í., Õìåëüíèöêèé Ñ.Ã. Ñðåäíåâåêîâûé Øàõðèñòàí (Ìàòåðèàëüíàÿ êóëüòóðà Óñòðóøàíû. Âûï. 1). Äóøàíáå, 1966.
349
Nekrasova 2000–Íåêðàñîâà Å.Ã. Èñòîðè÷åñêàÿ òîïîãðàôèÿ Áóõàðû (íîâûå äàííûå) // Ñðåäíÿÿ Àçèÿ: àðõåîëîãèÿ, èñòîðèÿ, êóëüòóðà. Ìàòåðèëû ìåæäóíàðîäíîé êîíôåðåíöèè ïîñâÿøåííîé 50-ëåòèþ íàó÷íîé äåÿòåëüíîñòè Ã.Â.Øèøêèíîé. Ì., 2000. Ñ. 229–232.
Nemtseva 1974–Íåìöåâà Í. Á. Ìåäðåñå Òàìãà÷ Áîãðà-õàíà â Ñàìàðêàíäå (èç àðõåîëîãè÷åñêèõ ðàáîò â àíñàìáëå Øàõ-è-Çèíäà) // Àôðàñèàá. Âûï. 3. Òàøêåíò, 1974.
Nemtseva 2000–Íåìöåâà Í.Á. Ñòåïíàÿ ðåçèäåíöèÿ Êàðàõàíèäîâ // Ñðåäíÿÿ Àçèÿ: àðõåîëîãèÿ, èñòîðèÿ, êóëüòóðà. Ìàòåðèëû ìåæäóíàðîäíîé êîíôåðåíöèè ïîñâÿøåííîé 50-ëåòèþ íàó÷íîé äåÿòåëüíîñòè Ã.Â.Øèøêèíîé. Ì., 2000. Ñ. 233–238.
Nerazik 1990–Íåðàçèê Å.Å. Ïðèàðàëüå: íåêîòîðûå ýêîëîãè÷åñêèå àñïåêòû ýòíè÷åñêîãî ðàçâèòèÿ // Ïðîáëåìû ýòíîãåíåçà è ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è Êàçàõñòàíà. Âûï. 2. Èñòîðèÿ è àðõåîëîãèÿ. Ì., 1990. Ñ. 3–14.
Nerazik, Rappoport 1959–Íåðàçèê Å.Å., Ðàïïîïîðò Þ.À. Êóþê-êàëà â 1956 ã. // Ïîëåâûå èññëåäîâàíèÿ Õîðåçìñêîé ýêñïåäèöèè 1954–1956 ãã. Ì., 1959. Ñ. 128–142.
Nikitin 1983–Íèêèòèí À.Á. Êëàä èíäèéñêèõ ñðåäíåâåêîâûõ ìîíåò èç ðàéîíà Ñåðàõñà // ÍÑ. ×àñòü 8. Íóìèçìàòè÷åñêèå ïàìÿòíèêè Èñòîðè÷åñêîãî ìóçåÿ (Òðóäû ÃÈÌ, ¹ 57). Ì., 1983. Ñ. 29–30.
Nikitin 1986–Íèêèòèí À.Á. Ìîíåòû “èðàíñêèõ ãóííîâ” â Ñîáðàíèè Ãîñóäàðñòâåííîãî Èñòîðè÷åñêîãî ìóçåÿ. Íîâûå íóìèçìàòè÷åñêèå èññëåäîâàíèÿ // ÍÑ. ×àñòü 9. Íóìèçìàòè÷åñêèå ïàìÿòíèêè Èñòîðè÷åñêîãî ìóçåÿ (Òðóäû ÃÈÌ, ¹ 61). Ì., 1986. Ñ. 82–88.
Nikitin 1984–Íèêèòèí À.Á. Õðèñòèàíñòâî â Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè (äðåâíîñòü è ñðåäíåâåêîâüå) // Âîñòî÷íûé Òóðêåñòàí è Ñðåäíÿÿ Àçèÿ. Èñòîðèÿ. Êóëüòóðà. Ñâÿçè. Ì., 1984. Ñ. 121–137.
Nikitin, Fomin 1988–Íèêèòèí À.Á., Ôîìèí À.Â. Íîâûé êëàä ñàñàíèäñêèõ è êóôè÷åñêèõ ìîíåò ïåðâîé ïîëîâèíû IÕ â. // Íóìèçìàòè÷åñêèå ïàìÿòíèêè Èñòîðè÷åñêîãî ìóçåÿ. ÍÑ. ×àñòü 10. Íóìèçìàòèêà: ìàòåðèàëû è èññëåäîâàíèÿ (Òðóäû ÃÈÌ, ¹ 69). Ì., 1988. Ñ. 48–71.
Nikonov 1974–Íèêîíîâ Â.À. Èìÿ è îáùåñòâî. Ì., 1974.
Nikonov 1978–Íèêîíîâ Â.À. Çàìåòêè ïî îðîíèìèè Êèðãèçèè // ÎÑÀ. Ì., 1978. Ñ. 86—107.
Nikonov 1970–Íèêîíîâ Â.À. Ýòíîíèìèÿ // Ýòíîíèìû. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1970. Ñ. 5–33.
Nikonorov 2005–Íèêîíîðîâ Â.Ï. Ê âîïðîñó î ïàðôÿíñêîì íàëåäèè â Ñàñàíèäñêîì Èðàíå: âîåííîå äåëî // Öåíòðàëüíàÿ Àçèÿ îò Àõåìåíèäîâ äî Òèìóðèäîâ: àðõåîëîãèÿ, èñòîðèÿ, ýòíîëîãèÿ, êóëüòóðà. Ìàòåðèàëû ìåæäóíàðîäíîé íàó÷íîé êîíôåðåíöèè,
350
ïîñâÿùåííîé 100-ëåòèþ ñî äíÿ ðîæäåíèÿ À.Ì.Áåëåíèöêîãî (Ñàíêò-Ïåòåðáóðã, 2–5 íîÿáðÿ 2004 ã.). Ñàíêò-Ïåòåðáóðã, 2005. Ñ. 141–179.
Nilsen 1959–Íèëüñåí Â.À. Êûçûë-êûð (ðåçóëüòàòû ðàñêîïîê 1955 ã.) // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 1. Òàøêåíò, 1959. Ñ. 74.
Nosirov 1994–Íîñèðîâ È. Ïåðñèäñêî-òàäæèêñêàÿ ëåêñèêà â ñòàðîòþðêñêèõ ïàìÿòíèêàõ ÕI–ÕIV ââ. // Èñòîðèêî-ëèíãâèñòè÷åñêèé àíàëèç ëåêñèêè ñòàðîïèñüìåííûõ ïàìÿòíèêîâ. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1994. Ñ. 57–74.
NS–Íîâàÿ ñòðàíèöà èç æèçíè À.Ç.Âàëèäè / Ñîñòàâëåíèå, ïðåäèñëîâèå è ïðèìå÷àíèÿ Ð.Í.Øèãàáäèíîâà. Ïåðåâîä íà ðóññêèé ÿçûê ñ êîïèè òåêñòà îðèãèíàëà À.Çàõèäèé. Òîêèî, 2001.
Novgorodova 1970–Íîâãîðîäîâà Ý.À. Öåíòðàëüíàÿ Àçèÿ è êàðàñóêñêàÿ ïðîáëåìà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1970
Obelchenko 1978–Îáåëü÷åíêî Î.Â. Ìå÷è è êèíæàëû èç êóðãàíîâ Ñîãäà // ÑÀ, 1978, ¹ 4. Ñ. 115–127.
Okhunov 1994–Îõóíîâ Í. Æîé íîìëàðè òàúáèðè. Òîøêåíò, 1994.
Olbrycht 2003–Olbrycht M.J. Parthia and Nomads of Central Asia. Elements of Steppe Origin in the Social and Military Developments of Arcakid Iran, in: OH, Mitteilungen des SFB “Differenz und Integration” 5: Militar und Staatlichkeit, 12, 2003, Herausgeber, Orientwissenschaftliches Zentrum der Martin-Luther-Universitat Halle-Wittenberg, p. 69–109.
Oliver 1887–Oliver E.E. The Decline of the Samanis and the Rise of the Ghaznavis in Mawara-an-Nahr and part of Khurasan (Khorasan), in: JASB, vol. LV, part 1, No. 2 (1886), Calcutta, 1887, p. 89–135.
OMA 2003–¡çáåê ìóìòîç àäàáèѐòè íàìóíàëàðè. Õ.Áîëòàáîåâ âà Í.Ðàõìîí òàéѐðëàãàí. Òîøêåíò, 2003.
Omonturdiev 2000–Îìîíòóðäèåâ Æ. Àë-Õàêèì àò-Òåðìèçèé òàúëèìîòè. Òîøêåíò: Óíèâåðñèòåò, 2000.
Osmanov 1963–Îñìàíîâ Ì.Í. Î çíà÷åíèè òåðìèíà “äèõêàí” â “Øàõ-íàìå” Ôèðäîóñè // ÊÑ ÈÍÀ, âûï. 39. Èðàíñêèé ñáîðíèê. Ì., 1963. Ñ. 6–9.
O’rta Osiyolik–¡ðòà Îñèѐëèê 40 îëèì. Òîøêåíò, 1978
OO–Îshskaya oblast. Enciklopedia. Frunzzå, 1987.
Osman 1966–Osman S.A. Ismail. Mutasim and the Türks, in: BSOAS, London, 1966, vol. 29, p. 14–15.
Otakhodjaev 2000–Îòàõîäæàåâ À. Ñóғääàãè òóðêëàðäà çàðäóøòèéëèê // “Àâåñòî” êèòîáè–òàðèõèìèç âà ìàúíàâèÿòèìèçíèíã ìàíáàè. Òîøêåíò, 2000. C. 80–83.
351
Otakhodjaev 2001–Îòàõîäæàåâ À. Ñóғä øàҳðèíèíã òóðê ҳîêèìè // Øàðқøóíîñëèê. Òîøêåíò Äàâëàò Øàðқøóíîñëèê èíñòèòóòèíèíã èëìèé æóðíàëè. Òîøêåíò, 2001. C. 40–43.
Otakhodjaev 2004–Îòàõ¢æàåâ À. Ñóғä ѐçìà ѐäãîðëèêëàðèäà ýòíîñîöèàë âà ýòíîìàäàíèé æàðàѐíëàð // ¡çáåêèñòîí ýòíîëîãèÿñè: ÿíãè÷à қàðàøëàð âà íàçàðèé ìåòîäîëîãèê ѐíäàøóâëàð. Òîøêåíò, 2004. Ñ. 103–108.
Pamiatniki 1983–Ïàìÿòíèêè êóëüòóðû è èñêóññòâà Êèðãèçèè (äðåâíîñòü è ñðåäíåâåêîâüå). Êàòàëîã âûñòàâêè. Ë.: Èñêóññòâî, 1983.
Paul 1993–Paul J. The Histories of Samarqand (Samarkand), in: SI, t. 22, 1993 (pascicule 1), p. 69–92.
Paul 2003–Paul J. The State and the Military–a Nomadic Perspective, in: OH, Mitteilungen des SFB “Differenz und Integration” 5: Militar und Staatlichkeit, 12, 2003, Herausgeber, Orientwissenschaftliches Zentrum der Martin-Luther-Universitat Halle-Wittenberg p. 25–68.
Paul 1994–Paul J. The State and the military: the Samanid case, in: Bloomington: Indiana University, RIIAS, 1994 (Papers on Inner Asia, 26), 40 pp.
Paykova 1981–Ïàéêîâà À.Â. Ñèðèéñêèé îñòðàêîí èç Ïåíäæèêåíòà // ÏÏÂ. Èñòîðèêî-àðõåîëîãè÷åñêèå èññëåäîâàíèÿ. Åæåãîäíèê. 1974. Ì., 1981. Ñ. 78–86.
Perihanian 1983–Ïåðèõàíÿí À.Ã. Îáùåñòâî è ïðàâî Èðàíà â ïàðôÿíñêèé è Ñàñàíèäñêèé ïåðèîäû. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1983.
Perry 2003–Perry I. Ethno-Linguistic Markers of the Turco-Mongol military and Persian Bureaucratic castles in pre-modern Persia and India, in: OH, Mitteilungen des SFB “Differenz und Integration” 5: Militar und Staatlichkeit, 12, 2003, Herausgeber, Orientwissenschaftliches Zentrum der Martin-Luther-Universitat Halle-Wittenberg, p. 111–125.
Pevzner 1980–Ïåâçíåð Ñ.Á. Îá îäíîé ãðóïïå àðàáñêîé çíàòè â Åãèïòå â 7th–IÕ ââ. // Ñðåäíåâåêîâûé Âîñòîê. Èñòîðèÿ, êóëüòóðà, èñòî÷íèêîâåäåíèå. Ì., 1980. Ñ. 219–225.
Pickens 1942–Pickens C.L. China and Arabia prior to the T‘ang dynasty (618 AD), in: MW, vol. 32, 3 (July, 1942), p. 195–211.
Pipes 1981–Pipes D. Slave Soldiers and Islam. The Genesis of a military system. New Haven-London: Yale University Press, 1981.
Pipes 1978–Pipes D. Türks in early Muslim Service, in: JTS, vol. 2, Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1978, p. 85–96.
Poppe 1981–Poppe N. The City of Mongolian epics, in: CAJ, vol 25 (1981), p. 89–94.
352
PRS–Ïåðñèäñêî-ðóññêèé ñëîâàðü, â 2-õ òîìàõ (ñâûøå 60 òûñ. ñëîâ). Ïîä ðåä. Þ.À.Ðóáèí÷èêà, ñ ïðèëîæåíèåì ãðàììàòè÷åñêîãî î÷åðêà ïåðñèäñêîãî ÿçûêà. Ì.: Ñîâåòñêàÿ Ýíöèêëîïåäèÿ, 1970.
Petrov 2004–Ïåòðîâ Ê.È. Ãðåêî-âèçàíòèéñêèå è ëàòèíñêèå èñòî÷íèêè (ðàííå ñðåäíåâåêîâüå) // Èñòî÷íèêîâåäåíèå Êûðãûçñòàíà ( ñ äðåâíèõ âðåìåí äî ÕIÕ â.). Áèøêåê: Èëèì, 2004. Ñ. 82–91.
Petrov 2004–Ïåòðîâ Ê.È. Äðåâíåãðå÷åñêèå è äðåâíåðèìñêèå èñòî÷íèêè // Èñòî÷íèêîâåäåíèå Êûðãûçñòàíà ( ñ äðåâíèõ âðåìåí äî ÕIÕ â.). Áèøêåê: Èëèì, 2004. Ñ. 15–27.
Petrov 1970–Ïåòðîâ Ê.È. Ôîðìèðîâàíèå íàñåëåíèÿ ñðåäíåâåêîâûõ ãîðîäîâ Êèðãèçèè // Ñðåäíåâåêîâûå ãîðîäà Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è Êàçàõñòàíà. Ë., 1970. Ñ. 66–67.
Petrov 1985–Ïåòðîâ Ï.Í. Êëàä ñåðåáðÿíûõ ïîçîëî÷åííûõ äèíàðîâ Âåëèêèõ Ñåëüäæóêîâ // ÝÂ, âûï. 23. Ë., 1985. Ñ. 52–56.
Petrushevsky 1966–Ïåòðóøåâñêèé È.Ï. Èñëàì â Èðàíå â 7th–ÕV âåêàõ (êóðñ ëåêöèé). Ë., 1966.
Petrushevsky 1970–Ïåòðóøåâñêèé È.Ï. Ê èñòîðèè ìàçäàêèòîâ â ýïîõó ãîñïîäñòâà èñëàìà // ÍÀÀ, 1970, ¹ 5. Ñ. 71–81.
Piankov 1998–Ïüÿíêîâ È.Â. Ãîñóäàðñòâà äðåâíèõ êàâè // Äðåâíèå öèâèëèçàöèè Åâðàçèè. Èñòîðèÿ è êóëüòóðà. ÒÄ ìåæäóíàðîäíîé íàó÷íîé êîíôåðåíöèè, ïîñâÿùåííîé 75-ëåòèþ Á.À.Ëèòâèíñêîãî. Ì., 1998. Ñ. 78–79.
Piankov 1965–Ïüÿíêîâ È.Â. “Èñòîðèÿ Ïåðñèè” Êòåñèÿ è ñðåäíåàçèàòñêèå ñàòðàïèè Àõåìåíèäîâ â êîíöå V â. äî í.ý. // ÂÄÈ, 1965, ¹ 2. Ñ. 35–50.
Piankov 1968–Ïüÿíêîâ È.Â. Êòåñèé î Çîðîàñòðå // ÌÊÒ, âûï. 1. Äóøàíáå, 1968. Ñ. 55–68.
Piankov 1995–Ïüÿíêîâ È.Â. Íåêîòîðûå âîïðîñû ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè äðåâíåé Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // Âîñòîê: Àôðî-àçèàòñêèå ñîîáùåñòâà: èñòîðèÿ è ñîâðåìåííîñòü, 1995, ¹ 6. Ñ. 27–46.
Piankov 1983–Ïüÿíêîâ È.Â. Ðåêà Îõ è Àðéàíà Âàéäæà // Áàêòðèÿ-Òîõàðèñòàí íà äðåâíåì è ñðåäíåâåêîâîì Âîñòîêå: ÒÄ êîíôåðåíöèè, ïîñâÿùåííîé ÞÒÀÊÝ. Ì., 1983. Ñ. 66—67.
Piankov 1968–Ïüÿíêîâ È.Â. Ñàêè: ñîäåðæàíèå ïîíÿòèÿ // Èçâ. ÎÎÍ ÀÍ Òàäæ.ÑÑÐ, 1968, ¹ 3 (53). Ñ. 12–19.
Pichikian 1988–Ïè÷èêÿí È.Ð. Êëàä Îêñà è õðàì Îêñà // ÑÂ. Ïðîáëåìû è ïåðìïåêòèâû. Ì., 1988. Ñ. 35–43.
353
Pichikian 1986–Ïè÷èêÿí È.Ð. Ðàñêîïêè õðàìà Îêñà // ÀÎ 1984 ãîäà. Ì., 1986. Ñ. 482.
Pigulevskaya 1946–Ïèãóëåâñêàÿ Í.Â. Âèçàíòèÿ è Èðàí íà ðóáåæå VI è VII âåêîâ. Ì.; Ë., 1946.
Pigulevskaya 1951–Ïèãóëåâñêàÿ Í. Âèçàíòèÿ íà ïóòÿõ â Èíäèþ. Èç èñòîðèè òîðãîâëè Âèçàíòèè ñ Âîñòîêîì â I5th–VI ââ. Ì.; Ë., 1951.
Pigulevskaya 1956–Ïèãóëåâñêàÿ Í. Ãîðîäà Èðàíà â ðàííåì ñðåäíåâåêîâüå. Ì.; Ë.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1956.
Pigulevskaya 1958–Ïèãóëåâñêàÿ Í.Â. è äð. Èñòîðèÿ Èðàíà ñ äðåâíåéøèõ âðåìåí äî êîíöà ÕVIII â. Ë.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1958.
Pigulevskaya 1941–Ïèãóëåâñêàÿ Í. Ñèðèéñêèå èñòî÷íèêè ïî èñòîðèè íàðîäîâ ÑÑÑÐ. Ì.; Ë., 1941.
Pletneva 1982–Ïëåòíåâà Ñ.À. Êî÷åâíèêè ñðåäíåâåêîâüÿ. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1982.
Ploskih 2007–Ïëîñêèõ Â.Ì. Õðèñòèàíñêèé ìîíàñòûðü àðìÿíñêèõ áðàòüåâ è ìîùè ñâÿòîãî Ìàòôåÿ: ìèô èëè èñòîðè÷åñêàÿ ðåàëüíîñòü? // Èäåíòè÷íîñòü è äèàëîã êóëüòóð â ýïîõó ãëîáàëèçàöèè / Öåíòðàëüíàÿ Àçèÿ è êóëüòóðà ìèðà, ¹ 1–2 (21–22). Áèøêåê, 2007. Ñ. 123–132.
Poliakov 1987–Ïîëÿêîâ Â.À.. Ñïîñîáû ëåêñè÷åñêîé íîìèíàöèè â åíèñåéñêèõ ÿçûêàõ. Íîâîñèáèðñê, 1987.
Pomaskina 1970–Ïîìàñêèíà Ã. Ïåòðîãëèôû óðî÷èùà Ñàéìàëû-Òàø // ÀÎ 1969 ãîäà. Ì., 1970. Ñ. 434–435.
Popova 1969–Ïîïîâà Â.Í. Ãèäðîíèìè÷åñêèå òåðìèíû Ïàâëîäàðñêîé îáëàñòè // Òîïîíèìèêà Âîñòîêà. Èññëåäîâàíèÿ è ìàòåðèàëû. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1969. Ñ. 149–156.
Potapov 1938–Ïîòàïîâ À.À. Ðåëüåôû äðåâíåé Ñîãäèàíû êàê èñòîðè÷åñêèé èñòî÷íèê // ÂÄÈ, 1938, ¹ 2. Ñ. 127–137.
Prozorov 1980–Ïðîçîðîâ Ñ.Ì. Àðàáñêàÿ èñòîðè÷åñêàÿ ëèòåðàòóðà â Èðàêå, Èðàíå è Ñðåäíåé Àçèè â 7th–ñåðåäèíå Õ â. (Øèèòñêàÿ èñòîðèîãðàôèÿ). Ì.: Íàóêà, 1980.
PS–Ïåõëåâèéñêî-ïåðñèäñêî-àðìÿíî-ðóññêî-àíãëèéñêèé ñëîâàðü. Cîñòàâèë Ð.Àáðàìÿí. Ïîãîòîâèë ê ïå÷àòè Ã.Ì. Íàëáàíäÿí. Åðåâàí: Ìèòê, 1965.
Pugachenkova 1960–Ïóãà÷åíêîâà Ã.À. Àê-Àñòàíà-Áàáà // ÑÀ, 1960, ¹ 3. Ñ. 323–327.
Pugachenkova 1951–Ïóãà÷åíêîâà Ã. À. Àðõèòåêòóðíûå ïàìÿòíèêè Äàõèñòàíà, Àáèâàðäà è Ñåðàõñà / Òðóäû ÞÒÀÊÝ. Ò. 2. Àøõàáàä, 1951. Ñ. 192—252.
Pugachenkova 1962–Ïóãà÷åíêîâà Ã.À. Àðõèòåêòóðíûé ãåíåçèñ ìàâçîëåÿ Ñàìàíèäîâ // ÎÍÓ, 1962, ¹ 2. Ñ. 47–52.
354
Pugachenkova 1976–Ïóãà÷åíêîâà Ã.À. Ê ïîçíàíèþ àíòè÷íîé è ðàííåñðåäíåâåêîâîé àðõèòåêòóðû Ñåâåðíîãî Àôãàíèñòàíà // Äðåâíÿÿ Áàêòðèÿ. Ìàòåðèàëû Ñîâåòñêî-Àôãàíñêîé ýêñïåäèöèè 1969–1973 ãã. Ì., 1976. Ñ. 125–162.
Pugachenkova 1949–Ïóãà÷åíêîâà Ã.À. Ê ïðîáëåìå âîçíèêíîâåíèÿ “øàòðîâûõ ìàâçîëååâ” Õîðàñàíà // Ìàòåðèàëû ÞÒÀÊÝ, âûï. 1. Àøõàáàä, 1949. Ñ. 57–77.
Pugachenkova 1971–Ïóãà÷åíêîâà Ã.À. Íîâîå â èçó÷åíèè Äàëüâåðçèí-Òåïå (Ê èñòîðèè áàêòðèéñêî-êóøàíñêîé ãîðîäñêîé êóëüòóðû) // CA, 1971, ¹ 4. Ñ. 186–203.
Pugachenkova 1968–Ïóãà÷åíêîâà Ã. À. Ïî äðåâíèì ïàìÿòíèêàì Ñàìàðêàíäà è Áóõàðû. Èçäàíèå âòîðîå äîïîëíåííîå, Ì.: Èñêóññòâî, 1968.
Pugachenkova 1990–Ïóãà÷åíêîâà Ã.À. Ïðåäìåòû èíîçåìíîãî èìïîðòà íà ñðåäíåàçèàòñêèõ òðàññàõ Âåëèêîãî øåëêîâîãî ïóòè // Íà ñðåäíåàçèàòñêèõ òðàññàõ Âåëèêîãî øåëêîâîãî ïóòè. Î÷åðêè èñòîðèè è êóëüòóðû. Òàøêåíò, 1990. Ñ. 23–38.
Pugachenkova 1981–Ïóãà÷åíêîâà Ã.À. Óíèêàëüíàÿ ãðóïïà ìîíåò ÷àãàíèàííñêîãî ÷åêàíà VI â. // Êóëüòóðà è èñêóññòâî äðåâíåãî Õîðåçìà. Ì., 1981. Ñ. 250–261.
Pugachenkova 1955–Ïóãà÷åíêîâà Ã. À. Õàíàêà â Ìåõíå / Òðóäû ÞÒÀÊÝ. Ò. 5. Àøõàáàä, 1955. Ñ. 163–170.
Pugachenkova 1983–Ïóãà÷åíêîâà Ã.À. Õîðàñàíñêèå ìàâçîëåè // Õóäîæåñòâåííàÿ êóëüòóðà Ñðåäíåé Àçèè IÕ–ÕIII ââ. Òàøêåíò, 1983. Ñ. 14–29.
Pugachenkova 1999–Ïóãà÷åíêîâà Ã.À. Øàõíàìå êàê èñòî÷íèê ê ïîçíàíèþ äîèñëàìñêîé ìàòåðèàëüíîé è õóäîæåñòâåííîé êóëüòóðû Èðàíà è Òóðàíà. // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï 30. Ñàìàðêàíä, 1999. Ñ. 198–212.
Pugachenkova, Rempel 1960–Ïóãà÷åíêîâà Ã.È., Ðåìïåëü Ë.È. Âûäàþùèåñÿ ïàìÿòíèêè èçîáðàçèòåëüíîãî èñêóññòâà Óçáåêèñòàíà.Òàøêåíò: Èçä-âî õóäîæåñòâåííîé ëèòåðàòóðû, 1960.
Pugachenkova, Rempel 1965–Ïóãà÷åíêîâà Ã.À., Ðåìïåëü Ë.È. Èñòîðèÿ èñêóññòâ Óçáåêèñòàíà ñ äðåâíåéøèõ âðåìåí äî ñåðåäèíû äåâÿòíàäöàòîãî âåêà. Ì.: Èñêóññòâî, 1965.
Pylev 1997–Ïûëåâ À.È. Õîäæà Àõìàä ßñàâè: ñóôèéñêèé ïîýò, åãî ýïîõà è òâîð÷åñòâî (Îïûò èñòîðèêî-êóëüòóðíîãî èññëåäîâàíèÿ). Àëìàòû: Àòàìóðà, 1997.
Radlov 1893–Ðàäëîâ Â.Â. Îïûò ñëîâàðÿ òþðêñêèõ íàðå÷èé.  4-õ òîìàõ. ÑÏá.. 1893 (ò.1), 1899 (ò. 2).
Radtke 2001–Ðàäòêå Á. Òåîëîãè è ìèñòèêè â Õóðàñàíå è Òðàíñîêñàíèè // Ñóôèçì â Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè (çàðóáåæíûå èññëåäîâàíèÿ). Ñáîðíèê ñòàòåé ïàìÿòè Ôðèòöà Ìàéåðà (1912–1998). ÑÏá., 2001. Ñ. 40–76.
Rahmonov 2001–Rahmonov S.A. Tavka (O‘zbekistonning qadimgi bojxona inshootlari tarixiga doir), Civilizations of Turan–Mavarannahr, V, Toshkent, 2001.
355
Raimkulov 2000–Ðàèìêóëîâ À., Èâàíîâ Ã.Ï. Íàòåëüíûé êðåñò ñ ãîðîäèùà Êóâà // O‘zbekiston moddiy madaniyati tarixi (ÈÌÊÓ), âûï. 31. Ñàìàðêàíä, 2000. Ñ. 160–161.
Raspopova 1965–Ðàñïîïîâà Â.È. Ïîÿñíîé íàáîð Ñîãäà 7th–VIII ââ.// ÑÀ, 1965, 4. Ñ. 78–91.
Rempel 1961–Ðåìïåëü Ë.È Àðõèòåêòóðíûé îðíàìåíò Óçáåêèñòàíà. Òàøêåíò, 1961.
Rempel 1957–Ðåìïåëü Ë.È. Íåêðîïîëü äðåâíåãî Òàðàçà // ÊÑ ÈÈÌÊ, ¹ 69. Ì., 1957. Ñ. 102–110.
Richter-Bernburg 1974–Richter-Bernburg, L. Linguistic Shu'ubiya and early neo-Persian prose, in: JAOS, 94 (1974), p.55–64
Rise 1976–Rise D.T. The Illustrations to the “World history” of Rashid al-Din, University of Edinbourgh, 1976.
Riza 1955–Riza, Inayat Allah. Persia wa Turkan dar ruzgar-i Sasaniyan. Òåhran, 1374/1955.
Romashov 2001–Ðîìàøîâ Ñ.À. Èñòîðè÷åñêàÿ ãåîãðàôèÿ Õàçàðñêîãî êàãàíàòà (5th–ÕIII ââ.), in: AEMA (2000–2001), 11, Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, p. 219–338.
Rosental 1973–Rosental von Ervin I.J. The Role of the State in Islam: Theory and the Medieval Practice, in: Der Islam, 50. 1, Berlin-New York, 1973, p. 1–28.
Rosenthal 1968–Rozenthal F. History of Muslim Historiography, second revised ed., Leiden, 1968.
RPS–Ðóññêî-ïåðñèäñêèé ñëîâàðü (11 òûñ. ñëîâ). Ì., 1982.
RTS–Ðóññêî-òóðåöêèé ñëîâàðü (47 700 ñëîâ). Ì., 1972.
Rtveladze 1997–Rtveladze E.V. Pre-Muslim Coins of Chach // Sılk Road Art and Archaeology, 5, Kamakura 1997/98, ð. 307–328
Rtveladze 1987–Ðòâåëàäçå Ý.Â. Äåíåæíîå îáðàùåíèå â ñåâåðî-çàïàäíîì Òîõàðèñòàíå â ðàííåì ñðåäíåâåêîâüå // Ãîðîäñêàÿ êóëüòóðà Áàêòðèè-Òîõàðèñòàíà è Ñîãäà. Àíòè÷íîñòü, ðàííåå ñðåäíåâåêîâüå. Ìàòåðèàëû ñîâåòñêî-ôðàíöóçñêîãî êîëëîêâèóìà (Ñàìàðêàíä, 1986). Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1987. Ñ. 120–130.
Rtveladze 1983–Ðòâåëàäçå Ý.Â. Èññëåäîâàíèÿ íà ãîðîäèùå Áóäðà÷ è åãî îêðåñòíîñòÿõ // ÀÎ 1981 ãîäà. Ì., 1983. Ñ. 464–466.
Rtveladze 1983–Ðòâåëàäçå Ý.Â. Ê áèîãðàôèè Ôàððóõè (Ê èñòîðèè ×àãàíèàíà â Õ–ÕI ââ.) // Õóäîæåñòâåííàÿ êóëüòóðà Ñðåäíåé Àçèè IÕ–ÕIII ââ. Òàøêåíò, 1983. Ñ. 177–181.
Rtveladze 1985–Ðòâåëàäçå Ý.Â. Ê èñòîðèè äåíåæíîãî îáðàùåíèÿ â Ñàãàíèéàíå â 8th–íà÷àëå ÕIII ââ. // ÝÂ, âûï. 23. Ë., 1985. Ñ. 38–43.
356
Rtveladze 1989–Ðòâåëàäçå Ý.Â. Ïîãðåáàëüíûå ñîîðóæåíèÿ è îáðÿä â Ñåâåðíîì Òîõàðèñòàíå // Àíòè÷íûå è ðàííåñðåäíåâåêîâûå äðåâíîñòè Þæíîãî Óçáåêèñòàíà.  ñâåòå íîâûõ îòêðûòèé Óçáåêèñòàíñêîé èñêóññòâîâåä÷åñêîé ýêñïåäèöèè. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1989. Ñ. 53–72.
Rtveladze 1980–Ðòâåëàäçå Ý.Â. Ñàãàíèàíñêèå ìåäíûå ôåëüñû Ìóõòàäæèäîâ Õ â. // Ñðåäíåâåêîâûé Âîñòîê. Èñòîðèÿ, êóëüòóðà, èñòî÷íèêîâåäåíèå. Ì., 1980. Ñ. 231–236.
Rtveladze 1981–Ðòâåëàäçå Ý.Â. Ìîíåòíûå íàäïèñè êàê èñòî÷íèê ïî ïîëèòè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè Ñàãàíèàíà ïåðâîé ÷åòâåðòè ÕI â. // Á×, 1981, ãîä ïÿòûé (ÒÄ). Ì., 1981. Ñ. 75.
Rtveladze 1978–Ðòâåëàäçå Ý.Â. Î òîâàðíî-äåíåæíûõ îòíîøåíèÿõ â ×àãàíèàíå (IÕ–íà÷àëî ÕIII ââ.) // Á×, 1978, ãîä ÷åòâåðòûé (ÒÄ). Ì., 1978. Ñ. 55–56.
Rtveladze 1989–Ðòâåëàäçå Ý.Â. Ïîãðåáàëüíûå ñîîðóæåíèÿ è îáðÿä â Ñåâåðíîì Òîõàðèñòàíå // Àíòè÷íûå è ðàííåñðåäíåâåêîâûå äðåâíîñòè Þæíîãî Óçáåêèñòàíà.  ñâåòå íîâûõ îòêðûòèé Óçáåêèñòàíñêîé èñêóññòâîâåä÷åñêîé ýêñïåäèöèè. Òàøêåíò: Ôàí, 1989. Ñ. 53–72.
Rtveladze 1986–Ðòâåëàäçå Ý.Â. Ñðåäíåâåêîâûé ìîãèëüíèê Áèò-Òåïå â ×àãàíèàíå // ÑÀ, 1986, ¹ 4. Ñ. 194–209.
Rtveladze, Iskhakov 1979–Ðòâåëàäçå Ý.Â., Èñõàêîâ Ì Äâà ñðåäíåâåêîâûõ ÷àãàíèàíñêèõ ñåëåíèÿ // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï 15. Òàøêåíò, 1979. Ñ. 84—94.
Rtveladze, Tashkhodjaev 1973–Ðòâåëàäçå Ý.Â., Òàøõîäæàåâ Ø.Ñ. Îá îäíîé òþðêî-ñîãäèéñêîé ìîíåòå ñ õðèñòèàíñêèìè ñèìâîëàìè // Âèçàíòèéñêèé âðåìåííèê. Ò. 35. Ì., 1973. Ñ. 232–234.
Rudolf 2002–Ðóäîëô Ó. Àë-Ìîòóðèäèé âà Ñàìàðқàíä ñóííèéëèê èëîҳèѐòè. Òîøêåíò, 2002.
Rustamov 1971–Ðóñòàìîâ À. Ìàҳìóä Çàìàõøàðèé. Òîøêåíò: Ôàí, 1971.
Rybatsky 2000–Rybatzki V. Titles of Turk and Uigur Rulers in Old Turkic Inscriptions, in: CAJ, 44 (2000), p. 205–292.
al-Sabi 1965–àl-Sàbi, Àli. Àl-Àdab àl-Farisi fi-l-Asr àl-Ghaznawi. Òunis, 1965.
Sabitov 1986–Ñàáèòîâ À.Ð. Êàðëóêñêèå ïëåìåíà â VI–VIII ââ. // Ïèñüìåííûå ïàìÿòíèêè è ïðîáëåìû èñòîðèè êóëüòóðû íàðîäîâ Âîñòîêà. ÕÕ ãîäè÷íàÿ íàó÷íàÿ ñåññèÿ ËÎ È ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ. 1985. ×. 1. Ì., 1986. Ñ. 163–167.
Safarov 1999–Ñàôàðîâ È. Ïðàâîâàÿ ñèñòåìà ãîñóäàðñòâà Ñàìàíèäîâ (IÕ–Õ ââ.). Äóøàíáå: Èðôîí, 1999.
Sagalaev, Oktiabrskaya 1990–Òðàäèöèîííîå ìèðîâîççðåíèå òþðêîâ Þæíîé Ñèáèðè. Çíàê è ðèòóàë / Ñîñòàâèòåëè À.Ì. Ñàãàëàåâ è È.Â.Îêòÿáðüñêàÿ. Ì., 1990.
357
Sagol 2002–Sagol G. Harezm Turkcesi ve Harezm Turkcesi ila Basilan Eserler, in: Turkler, 5, Ankara, 2002, p. 804–813.
Saidjon 1927–Ñàèäæîí Ì. Áóõîðî øàõðè âà ýñêè áèíîëàðè // Ìàarif wa o‘qitghuwči, 1927, ¹ 9-10. Ñ. 52–56.
Saidkulov 1993–Ñàèäқóëîâ Ò.Ñ. ¡ðòà Îñèѐ õàëқëàðè òàðèõèíèíã òàðèõøóíîñëèãèäàí ëàâҳàëàð. 1-қèñì. Òîøêåíò, 1993.
Salahetdinova 1970–Càëàõåòäèíîâà Ì.À. Ê èñòîðè÷åñêîé òîïîíèìèè Áàëõñêîé îáëàñòè // ÏÑ, âûï. 21 (84). Áëèæíèé Âîñòîê è Èðàí. Ë., 1970. Ñ. 222–228.
Salgarina 1998–Càëãàðèíà Ê.Ê. Ê âîïðîñó î êî÷åâíè÷åñòâå // Øåëêîâûé ïóòü è Êàçàõñòàí. Ìàòåðèàëû íàó÷íî-ïðàêòè÷åñêîé êîíôåðåíöèè. Àëìàòû (2–3 ñåíòÿáðÿ), 1998. Ñ. 128–132.
Saloh Kamol 1913–Ñàëîõ Êàìîë. Òàðèõ Èñëîì. 2-æóç. Êàçàíü, 1913 (1914).
Samanids 1948–Samanids, in: NE, ed. In chief H.Suzzlo, in 10 volumes, New-York: P.F.Collier and Son Corporation, 1948, vol. 9, p. 40.
Samanids 1956–Samanids, in: EB, in 24 volums, a new survey of universal knowledge, Chicago–London–Toronto, 1956, vol. 19, p. 916–917.
Samaniden 1996–Samaniden, in: BE, in 24 Banden, Leipzig, 1996, Band 19 (Sag–Seie). S. 75.
Samanides 1964–Samanides, in: GLE, en dix volumes, Paris, 1964, t. 9, p. SAL.
al-Samiri 2001 - al-Samiri, Ihsan Zunun. al-Hayat àl-Ilmiyya Zaman àl-Samaniyya. al-Òa‘rikh àl-Safi li-Khurasan (Khorasan) wa Ìa wara‘ àn-nahr fi-l-qarnayn àl-thalith wà-l-rabi àl-hidjri. Bayrut: Dar àl-Tàëià li-l-Tibaà wà-l-Nashr, 2001.
Sarimsokov 2007–Ñàðèìñîқîâ À. Íàâðóç óäóìëàðè // Moziydan sado (Echo of History, Ýõî èñòîðèè), 2007, ¹ 1. Ñ. 2–5.
Savina 1969–Ñàâèíà Â.È. Òèïû òþðêñêèõ òîïîíèìîâ â Èðàíå // Òîïîíèìèêà Âîñòîêà. Èññëåäîâàíèÿ è ìàòåðèàëû. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1969. Ñ. 167–172.
Schanzlin 1936–Schanzlin G.L. The Türks in history and geography, in: MW, XXVI, 3 (July 1936), p. 281–286.
Schloss 1969–Schloss E. Foreigner in Ancient Chinese Art (China House Gallery). New York, 1969. Tubingen Atlas des Vorderer Orients.
Schlumberger 1952–Schlumberger D. Le Palais Ghaznavide Lashkar-i Bazari, Syria, XX–IX, 1952.
Schlumberger 1977–Schlumberger D. Surkh Kotal and the Ancient History of Afghanistan, London: The Afghan Information Bureau, 1977.
Semenov 1947–Ñåìåíîâ À.À. Èñòîðèÿ íàðîäîâ Óçáåêèñòàíà. Â 2-õ òîìàõ. Òàøêåíò, 1947.
358
Semenov 1955–Ñåìåíîâ À.À. Ê âîïðîñó î ïðîèñõîæäåíèè Ñàìàíèäîâ // Òðóäû ÈÈÀÝ ÀÍ ÒàäæÑÑÐ. Ò. 27. Ñáîðíèê ñòàòåé, ïîñâÿùåííûõ èñòîðèè è êóëüòóðå ïåðèîäà ôîðìèðîâàíèÿ òàäæèêñêîãî íàðîäà è åãî ãîñóäàðñòâåííîñòè (IÕ–Õ ââ. í.ý.). Ñòàëèíàáàä, 1955. C. 3–11.
Semenov 1985–Ñåìåíîâ Ã.Ë. Îñòðàêîí êîíöà VIII â. èç Ïàéêåíäà // ÝÂ, âûï. 23. Ë., 1985. Ñ. 25–26.
Semenov 1914–Ñåìåíîâ À.À. Ïðîèñõîæäåíèå Òåðìåçñêèõ ñåéèäîâ è èõ äðåâíÿÿ óñûïàëüíèöà “Ñóëòàí-Ñàîäàò” // ÏÒÊËÀ (11 äåêàáðÿ 1913 ã.–1 àïðåëÿ 1914 ã.). Ãîä 18 (19). Òàøêåíò, 1914. Ñ. 3–20.
Senigova 1959–Ñåíèãîâà Ò.Í. Ê èçó÷åíèþ òåõíè÷åñêèõ îñîáåííîñòåé êåðàìèêè íèçîâüåâ Ñûðäàðüè // Òðóäû ÈÈÀÝ ÀÍ ÊàçÑÑÐ, ò. 7, 1959. Ñ. 215–231.
Senigova 1959–Ñåíèãîâà Ò.Í. Ñðåäíåâåêîâûé Òàðàç. Àëìà-Àòà: Íàóêà, 1972.
Sevortian 1974, 1978, 1989–Ñåâîðòÿí Ý.Â. Ýòèìîëîãè÷åñêèé ñëîâàðü òþðêñêèõ ÿçûêîâ. Ò. 1 (Ì., 1974);. Ò. 2 (Ì., 1978); Ò. 4 (Ì., 1989).
Sezgin 1967-1975–Sezgin F. Gerschrichte des Arabischen Schrifttums. Band I–IX. Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1967–1975.
Shaban 1970–Shaban M.A. The Abbasid Revolution, Cambridge: University Press, 1970.
Shaban 1971–Shaban M.A. Khurasan (Khorasan) at the Time of the Arab Conquest, in: Persia and Islam, in memory of the late V.Minorsky, ed. C.E.Bosworth, Edinbourgh: University Press, 1971, p. 479–490.
Shahbazi 1989–Shahbazi A.Sh. Bahram VI Chobin, in: Bahram: VII, Encyclopaedia Iranica, ed. by Ehsan Yarshater, vol. III (Ataš–Bayhaqi), London–New York, 1989, p. 514–522.
Shaniyazov 1973–Øàíèÿçîâ Ê. Äðåâíèå ýëåìåíòû â ýòíîãåíåçå óçáåêîâ // IÕ Ìåæäóíàðîäíûé êîíãðåññ àíòðîïîëîãè÷åñêèõ è ýòíîãðàôè÷åñêèõ íàóê (×èêàãî). Äîêëàäû ñîâåòñêîé äåëåãàöèè, 15. Ì: Íàóêà, 1973.
Sharl 1959–Øàðëü Ð. Ìóñóëüìàíñêîå ïðàâî. Ì., 1959.
Shefer 1981–Øåôåð Ý. Çîëîòûå ïåðñèêè Ñàìàðêàíäà. Êíèãà î ÷óæåçåìíûõ äèêîâèíêàõ â èìïåðèè Òàí. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1981.
Sheldi 2002–Øåëüäè Í.Ì. Áóëãàðî-Òàòàðñêèå ìîíåòû X3rd–XV ââ. Êàçàíü, 2002.
Sher 1963–Øåð ß.À. Ïàìÿòíèêè Àëòàéñêî-Îðõîíñêèõ òþðîê íà Òÿíü-Øàíå // ÑÀ, 1963, ¹ 4. Ñ. 158–166.
Sherbak 1961–Ùåðáàê À.Ì. Ãðàììàòè÷åñêèé î÷åðê ÿçûêà òþðêñêèõ òåêñòîâ Õ–ÕØ ââ. // Âîïðîñû òþðêîëîãèè, Ì.; Ë., 1961. Ñ. 27–28.
359
Shipova 1976–Øèïîâà Å.Í. Ñëîâàðü òþðêèçìîâ â ðóññêîì ÿçûêå. Àëìà-Àòà: Íàóêà, 1976.
Shishkin 1963–Øèøêèí Â.À. Âàðàõøà. Ì.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1963.
Shkoda 1985–Øêîäà Â.Ã. Îá îäíîé ãðóïïå ñðåäíåàçèàòñêèõ àëòàðåé îãíÿ 5th–VIII ââ. // Ãîñóäàðñòâåííûé Ýðìèòàæ. Õóäîæåñòâåííûå ïàìÿòíèêè è ïðîáëåìû êóëüòóðû Âîñòîêà. Ë., 1985. Ñ. 82–89.
Shoniyozov 2001–Øîíèѐçîâ Ê. ¡çáåê õàëқèíèíã øàêëëàíèø æàðàѐíè. Òîøêåíò, 2001.
Shüven 1995–Øþâåí Ï. Î Âèçàíòèéñêèõ ïîñîëüñòâàõ ê ïåðâûì òþðêñêèì ïðàâèòåëÿì Ñîãäà (Ïðîáëåìû îíîìàñòèêè è òîïîíèìèêè) // ÎÍÓ, 1995, ¹ 1–3. Ñ. 33–38.
Sims-Williams 2000–Sims-Williams N. Bactrian Documents fron Northern Afghanistan, I: Legal and economic documents, Oxford, 2000.
Sims-Williams 1997–Ñèìñ-Âèëüÿìñ Í. Íîâûå áàêòðèéñêèå äîêóìåíòû // ÂÄÈ, 1997, ¹ 3. Ñ. 3–11.
Sims-Williams 1995–Ñèìñ-Âèëüÿìñ Í. Ïóòåøåñòâèå â Òèáåò. Ñîãäèéñêèå íàäïèñè Ëàäàêà // ÂÄÈ, 1995, ¹ 2. Ñ. 61–67.
Singatullina 2003–Cèíãàòóëëèíà À.Ç. Äæó÷èäñêèå ìîíåòû Ïîâîëæñêèõ ãîðîäîâ XIII âåêà. Êàçàíü: Çàìí, 2003.
Sinor 1981–Sinor D. The origin of Turkic baliq "town", in: CAJ, vol, 1981, p. 95-102.
Sipenkova 1966–Ñèïåíêîâà Ò.Ì. Î íàëîãîâîé òåðìèíîëîãèè àë-Áàëàçóðè // ÏÑ, âûï. 15 (78). Èñòîðèÿ è ôèëîëîãèÿ ñòðàí Áëèæíåãî Âîñòîêà. Ì.; Ë., 1966. Ñ. 148–154.
Skjaervo 1995–Skjaervo P.O. Iranian elements in Manicheism. Acomparative contrastive approach. Irano-Manichaica I, in: Au carre four des reliions Melanges a Philippe Gignoux, Bures-sur-Yvette, 1995, p. 263–284.
Slovar 1975–Ñëîâàðü ãåîãðàôè÷åñêèõ òåðìèíîâ è äðóãèõ ñëîâ, ôîðìèðóþùèõ òîïîíèìèþ Òàäæèêñêîé ÑÑÐ. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1975.
Smirnova 1982–Ñìèðíîâà Î.È. Çàãàäî÷íàÿ íàäïèñü íà ìîíåòàõ Âàðàõøè // Ïèñüìåííûå ïàìÿòíèêè è ïðîáëåìû èñòîðèè êóëüòóðû íàðîäîâ Âîñòîêà. ÕVI ãîäè÷íàÿ íàó÷íàÿ ñåññèÿ ËÎ È ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ. ×àñòü 2. Ì., 1982. Ñ. 143–145.
Smirnova 1961–Ñìèðíîâà Î.È. Çàìåòêè î ñðåäíåàçèàòñêîé òèòóëàòóðå (ïî ìîíåòíûì äàííûì) // ÝÂ. Ò. 14. 1961. Ñ. 55–70.
Smirnova 1979–Ñìèðíîâà Î.È. Èç èñòîðèè îáðàùåíèÿ ìåäíûõ (áðîãçîâûõ) ìîíåò â Ñîãäå ïåðåõîäíîãî ïåðèîäà // Ïèñüìåííûå ïàìÿòíèêè è ïðîáëåìû èñòîðèè êóëüòóðû
360
íàðîäîâ Âîñòîêà. ÕIV ãîäè÷íàÿ íàó÷íàÿ ñåññèÿ ËÎ È ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ (äîêëàäû è ñîîáøåíèÿ). ×àñòü 1. Ì., 1979. Ñ. 61–68.
Smirnova 1961–Ñìèðíîâà Î.È. Êàðòà âåðõîâüåâ Çåðàâøàíà ïåðâîé ÷åòâåðòè VIII â. // ÑÍÂ, âûï. 2. Ì., 1961. Ñ. 220–230.
Smirnova 1963–Ñìèðíîâà Î.È. Êàòàëîã ìîíåò ñ ãîðîäèùà Ïåíäæèêåíò (ìàòåðèàëû 1949–1956 ãã.). Ì., 1963.
Smirnova 1963–Cìèðíîâà Î.È. Ê âîïðîñó î ñðåäíåàçèàòñêèõ ïðàâÿùèõ äîìàõ (êèòàéñêîå ÷æàî-ó) // ÊÑ ÈÍÀ, âûï. 39. Èðàíñêèé ñáîðíèê. Ì., 1963. Ñ. 10–19.
Smirnova 1953–Ñìèðíîâà Î.È. Ê èìåíè ñîãäèéñêîãî èõøèäà Òóêàñïàäàêà // Ñáîðíèê ñòàòåé ïî èñòîðèè è ôèëîëîãèè íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè, ïîñâÿùåííûé 80-ëåòèþ À.À.Ñåìåíîâà (Òðóäû ÈÈÀÝ ÀÍ ÒàäæÑÑÐ, Ò. 17). Ñòàëèíàáàä, 1953. Ñ. 205–210.
Smirnova 1963–Ñìèðíîâà Î.È. Êëàä àááàñèäñêèõ äðàõì ñ Ïåíäæèêåíòñêîãî ãîðîäèùà // ÝÂ, âûï. 15. 1963. Ñ. 58–42.
Smirnova 1971–Ñìèðíîâà Î.È. Ìåñòà äîìóñóëüìàíñêèõ êóëüòîâ â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // ÑÍÂ, âûï. 10. Ì., 1971. Ñ. 90–108.
Smirnova 1970–Ñìèðíîâà Î.È. Î÷åðêè èç èñòîðèè Ñîãäà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1970.
Smirnova 1971–Ñìèðíîâà Î.È. Ïåðâûå ìîíåòû Óñòðóøàíû // ÝÂ, âûï. 20. Ë., 1971. Ñ. 59–64.
Smirnova 1969–Ñìèðíîâà Î.È. Ïîòîìîê Ãóðåêà íà ïðîöåññå Àôøèíà // Ïèñüìåííûå ïàìÿòíèêè è ïðîáëåìû èñòîðèè êóëüòóðû íàðîäîâ Âîñòîêà. V ãîäè÷íàÿ íàó÷íàÿ ñåññèÿ ËÎ È ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ. (1969).Ë., 1969. Ñ. 70–72.
Smirnova 1971–Ñìèðíîâà Î.È. Ðóíè÷åñêèå ìîíîãðàììû íà ñðåäíåàçèàòñêèõ ìîíåòàõ // Ïèñüìåííûå ïàìÿòíèêè è ïðîáëåìû èñòîðèè êóëüòóðû íàðîäîâ Âîñòîêà.VII ãîäè÷íàÿ íàó÷íàÿ ñåññèÿ ËÎ È ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ (Êðàòêèå ñîîáùåíèÿ). Ì., 1971. Ñ. 74–78.
Smirnova 1981–Ñìèðíîâà Î.È. Ñâîäíûé êàòàëîã ñîãäèéñêèõ ìîíåò. Áðîíçà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1981.
Smirnova 1975–Ñìèðíîâà Î.È. Ñðåäíåàçèàòñêîå õóäàò (ê ýòèìîëîãèè ñëîâà) // Ïèñüìåííûå ïàìÿòíèêè è ïðîáëåìû èñòîðèè êóëüòóðû íàðîäîâ Âîñòîêà. ÕI ãîäè÷íàÿ íàó÷íàÿ ñåññèÿ ËÎ È ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ. Ì., 1975. Ñ. 60–63.
SO–Ñòàòèñòè÷åñêèé îáçîð Ôåðãàíñêîé îáëàñòè çà 1910 ã. Ñêîáåëåâ, 1912.
Sodiqov 2004–Ñîäèқîâ Қ. Ê¢ê òóðê áèòèãëàðè: ìàòí âà óíèíã òàðèõèé òàëқèíè. Òîøêåíò, 2004.
Soloviev 1983–Ñîëîâüåâ Â. Ñ. Ðàáîòû Êîëõîçàáàäñêîãî îòðÿäà // ÀÎ 1981 ãîäà. Ì., 1983. Ñ. 491—492.
361
Soloviev 1997–Ñîëîâüåâ Â.Ñ. Ñåâåðíûé Òîõàðèñòàí â ðàííåì ñðåäíåâåêîâüå. Åëåö, 1997.
Sourdel, Sourdel 1996–Sourdel J., Sourdel D. Dictionaire historique de l‘Islam, Paris, 1996.
Le Strange 1905–Le Strange G. The Lands of the Eastern Caliphate. Cambridge: University Press, 1905.
Stavisky 1987–Ñòàâèñêèé Á.ß. Áóääèéñêèé êóëüòîâûé öåíòð Êàðàòåïå â Òåðìåçå â ñâåòå èññëåäîâàíèé ïîñëåäíèõ ëåò // ÒÄ Âòîðîé Âñåñîþçíîé íóìèçìàòè÷åñêîé êîíôåðåíöèè Ì., 1987. Ñ. 105–106.
Stavisky 1983–Ñòàâèñêèé Á.ß. Áóääèéñêèå ïàìÿòíèêè ïðàâîáåðåæíûõ ðàéîíîâ Áàêòðèè-Òîõàðèñòàíà // Áàêòðèÿ-Òîõàðèñòàí íà äðåâíåì è ñðåäíåâåêîâîì Âîñòîêå. ÒÄ êîíôåðåíöèè, ïîñâÿùåííîé äåñÿòèëåòèþ ÞÒÀÊÝ. Ì., 1983. Ñ. 81–82.
Stavisky 1999–Ñòàâèñêèé Á.ß. Èðàíñêèé ìèð â èñòîðèè äðåâíåé Ðóñè // Âîñòîê, 1999, ¹ 4. Ñ. 19–25.
Stavisky 1977–Ñòàâèñêèé Á.ß. Êóøàíñêàÿ Áàêòðèÿ. Ïðîáëåìû èñòîðèè è êóëüòóðû. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1977.
Stavisky 1960–Ñòàâèñêèé Á.ß. Î ìåæäóíàðîäíûõ ñâÿçÿõ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè â 5th–ñåð. VIII ââ. (â ñâåòå äàííûõ ñîâåòñêîé àðõåîëîãèè) // ÏÂ, 1960, ¹ 5. Ñ. 108–118.
Stavisky 1960–Ñòàâèñêèé Á.ß. Ñàìàðêàíäñêèå ÷åðíèëüíûå ïðèáîðû IÕ–Õ ââ â ñîáðàíèè Ýðìèòàæà // ÑÀ, 1960, ¹ 1. Ñ. 278–281.
Stebleva 1969–Ñòåáëåâà È.Â. Åùå ðàç îá îðõîíî-åíèñåéñêèõ òåêñòàõ // ÍÀÀ, 1969, ¹ 2. Ñ. 125–133.
Stebleva 1963–Ñòåáëåâà È.Â. Ïîýçèÿ îðõîíî-åíèñåéñêèõ òþðêîâ // ÍÀÀ, 1963, ¹ 1. 148–161.
Steblin-Kamensky 1982–Ñòåáëèí-Êàìåíñêèé È.Ì. Î÷åðêè ïî èñòîðèè ëåêñèêè ïàìèðñêèõ ÿçûêîâ. Íàçâàíèÿ êóëüòóðíûõ ðàñòåíèé. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1982.
Steblin-Kamensky 1978–Ñòåáëèí-Êàìåíñêèé È.Ì. Ðåêà èðàíñêîé ïðàðîäèíû // ÎÑÀ. Ì., 1978. Ñ. 72—74.
Subaeva 1961–Ñóáàåâà Ð.Õ. Î íàçâàíèÿõ ðåê è îçåð Ñðåäíåãî Ïîâîëæüÿ // Èçâåñòèÿ Êàçàíñêîãî ôèëèàëà ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, ñåðèÿ ýíåðãåòèêè è âîäíîãî õîçÿéñòâà, âûï. 3. Êàçàíü, 1961. Ñ. 299–310.
Sukhareva 1954–Ñóõàðåâà Î.À. Äðåâíèå ÷åðòû â ôîðìàõ ãîëîâíûõ óáîðîâ íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // ÑÝÑ, âûï. 1. Ì., 1954. Ñ. 299–353.
Sukhareva 1976–Ñóõàðåâà Î.À. Êâàðòàëüíàÿ îáùèíà ïîçäíåôåîäàëüíîãî ãîðîäà Áóõàðû (â ñâÿçè ñ èñòîðèåé êâàðòàëîâ). Ì.: Íàóêà, 1976.
362
Sultanov 2000–Sultanov T.I. A Manuscript of the Tarikh-I Narshakhi and an anonymous remark on the harmfulness of tobacco, in: MO, vol. 6, No. 2, June 2000, St.Petersburg, p. 3–7.
Sultanov 1977–Ñóëòàíîâ Ò.È. Îïûò àíàëèçà òðàäèöèîííûõ ñïèñêîâ 92 “ïëåìåí èëàòèéà” // Ñðåäíÿÿ Àçèÿ â äðåâíîñòè è ñðåäíåâåêîâüå (èñòîðèÿ è êóëüòóðà). Ì., 1977.
Sumer 1999–Sumer F. Turk Devletleri tarihinda šahis adlari, I–II cilt, Istanbul, 1999.
Sundermann 2008–Sundermann W. Zoroastrian motifs in non-Zoroastrian traditions, in: JRAS, Third series, vol. 18, part 2, London: RAS, 2008 (April), p. 155–166.
Sunn 1999–Ñóíí ×. Îòíîøåíèÿ ìåæäó Êèòàåì è Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèåé â ïåðèîä äèíàñòèè Ñàìàíèäîâ // Âêëàä ýïîõè Ñàìàíèäîâ â êóëüòóðíîå íàñëåäèå Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè (Ìàòåðèàëû Ìåæäóíàðîäíîãî ñåìèíàðà). Äóøàíáå: Àäèá, 1999. Ñ. 99–104.
Superanskaya 1969–Ñóïåðàíñêàÿ À.Â. Ãèäðîíèìèÿ Êðûìà è ñåâåðî-çàïàäíîãî Êàâêàçà // Îíîìàñòèêà. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1969. Ñ. 188-198.
Suprunenko 2004–Ñóïðóíåíêî Ã.Ï. Êèòàéñêèå èñòî÷íèêè (ðàííåå ñðåäíåâåêîâüå) //
Èñòî÷íèêîâåäåíèå Êûðãûçñòàíà (ñ äðåâíîñòè äî êîíöà ÕIÕ â.). Áèøêåê: Èëèì, 2004. Ñ. 73–82.
TA–Turk Ansiklopedisi, vol. 28, p. 93, Ankara: Milli eγitim basimevi, 1980.
Tabaldyev 2005–Òàáàëäèåâ Ê.Ø. Î ïîñåëåíèÿõ ðàííèõ êî÷åâíèêîâ Òÿíü-Øàíÿ // Role and Place of the Turkic civilization among the world civilizations, Bishkek, 2005. Ñ. 305–310.
Tang 1981–Tang C. Agrarianism and urbanism, and their relationship to the Hsiung-nu empire, in: CAJ, vol. 25, (1981), p. 110–120.
Taşağıl 1999–Taşağıl A. Gök-Türkler. II, Ankara, 1999.
Tashbayeva 2001–Tashbayeva K., Khujanazarov M., Ranov V., Samashev Z. Petrogliphs of Central Asia. Bishkek, 2001.
Tatarintsev 1993–Òàòàðèíöåâ Á.È. Î ïðîèñõîæäåíèè òþðêñêîãî tarqan–tarγan // Ýòèìîëîãèÿ. 1988–1990. Ñáîðíèê íàó÷íûõ òðóäîâ. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1993. Ñ. 169 - 180.
Tenishev 1964–Òåíèøåâ Ý.Ò. Äðåâíåóéãóðñêèå íàäïèñè Êèðãèçèè // ÍÀÀ, 1964, ¹ 1. Ñ. 146–149.
Ter-Gevondian 1977–Òåð-Ãåâîíäÿí À.Í. Àðìåíèÿ è Àðàáñêèé õàëèôàò. Åðåâàí, 1977.
Thomas 1848–Thomas E. On the coins of the kings of Ghazni, in: JRAS, vol. 9, 1848, p. 267–386.
Thomas 1930–Thomas F.W. Two terms employed in Kharošthi documents from Chinese Turkestan, in: BSOS (London Institution), vol. 6: 1930-32, p. 519–528.
363
TK–Òîïîãðàôèÿ êëàäîâ ñ âîñòî÷íûìè ìîíåòàìè è èçäåëèÿìè VII, VIII, IÕ, Õ è ÕI âåêà â Ðîññèè è Ïðè-Áàëòèéñêèõ ñòðàíàõ, îáúÿñíåííàÿ èñòîðè÷åñêèìè ñâèäåòåëüñòâàìè î òîðãîâëå ñåâåðî-âîñòîêà Åâðîïû â ýïîõó îñíîâàíèÿ è óòâåðæäåíèÿ ðóññêîãî ãîñóäàðñòâà. ÑÏá., 1846.
Togan 1966–Togan, A.Z. Velidi. Karahanlilar (840–1212). 1966–1967 ders notlari. Istanbul, 115 s.
Togan 1972–Togan A.Z. Velidi. Oguz destani. Rešideddin Oguznamesi, Terčume ve Tahlili, Istanbul, 1972.
Togan 1969–Togan, A.Z. Velidi. The Topography of Balkh down to the middle of the seventeenth century, in: CAJ, vol. 13, 1969, p. 277–288.
Togan 1981–Togan, A.Z. Velidi. Umumi Türk Tarihine giriš. Cilt 1. En eski devirlerden 16. asra kadar. 3-baski.–Istanbul, 1981.
Togan 1964 - Togan N. Peygamberin zamanında Şarkı ve Garbi Türkistan‘ı Ziyaret eden Çinli Budist rahibi Hüen-Çang‘ın bu ülkelerin Siyasi ve Dini Hayatına ait kayıtleri // İslam Tetkikleri Enstitüsü Dergisi, 4th/1-2, Ankara, 1964, s. 21-128.
Tolstov 1947–Òîëñòîâ Ñ.Ï. Ãîðîäà ãóçîâ // ÑÝ, 1947, ¹ 3. Ñ. 55–102.
Tolstov 1948–Òîëñòîâ Ñ.Ï. Ïî ñëåäàì äðåâíåõîðåçìèéñêîé öèâèëèçàöèè. Ì.; Ë., 1948.
Tolstova 1978–Òîëñòîâà Ë.Ñ. Îòãîëîñêè ðàííèõ ýòàïîâ ýòíîãåíåçà íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè â åå èñòîðè÷åñêîé îíîìàñòèêå // ÎÑÀ. Ì., 1978. Ñ. 6–17.
Toporov 1991–Òîïîðîâ Â.Í. Ãåîìåòðè÷åñêèå ñèìâîëû // Ìèôû íàðîäîâ ìèðà.  2-õ òîìàõ. Ì., 1991. Ò. 1. Ñ. 272–273.
Toporov 1991–Òîïîðîâ Â.Í. Ìàíäàëà // Ìèôû íàðîäîâ ìèðà. Â 2-õ òîìàõ. Ì., 1991. Ò. 2. Ñ. 100–102.
Torogeldieva 2001–Òîðîãåëüäèåâà Á.Ì. Ìóñóëüìàíñêèé Ðåíåññàíñ è êóëüòóðà Êàðàõàíèäñêîãî êàãàíàòà // Manas Universitesi Sosyal bilimler Dergisi, Biškek, 2001, p. 145–155.
Toshov 2004–Òîøîâ Í.È. “Òà‘ðèõ-è äæàõàíãóøà” Àëà‘ àä-äèíà Äæóâàéíè–öåííûé èñòî÷íèê ïî èñòîðèè Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè ÕII–ÕIII ââ. ÀÐ . . . ê. è. í. Òàøêåíò, 2004.
Treadwell 2001–Treadwell W.L., Buyid Coinage: A Die Corpus (322-445 AH), Oxford, 2001.
Treadwell 2003–Treadwell L., Shahanshah and al-Malik al-Mu‘ayyad: The Legitimation of Power in Samanid and Buyid Iran, in : F. Daftary and J. W. Meri, eds., Culture and Memory in Medieval Islam. Essays in Honour of Wilferd Madelung. Londres, Tauris, in association with the Institute of Ismaili Studies, 2003, p. 318-337.
364
Treadwell 1991–Treadwell L., The Political History of the Samanid State, PhD thesis, University of Oxford, 1991.
Treadwell 1999–Treadwell W.L. A Unique Portrait Medallion from Bukhara dated 969 AD, in: The Ashmolean, 36 (Spring 1999), p. 9–10.
Treadwell 2000–Treadwell L. Ibn Zafir al-Azdi‘s account of the murder of Ahmad ibn Ismail al-Samani and the succession of his son Nasr, in: Studies in honor of Clifford Edmund Bosworth, in two volumes, Leiden–Boston–Kōln: Brill, 2000, vol. 2, p. 397–419.
Treadwell 1999–Òðåäâåë Ë. Èñïîëüçîâàíèå òèòóëà “ìàëèê” (“ïðàâèòåëü”) Ñàìàíèäàìè // Âêëàä ýïîõè Ñàìàíèäîâ â êóëüòóðíîå íàñëåäèå Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè (Ìàòåðèàëû Ìåæäóíàðîäíîãî ñåìèíàðà). Äóøàíáå: Àäèá, 1999. Ñ. 88–93.
Trever 1958–Òðåâåð Ê.Â. Çîëîòàÿ ñòàòóýòêà èç ñåëåíèÿ Õàèò (Ê âîïðîñó î êóøàíñêîì ïàíòåîíå) // ÃÝ. Êóëüòóðà è èñêóññòâî àíòè÷íîãî ìèðà è Âîñòîêà. Òðóäû. Ò. 2. Ì.; Ë., 1958. Ñ. 130–146.
Trever 1950–Òðåâåð Ê.Â., ßêóáîâñêèé À.Þ., Âîðîíåö Ì.Ý. Èñòîðèÿ íàðîäîâ Óçáåêèñòàíà. Â 2-õ òîìàõ. Òàøêåíò, 1950.
Trifonov 1973–Òðèôîíîâ Þ.È. Îá ýòíè÷åñêîé ïðèíàäëåæíîñòè ïîãðåáåíèé ñ êîíåì äðåâíåòþðêñêîãî âðåìåíè // ÒÑ. 1972 ã. Ì., 1973. Ñ. 351–374.
Tritton A.S. The Caliphs and their non-Muslim subjects. A Critical Study of the Covenant of Umar, London: Franc Cass and Co Ltd., 1970.
Trubachev 1985–Òðóáà÷åâ Î.Í. Î ñåìàíòè÷åñêîé òåîðèè â ýòèìîëîãè÷åñêîì ñëîâàðå. Ïðîáëåìû îìîíèìîâ ïîäëèííûõ è ëîæíûõ è ñåìàíòè÷åñêàÿ òèïîëîãèÿ // Òåîðèÿ è ïðàêòèêà ýòèìîëîãè÷åñêèõ èññëåäîâàíèé. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1985. Ñ. 6–15.
Trydy 1950–Òðóäû Ñåìèðå÷åíñêîé Àðõåîëîãè÷åñêîé ýêñïåäèöèè “×óéñêàÿ äîëèíà” (ÌÈÀ, 14) Ì., 1950.
Tryjarski 1979–Tryjarski E. The dog in the Turkic area: an ethnolinguistic study, in: CAJ, vol. 23, 1979, p. 297–319.
Tskitishvili 1986–Öêèòèøâèëè Î.Â. Ðàííåñðåäíåâåêîâûé Áàãäàä (Ïî äàííûì Ìàøõàäñêîé ðóêîïèñè òðóäà Èáí àë-Ôàêèõà àë-Õàìàäàíè). Òáèëèñè: Ìåöíèåðåáà, 1986.
Tugusheva 1972–Òóãóøåâà Ë.Þ. ßðëûêè óéãóðñêèõ êíÿçåé èç ðóêîïèñíîãî ñîáðàíèÿ ËÎ ÈÂ ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ // ÒÑ, 1971. Ì., 1972. Ñ. 244–260.
Tumansky 1896–Òóìàíñêèé À.Ã. Ïðîòîêîëû çàñåäàíèé Âîñòî÷íîãî îòäåëåíèÿ èìïåðàòîðñêîãî Ðóññêîãî àðõåîëîãè÷åñêîãî îáùåñòâà // ÇÂÎÐÀÎ. Ò. 9. 1895. Ïîä ðåä. Â.Ð.Ðîçåíà. ÑÏá., 1896. Ñ. ÕIV.
365
Turebekov 1978–Òóðåáåêîâ Ì. Çîëîòàÿ áëÿøêà èç Åðêóðãàíà // ÎÍÓ, 1978, ¹ 6. Ñ. 46–47.
Turner 1966–Turner R.L. A Comparative Dictionary of the Indo-Arian Languages, London, 1966 (1973).
Tursun 2002–Òóðñóí À. Ýòè÷åñêîå âîççðåíèå óéãóðñêèõ ïîýòîâ–ìûñëèòåëåé ðàííåãî ñðåäíåâåêîâüÿ // Manas Universitesi Sosyal Bilimler Dergisi, Biškek, 2002, p. 343–358.
Ugur 1988–Ugur A. Osmanli Siyaset-nameleri, Ankara, Kultur ve Sanat yayinlari, 1988.
Umarov 2005–Óìàðîâ Ý. Ãëàñíûå ñòàðîóçáåêñêîãî ÿçûêà XVIII âåêà è íîâàÿ òðàíñëèòåðàöèÿ “Ëóãàò-è Òóðêè”. Òàøêåíò: Èí-ò ÿçûêà è ëèò-ðû èì. À.Íàâîè, 2005.
Umurzakov 1978–Óìóðçàêîâ ÑÓ. Ê èñòîðè÷åñêîé òîïîíèìèè Êèðãèçèè// Îíîìàñòèêà Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. Ì., 1978. Ñ. 53—57.
Umurzakov 1962–Óìóðçàêîâ Ñ Ñîñòîÿíèå òîïîíèìè÷åñêîãî èçó÷åíèÿ Êèðãèçèè // Òîïîíèìèêà Âîñòîêà. Ì., 1962. Ñ. 109—110.
Usanova 1995–Óñàíîâà Ì. Èñìîèë Ñîìîíèé âàқôíîìàñè // Øàðқøóíîñëèê, ¹ 6. Òîøêåíò, 1995. 24–31-áåòëàð.
Usmanova 1963–Óñìàíîâà Ç.È. Ýðêêàëà // Òðóäû ÞÒÀÊÝ, ò. 12. Àøõàáàä, 1963. Ñ. 80–89.
Usmanova 1974–Óñìàíîâà Ç.È., Äðåñâÿíñêàÿ Ã.ß. Íîâûå äàííûå ê èçó÷åíèþ ïàìÿòíèêîâ ñðåäíåãî òå÷åíèÿ Êàøêàäàðüè // Íàó÷íûå òðóäû ÒàøÃÓ, ¹ 473. Òàøêåíò, 1974. Ñ. 15–29.
Usmanova 1973–Óñìàíîâà Ç.È., Äðåñâÿíñêàÿ Ã.ß. Ðàáîòû â Êàøêàäàðüå // ÀÎ 1972 ãîäà. Ì., 1973. Ñ. 473.
de la Vaissiere 2004–de la Vaissiere E. Histoire des Marchands Sogdiens, Paris, 2004 (College de France, Institute des Hautes Etudes Chinoises).
Valikhanov 1961–Âàëèõàíîâ ×.×. Ñîáðàíèå ñî÷èíåíèé.  5 òîìàõ. Àëìà-Àòà: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÊàçÑÑÐ, 1961.
Vasilevich 1965–Âàñèëåâè÷ Ã.Ì. Ýòíîíèì ñàìàí/ñàìàé ó íàðîäîâ Ñèáèðè // ÑÝ, 1965, 3. Ñ. 139–145.
Vasiliev 1981–Âàñèëüåâ Ä.Ä. Íàñêàëüíûå òþðêñêèå ðóíè÷åñêèå íàäïèñè 8th–Õ ââ. êàê èñòîðèêî-ôèëîëîãè÷åñêèé èñòî÷íèê // Á×, 1981, ãîä ïÿòûé (ÒÄ). Ì., 1981. Ñ. 23–24.
Vasiliev 1980–Âàñèëüåâ Ä.Ä. Î ðàñïðîñòðàíåíèè ãðàìîòíîñòè ó äðåâíèõ òþðêîâ // Ñðåäíåâåêîâûé Âîñòîê: èñòîðèÿ, êóëüòóðà, èñòî÷íèêîâåäåíèå. Ì., 1980. Ñ. 53–59.
Vasiliev 1976–Âàñèëüåâ Ä.Ä. Ïàìÿòíèêè òþðêñêîé ðóíè÷åñêîé ïèñüìåííîñòè Àçèàòñêîãî àðåàëà // ÑÒ, 1976, ¹ 1. Ñ. 71–81.
366
Vaynberg 1999–Âàéíáåðã Á.È. Ýòíîãåîãðàôèÿ Òóðàíà â äðåâíîñòè è ðàííåì ñðåäíåâåêîâüå (VII â. äî í.ý.–VIII â. í.ý.). Ì., 1999.
Vaynberg 1966–Âàéíøòåéí Ñ.È., Êðþêîâ Ì.Â. Îá îáëèêå äðåâíèõ òþðêîâ // ÒÑ. Ê 60-ëåòèþ À.Í.Êîíîíîâà. Ì., 1966. Ñ. 177–187.
Vaynshtein, Kriukov 1966–Âàéíøòåéí Ñ.È., Êðþêîâ Ì.Â. Îá îáëèêå äðåâíèõ òþðêîâ // ÒÑ. Ê 60-ëåòèþ À.Í.Êîíîíîâà. Ì., 1966. Ñ. 177–187.
Veymarn 1968–Âåéìàðí Á.Â. Ïðîáëåìà èçîáðàçèòåëüíîñòè â èñêóññòâå ôåîäàëüíîãî Âîñòîêà // Èñêóññòâî, 1968, ¹ 5.
Viatkin 1926–Âÿòêèí Â. Àôðàñèàá–ãîðîäèùå áûëîãî Ñàìàðêàíäà. Àðõåîëîãè÷åñêèé î÷åðê. Òàøêåíò, 1926.
Vinogradova 1986–Âèíîãðàäîâà Í.Ì., Êóçüìèíà Å.Å. Êîíòàêòû ñòåïíûõ è çåìëåäåëü÷åñêèõ ïëåìåí Ñðåäíåé Àçèè â ýïîõó áðîíçû // Âîñòî÷íûé Òóðêåñòàí è Ñðåäíÿÿ Àçèÿ â ñèñòåìå êóëüòóð äðåâíåãî è ñðåäíåâåêîâîãî Âîñòîêà. Ì., 1986. Ñ. 126–151.
VIR–Âñåîáùàÿ èñòîðèÿ ðåëèãèé ìèðà (Èëëþñòðèðîâàííàÿ ýíöèêëîïåäèÿ). Ì.: Ýêñìî, 2008.
Vorobyova 1988–Âîðîáüåâà Ñ.Í., Íåôåäîâ Í.Þ. Çîëîòûå èçäåëèÿ èç Åðêóðãàíà // ÎÍÓ, 1988, ¹ 7. Ñ. 40–42.
Voronina 1959–Âîðîíèíà Â.Ë. Ðàííåñðåäíåâåêîâûé ãîðîä Ñðåäíåé Àçèè (ïî äàííûì àðõåîëîãèè è ïèñüìåííûõ èñòî÷íèêîâ) // ÑÀ, 1959, ¹ 1. Ñ. 84–104.
Voytov 1996–Âîéòîâ Â.Å. Äðåâíåòþðêñêèé ïàíòåîí è ìîäåëü ìèðîçäàíèÿ â êóëüòóðíî-ïîìèíàëüíûõ ïàìÿòíèêàõ Ìîíãîëèè VI–VIII ââ. Ì., 1996.
Vovin 2000–Vovin A. Did the Xiong-nu speak a Yeniseian language?, in: CAJ, 44 (2000), p. 87–104.
VT 1992–Âîñòî÷íûé Òóðêåñòàí â äðåâíîñòè è ðàííåì ñðåäíåâåêîâüå. Ýòíîñ, ÿçûêè, ðåëèãèè. Ïîä ðåä. Á.À.Ëèòâèíñêîãî. Ì.: Íàóêà, 1992.
Walker 1941–Walker J. A Catalogue of the Arab-Sassanian coins (Umaiyad governors in the East, Arab–Ephtalites, Abbasid governors in Tabaristan and Bukhara) with 40 plates, London: The British museum, 1941.
Walker 1958–Walker J. Unique Medal of the Seljuk Tugrilbeg, in: ANS, ed. by H. Inghold, New York, 1958, p. 691–694.
Watters 1904–Watters T. On Yuan Chwaug‘s travels in India (629–645 A.D.), in 2 volumes, London: RAS, 1904.
Wolf 1953–Wolf F. Clossar zu Firdausīs Schahname, Berlin, 1953.
Yazberdiev 1995–ßçáåðäèåâ À. Êíèæíîå äåëî â äðåâíåé Ñðåäíåé Àçèè (äîèñëàìñêèé ïåðèîä). Àøãàáàò: Ûëûì, 1995.
367
Yailenko 1990–ßéëåíêî Â.Ï. Åíèñåéöû-êåòû â ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè äðåâíåé Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // Ïðîáëåìû ýòíîãåíåçà è ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è Êàçàõñòàíà. Âûï. 1. Ì., 1990. Ñ. 37–49.
Yailenko 1988–ßéëåíêî Â.Ï. Ïàëåîàçèàòû è ýòíè÷åñêàÿ èñòîðèÿ äðåâíåé Ñðåäíåé Àçèè // Ïðîáëåìû ýòíîãåíåçà è ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè íàðîäîâ Ñðåäíåé Àçèè (ÒÄ). Ì., 1988. Ñ. 132–134.
Yakubovsky 1947–ßêóáîâñêèé À.Þ. Äâå íàäïèñè íà ñåâåðíîì ìàâçîëåå 1152 ã. â Óçãåíäå // ÝÂ, 1947, ¹ 1. Ñ. 27–32.
Yakubovsky 1946–ßêóáîâñêèé À.Þ. Îá îäíîì ðàííåñàìàíèäñêîì ôåëüñå (Èç ðàííåé èñòîðèè Ñàìàíèäñêîãî äîìà) // ÊÑ ÈÈÌÊ ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ. Ò. 12. Ì.; Ë., 1946. Ñ. 103–112.
Yuce 2002–Yuce N. Harezm Turkcesi, in: Turkler, vol. 5, Ankara, 2002, p. 793–803.
Zadneprovsky 1967–Çàäíåïðîâñêèé Þ.À. Òþðêñêèå ïàìÿòíèêè â Ôåðãàíå // ÑÀ, 1967, ¹ 1. Ñ. 270–274.
Zaidan 1907–[Zaidan J.] Umayyads and Abbasids being the fourth part of Jurji Zaidan‘s history of Islamic civilization, translated by D.S.Margoliouth, D.Litt, Leiden: E.J.Brill, 1907.
Zajackowski 1958–Zajackowski A. Najstarsza wersja turecka Husrav u Sirin Qutba, szese I, tekst, II facsimile, Warszawa, 1958.
Zambaur 1927–de Zambaur E.. Manuel de Genealogie et de Chronologie pour I‘Histoire de l‘Islam avec 20 tableau genealogiques hors texte et 5 cartes, Hanovre: Libraire Orientaliste Heinz Lafaire, 1927.
Zambaur 1968–von Zambaur E. Die Miinzpragungen des Islams, Zeitlich und Ortlich geordnet. I Band Der Westen und Osten bis zum Indus mit synoptischen tabellen. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag Gmbh, 1968.
Zalesskaya 1972–Çàëåññêàÿ Â.Í. Ñèðèéñêîå áðîíçîâîå êàäèëî èç Óðãóòà // Ñðåäíÿÿ Àçèÿ è Èðàí. Ë., 1972. Ñ. 57–60.
Zasetskaya 1975–Çàñåöêàÿ È.Ï. Çîëîòûå óêðàøåíèÿ ãóííñêîé ýïîõè. Ïî ìàòåðèàëàì Îñîáîé êëàäîâîé Ãîñóäàðñòâåííîãî Ýðìèòàæà. Ë.: Àâðîðà, 1975.
Zayonchkovsky 1966–Çàéîí÷êîâñêèé À. Ñòàðåéøèå àðàáñêèå õàäèñû î òþðêàõ (8th–IÕ ââ.) // ÒÑ. Ì., 1966. Ñ. 194–201.
ZDP–Æèâîïèñü äðåâíåãî Ïÿíäæèêåíòà. Ì.: Èçä-âî ÀÍ ÑÑÑÐ, 1954.
Zekiev 2002–Zekiyev Mir Fatih. On ve Orta Asya, Kafkasya, Karadeniz in Kuzeyi, Idil-Ural, ve Bati Sibirya'daki eski Turkler, in: Turkler, Yeni Turkiye yayinlari, cilt 1. Istanbul, 2002, s. 425-432
Zeymal 1987–Çåéìàëü Ò.È. Áóääèéñêàÿ ñòóïà ó Âåáëþæüåé Ãîðêè (ê òèïîëîãèè ñòóï ïðàâîáåðåæíîãî Òîõàðèñòàíà) // Ïðîøëîå Ñðåäíåé Àçèè. Äóøàíáå, 1987. Ñ. 70–78.
368
Zeymal 1971–Çåéìàëü Ò.È. Äðåâíèå è ñðåäíåâåêîâå êàíàëû Âàõøñêîé äîëèíû // ÑÍÂ, âûï. 10. Ñðåäíÿÿ è Öåíòðàëüíàÿ Àçèÿ. Ì., 1971. Ñ. 37–67.
Zeymal 1984–Çåéìàëü Ò.È. Ðàñêîïêè êðåïîñòè Íèæíèé Óðòàáîç â 1978 ã. // ÀÐÒ, âûï. 18. Äóøàíáå, 1984, ñ. 156–166.
Zeymal 1983–Çåéìàëü Ò.È., Ñîëîâüåâ Â.Ñ. Ðàáîòû Óðòàáîçñêîãî îòðÿäà // ÀÐÒ, âûï. 17. Äóøàíáå, 1983, ñ. 138–157.
Zeynalov 1972–Çåéíàëîâ Ô.Ð. Îá îäíîì “äðåâíåì òþðêñêîì ÿçûêå” â Ñðåäíåì Èðàíå // ÑÒ, 1972, ¹ 6. Ñ. 74–79.
Zezenkova 1969–Çåçåíêîâà Â.ß. Íåêîòîðûå êðàíèîëîãè÷åñêèå äàííûå êóðãàíîâ Êàëêàíñàÿ // ÈÌÊÓ, âûï. 8. Òàøêåíò, 1969. Ñ.161–168.
Zhirmunsky 1962–Æèðìóíñêèé Â.Ì. Îãóçñêèé ãåðîè÷åñêèé ýïîñ è “Êíèãà Êîðêóòà” // Êíèãà ìîåãî äåäà Êîðêóòà. Îãóçñêèé ãåðîè÷åñêèé ýïîñ. Ïåðåâîä Â.Â.Áàðòîëüäà. Èçä. Â.Ì.Æèðìóíñêîãî è À.Í.Êîíîíîâà. Ì.; Ë., 1962.
Zhirmunsky 1968–Æèðìóíñêèé Â.Ì. Îðõîíñêèå íàäïèñè–ñòèõè èëè ïðîçà ? // ÍÀÀ, 1968, ¹ 2. Ñ. 74–82.
Zhukov 1956–Æóêîâ Â.Ä. Êàéðàê ñ äâóÿçû÷íîé íàäïèñüþ 574/1178 ã. // ÝÂ, âûï. 11. Ì.; Ë., 1956. Ñ. 30–32.
al-Zirikli–aç-Çèðèêëè, Õàéð àä-äèí. Àë-Àëaì. Êaìóñ àò-òàðaäæèì ëè-ð-ðèäæaë âà-í-íèña‘ ìèí àë-àðàá âà ãàéðè-ë-àðàá. Â 10 òò. àë-Êaõèðà, 1954–1959.
Zoirov 1999–Çoèðîâ Ä.Ì. Îñîáåííîñòè ñòàíîâëåíèÿ è èñòî÷íèêè ïðàâîâîé ñèñòåìû ãîñóäàðñòâà Ñàìàíèäîâ // 1100-ëåòèå îáðàçîâàíèÿ ãîñóäàðñòâà Ñàìàíèäîâ. Ìàòåðèàëû ìåæäóíàðîäíîé êîíôåðåíöèè 28–29 àïðåëÿ 1999 ã. ÑÏá., 1999. Ñ. 61–70.
Zuev 1960–Çóåâ Þ.À. Ê ýòíè÷åñêîé èñòîðèè óñóíåé // Íîâûå ìàòåðèàëû ïî äðåâíåé è ñðåäíåâåêîâîé èñòîðèè Êàçàõñòàíà. Àëìà-Àòà, 1960. Ñ. 5–23.
Zuev 2002–Çóåâ Þ.À. Ðàííèå òþðêè: î÷åðêè èñòîðèè è èäåîëîãèè. Àëìàòû: Äàéê-Ïðåññ, 2002.
Zulalian 1970–Çóëàëÿí Ì.Ê. Âîïðîñû äðåâíåé è ñðåäíåâåêîâîé èñòîðèè Àðìåíèè â îñâåùåíèè ñîâðåìåííîé òóðåöêîé èñòîðèãðàôèè. Åðåâàí, 1970.
369

Abbreviations
Literature
ÀΖÀðõåîëîãè÷åñêèå îòêðûòèÿ
ÀЖÀâòîðåôåðàò
ÀÐÒ–Àðõåîëîãè÷åñêèå ðàáîòû â Òàäæèêèñòàíå
Á×–Áàðòîëüäîâñêèå ÷òåíèÿ
ÂÄÈ–Âåñòíèê äðåâíåé èñòîðèè
ÄÏ–Äîêóìåíòû íà ïîëîâåöêîì ÿçûêå
ÄÒÑ–Äðåâíåòþðêñêèé ñëîâàðü
ÇÂÎÐÀΖÇàïèñêè Âîñòî÷íîãî îòäåëåíèÿ èìïåðàòîðñêîãî Ðóññêîãî àðõåîëîãè÷åñêîãî îáùåñòâà
ÈÌÊÓ–Èñòîðèÿ ìàòåðèàëüíîé êóëüòóðû Óçáåêèñòàíà
ÊÈ–Êóëüòóðà è èñêóññòâî
ÊÑÈÈÌÊ–Êðàòêèå ñîîáùåíèÿ î äîêëàäàõ è ïîëåâûõ èññëåäîâàíèÿõ Èíñòèòóòà èñòîðèè ìàòåðèàëüíîé êóëüòóðû
ÌÈÀ–Ìàòåðèàëû ïî èñòîðèè è àðõåîëîãèè
ÌÈÑÖÀ–Ìàòåðèàëû ïî èñòîðèè Ñðåäíåé è Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè
ÌÈÊÊ–Ìàòåðèàëû ïî èñòîðèè êèðãèçîâ è Êèðãèçèè
ÌÈÒÒ–Ìàòåðèàëû ïî èñòîðèè òóðêìåí è Òóðêìåíèè
ÌÊÒ–Ìàòåðèàëüíàÿ êóëüòóðà Òàäæèêèñòàíà
ÍÀÀ–Íàðîäû Àçèè è Àôðèêè
ÍÑ–Íóìèçìàòè÷åñêèé ñáîðíèê
ÍÑÀ–Íàðîäû Ñðåäíåé Àçèè è Êàçàõñòàíà
ÍÖÀ–Íóìèçìàòèêà Öåíòðàëüíîé Àçèè
ÍÝ–Íóìèçìàòèêà è ýïèãðàôèêà
ΖÎíîìàñòèêà Âîñòîêà
ÎÍÓ–Îáùåñòâåííûå íàóêè â Óçáåêèñòàíå / ¡çáåêèñòîíäà èæòèìîèé ôàíëàð
ÎÑÀ–Îíîìàñòèêà Ñðåäíåé Àçèè
ÏÀÑ–Ïåõëåâèéñêî-ïåðñèäñêî-àðìÿíî-ðóññêî-àíãëèéñêèé ñëîâàðü
Ï–Ïðîáëåìû âîñòîêîâåäåíèÿ
ÏÊÈ–Ïàìÿòíèêè êóëüòóðû è èñêóññòâà
ÏÏ–Ïàìÿòíèêè ïèñüìåííîñòè Âîñòîêà
370
ÏÐÑ–Ïåðñèäñêî-ðóññêèé ñëîâàðü
ÏÑ–Ïàëåñòèíñêèé ñáîðíèê
ÏÒÊËÀ–Ïðîòîêîëû çàñåäàíèé è ñîîáùåíèÿ ÷ëåíîâ Òóðêåñòàíñêîãî Êðóæêà ëþáèòåëåé àðõåîëîãèè
ÐÏÑ–Ðóññêî-ïåðñèäñêèé ñëîâàðü
ÐÒÑ–Ðóññêî-òóðåöêèé ñëîâàðü
ÑÀ–Ñîâåòñêàÿ àðõåîëîãèÿ
Ñ–Ñîâåòñêîå âîñòîêîâåäåíèå
ÑÄÃÌ–Ñîãäèéñêèå äîêóìåíòû ñ ãîðû Ìóã
ÑÊÑΖÑïðàâî÷íàÿ êíèæêà Ñàìàðêàíäñêîé îáëàñòè
CÍ–Ñòðàíû è íàðîäû Âîñòîêà
ÑÎÍ–Ñåðèÿ îáùåñòâåííûõ íàóê
ÑÎÔ–Ñòàòèñòè÷åñêèé îáçîð Ôåðãàíñêîé îáëàñòè
ÑÒ–Ñîâåòñêàÿ òþðêîëîãèÿ
ÑÝ–Ñîâåòñêàÿ ýòíîãðàôèÿ
ÑÝÑ–Ñðåäíåàçèàòñêèé ýòíîãðàôè÷åñêèé ñáîðíèê
ÒÄ–Òåçèñû äîêëàäîâ
ÒÊ–Òîïîãðàôèÿ êëàäîâ
ÒÑ–Òþðêîëîãè÷åñêèé ñáîðíèê
×ÐÑ–×óâàøñêî-ðóññêèé ñëîâàðü
Ý–Ýïèãðàôèêà Âîñòîêà
AA–Arabskiy Anonym
AEMA–Archivum Eurasiae Medii Aevi
AI–Annales Islamologiques
AI–Arxeologicheskie Issledovaniya
AOASH–Acta Orientalia Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae
BE–Brochaus die Enzyklopadie
BGA–Bibliotheca geographorum arabicorum
BSOS–Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies (London University)
BSOAS–Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies
CAC–Cahiers d‘Asie Centrale
CAJ–Central Asiatic Journal
CHI–The Cambridge History of Iran
CHIs–The Cambridge History of Islam
371
CRS–Chuvashsko-Russkiy Slovar
DA–Drevnie Avtory
DTS–Drevnetiurksky Slovar
EA–Etnicheskiy Atlas
EB–Encyclopaedia Britannica
EI–The Encyclopaedy of Islam
EIran–Encyclopaedia Iranica
ERS–Ethnic and Racial Studies
GLE–Grand Larusse encyclopedique
GMS–Gibb Memorail Series
HCCA–History of Civilizations of Central Asia
HJAS–Harvard Journal of Asiatic Studies
IA–Islam Ansiklopedisi
ID–Iziskanny Dar
IJCAS–International Journal of Central Asian Studies
IJMES–International Journal of Middle East Studies
HC–History of Chaliphs
IS–Iranian Studies
ITED–Islam tetkikleri Enstitusu Dergisi
JAOS–Journal of the American Oriental Society
JRAS–Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society
JTS–Journal of Turkish Studies
KD–Kniga Deyaniy
KI–Kultura i Iskusstvo
MHCK–Materialy po Istorii Kyrgyzov i Kyrgyzstana
MK–Koshghariy, Mahmud
MN–Mify Narodov
MO–Manuscripta Orientalia. International Journal for Oriental Manuscript Research
MS–Manuscript
MW–The Moslem World
NC–The Numismatic Chronicle
NE–The National Encyclipaedia
NS–Novaya Stranitsa
NSA–Narody Sredney Azii
OH–Orientwissenschaftliche Hefte
372
OMA–O‘zbek Mumtoz Adabiyoti
OO–Oshskaya Oblast
OO–Orta Osiyolik
PFEH–Papers on Far Eastern History
PhD–Philosofy Doctor
PKI–Pamiatniki Kultury i Iskusstva
PRS–Persidsko-Russkiy Slovar
PS–Pehleviysko-Persidsko-Armiano-Russko-Angliyskiy Slovar
RPR–Russko-Persidskiy Slovar
RTS–Russko-Turetskiy Slovar
SF–Sogdiyskie Fragmenty
SI–Studia Iranica
SO–Statisticheskiy Obzor
SOF–Statisticheskiy Obzor Ferganskoy Doliny
SOP–Studies Oriental Pedersen
TA–Turk Ansiklopedisi
TK–Topografiya Kladov
UMA–Uzbek Mumtoz Adabiyoti
VIR–Vseobshaya Istoriya Religiy
VT–Vostochny Turkestan
ZDP–Zhivopis Drevnego Pendjikenta
Institutions
ÀÍ–Àêàäåìèÿ íàóê
ÃÈÌ–Ãîñóäàðñòâåííûé Èñòîðè÷åñêèé ìóçåé
ÃÝ–Ãîñóäàðñòâåííûé Ýðìèòàæ
È–Èíñòèòóò âîñòîêîâåäåíèÿ
ÈÈÀ–Èíñòèòóò èñòîðèè è àðõåîëîãèè
ÈÈÀÝ–Èíñòèòóò èñòîðèè, àðõåîëîãèè è ýòíîãðàôèè
ÈÍÀ–Èíñòèòóò íàðîäîâ Àçèè
ËΖËåíèíãðàäñêîå îòäåëåíèå
ÌÃÓ–Ìîñêîâñêèé Ãîñóäàðñòâåííûé óíèâåðñèòåò
ÍÁÓ–Íàöèîíàëüíûé áàíê Óçáåêèñòàíà
ÍÓÓç–Íàöèîíàëüíûé óíèâåðñèòåò Óçáåêèñòàíà
373
ÎÎÍ–Îòäåëåíèå îáùåñòâåííûõ íàóê
ÐÀÍ–Ðîññèéñêàÿ Àêàäåìèÿ íàóê
ÐÊ–Ðåñïóáëèêà Êàçàõñòàí
ÑÀÀÝ–Ñîâåòñêî-àôãàíñêàÿ àðõåîëîãè÷åñêàÿ ýêñïåäèöèÿ
ÑÀÝ–Ñåìèðå÷åíñêàÿ àðõåîëîãè÷åñêàÿ ýêñïåäèöèÿ
ÑÑÑЖÑîþç Ñîâåòñêèõ Ñîöèàëèñòè÷åñêèõ Ðåñïóáëèê
ÑΖÑèáèðñêîå îòäåëåíèå
ÒàøÃÓ–Òàøêåíòñêèé Ãîñóäàðñòâåííûé óíèâåðñèòåò
ÒÀÝ–Òàäæèêñêàÿ àðõåîëîãè÷åñêàÿ ýêñïåäèöèÿ
ÞÒÀÊÝ–Þæíî-Òóðêìåíèñòàíñêàÿ àðõåîëîãè÷åñêàÿ êîìïëåêñíàÿ ýêñïåäèöèÿ
AGS–The American Geographic Society
ANS–The American Numismatic Society
BSOAS–Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London.
IACAS–International Association of Central Asian Studies
NBU–National Bank of Uzbekistan
NUUz–National University of Uzbekistan
RIIAS–Research Institute for Inner Asian Studies
UNESCO–United Nations Economical Scientific Cooperation Organization
374

Transliteration
A a – long vowel à (Arab. alif)
I i – long vowel i (Arab. yay)
Ū u – long vowel u (Arab. waw)
ō – long vowel î
ē – long vowel å
dh – interdental sound (Arab. dhal)
q – hard consonant sound (Arab. qaf)
gh – hard consonant sound (Arab. ghayn)
th – interdental sound (Arab. tha)
kh – hard consonant sound (Arab. kha)
 - Arab. àyn
‘ - Arab. hamza
č – ch
h – soft sound (Arab. ha)
χ – Greek., hard consonant õ
δ – Greek., interdental sound between d and z (like the Arab. dhal)
ŋ – Greek., the sound which gives combination of n and g.
γ – Greek., hard consonant gh
š – sh (Arab. shin)
ž – zh
375

Sources on Samanid genealogy
Sources Tracing Samanids' Origin to Bahram Chubin
1. Àbu Ishaq àl-Farisi àl-Istakhri (4th/10th c.). “Ìàsalik al-Mamalik” (“The Ways of the Countries”).
2. Àbu Àli Balàmi (4th/10th c.). Preface to the Persian Translation of “Tarikh al-Tabari” (“The History of al-Tabari”).
3. “Hudud al-Alam” (“The Regions of the World”) by unknown author of 4th/10th century.
4. Ibn Hawqal (4th/10th c.). “Surat al-Ard” (“Configuration of the Earth”).
5. Shams al-Din al-Muqaddasi (4th/10th c.). “Ahsan al-Taqasim ila Marifat al-Aqalim” (“The Best Division in Knowledge of Climats”).
6. Àbu Bakr Djàfar ibn Ìuhammad àl-Narshakhi (4th/10th c.). “Tarikh Bukhara” (“The History of Bukhara”).
7. Àbu Sàid Àbd àl-Hayy Gardizi (5th/11th c.). “Zayn al-Akhbar” (“The Best of Annales”).
8. Àbu Rayhan al-Biruni (5th/11th c.). “Àl-Athar al-Baqiya àn il-Qurun àl-Khaliya” (“The Monument Remained from the Passed Times”).
9. Àbu Hafs Umar àl-Nasafi (6th/12th c.). “Àl-Qand fi Dhikr Ulama‘ Samarqand” (“The Sweet of Information about Scholars of Samarqand”).
10. Àbu Sàd Àbd àl-Karim ibn Ìuhammad àl-Sàmani (6th/12th c.). “Àl-Ànsab” (“The Genealogies”).
11. Yaqut al-Hamawi (7th/13th c.). “Ìudjàm àl-Bildan” (“The Collection of Countries”).
12. Ibn àl-Àthir (7th/13th c.). “Àl-Êamil fi-l-Tà‘rikh” (“The Complete Book in the History”).
13. Djamal àl-Qarshi (8th/early 14th c.). “àl-Ìulhaqat bi-l-Surah” (“The Additions of the Evident”).
14. Hamd Àllah Qazwini (9th/15th c.). “Tarikh-i Guzida” (“The Select History”).
15. Ìirwkhand (9th/15th c.). “Rawdat al-Safa” (“The Garden of Purity”).
16. “The Nasab-Namà” (“The Genealogy”) of Ismail ibn Ahmad al-Samani (11th/17th c.).
376
Sources with Direct or Indirect Indications on Turkic Origin of the Samanids
1. Shams àl-Din àl-Ìuqaddasi (4th/10th c.). “Ahsan al-Taqasim ila Marifat al-Aqalim” (“The Best Division in Knowledge of Climats”).
2. Àbu-l-Fadl Bayhaqi (5th/11th c.). “Tarikh-i Ìàsud” (“The History of Masud”).
3. Àbu Sàd Àbd àl-Êàrim ibn Ìuhammad àl-Sàmani (6th/12th c.). “Àl-Ànsab” (“The Genealogies”).
4. Àbu Bakr Àbd Àllah ibn Umar ibn Ìuhammad àl-Balkhi. “Fada‘il-i Balkh” (“The Merits of Balkh”).
5. Hamd Àllah Qazwini (9th/15th c.). “Tarikh-i Guzida” (“The Select History”).
6. “Àsahh àl-Tàwarikh” (“The Trueast Annales”) of the unknown author (7th/early 13th c.)
7. Yaqut al-Hamawi (7th/13th c.). “Ìudjàm àl-Bildan” (“The Collection of Countries”).
8. Ibn àl-Àthir (7th/13th c.). “Àl-Lubab fi Tadhkhib al-Ansab” (“The Pure in Classification of the Genealogies”) and “àl-Kamil fi-l-Tarikh” (“The Complete Book in History”).
9. Rashid al-Din (7th/13th c.). “Îghuz-Nama” (“The Book of the Oguzes”) and “Djami àl-Tàwarikh” (“The Collection of Histories”).
10. Ìuslih àl-Din Ìuhammad àl-Lari (9th/15th c.). “Ìir‘at àl-Adwar” (“The Mirror of Epochs”).
11. Hafiz-i Abru (9th/15th c.). “Ìàdjmüà” (The Collection).
12. Ibn Òàghri-Bardi (9th/15th c.). Àl-Nudjum al-Zahira fi Muluk Ìisr wà-l-Qahirà” (“The Appeared Stars in the Kings of Egypt and Cairo”).
13. Khwandamir (10th/16th c.). “Habir al-Siyar fi Akhbar Afrad àl-Bashar (“The Favourite of the Biograpies in the History of the People”)
14. Hafiz-i Òànish Bukhari (10th/16th c.). “ Àbd Àllah-Namà” (“The Book of Abd Allah”).
15. Ìàhmud ibn Wàli (11th/17th c.). “Bahr àl-Asrar fi Manaqib àl-Akhyar” (“The See of Secrets on the Valours of the Devouts”).
16. Àbu-l-Ghazi Bahadur-Khan (11th/17th c.). “Shadjara al-Tàrakima” (“The Tribal Tree of the Turkmens”).
17. “Sàdiya” of the unknoun author (11th/17th c.).
18. Àhmad àl-Usturlabi àl-Sàghani àl-Òirmidhi (11th/17th c.). “Ilm àl-Nudjum” (“The Astronomy”).
19. “Nasab-Namà” of Ismail ibn Ahmad al-Samani (11th/17th c.)
20. The Medallion of Mansur ibn Nuh al-Samani (4th/10th c.).
377, 378

Family Tree of Bahram Chubin
291
291
This genealogy is cited in the composition “Zayn al-Akhbar” by Gardizi [Gardizi: 62].
  1. Kayumars
  2. Ìànisha
  3. Farwak
  4. Khushang
  5. Àskahd
  6. Àfridun
  7. Iradj
  8. Kuzak
  9. Doser Ìànuchehr
  10. Àrsatin
  11. Wemam
  12. Frwin
  13. Ikhshin
  14. Beshdad
  15. Sàdsàd
  16. Êåshrad
  17. Fadan
  18. Ìihran
  19. Ìàrzwan
  20. Ìàras
  21. Ìilad
  22. Qarghin
  23. Sàfràsp
  24. Djerdad
  25. Kuzak
  26. Shasp
  27. Bahram
  28. Sim
  29. Ferawl
  30. Fir
  31. Randjahan
  32. Hadad
  33. Bestar
  34. Char
  35. Djam
  36. Dirkar
  37. Kardar
  38. Ànfian
  39. Kuzak
  40. Bahram Hasis (Gushnasp)
  41. Bahram Chubin
379

Family tree of Saman-Khudat
292
292 This genealogy is cited in the sources of 4th/10th – beginning of 7th/13th centuries (Ibn Hawqal, Balàmi, al-Biruni, Gardizi, Àbu Hafs al-Nasafi, al-Samani, Yaqut al-Hamawi, Ibn al-Athir). The author of “Hudud al-Alam”, Narshakhi, and some later sources (Hamd Allah Qazwini, Ìirkhwand, Khwandamir, etc.) named only Bahram Chubin as the higher ancestor of Saman-Khudat. Some important specifications to this genealogy contain the works of later authors – Rashid al-Din, Ìàhmud ibn Wali, Ìuhammad al-Lari, al-Usturlabi, and in the composition “Sàdiyà” of the unknown author.
 
  1. Bahrām Gushnasp
  2. Bahram Chubin
  3. Tughrul (Shawul)
  4. Nushrad (Hawsh, Ànush)
  5. Òàmghach (Òànghath, Òàmghasp, Òàmgharth, Òàmghat, Òàghmath, Òàghan, Sàmtfghan)
  6. Djabba-Khan (Djuba, Djimasyan, Djasiman, Djisman, Djusman, Hamitan, Haman)
  7. Saman-Khudat (Saman-Yabgu, Àrquq, Êakuldar)
380
 
Family Tree of the Samanid dynasty293
293 The complete genealogical tree of the Samanids clan consisted of 55 members [Zambaur 1927: 202].
 
    1.  Saman-Khudat
Balkh (first half of 8th c.)
   
    2.  Àsàd
Ìarw (end of 8th – beginning of 9th c.)
   
3.  Nuh
Sàmàrqànd (204/819)
  4.  Àhmad I
Farghanà (204/819)
5.  Yahya
al-Shash (Chach, Tashkent) (204/819)
6.  Ilyas
Harat (Herat) (204/819)
7.  Nàsr I
Sàmàrqànd (250–279/864–892)
  8.  Èñìàèë I al-Madi
Bukhara (279–295/892–907)
   
    9.  Àhmad II al-Shahid
(295–301/907–914)
   
    10.  Nàsr II àl-Sàid
(301–331/914–943)
   
    11.  Nuh I àl-Hàmid
(331–343/943–954)
   
    12.  Àbd àl-Ìàlik I àl-Ìu‘àyyàd (al-Rashid)
(343–350/954–961)
   
    13.  Ìànsur I al-Muzaffar (àl-Sàdid)
(350–365/961–976)
   
    14.  Nuh II àl-Rida (al-Rashid)
(365–387/976–997)
   
    15.  Ìàíñóð II
(387–389/997–999)
   
    16.  Àbd àl-Ìàlik II
(389–390/999–1000)
   
    17.  Ismail àl-Ìuntasir
(390–395/1000–1005 )
   

381


List of recent publications on Samanids by Dr. Shamsiddin S. Kamoliddin 2004
2004
1. Ñîìîíèéëàð // ¡çáåêèñòîí Ìèëëèé ýíöèêëîïåäèÿñè. Ò. 8 (Ñîëíîìà–Ò¢éòåïà). Òîøêåíò, 2004. Ñ. 13–15. 2005
2006
2. Ê âîïðîñó îá ýòíè÷åñêîé ñèòóàöèè â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè â IX–X ââ. () // ¡çáåêèñòîí òàðèõè ìîääèé ìàäàíèÿò âà ѐçìà ìàíáàëàðäà. Òîøêåíò: Ôàí, 2005. Ñ. 231–241. (the last offprint in Tashkent, 2010) 2006
3. Ñîìîíèéëàðíèíã êåëèá ÷èқèøè ìàñàëàñèãà äîèð // Òóðîí òàðèõè. 2006, ¹ 2. Ñ. 14–18. (the last offprint in Tashkent, 2010)
4. Î ðåëèãèîçíîé ïðèíàäëåæíîñòè ïðåäêîâ Ñàìàí-õóäàòà // Moziydan sado ( َEcho of History, Ýõî èñòîðèè), 2006, 3 (31). Ñ. 14–17.
5. Ê âîïðîñó î ïðîèñõîæäåíèè Ñàìàíèäîâ // Moziydan Sado (Echo of History, Ýõî èñòîðèè), 2006, 4 (32). C. 15–18.
6. Ê âîïðîñó î ïðîèñõîæäåíèè Ñàìàíèäîâ // V Âñåðîññèéñêèé ñúåçä âîñòîêîâåäîâ. Âîñòîê â èñòîðè÷åñêèõ ñóäüáàõ íàðîäîâ Ðîññèè. Êíèãà 3. Óôà, 2006. C. 206–209. 2007
2008
7. Ê âîïðîñó î ïðîèñõîæäåíèè Ñàìàíèäîâ // International Congress of Asian and North African Studies (ICANAS) XXXVIII (September 10–15, 2007), Ankara (Turkey). Abstracts, p. 299–300. 2008
8. Ê âîïðîñó î ïðîèñõîæäåíèè Ñàìàíèäîâ, in: Archivum Eurasiae Medii Aevi, 15 (2006/2007), Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2008, ð. 39–63. (the last offprint in Tashkent, 2010)
9. Î ðåëèãèîçíîé ïðèíàäëåæíîñòè ïðåäêîâ Ñàìàíèäîâ // Êóëüòóðíûå öåííîñòè. 2004–2006. Öåíòðàëüíàÿ Àçèÿ â ïðîøëîì è íàñòîÿùåì. Ñàíêò-Ïåòåðáóðã, 2008. Ñ. 13–21. (the last offprint in Tashkent, 2010)
382
10. Îáðàç Áàõðàìà ×óáèíà â ôîëüêëîðå òþðêñêèõ íàðîäîâ // Moziydan sado (Echo of History, Ýõî èñòîðèè), 2008, 4 (40). Ñ. 37–41. (the last offprint in Tashkent, 2010)
11. Ïðîèñõîæäåíèå Ñàìàíèäîâ. Ñåðèÿ “Ðàáî÷èå äîêóìåíòû ÈÔÅÀÊ” (Document de travail de l‘IFEAC), 31-âûïóñê, àâãóñò 2008 (¹ 31, août 2008). Òàøêåíò: ÈÔÅÀÊ, 2008. 114 ñ. (the last offprint in Tashkent, 2010)
12. On the Origin of the Samanids, in: Abstracts of Papers of the Fifteenth Annual Central Eurasian Studies Conference, March 22–23 2008, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana, USA, p. 77. 2009
2009
13. Ìåäàëüîí Ìàíñóðà èáí Íóõà // Archivum Eurasiae Media Aevi, 16 (2008/2009), Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag, 2009, ð. 113–119. (the last offprint in Tashkent, 2010)
14. Ñâåäåíèÿ èñòî÷íèêîâ î ×à÷å êàê âëàäåíèè äîèñëàìñêèõ ïðåäêîâ Ñàìàíèäîâ // ¡çáåêèñòîíäà èæòèìîèé ôàíëàð/Îáùåñòâåííûå íàóêè â Óçáåêèñòàíå, 2009, ¹ 2. Ñ. 22–31. (the last offprint in Tashkent, 2010)
15. Ñèìâîëèêà òþðêñêèõ ïðàâèòåëåé Ñðåäíåé Àçèè IX–íà÷àëà XIII â. // Uzbek-Japanese Scientific Cooperation: History and Culture of Central Asia. Sources and Methodological Issues (September 3–4, 2009). Abstracts, p. 6–7. Tashkent, Uzbekistan.
16. Ñèìâîëèêà Ñàìàíèäîâ // Asiatica. Òðóäû ïî ôèëîñîôèè è êóëüòóðàì Âîñòîêà. Âûï. 3 / Îòâ. ðåä. Ñ.Ïàõîìîâ. ÑÏá.: Èçä-âî Ñ.-Ïåòåðáóðãñêîãî óí-òåòà, 2009. Ñ. 49–60. 2010
2010
17. Samanlylarin Gelip Cykyšy Bilen/Ê âîïðîñó î ïðîèñõîæäåíèè Ñàìàíèäîâ/About the Origin of Samanids // Miras (Íàñëåäèå, Heritage), 2010, ¹ 2 (38). Ašgabat (Turkmenistan), p. 64–82.
18. On the Religion of the Samanids Ancestors // International Symposium on the History of Xinjiang China and the Central Asia. August 18–25, 2010. Urumci, China.
19. Samanilar kökeni // Sosyal Bilimler Dergisi, Kirgizistan-Türkiye Manas Universitesi Yayinlari, Biškek, 2010.
2011
20. Ê âîïðîñó îá ýòèìîëîãèè ñëîâà “Ñàìàí” // ¡çáåêèñòîíäà èæòèìîèé ôàíëàð/Îáùåñòâåííûå íàóêè â Óçáåêèñòàíå, 2011, ¹ 1. Ñ. (â ïå÷àòè).
383
Online Publications
2005
21. Ê âîïðîñó î ïðîèñõîæäåíèè Ñàìàíèäîâ. ×àñòü 1: Áàõðàì ×óáèí // Ýòíî-æóðíàë, ¹ 12, àïðåëü 2005, 45 ñòð. (http://www.ethnonet.ru/pub/chubin.html )
22. To the Question of the Origin of the Samanids. Part 1: Bahram Chubin, in: Transoxiana, 10 (Julio 2005), 45 ð. (http://www.transoxiana.org/0110/kamoliddin_bahram_chobin.html).
2006
23. On the Religion of the Samanids' Ancestors, in: Transoxiana, 11 (2006), 16 ð. (http://www.transoxiana.org).
24. Îá ýòíè÷åñêîé ñèòóàöèè â Ñðåäíåé Àçèè ïðè Ñàìàíèäàõ // Ýòíî-æóðíàë, ¹ 21, ìàðò 2006 (http://www.ethnonet.ru/ru/pub/2103-06.html).
2008
25. Ïðîèñõîæäåíèå Ñàìàíèäîâ. Ñåðèÿ “Ðàáî÷èå äîêóìåíòû ÈÔÅÀÊ” (Document de travail de l‘IFEAC), 31-âûïóñê, àâãóñò 2008 (¹ 31, août 2008). Òàøêåíò: ÈÔÅÀÊ, 2008. (http://www.ifeac.org/fr/publications/doc)
384

Index of geographical and topographical names
A
Abarshahr 13, 14, 48
Abbasids Caliphate 114, 123, 124, 132, 137, 169, 186, 189, 193, 194, 198, 203, 205, 209, 212, 213, 234–236, 276, 279, 283, 284
Ab-i Djand, river 93
Abghar 179
Abishir-Say, river 177
Abissinia 23
Adharbaydjan (Azerbajan) 9, 22, 26, 82, 115, 245, 246, 254
al-Adjam 16, 166
Adjina-Tepa, site 47, 48, 72
Afghanistan 157
Afrasiab, site 29, 40, 56, 58, 64, 68, 95, 139, 161–163, 178, 232
Africa 23
Afshar (Awshar) 154
Aghaliq, mountains 257
Ak-Beshim, site 145, 259, 260
Akhsikath 64, 171, 179, 200
Ak-Tepa, site 56, 100
Ak-Tobe 259
Ala-Karga 26
Alexandria 6, 118
Almaty 258, 264
Altay 36, 42, 54, 83, 100, 144, 155, 164, 173, 174, 177, 202, 263
America 23, 25, 66, 175
Amu, river 147
Amu Darya, river 15, 35, 46, 96, 141, 150, 152, 159, 165, 178, 205, 212, 260
Amul 176
Amur, river 243
An 140
Anbar (Anbir) 106
al-Andalus 11, 213
385
Andalusia–see al-Andalus
Andarab 171, 199, 209, 210, 212
Andidjan 19
Andidjaragh (Andicharagh) 170, 200
Andkhudh 48, 78
Angor 176
Angren 259
Ankara 86, 87, 93
Ansi 146
Apahtark 158
Arabia 237
Arab Caliphate 34, 70, 72, 86, 91, 92, 93, 100, 110, 112, 113, 116–118, 121, 132, 133, 135–138, 141, 165, 168, 180, 182, 188, 189, 192–194, 197, 203, 204, 206, 207, 209, 212, 214, 215, 218, 219, 222, 223, 226–229, 241, 254–256, 260, 262, 268, 274, 279, 281–283
Arakhosia 80, 83
Aral region 10, 90, 278
Aral, lake 10, 155, 182
Aravan 177
Aravan-Say, river 177
Ardashir-Kwwarra 13, 29
Ariyaq 152
Armenia–see Arminiya
Arminiya 9, 10, 20, 91, 115, 130, 142
Artudj 105, 127
Aruk-Taw 259
Ashgabat 25
Ashnas 92, 93
Asia Minor 63, 64, 118, 145, 157, 194, 233, 278
Ashmolean, museum 79
Astana, cemetery 83
Astana Baba 108
Astiyakand 120
Atbash 28, 127
At-Bashi–see Atbash
Awaza 19, 152
386
Awlie-Ata 259
Aywadj 260
B
Bab al-Abwab 11, 15
Bab al-Turk, gate 75
Bab al-Yahud, gate 65
Babylon 10, 46, 53, 191
Bactria 35, 42, 43, 155, 175, 178
Badakhshan 87, 170, 191, 199, 212
Bagdad 6, 7, 13, 18, 19, 33, 55, 59, 69, 86, 96, 112, 113, 115, 117, 121, 126, 131–136, 138, 141, 142, 169, 186, 189, 196–198, 203–209, 215, 217–220, 222, 223, 225–229, 232, 233, 236, 245–247, 256, 267–269, 273, 283
Bagh-i Buzurg 76
Bagh-i Khani 76
Baghlan 43
Baharzeh 72
Bahrayn 169, 199, 205
Bakht (?) 22, 112
Balalyk-Tepa, site 58, 139, 147
Balandjar 14
Balasaghun 125, 127, 129, 147, 259, 260
Baliarat, river 20
Balkh 6, 7, 11, 18–22, 24, 30, 34, 35, 38, 41–48, 50, 52, 63–65, 68, 70–78, 82, 85, 87, 91, 92, 95–99, 101–103, 106, 120, 126, 170, 171, 179, 191, 199, 210, 211, 213, 222, 223, 235, 236, 244, 246, 250, 257, 269, 281
Baltic-Caspian way 214
Baltic Sea 214
Bamiyan 66, 74, 170, 199
Bandian, site 150
Barab–see Parab
Bardaq 154
al-Bardhaa 11
Bargin-i Farakh 152
Barmak 71
387
Bars (Baris), ribat 154
Barskat 154
Barskhan 17, 32, 154
Bashkortstan (Bashkiria) 163
al-Basra 19, 113, 124, 205, 255
Baykand (Paykand) 17, 19, 20, 37, 40, 55, 77, 121, 122, 141, 148, 149, 153, 162, 171, 187, 200, 213
Bayram Ali 259
Baysun 178
Bayt al-Hikma 13
Bazar-i Makh 54
Behistun 163
Belukha, peak 144
Berlin 86
Beziklik, site 175
Bik 170
Bilad al-Turk 183
Birmas 154
Bishapur 13
Bish-Balyq 169
Biskand 120
Bitik 155
Bit-Tepa, site 56
Black Sea 214, 264
Botay, site 173
Budakhkath 122
Buhayrat Bukhara 152
Buhayrat Khudjad 152
Bukhara 5, 14, 17, 20, 23, 26, 30, 34, 37–42, 46, 48, 49, 54, 57, 61, 63, 66, 68, 70, 72, 73, 80, 91, 96, 101, 105, 106–110, 112, 119, 121, 124, 128–131, 132, 138–144, 146–155, 157, 158, 162, 164, 165, 170, 171, 179, 181, 183, 185, 187, 189, 191, 193, 196, 199, 200, 201, 209, 211–213, 216–219, 223, 224, 226, 232, 233, 235–238, 243, 244, 249, 250, 252, 258, 259, 262, 272, 281, 282, 283
Bukhara Khanate–see Bukhara
al-Bukhariyya, mosque 7
388
al-Bulghar (Bulgharia) 154, 214, 216, 253, 264
Bulungur 26
Bumidjkath–see Numidjkath
Bundjikath 148
Burdj Qishm 171, 199
Burzun 154
Bust 106, 170, 197, 199
al-Buttam 55, 167
Byzantine 11–13, 18, 20, 32, 45, 46, 78, 116, 123, 202, 214
C
Caracol–see Karakul
Caspian Sea 51, 119, 131, 155, 192, 214, 278
Caucasus 11, 20, 22, 108, 118, 173, 174, 194, 202, 208, 213, 263, 264
Central Asia 5, 6, 10, 12, 22, 23, 26, 28, 35, 36, 39, 40, 43, 47, 50, 51, 53, 54, 56–62, 66, 72, 80, 82, 83, 89–92, 100, 101, 108, 109, 113, 114, 117, 118, 121, 123, 124, 128, 130, 131, 134, 137, 139, 140, 143–146, 150, 152, 153, 156–169, 171–173, 176, 179–183, 185–188, 193–197, 201–203, 207, 209–212, 215, 217, 222–224, 229–232, 234, 235, 238–241, 245, 252, 254, 256–259, 262–264, 266–270, 276, 278–280, 282–284
Chach 22, 30, 41, 49, 56, 60, 77, 78, 80, 89, 93, 94, 95, 103, 128, 139, 143, 144, 146, 147, 160, 168, 169, 176, 180, 198, 214, 242, 253, 259, 281
Chaghan–see Chaghaniyan
Chaghaniyan 31, 47, 53, 91, 122, 144, 147, 169–171, 176, 178, 179, 191, 192, 198, 199, 210, 223, 224, 252, 255
Chan‘an 174
Characharta 152, 153
Chayan 56
Che-khan-na 53
Chimkent 145
Chin 21, 46, 47, 264
China 34, 37, 38, 42, 46, 54, 62, 66, 123, 142, 149, 152, 156, 158, 160, 165, 173, 174, 176, 177, 187, 202, 213, 215, 222, 231, 241, 265, 266
Chinese Court Yard 174, 177
Chirchik, river 119
Chirik-Rabat, site 10
389
Chon-Kazak 260
Chu, river 112, 163, 164, 182, 233, 259
Chuba-Yuzi 78
Chubin (Djubin) 48, 78, 101
Chubinabad 48, 78, 101
Chzhao‘Wu 139
Constantinopole 53, 144, 241
Crimea 202, 277, 278
D
Dakhfandun 155
Dalvarzin-Tepa 139, 258
Damascus 213
Danube (Dunay) 241
Darabgerd 13, 15
Darband 11
Darb-i Waqia 75
Dargaz 150
Dar al-Harb 119, 183
Dar al-Ibada 131
Dar al-Islam 119, 183
Dar al-Kufr 183
Darwaza-i Djabba-Khan–see Djabba-Khan, gate
Darwaza-i Turk–see Bab al-Turk
Davan 176, 177
Dawlatabad 72
al-Daylam 74, 204
Dayr Rabia 196
Dih-i Chub 15
Dih-i Shaykh, gate 76
Dihistan 72, 114, 239, 273
Dilberdjin, site 58
Ding of Arslan-Khan 37
Dingiz, lake 152
Diz-Ruyin 153
390
Djabba-Karan, quarter 78
Djabba-Khan 75
Djabba-Khan, gate 75, 76
Djabba-Khan, quarter 75, 76
Djabba-Khan-abad 75
Djabghukath 89, 93
Djabkhan 77
Djahudhan 65
Djahudhanak 65
Djalalabad 73
Djambul 60, 233, 259
Djand 92, 106, 107, 154
Djand Suyi, river 93
Djankeldi-Biy, mosque 76
Djar-Kurgan 56, 100
Djar-Kutan, site 42
Djayhun, river 16, 46, 168
al-Djazira 115
Djibachi 78
al-Djibal 169, 198
Djidda 213
Djiga-Tepa, site 11, 41, 99
Djizak 40, 177
Dju-i But, channel 41
Djul 260
Djundishapur 13
Djurdjan (Gurgan, Hyrcania)–see Gurgan
Djurzuwan–see Gurzuwan
Djuzdjan–see Guzganan
Dnepr, river 214
Don, river 214
Dumos, river 153
Dun-Huan, temple 39, 66, 143, 158, 162
Dushanbe 259
391
E
East 20, 42, 47, 57, 128, 135, 146, 202, 210, 214, 220, 224, 226, 227, 231
East Asia 63, 237, 241
Egypt 6, 10, 11, 18, 64–66, 113, 118, 130, 135, 166, 180, 185, 198, 202, 204, 212, 254, 272, 276, 278
Elam 172
Etil 158
Ershi 177
Euphrates, river 116
Eurasia 70
Eurasian steppes 65, 68, 161, 269
Europe 23, 210, 214, 231, 254, 264
F
Fan-Darya 55
Farab–see Farabr
Farab–see Parab
Farabr 37, 122, 155
Farakhsha–see Warakhsha
Far East 263
Farghana (Fergana) 6, 16–22, 26, 30, 39, 41, 46, 47, 53, 55, 56, 61–65, 68, 71, 72, 85, 90, 93, 96–105, 109, 117, 119–122, 124, 126–128, 143–146, 160, 163, 167, 168, 171, 172, 175–179, 182, 185, 191, 192, 200, 210, 213, 215, 222, 223, 246, 252, 259, 264, 269
Farkhar 151
Farunkath 184
Farwan 63, 68
Faryab 48, 65, 78
Fashuq 154
Fayaz-Tepa, site 72
Fayy 141, 223
Forward East 232, 279
Frinkent 259
Fustat 170, 199
392
G
Gallery of Arts 109
Gandhara 37, 38, 42, 48, 49, 60, 76, 78, 81, 109, 183, 221, 242
Gaochan 69, 99, 105, 222
Gargarayan 25
al-Gharb 225
Gharchistan 114, 191, 192
Gharkand 154
Ghazna 62, 68, 192, 197, 213, 223, 232, 250, 252, 262, 275
Ghur 114, 191, 192, 258
Ghuz Turkistan 214
Ghuzkent 154
Giperboreys North 214
Gobi, desert 243
Golden Horde 68, 69, 78, 253, 278
Great Wall 46
Greece 66
Gunt, river 261
Gurgan 6, 9, 13, 73, 74, 81, 108, 114, 123, 131, 154, 164, 191, 212, 218, 239, 255, 272, 281
Gurgandj 214
Gurlan 26
Gurzuwan (Djurzuwan) 106
Guzar-i Djabba-Khan–see Djabba-Khan, quarter
Guzganan 48, 78, 91, 106, 170, 179, 191, 192, 199, 200, 223, 235, 255
H
Hadda 73
Haft-Deh 120
Halach Mahmud, mosque 93
Halaward 170, 199
Hallur 172
Hamadan 24, 113
Harahvatiš 35
Harat (Herat) 6, 14, 48, 72, 90, 118, 191
Har khana 16
393
Harran 45
Harward University 267
Haybaq 73
al-Haytal 182
Hazar-Asp 26
Hazar-Sum 73
al-Hind 50
Hindustan 21, 36
Hisn-i Kufadj 75
Holland 278
Hoy-He 54
Huang-He, river 173
Hulbuk 170, 178, 200, 233, 234
Hunns Empire 91
I
Iaxartes, river 153, 175
Ilan-Say, gorge 257
Ilaq 64, 167, 169, 198
Ilaq, river 179
India 23, 36, 43–47, 57, 60, 65, 66, 72, 82, 109, 123, 125, 172, 185, 213, 215, 216, 231, 247, 258
Infidel Area 182
Inner Asia 123, 160
Persia 13–15, 21, 30, 33, 36, 39, 43–46, 60, 61, 80, 90, 132–136, 150, 157, 161, 164–167, 169, 176, 183, 193, 194, 199, 202, 212, 231, 237, 245, 247, 249, 252, 253, 255, 257, 279, 280, 282, 284
Iranshahr 50, 247
al-Iraq 19, 25, 86, 96, 116, 132, 194, 196, 212, 215, 217, 258,
Isfahan 15, 72, 80, 120, 127, 217, 248
Isfara 259
Isfara-Say, river 176
Ishtikhan 51, 139, 147, 179
Iskidjkath 148
Islam Empire 182, 213, 238
394
Ispidjab (Isfidjab) 63, 119, 120–122, 125, 127, 169, 171, 191, 192, 196–198, 200, 213, 238, 267
Istabayghu 90
Istanbul 86 88, 241, 266
Isyq, kurgan 175
Isyq-Kul (Issyk Kul) , lake 17, 28, 32, 64, 128, 154, 182, 258
J
Jana-Darya, river 10
Japan 17
Jerusalem 66
K
al-Kaba 135
Kabudan 147, 209
Kabul 62, 68, 78, 82, 163, 232, 242, 261, 263
Kadirkan 159
Kafir-Kala 58, 259
Kagan 26
Kala-i Bala 193
Kala-i Kafignigan, site 47, 58, 72
Kala-i Kahkaha, site 57
Kalaly-Gyr 259
Kalkan-Say 155
Kama, river 213
Kamardja 17
Kamashi 260
Kan 39, 51, 52, 58, 61, 100, 162
Kan-i Badam 176
Kanchan 213
Kandj-Deh 126
Kandjida 179
Kangüy 77, 140, 177
Kanka, site 103
Kansu 70, 105, 216, 223
395
Kant 259
Karakul 152
Karakul, lake 152
Karasu, river 152, 153
Kara-Tepa, site 43, 68, 73
Kargalar 26
Kargali 26
Kargali-Ilik 26
Karga-Owul 26
Kargar 26
Karga-Tepa 26
Kargin 26
Karkar, river 22
Karshi 267
Kasan 119, 121, 179
Kasba 261
Kashghar 52, 90, 105, 127, 129, 136, 147, 213, 217
Kashka-Darya 23, 28, 42, 128, 153, 215, 260
Kashmir 19, 38, 70, 73, 82, 109, 150, 236
Kasht (?) 22, 112
Kath 214
Kawusan 46
Kerchevo 95
Khatirchi 26
Katta-Dangi 177
Kazakhstan 98, 163, 164, 173, 174, 233, 259
Kerki 108
al-Khazar 214, 216
Khakas (Kirgiz) Kaganate 243
Khalchayan 145
Khanaqah of Kakuldar 101
Khanate of Bukhara–see Bukhara
Kagan, channel 19
Khwarazm 26, 31, 56, 58, 78, 107, 115, 126, 140, 154, 164, 166, 171, 179, 180, 185, 191, 192, 200, 208, 213, 214, 216, 253, 259, 260, 262, 268, 272, 276, 278
396
Kharkhar 22
Khatun, temple 38
Khaylam 98
Khazar Kaganate 14
Khazar Steppe 15
Khitay 225
Khiwa 147
Khudjand 145, 233, 259
Khukandja 122
Khulm 22, 72
Khurasan (Khorasan) 5, 6–9, 16, 19, 20, 26, 28, 31–33, 36, 43, 71, 74, 76, 79, 91, 92, 96–98, 101, 106, 108–111, 113, 114, 116, 118, 120, 123, 124, 130–131, 135–138, 150, 153, 154, 164, 165–167, 169, 171, 189, 191, 192, 196, 197, 201, 203–205, 208, 210, 212, 213, 215, 216, 218–220, 224–226, 228, 229, 234–236, 238, 239, 243, 245, 246, 250, 252, 255, 258, 266, 268, 272, 273, 275, 278, 280–282, 284
Khutan 52, 129, 147
al-Khuttal–see Khuttalan
Khuttalan 32, 47, 55, 58, 72, 103, 114, 133, 145, 168, 170, 171, 178, 191, 199, 200, 223, 244
Khuzar 147
Khuzistan 13, 245
Kidan Kaganate 69, 243
Kiev Russia 214
Kimak Kaganate 15, 46, 69, 120, 243
Kirgiz Kaganate–see Khakas Kaganate
Kish 139, 147, 165, 168, 169, 179, 181, 183, 191, 193, 198
Kitab 176
Kirgizstan 100, 240, 259
Kirman 132, 218
Kochkor 100
Kokchetav 180
Kok-Djar 177
Kok-Karga 26
Konya 276
Kou-tou-lo 178
Krasnaya Rechka, site 68, 259, 260
397
Ktesifon 20, 101
al-Kufa 114, 256
Kuk 155
Kukshibaghn 155
Kulab 35
Kulan-Say 240, 259
Kushan Empire 38
Kushaniya 139
Kuyu-Mazar 259
409
L
Ladak 39
Lalma, site 73
Lashkar-i Bazar 234
Latin America 66
Lavandak, site 259
Leiden 278
Loban 167
M
al-Mada‘in 243
al-Madina 111, 114, 124, 126, 244
al-Madina al-Mahfuza 168
Madinat al-Tudjdjar 120
Ma‘ Djand 93
al-Maghrib 213, 226
Makh, temple 46, 61, 73
Makh, mosque 40, 73
Mamastin 37
Mamlakat al-Islam 183, 213
Manchester John Rylands, library 267
al-Maragha 245
Marasmanda 179
Margiana 129
Marguzar, mountains 177
398
Marhamat 177
Mars, temple 45, 66
Marw 6, 14, 17, 39, 43, 48, 71, 92, 103, 114–116, 123, 132, 141, 158, 191, 211, 239, 243–246, 249, 256, 268
Marw al-Rud–see Marwrud
Marwrud 13, 211
al-Mashriq 213, 220, 226, 227
al-Matira 57
Mawaraannahr 5, 6, 17, 31, 34, 43, 50, 52, 87, 91, 95–97, 116, 120, 128, 130, 137, 141, 152, 159, 165–169, 172, 179, 183–186, 191, 193, 196, 197, 203, 204, 212, 214, 217, 228, 229, 235, 238, 252, 259, 270
Maymurgh 258
Mazandaran 24
Mecca 111, 126, 245
Mercury, temple 46, 66
Mediterranean Sea 253
Mesopotamia 66, 115, 191
Middle East 214, 232, 279, 283
Milad-djird 23
Mirki 127, 129, 184
Misr 118
Miyan-Kal 128, 259
Mongolia 26, 83, 90, 99, 215, 266
Moon, temple 46, 67
Mosul 113, 218
Mugh, mountain 23, 112, 239, 256
al-Muhammadiyya 79, 83, 85, 143
Munchak-Tepa 60
al-Musalla 75
Muslim World–see Islam Empire
N
Nakhshab–see Nasaf
Namuna 101
Naqsh-i Rustam 163
399
Narpay 26
Naryn, river 175
Nasaf (Nakhshab) 37, 41, 83, 123, 139, 143, 145, 149, 150, 165, 178, 179, 182, 183, 191, 260, 261
Nasrabad 98, 171, 200
Nasya (Upper) 179
Nasya (Lower) 179
Nawazak 19, 42
Naw-Bahar, temple and monastery 21, 38, 41, 43–46, 70–73, 75–77, 103
Naw-Bahar, gate 40
Nawikath 127, 184
Nawkat 177
Nawqad Sawa 37, 149
Naz-Kul, lake 170, 178, 200
Near East 11, 23, 65, 135, 194, 269
Necessity, temple 45, 66
New Settlement 106
Nihawand 9, 41, 81, 114, 165
Nishapur 17, 126, 191, 225, 250, 255, 256
al-Nizamiyya, madrasah 206
North 224
Nur 106, 110, 149, 154
Nur-Ata 106, 154
Nur-Ata, mountains 162
Numidjkath (Bumidjkath) 149, 152, 187
Nushdjan (Nawshdjan) 28
O
Onions Mountains 139
sia Orkhon 140, 151, 155, 162, 233
Orta-Tagh 177
Osh–see Ūsh
Otrar–see Utrar
Oxford 79
Oxus, river 174
400
P
Pahl–see Balkh
Pamir, mountains 261
Panch 22, 112
Pandj, river 233
Pandjhir 167
Pandjikent 22, 70, 55–60, 83, 139, 140, 143–147, 175, 239, 241, 261
Parab 126, 127, 179, 182, 238, 274
Parghar 233
Paris 49
Parkhar 35
Parthia 9–11, 81, 101
Parthian Kingdom–see Parthia
Paykand–see Baykand
Pazyryk 174, 177
Persepolis 32, 248
Persia 13, 16, 127, 133, 135, 235–237, 254, 258, 268
Pokrovka 259
P‘o-li 178
Pukhar (Pughar)–see Bukhara
Pu-kho 39
Puqar–see Bukhara
Q
Qal‘a-i Djabba-Khan–see Djabba-Khan
al-Qalas 179
Qara (Kara)-Bulaq 100, 163
Qara (Kara)-Darya 153
Qaraghun 154
Qarakhanids Kaganate 203
Qara (Kara)-Kul, lake 152, 153
Qara (Kara)-Su 153
Qara (Kara)-Tegin 257
al-Qarinayn 139
al-Qariya al-Djadida 106, 154
401
Qariya-i Saman–see Saman
Qarluq (Karluk) Kaganate 46, 69, 213
Qarshi 153
Qirq-Qiz 97, 99
Qizil-Su 259
Qiz-Qir 37
Quba 16, 47, 53, 61, 63, 68, 72, 102, 145, 260
Qubadiyan 47, 73, 258
Qubbat al-Sulabiyya 218
Qunduz 81, 87, 95, 221, 241
R
Rabad al-Bukhariyya 186, 269
Rabad al-Kwarazmiyya 186, 269
Rabad al-Marawiza 186, 269
Rabad al-Sarakhsiyya 186, 269
Rabad Tardjuman ibn Salih 186
Rakhwad 13
Ramithan 37–39, 148, 149, 151, 152, 187
Ramtin–see Ramithan
Ramush 149
Ra‘um, mosque 120
Rawan 70, 71
al-Rayy–see Rey
Razaken 10
Rey 9, 10, 15, 29, 72, 80, 96, 123, 134, 154, 181, 196, 218, 247
Rigistan square 46
Riwdad 258
Rome–see al-Rum
Ru‘b 72
al-Rukkhadj 13, 106, 170, 197, 199
Rukhsin 261
al-Rum 42, 50
Russian Kingdom–see Russia
Russia 202, 214, 263
402
al-Rum 213, 216, 217, 223
al-Rus 216
Rustaq Bik 178
S
Sabran 128
al-Saghaniyan–see Chaghaniyan
Sakistan 247
Sal-Burun–see Saman-Burun
Saman I 7, 36, 72–75, 96
Saman II 7, 71, 72
Saman III 7
Saman-Burun 72
Samanchi 35
Samandar 14
Samangan (Simihgan) 72, 73, 103
Samanids Amirate 201
Samanli 72
Samarqand (Samarkand) 6, 7, 21, 22, 26, 29, 39, 40, 46, 51–55, 58, 61–63, 68, 72–74, 97, 99, 100, 108, 112, 114, 117, 121, 123, 124, 126, 131, 139–142, 145, 147, 153, 158, 162, 164, 165, 167, 168, 176, 178, 179, 181, 183, 186, 191, 193, 201, 208, 209, 213, 214, 227, 233, 235, 238, 241, 244. 245, 249, 251, 258, 259, 261, 266, 267
Samarra (Sur Man Ra‘y) 57, 117, 169, 189, 199, 232
Samdjan 152
Sam Kwash 152
Sa-mo-kien 39
Samtin 37
Sandabil 70, 105, 216, 223
Sandjarfaghn 39, 73
Sanzar, river 40, 73
Saqmatin 37
Sarakhs 211, 215
Saray-Batu 15
Sardawan 55
Sarigh 68, 258, 260
403
Sariq-Tepa, site 42, 215
al-Sarir 15
Sarir al-Dhahab 15
Sarwast 15
Sary-Tepa, site 260
Sasanid Empire 15, 42, 43, 48, 80, 189
Sasyq-Bulaq 259
Saturn, temple 45, 66
al-Sawad 113
Sawran 98
Sayhun, river 93
Saymali-Tash 177
Sayram 185
Sayyad 233
Shahar-Tuz 260
Shah-Bahar 62
Shah-Fazil, mausoleum 246
Shahr-i Saman 97
Shahristan 57, 58, 259
Shalat (Salat) 120
Shaldji 127, 167, 184
Sham 44, 46
Shapurkam, channel 14
Shargh 148
al-Sharq 226, 246
al-Shash (Chach, Tashkent) 6, 89, 90, 92, 93, 109, 121, 122, 124, 126, 154, 167, 169, 172, 179, 186, 191, 212, 244, 245, 271, 272
Shawghar 119
Shi (Chach) 59, 180
Shibirgan 106
Shihri 186
Shirakath 261
Shiraz 89
Shirwan 21, 254
Shughnan 170
404
Shuman 122, 170, 261
Shurukhan 154
Shurabashat 177
Shutur-Mullo 72
Siberia 23, 25, 26, 35, 151, 160, 163, 164, 175, 202, 215, 263
Sidjistan–see Sistan
Sighnaq 92
Silis, river 78
Silk Road 93, 160, 215, 242
al-Sin 33, 37, 50, 52, 55, 70, 105, 214–216, 222, 223, 226, 227
Sin Chiang 52
Sind 44, 45
Sindjar 28
Sir Horde 78
Sistan 7, 9, 43, 81, 123, 150, 184, 192, 218, 269
Sitti-Bulaq 100
Skithia 158
Sou-e 99
Sou-e, river 159
Soul, temple 45, 66
Spain 268
St.-Petersburg 79
Stakhr 13
Sughd (Sogd) 6, 14, 34, 37, 39, 41, 42, 46, 51, 52, 54, 55, 58, 113, 114, 124, 130, 141, 143–145, 152, 153, 155, 158–163, 166–169, 174, 176, 178–180, 183, 185, 198, 209, 210, 215, 223, 239, 257, 259–262, 282
Sulayman-Tagh 98
Sulek 100, 161
Suleymaniya, library 88, 267
Su-li 51, 58
Sultan-Saodat 101
Sun, temple 45, 66
Sün-Sygan 54
Surkhan-Darya, river 56, 259
Surkh-Kotal 43, 139
405
Sutkand 126, 128
Sutkhan 154
Sutrasan 40
Sutrushana–see Ustrushana
Suyab 99
Syr-Darya, river 10, 28, 48, 78, 92, 93, 98, 106, 107
Syria 18, 28, 44, 45, 65, 72, 115–118, 130, 135, 194, 198, 223, 271, 276
T
Tabaristan 114, 123, 154, 204, 212
Taht-i Rustam 73
Talas, river 34, 104, 154, 182, 185, 240, 259
Taliqan 65
Talkhar (Talghar) 258, 259
Tandjar 213
Tang-i Azao 243
Tantabigh 240
Taq Manas (?) 186
Taraz 46, 60, 120, 127–129, 145, 182, 184, 196, 233, 238, 259
Tarim, river 213
Tash, ribat 154
Tashkent 58–61, 64, 109, 145, 163, 259
Tarsus 113, 116, 117
Tavka 58
Tawawis 55
Teke-Tash 177
Telaw 259
Temir Kapig 159
Tepa-i Shah, site 47
Terek-Say, river 240, 259
Tibet 39, 46, 49, 50, 52, 62, 127, 222
Tien-Shan, mountains 128, 155, 163, 167
Tegin-Cha, temple 38
Tik-Turmas 259
406
Tirmidh 7, 20, 34, 42, 43, 56, 65, 68, 72, 93, 96, 97, 99, 102, 103, 106, 126, 136, 147, 170, 176, 183, 199, 211
Topkapu Sarayi 87, 88
Toprak-Kala 58
T‘ou-ho-lo 53, 178
Toy-Tepa 60
Trans-Baykal region 173
Trans-Caucasia 235
Transoxiana 152
Tsilian-Shan, mountains 139
al-Tubbat–see Tibet
Tughuz-Ghuz 28, 51, 53, 240
Tukfon 55
Tukharistan (Tokharistan) 12, 17, 21, 22, 30, 31, 35, 37, 39, 41–49, 53, 58, 68, 70–72, 74, 76–81, 84–89, 100–103, 112, 114, 124, 128, 143, 150, 153, 164, 168–170, 176, 178, 179, 186, 191–193, 195, 197–199, 210, 221, 241, 258, 268, 275, 281
Tulpar-Tash 175
Tum(a), river 153
Tum Suyi 153
Turan 33, 110, 173, 176, 213, 253, 266
Turfan 46, 69, 83, 99, 105, 222, 276
Türkic Kaganate 12, 18, 19, 22, 37, 46, 49, 50, 69, 76–78, 81, 82, 84, 87–89, 100, 109, 121, 123, 139, 141, 150, 151, 157, 158, 160, 162, 164, 165, 167, 184, 187, 194, 203, 221, 241–243, 249, 264
Türk-i Djandi 107, 154
Turkey 35, 72, 234, 267
Turkistan 12, 14, 15, 20, 32, 33, 37, 39, 41, 42–47, 49, 52, 54, 60, 62, 78, 92, 93, 98, 103, 126, 127, 140, 141, 151, 153, 155, 158, 159, 165, 179–181, 184, 185, 214–216, 222, 234, 235, 238, 241, 266, 279, 284
Turkmenistan 259
Turwakha (Turakha) 154
Tus 250
Tzao 51
407
U
Uighur Khanate–see Uighur Kaganate
Uighur Kaganate 46, 54, 69, 213, 215, 240, 243
Uighur Turkistan–see Uighur Kaganate
Umayyads Caliphate 234
Ural, mountains 35, 95, 163, 164, 214
Ūrasht 119, 121
Urmia, lake 245
USA 267
Ūsh (Osh) 32, 98, 121, 177
Ushtabdiza 39, 73
Ushtur-Mullo, site 47
Ustrushana 6, 40, 52, 54–60, 92, 97, 109, 124, 139, 147, 157, 160, 167, 168, 179, 183, 185, 223, 259, 261
Ust-Yurt, plateau 167
Ūtrar (Otrar) 28, 49, 56, 93, 120, 145, 146, 176
Utshund 261
Uzbekistan 5, 56, 62, 267
Uzbekistan, tuman 26
Ūzkand (Ūzgand) 64, 66, 68, 90, 107, 121, 171, 186, 200, 227, 246, 254
V
Ve-li T‘ele, temple 38
Venus, temple 46, 66
Vienna 86
Volga, river 26, 158, 164, 173, 214, 253, 264
W
Wakhan 167, 261
Wakhsh, river 47, 58, 72
al-Wakhsh 170, 199, 211, 225, 259
Walwalidj (Warwaliz) 153
Warakhsha 55, 58, 66, 91, 139, 143, 145, 146, 148–150, 161
Waran 153
Wardana 14, 91, 141, 153, 155
408
Washdjird 121, 126, 258
al-Waziriyya 57
Wazkard 261
West 42, 121, 128, 129, 202, 231
Widhar 179
World Order, temple 45, 66
Y
Yabgu-Davan 90
Yabgukat 89
Yafghu-Art 90
Yaghnob 159
Yahudan 65
al-Yahudiyya 65
Yakka-Bagh 26, 41
Yamama 169, 199
Yangiabad 259
Yarkath 179
Yenisey, river 128, 215, 262
Yer-Kurgan, site 28, 176
Yet 10
Yetisu 39, 46, 49, 60, 128, 129, 146, 158, 160, 163, 165, 182, 184, 186, 233, 259, 260
Yettikent 120
Yughnak 266
Yupiter, temple 45, 66
Yuy-Di 51
Yuz 170, 199
Z
Zabulistan 261
Zamm 108
Zarafshan, river 26, 55, 58, 106, 152–154
Zar-Tepa 176
Zong 261

Index of proper names
  Abbreviations  
Abdr.–Abd al-Rahman
Al.–Abd Allah
A.–Ahmad
Ham.–Hammad
al-H.–al-Hasan
al-Hus.–al-Husayn
Ibr.–Ibrahim
Ish.–Ishaq
Ism.–Ismail
Mah.–Mahmud
Man.–Mansur
M.–Muhammad
al-Muz.–al-Muzaffar
Sul.–Sulayman
Yah.–Yahya
Yun.–Yunus
Yus.–Yusuf
A
A-Lin-ga 139
al-Abbas al-Marwazi 244, 245
al-Abbas b. Said al-Djawhari 270
al-Abbas b. Tarkhan, Abu-l-Taqi (Abu-l-Yanbaghi) 244, 253
Abd a-Aziz b. Khalid 126
Al. B. Aybek al-Dawadari, Abu Bakr 13
Al. al-Khadim al-Turki 269
Al. b. Amadjur al-Turki al-Harawi, Abu-l-Qasim, Abu Abdr. 269, 270
Al. b. Aybek al-Dawadari, Abu Bakr 111, 112, 266
Al. b. Isa al-Khazari 269
Al. b. Khandja al-Dakhfanduni, Abu Ibr. 155
Al b. M. b. Farankadik Hadjib b. Malik b. Arkin al-Turki al-Farghani 18
410
Al. b. al-Mubarak al-Hanzali al-Marwazi, Abu Abdr. 115, 116, 244, 271, 281
Al. b. Tahir 119, 167, 170, 199, 247
Al. b. Uthman al-Wathiqi 219
Abd al-Hamid b. Wasi b. Turk al-Khuttali al-Hasib, Abu-l-Fadl 270
Abu Hanifa–see al-Numan b. Thabit b. Kamkar b. Yazdigird 17
Abd al-Malik b. M. al-Thaalibi, Abu Mansur 190
Abd al-Malik b. Nuh 70, 105, 216, 220, 221, 223, 250
Abd al-Mu‘min-Khan 75
Abd al-Razzaq al-Turki, Madjd al-Afadil 270
Abu-l-Abbas 114, 117
Abu Al. b. Hafs 224
Abu A. b. Chatlagh-Tegin 270
Abu Ali Chaghani 110, 170, 199, 224, 255
Abu Ali b. Sina 232, 248, 250, 251
Abu Bakr, caliph 206
Abu Dawud M. b. A. 170, 199
Abu Djafar–see al-Mansur
Abu Dulaf 70, 105, 216, 223
Abu-l-Fadl ibn Tulun 270
Abu-l-Ghazi 12, 25, 30, 84, 87
Abu Hanifa 135
Abu Hayyan al-Andalusi 277
Abu-l-Khayr-Khan 107
Abu Muslim al-Khurasan (Khorasan)i 7, 34, 94, 98, 110–114, 118, 130, 135, 217, 244, 253, 266
Abu Muzahim 28
Abu Nasr al-Hadjib 107
Abu Nuwas al-H. b. Hani al-Kagani 244, 253, 254
Abu Sabuk-Tegin Dastardar 270
Abu-l-Sadj 183, 197
Abu-l-Tayyib ibn Ashnas 270
Afrasiyab 25, 28, 33, 70, 110, 129, 173, 253
A. b. al-Abbas b. Hammad b. al-Mubarak al-Turki 116
A. b. Ali Qilich al-Hadjib 62, 171, 200, 222
A. b. Ali b. Maghdjur b. al-Ihshid 270
A. b. Asad 6, 34, 67, 97, 98, 105, 118, 123, 171, 200
411
A. b. Banichur 170, 199
A. b. Buwayh, Abu-l-Hus. 87
A. b. Djafar b. Abu Djafar 199
A. b. Kagan al-Farghani, Abu-l-Abbas 18
A. b. Ism. al-Samani 156, 218, 254
A.b. Mah. Adib al-Yugnaki 266, 267, 275
A. b. al-Man. 62
A. b. M. Chaghani, Abu-l-Muz. 224
A. b. M. al-Baraqi, Abu Bakr 272
A. b. M. b. A., Abu Djafar 170, 199
A. b. M. al-Saghani, Abu Ali–see Abu Ali Chaghani
A. b. Musa al-Bagdadi al-Khazari 269
A. b. Sahl 123
A. b. Tulun 197
A. b. Umar b. Yus. al-Farabi 270
Ahmad-Khan b. Khidr 134, 227
al-Ahnaf b. Qays 235
Ahura Mazda 9, 43
Akatash 36
Ak-Ayghir 69
Ak-Kush 23
Akoman 36
Ak-Sunkur 23
Ak-Tegin 170
Al Saman–see Samanids
Ala‘ al-Din M. 78
Ala-Baytal 175
Ala-Kush 23
Ala‘ al-Mulk al-Tirmidhi 208
Alatar (al-Tar) 19
Alexander the Great 185
Ali, poet 277
Ali Aghadji, Abu-l-H. 254
Ali al-Sabi 30
Ali Yazdi, Sharaf al-Din 153
412
Ali b. Al. b. Amadjur al-Turki, Abu-l-H. 270
Ali b. al-H. b. Tarkhan, Abu-l-H. 270
Ali b. Ism. Al-Djawhari al-Kagani al-Munadjdjim 270
Ali b. Wasif Khushknak, Abu-l-H. 270
Ali-Tegin 108, 197
Alidjaq 98
Alim-Khan Abbas 259
Alimov R. 83
Alkunmish 197
Alp Arslan 134, 136, 197
Alp Arslan, artist 110
Alp Bilga 259
Alp Er Tunga 253
Alp Ghazi 125
Alp Kagan Tutuk 145
Alp Qilich Tunga Bilga Turk Tughrul Qara (Kara)-Kagan Husayn 227, 245
Alp-Taghaq 98
Alp-Tegin 74, 197, 255
Alpamish 147
Altun-Tash 197
al-Amin 262
Amr b. al-Layth 33, 86, 96, 204, 206, 218
An Da-man 143
An Tu-han 121
An U-sy-mi (Ozmish) 143
Antiokh I Soter 119
Anush I 24
Anush II 28
Anush (Nush)-Tegin Gharchai 24, 28, 197
Anush-Zad 24
Anush b. Shith b. Adam 24, 28
Anushak Ruban 24
Arastay 36
Ardashir, the son of Shiruye 16
Ardjasp, the son of Afrasiyab 70
413
Ardjaspa–Aredjat-Aspa
Aredjat-Aspa 173
Arghun-Khan 110
Arkhuz 19
Arquq (Arqaq) 96–103
Arslan 69, 197
Arslan b. Saldjüq 107
Arslan-Khan I–see M. b. Sulayman-Tegin
Arslan-Khan II 127
Arslan Yalu (Balu) 107
Artuq 98
Asad b. Al. al-Qasri (al-Qushayri), Abu-l-Mundhir 6, 23, 71, 168
Asad b. Saman 6, 27, 34, 71, 97, 106, 118, 143
Asaq 98
Asdjadi 252
Ashath b. M. 171, 200
Ashnas 190, 197
Ashpara-Yabgu 87
Ashina 42
Ashina Uchebo 87
Asilan Dafodan Fili 142
Asilan-Dagan (Arslan-Tarkhan) 19
Aslzada-Khan 87, 88
Atim-Tegin 171, 200
Atsyz 277
Ayach al-Hadjib 171, 197, 200
Ayash b. al-H. al-Bagdadi al-Khazari 269
Ayba 69
Ay-Bala 69
Ay-Bars 69
Ay-Bek 69
Ay-Degin 69
Aygina 69
Ay-Saly 69
Ay-Savu 69
414
Ay-Tangri 46, 47
Ay-Tash 197
Ay-Temir 69
Ay-Tughdy 69
Ay-Tughdy-Bek 197
Ay-Tughmish 69, 197
Azarme(-Dokht) 14
Azku-Tegin b. Asa-Tegin 18
al-Azraqi 93
B
Baba Naqqash 234
Babek 169, 198, 245
Babur, Zahir al-Din M. 254
Badjkam al-Turki 151, 199
Badjnaq 98
Badr al-Asbagh 197
Badur (Qadr)-Tarkhan 95
Baghatur (He Mo-tszya-to) 158
Baghir al-Turki 197, 232
Baghlawur b. Kagan 18
Bahadur-Tudun–Mohedu-Tutun
Bahram 29, 197
Bahram Chubin 9, 13, 15–17, 19–22, 24, 26, 27, 29, 30, 31, 34, 37, 39, 41, 47, 48, 50, 70–72, 74, 78, 84, 91, 95–98, 101, 102, 107, 109, 135, 141 142, 192, 253, 281
Bahram (Varahran) V Gur (Djur) 9, 15, 32, 35, 133, 253
Bahram Gushnasp (Djushnas) 9, 29
Bahram IV Kirman-Shah 9
Bahram, the son of Siyawush 20
Bakbak 197
Bakhtiyar 107
Bakhtiyar, Muizz al-Dawla 86
Bakhtu-Khan 112
Bakr b. Malik 98
Bakr b. al-H. 64
415
Bakr b. Wa‘il 179
al-Bakuwi 182
al-Baladhuri 170, 199
al-Balami, Abu Ali 251, 255, 267
al-Balami, Abu-l-Fadl 168, 189, 250, 255
Balandjar 15
Balaz 19
al-Balkhi I, Abu Zayd 5, 31, 75
al-Balkhi II 77, 102
Banichur 197, 198
Barah-Tegin 163
Barchin 147
Barchuq 98
Bardjukh 197
Barmak 70–72
Barkiyaruq b. Malik-Shah 98, 110
Barmaklik Djosun Billig 71
Barq al-Faqih 278
Barquq 98
Bars (Baris), ghulam 196
Bars (Baris) 154
Bars (Baris) al-Kabir 123, 154
Bars (Baris) al-Saqlabi 154
Bars-Tegin 154
Bartold V.V. 74, 92, 245
Bashshar b. Al. al-Khadim al-Turki 269
Bassam-Kurd (Turk) 245
Batatzi Basilio 152
Bay Behzad Butak 86
Bay-Tegin 197
Bay-Tuz 197
Bayhaqi, Abu-l-Fadl 5, 76, 248, 251
Bayqara 198
Behzad, Kamal al-Din 234
Bek (Bik)-Tash 198
416
Bek (Bik)-Tegin 198
Bek(Bik)-Tuzun al-Hadjib, Abu-l-Fawaris 169, 172, 197, 198, 201, 224
Bek (Bik) b. al-Abbas 170, 199, 200
Bidun 142
Bighdjur al-Ihshid 19
Bilga-Tegin b. Tughrul 171, 197, 200
Bilka-Tegin 171, 199
al-Biruni, Abu Rayhan 5, 35, 42, 45, 46, 52, 124, 153, 163, 182–184, 251, 256, 268, 276
Bosi (Boshi) -T‘e-le 140
Bosworth K.E. 195
Bothisatva 40
Boz-Kush 23
Browne E. 31
Buddha 39–41, 43, 46, 47, 59, 61, 62, 68
Buddha-Dasa 39
Bugha al-Kabir 197
Bugha al-Saghir 197
Bughra-Ilik 147
Bughra-Khan 107, 108, 110, 136, 147, 175, 193, 201, 211, 224, 227, 256
Bughra al-Kabir 197
Buiti–see Buddha
al-Bukhari 269
Buldja-Khan 88
Bumyn-Kagan 159
Buniyat 142
Buran(-Dokht) 13
Burkut-Ata 25
Burkut-Baba 25
Bursuq 98
Bushtasf–see Gushtasp
But–see Buddha
Buzuq 98
Buzurdj-Mihr b. Bakhtakan al-Farisi–see Buzurg-Mihr Bakhtagan
Buzurg-Mihr Bakhtagan 13, 112, 266
417
C
Chan Chun 54, 99
Chat Viyus 239
Chingiz-Khan 203
Chjao‘Wu 89, 139
Chol-Kagan 19
Chubin (Chobin, Chopin, Chupin, Chuba) 22–24, 27
Chubin (Chakyn) Chur Bilga 22, 58, 111
Chubin b. Milad 24
Chubinak 25
Chulo-Khan–see Nigü Chulo-Khan
Chulpan 69
D
Dadjusaq al-Kagani 117
Daman–see Taman
Damqaq 98
Daniel E. 31
Daqiqi–see M. b. A. Daqiqi
David 64, 67, 222
Dawlat-Shaykh 107
Dawud, prophet 65
Dawud 108, 226
Dawud b. al-Abbas b. Hashim b. Banichur 170
Dawud b. Abu Dawud b. al-Abbas 170, 200
Dawud b. Banichur 170, 199
Dayzil 17, 18
Dede Korkut 25
Desi 51, 52
Devashtich (al-Diwashti) 58, 140, 239, 256
Dib Yawkuy 89
al-Dinawari 21
al-Diwashti–see Devashtich
Dizabul–see Dizavul
Dizavul 12, 18, 78, 84
418
Djabba (Djuba) 26, 27
Djabba-Khan 71–78, 85–87, 91, 94, 97, 101–103, 281
Djabbu-Kagan–see Djabba-Khan
Djabghu (Yabgu) 27
Djaff b. Yil-Tegin 117
Djafar b. Abu Djafar b. Abu Dawud 170, 199
al-Djahiz 11, 109, 111, 115, 120, 161, 174, 265, 271
Djahm b. Zahr 56
Djalal al-Din, Khwarazm (Horezm)-Shah 125, 277
Djalal al-Din Mirza (Mirzaev) 100
Djamal al-Qarshi 56, 105, 127
Djandi-Bek 107
Djan-Keldi-Biy 76
al-Djarrah 256
al-Djayhani–see M. Al-Djayhani
Djebu-Kagan–see Djabba-Khan
Djeguy (Sheguy)-Kagan 80, 94, 242
Djibril b. Bakhtishu 13, 112, 266
Djidjak 112
Djik (Zik, Shikh)-Kagan 15, 80–82, 242
al-Djish (al-Hanash) b. Sabl 56
al-Djubba‘i al-Mutazili 245
Djubin–see Chubin
Djuchi Buka 107
Djunayd al-Iskaf, Abu Al. 126
Djunayd b. Abdr 120
Djur 19
Djuwayni 38, 148
Dragman, the son of Kharchin 12
Dughd-Ghuncha 239
Duqaq 98
E
El Arslan 17, 19, 21, 28, 36, 37, 39, 48, 49, 84, 96, 102, 140–142, 144, 148, 149, 151, 187, 281, 282
419
El Arslan b. Atsyz 110
El-Tegin 17–19, 21, 28, 37–39, 48–50, 70, 73, 80, 82, 84–86, 95–97, 101–103, 140–142, 144, 148, 149, 151, 187, 281, 282
Esad Efendi 88
Eukradit 209
F
Fa-Tegin 197
al-Fadl b. M. B. Wasi al-Khuttali, Abu-l-Barza 270
al-Fadl b. Sahl Dhu-l-Riyasatayn 120, 121, 190
al-Fadl b. Yah. al-Barmaki 73
Fa‘iq al-Khassa, Abu-l-H. 64, 65, 129, 224, 225
Fa‘iz (Qa‘in) 75
al-Fakhri 44, 52, 55, 61
al-Farabi, Abu Nasr 124, 254
Faradj al-Khadim al-Turki 113
al-Farghani 124, 269
Farro 44
Farrukh 197
Farrukhi 252
al-Fariyabi, Zahir al-Din 252
Fatah (Qabadj)-Khatun 141
al-Fath b. Kagan b. A. b. Ghartudj al-Turki, Abu M. 18, 115, 118, 170, 191, 199, 270
Fayaz-Bek 197
Filan-Shah 15
Firdausī, Abu-l-Qasim 21, 24, 47, 57, 88, 250, 251, 253, 264
Firuz 197
Firuz b. Qul 239
Firuz (Piruz), the son of Yazdigird III 17
Firuz (Fayruz)-Kagan 19, 28
Flügel G. 273
Forughi 80
Frye R. 30
Fuzuli 254
420
G
Gardizi 51, 248, 252
Gargin b. Milad 24
Garziwaz 34
Ghada‘iri 252
al-Ghalib bi-llah 204
al-Ghazi 122, 125
al-Ghazzali 207
al-Ghitrifi 210
Ghiyath al-Din al-Ghuri 110, 223, 125
Ghurak 114, 140, 145, 167, 169, 198, 209, 223
de Goje 73
Günaltay M.S. 30
Gur-Khan 91
Gur-Tegin b. Djustan 132
Gushtasp (Bushtasf) 70
H
al-Hadi 115
al-Hadjdjadj b. Yus. 17
Hafiz-i Abru 87, 88
Hafiz-i Tanish 6, 77
al-Hakim al-Fatimi 219
al-Hakim al-Hafiz al-Naysaburi, Abu Al. 17
al-Hakim al-Tirmidhi 227
Halach Mah. 93
al-Halani 31
al-Hamadani, Badi al-Zaman 248
Haman 27
Hamawayh b. Ali 74, 123
Hammad b. al-Mubarak al-Turki 116, 269
Hamza 107
Hamza al-Kharidji 7
al-Harith b. Asad b. Bik 170, 200
Harun al-Rashid 6, 13, 18, 76, 112, 113, 115–117, 141, 191, 210, 216, 244
421
Harun b. Ilik-Khan 107
al-H. b. Ali b. Mitran al-Mitrani al-Shash (Chach, Tashkent)i, Abu M. 272
al-H. b. Buwayh, Abu Ali Rukn al-Dawla 79, 83, 84, 85, 228
al-H. b. al-Hus. Al-Alawi al-Balkhi, Abu M. 97
al-H. b. Sahl 121, 216
Hasan al-Amir 96
Hasan-Bayghu 90
Hashim b. al-Abbas 169, 199
Hashim b. Banichur 169, 198
Hashim b. al-M...djur (Banichur?) 170, 199
Hasis b. Kuzak 9
Hastana Oghli–see Yinal al-Shaldji
Hatim al-Asamm 126
Hatim b. Dawud b. Banichur 170, 199
Haydhar b. Kawus al-Afshin 54, 55, 57, 91, 117, 142, 158, 183, 223, 224
Herodotus 163, 173, 185
Hibat Allah b. Kagan 115, 270
Hinayana 47
Hindu Shahi-Tegin 80
Hisham 125
Hisham b. Banichur 170, 199
Hormizd (Hormuzd)–see Hurmazd
Huey Chao 47, 52, 177
Humar 112
Humar-Bek 170, 197
Humar-Tash 197
Hunn Ashpara Yabgu 87
Hur (Chur)-Tegin 171, 200
Hurmazd IV Turkzada 9, 13, 17, 19–22, 36, 49, 74, 79–81, 84, 85, 87, 102, 141, 142, 148, 242, 280
Hurmuz(d)–see Hurmazd
al-Hus. b. Ali 96, 133
al-Hus. b. Man. al-Khalladj, Abu Mughith 126
al-Husayni, Sadr al-Din 248
Hyon 37
422
I
Iaphet 15, 25, 88
Ibn Abu-l-Sadj 270
Ibn al-Atham al-Kufi 168
Ibn al-Athir 5, 74, 90, 107, 128, 184, 204, 212
Ibn al-Balkhi 30, 31, 84, 87
Ibn Fadlan 180, 213, 216
Ibn al-Faqih 5, 16
Ibn Farighun 255
Ibn al-Fath 170, 199
Ibn Hawqal 5, 11, 29, 31, 32, 50, 142, 172, 179, 181
Ibn Khaldun 135
Ibn Kagan 115
Ibn Khordadhbeh 14, 244, 271
Ibn Miskawayh 5
Ibn Muhanna 277
Ibn al-Nadim 35, 115, 141, 183, 271, 273, 274
Ibn Rusta 271
Ibn Sina 124
al-Ibn al-Suli–see Ibn al-Nadim
Ibn Taghri-Bardi 6, 77
Ibn Uyayna 168
Ibn al-Zubayr 5, 215, 216
Ibr. b. al-Abbas b. M. b. Sul al-Katib al-Suli, Abu Ish. 272
Ibr. b. Nasr Tamghach-Bughra-Khan 134, 154, 272
Ibr b. A. b. Ism. al-Samani 218
Ibr. b. al-Hus. 226
al-Idrisi, Abu Al. 240, 271
al-Ihshid al-Sughdi 6
Il (El)-Mangu 197
Il-Tegin–see El-Tegin
Ilig (Elig) 37
Ilyas b. Asad 6, 34, 118
Ilyas b. Ish. b. A. B. Asad al-Samani 105
423
Imlaq 98
Inadj 197
Inay Tutun Tsiuyle (Inay Tudun Köl) 94
Indjur 197
Inye Dagan 95
Irbis Bolun Djabghu-Kagan 77
Irkin (Kan I-tzin) 158, 162
Isa b. Kuh al-Bagdadi al-Turki, Abu Musa 269
al-Isfahani, Abu-l-Faradj 239
Isfandiyar, the son of Gushtasp 42
Ish. b. al-H. al-Khurrami 13
Ish. b. Ibr. al-Farabi, Abu Ibr. 271, 254
Ish. b. M. al-Samarqandi, Abu-l-Qasim 75, 251
Ish. b. Saman 7
al-Iskafi 256
Ism. b. A. al-Samani, Abu Ibr. 6, 31, 67, 86, 93, 96, 102, 104, 106, 119, 120, 122, 123, 136, 137, 154, 196, 204, 208, 212, 216, 220, 221
Ism. b. Ham. al-Djawhari, Abu Nasr 274
Ism. b. Ish. al-Faqih 115, 271
Ism. b. Nuh al-Muntasir, Abu Ibr. 107, 108, 110
Ism. b. Sabuk-Tegin Ghaznawi 225, 252, 257
Ism. b. Takinak al-Hamidi 269
al-Ismaili 210
Ispahpat Pahlav 9, 81
al-Istakhri, Abu Ish. 5, 29, 31, 32, 50, 172, 181, 271
Istami (Istemi) Yabgu-Kagan 12, 17, 19, 32, 84, 85, 87, 89, 102, 141, 148, 159
Itakh al-Khazari 190, 197
J
Jesus Crist 46
K
Kadfiz 147
Kakuldar 99, 102–103
al-Kalimati, Abu-l-H. 126
424
Kambiz 202
Kamkar, the son of Yazdigird III 17
Kan-Tutun (Ton-Tudun) 94
Kanda-Tegin 197
Kandjur 197
Kanishka 43
Kara Bars 154
Kara Kush 23, 69
Karen Pahlav 9, 81
Kara Sunkur 23
Karindjuq 98
Karkyn (Qarqin) 25
Karkyn Konak Alp 25
Katulf 11
Kawad 11
Kawus 34, 46
Kay-Khusraw 247
Kayen 12
Khalid b. Ibr. b. Yus. 275
Khalid b. Ibr., Abu Dawud 210
Khalid b. Sul. Al-Balkhi, Abu Muadh 126
Khalid b. Barmak 190
Khalifa K. 252
al-Khalladj, Abu Bakr 270
Khanakh b. Kagan al-Kimaki 271
Khwandamir 6, 92, 93
Kagan 18
Kagan al-Aflahi 18
Kagan al-Khadim al-Turki 18, 115
Kagan Ghartudj (Artudj) 18, 115
Kagan b. A. 18
al-Kagani 18
al-Khwarazmi I 35, 37, 76, 124, 151, 269
al-Khwarazmi II 275, 278
Khaylub-Kagan 19
425
Khidr 107
Khidr-Khan 134
Khidr b. Ibr. Tamghach-Khan 252
Khodjamshukürova G. 99
Khud 34
Khusraw 197
Khusraw Abarwiz–see Khusraw II Parwiz
Khusraw I Anushirwan 9, 10–17, 21, 23, 24, 31, 32, 74, 75, 84, 85, 87, 102, 112, 141, 148, 240, 256, 266, 281
Khusraw b. Hurmazd–see Khusraw II Parwiz
Khusraw Kharkhan (Kharmaz), the son of Arslan, the son of Bayunchur 16
Khusraw II Parwiz 9, 14 15, 20, 21, 32, 240
Khuvishka 43
al-Kindi 118
Kir 10
Kisa‘i 250
Kliashtorny S.G. 83
Kongur-At 175
Konrad I. 231
Ko-su-ho–see Khusraw II Parwiz
Kubad 12
Kukem Bakuy (Yawkuy) 12, 84, 87
Kukem-Kagan (Khan) 30, 84
Kül El Bilga-Kagan 77
Kül-Tegin 23, 91, 140, 147, 151, 155, 159, 265
Kulan 175
Kün Ay Tangri 46
Kün-Bash 197
Kün-Tughdi 69
Künash 69
Kurchi 239
L
Lachin 23
al-Lari, Muslih al-Din 6, 88, 92, 102
426
Layla b. al-Numan al-Daylami 218
Livshitz V.A. 40
Lurje P.B. 79
M
Mahayana 62, 222
Mahdi 107
al-Mahdi 112, 113, 115, 127, 135, 142, 212, 262
Mah. Ghaznawi 33, 109, 110, 125, 134–136, 204, 213, 216, 217, 219, 222, 223, 225, 227, 232, 234, 250–232, 255, 256, 258, 275
Mah. al-Kashghari 38, 46, 98, 108, 109, 148, 153, 158, 166, 183, 184, 265, 268, 271, 274, 276
Mah. al-Khwarazmi 270
Mah. Qara (Kara)-Khan–see Mah. Ghaznawi
Mah. Tarabi 201
Mah. al-Yugnaki 244, 275
Mah. b. Ali 278
Mah. b. Umar al-Zamakhshri, Abu-l-Qasim 272, 277
Mah. b. Wali 6, 74, 75, 77, 92, 102
Mahuye 114
Makan b. Kali 218
Makh 55, 61
Malik-Shah b. Alp Arslan 110, 134, 206, 217
Malik b. Shukr-Tegin 171, 200, 223
Mamari, Abu Man. 250, 255
Mamradj 197
al-Mamun 6, 7, 91, 92, 113, 116, 117, 124, 130, 131, 141, 190, 209, 216, 236, 244, 245, 247, 270
Mamun b. Mamun, Abu-l-Abbas 107, 110, 219, 262
Mani 46, 47, 51, 53, 54, 57, 58
Mani-Buddha 46, 47
Mani Khayos–see Mani
Maniakh 14, 53, 144
al-Mansur, Abu Djafar 97, 112, 113, 115, 117, 190, 217, 249
Man. b. Abu Muzahim Bashir al-Turki, Abu Al. 269
Man. b. Bayqara 171, 200
427
Man. Khalladj–see al-Husayn b. Mansur
Man. b. Nuh al-Samani 62–64, 69, 79–87, 101, 102, 105, 109, 110, 126, 131, 192, 219, 220–223, 232, 250–252
Man. b. Qara (Kara)-Tegin 181
Manuchehri 252
Manush (Anush)-Kagan 19, 28
Marida 112
Mars 46, 66
Marwan 32
Marwan al-Himar 244
al-Marwazi 128, 240
Maryam, the daughter of Mauritius 14, 32
al-Marzban b. Türksafi 183
Masrur al-Farghani 18
Mastich 29
Masud Ghaznawi 76, 219, 225, 248, 275
al-Masudi 5, 11, 16, 45, 174, 194, 271
al-Maturidi, Abu Man. 131
Mauritius 14, 21
al-Mawardi, Ali Abu-l-H. 190, 205
Mercury 46, 66
Metz A. 31, 231
Michael the Syrian 11
Mihr–see Mithra
Mihrabandak 9
Mihran, the son of Bahram Chubin 26
Mihrevandak–see Mihrabandak
Milad 47
Mirkhwand 6, 102
Ming Timur-Khan 106
Mirram (Mihran) 10
Mishkan, Abu Nasr 251
Mithra (Mihr) 9, 43
Mo Chjo 53
Mohedu Tutun (Bahadur Tudun) 94
428
Moon 44–47, 52, 54, 58, 61, 67, 69
al-Mubarak (femail) 112
al-Mubarak al-Turki 113, 115
Muhammad, prophet 106, 114, 127, 129, 130, 134, 136, 167, 168, 202, 206–208, 219
M. Awfi 244
M. al-Djayhani, Abu Al. 189, 271
M. al-Husayni, Abu-l-Mudjahid 63
M. al-Yughnaki 275
M. b. Al. al-Balami 74
M. b. Al. al-Katib 256
M. b. Al. al-Turki, Djamal al-Din 277
M. b. Abd al-Karim al-Samani, Abu Sad 207
M. b. Abd al-Razzaq al-Tusi, Abu Man. 32, 250, 251
M. b. Abdus al-Djakhshiyari 190
M. b. Abu Nasr al-Utbi 5, 74, 107, 189, 193, 248
M. b. A., Abu Dawud 199
M. b. A. Daqiqi 250–252, 264
M. b. A. al-Nakhshabi 131
M. b. A. b. Farighun, Abu-l-Harith 106
M. b. A. b. M. Al-Baraqi al-Khwarazmi, Abu Al. 272
M. b. A. b. Simdjur, Abu-l-H. 106
M. b. A. b. Yus. Al-Baraqi al-Khwarazmi, Abu Al. 272
M. b. Ali b. Tarkhan 125, 269
M. b. Ali al-Dayzili, Abu Man. 17
M. b. Ali al-Hakim al-Tirmidhi, Abu Al. 275
M. b. Ali al-Qaffal al-Shash (Chach, Tashkent)i, Abu Bakr 272
M. b. Ba‘is 245
M. b. Djafar al-Narshakhi, Abu Bakr 19, 221, 244, 252
M. b. Djarir al-Tabari, Abu Djafar 5, 12, 16, 30, 31, 53, 84, 87, 116, 141, 142, 168, 183, 203, 239, 244, 251, 255, 267, 269
M. b. Ham. Dankash 190
M. b. al-H. al-Shaybani 257
M. b. al-H. b. Ashnas, Abu-l-H. 270
M. b. Hurmuz 33, 237
M. b. Ish. b. M. b. Yah. b. Al. al-Bagdadi–see Ibn al-Nadim
429
M. b. Khalid, Bukhar-Khudat 91, 142
M. b. Kagan al-Baruqani al-Balkhi 18, 115
M. b. Malik-Shah 110
M. b. Man. Marwarrudi 278
M. b. Matt al-Isfidjabi , Abu Man. 197
M. b. M. b. Ūzligh b. Tarkhan al-Farabi al-Turki, Abu Nasr 270, 271
M. b. Musa al-Wasiti, Abu Bakr 270
M. b. Qays al-Razi, Shams al-Din 277
M. b. Sul 114
M. b. Sulayman-Tegin b. Dawud Küch-Tegin Arslan-Khan 37, 87, 125, 175
M. b. Tekish, Ala‘ al-Din Khwarazm (Horezm)-Shah 125, 136, 207, 209, 212, 223
M. b. Tughdj al-Ihshid al-Farghani, Abu Bakr 18, 224
M. b. Wasif 245
M. b. Yah. b. Al. b. al-Abbas al-Katib al-Nadim al-Suli al-Shatrandji, Abu Bakr 112, 273, 274
M. b. Yahya b. Kagan 191
M. b. Yun. b. Mubarak al-Turki, Abu Al. 269
M. b. Yus. Al-Turki 269
al-Muhammadi 210
Muhtadj 169, 198
Muizzi 254
al-Muktafi 112, 208, 224, 273
Munis al-Khadim 191, 197
al-Muntasir I 216, 218
al-Muntasir II–see Ism. b. Nuh
al-Muqaddasi 5, 73, 74, 102, 182, 213, 261
al-Muqatil b. Ali 112
al-Muqtadir 33, 53, 86, 112, 126, 191, 213, 216, 217
Musa b. Al. 183
al-Musabi, Abu-l-Tayyib 131
al-Musawi 91
al-Musayyab b. Zuhayr 7
al-Musayyabi 210
al-Mustain 191
Mustawfi-i Qazwini 93, 102
al-Mutadid bi-llah 96, 212, 218
430
Mutallib 107
al-Mutamid 134
al-Mutasim 46, 93, 112, 113, 115, 117, 124, 169, 198, 223, 224, 235
al-Mutawakkil 13, 86, 97, 112, 114, 115, 132, 186, 190, 191, 231, 270, 271
al-Mutawwii 122
al-Muti li-llah 212, 227, 270
al-Muttaki 218
al-Muqtadir–218, 237, 273
al-Muwaffaq 18, 212
Muwaffaq b. Ali al-Harawi, Abu Man. 251
Muzaffar Kiya 169, 198
N
Nadjibi Farghani 254
Nadr Muhammad-Khan 76
Na-du-ni-li 87
Nanhais 36
Nara 65, 222
Narayana 65, 222
Narmud–see Parmuda
al-Narshkhi–see M. b. Djafar al-Narshakhi, Abu Bakr 221, 244, 252
al-Nasafi–see Umar b. M. al-Nasafi, Abu Hafs
al-Nasir 112, 207–209, 212
Nasir-i Khusraw 213
Nasr, Kagan 108
Nasr b. A. 70, 96, 98, 105, 119, 122, 131, 212, 223, 215–219, 221, 223, 250, 251, 253, 257
Nasr b. Ali 64
Nasr b. Ism. 218
Nasr b. Man. 105, 127
Nasr b. Sayyar 55, 124, 168
Nawai, Ali-Shir 254
Nawruz 107
Nawshard (Nushard) 26, 28, 98
Nawuhodonosor 34
Nerse, the grandson of Yazdigird III 17
431
Nidan 239
Nigü Chulo-Khan 38, 149
Ni Huan-shi–see Nerse
Nikiforos II Fokas 271
Nili (-Khan)–see El-Tegin
Nimrod 34
Nishu Kan She (Shad) 77, 140
Nizak-Tarkhan 42, 114
Nizami Arudi Samarqandi 5
Nizami Gandjawi 254
Nuh (Bibl. Noah) 55
Nuh b. Asad b. Saman 6, 34, 63, 68, 97, 117, 118, 119, 121, 122
Nuh b. Man. al-Rida 63–66, 69, 85, 105–108, 126, 127, 220–222, 224
Nuh b. Nasr b. A. 69, 70, 105, 106, 110, 126, 131, 171, 200, 216, 218, 220, 221, 223, 227, 251, 269, 275
al-Numan b. Thabit b. Kamkar b. Yazdigird 17
Nush (Nawsh) 28
Nush-Tegin–see Anush-Tegin
O
Oghul-Tarkhan 140, 155
Oghurdjiq 98
Oguz-Khan 42, 71, 88, 185
Okul Bars 154
Oyunaq 98
Ozmish (An U-sy-mi) 158
P
Pharaon 34
Piran 34
P‘i-sha-men 44
Pithagor 66
Plinius 185
Pomponius Mela 185
Po-Shi (Bo-si) T‘e-le 38, 149, 187
432
Ptolemaeus Cl. 11, 150, 152, 153, 160, 175
Pulad 107
Q
Qabadj-Khatun–see Fatah-Khatun
Qabadjiq 98
al-Qadir bi-llah 204, 218, 219, 225, 227
Qahtaba b. Shabib 7
al-Qa‘im bi-amri-llah 86, 135, 206, 226, 233
Qa‘in–see Fa‘z
Qalin b. Shahir 215
Qan Tangri 129
Qaqim-Kagan 84, 87
Qara (Kara)-Baytal 175
Qara (Kara)-Bughra 147
Qara (Kara)-Chur 49
Qara Churin Turk–see Tardu-Kagan
Qara (Kara)-Khan 69
Qara Qush–see Kara-Kush
Qara (Kara)-Tay 69
Qara (Kara)-Tegin 74, 197
Qaradjiq 98
Qarluq (Karluk) 98
al-Qarshi–see Djamal al-Qarshi
Qaysar, descendant of Arkhuz 19
Qaylaq 98
Qazwini, Hamd Allah 6, 91
Qilich Tamghach-Khan Masud 226
Qudama b. Djafar 5, 271
Qultaq 98
Qurdjuq 98
Qushluq 98
Qutayba b. Muslim 40, 54, 55, 96, 113, 115, 119, 124, 164, 166, 169, 255
Qutb 278
Qut-Tegin Khazinadar 106, 171, 197, 199, 200
433
Qutlugh Pantay 83
Qutlugh Tun Tardu 87
R
al-Rabghuzi, Nasr al-Din 278
Rabi b. A. al-Akhawayn al-Bukhari, Abu Bakr 252
Rabia al-Balkhi 257
al-Radi bi-llah 131, 216, 218, 223, 224, 273,
Rafi b. al-Layth 6, 33, 34, 118, 121, 249
al-Rahibi 41, 261
al-Ram 24
al-Razi 252
Riza-Quli Hidayat 254
Ru‘b-Khan 72
Rudhaki 250, 254
Rustam 173, 250
S
Sa-Takin 197
Sabuk 36
Sabuk-Tegin 171, 197, 201, 219, 225, 227, 275
Sabukra (Subkari) 197, 217
Sadacharya 40, 53
al-Saffah 114
Said al-Harashi 168
Said al-Usbanikathi, Abu-l-H. 126
Said b. Humayd 120
Said b. Uthman 124
Sakan (Salan) 142
Saldjuq 98, 107
Salih b. Muslim 119
Saltuq 98
al-Saluq, Abu Djafar 74
Sam (an) 35, 36
Saman I b. Djabba b. Niyar b. Nawshard b. Tamghath b. Bahram Chubin–see Saman-Khudat
434
Saman II 35
Saman Atly 175
Saman-Yabgu–see Saman-Khudat
Saman-Yavkuy–see Saman-Khudat
Samanchi Oglu 35
Samanchin T. 35
al-Samarqamdi, Abu-l-Qasim 131
Samtagan 27
Sana‘i 254
Sandjar (Sindjar) 28, 110, 136, 226
Sanghavarma 39
Satachar-Tudun–see Tudun Satachar
Satachari 40
Satuq 98
Satuq Bughra(-Qara)-Khan al-Ghazi 57, 125, 127, 129
Saturn 46, 52, 66
Sawa-Shah–see El Arslan
Sawa Buyuruq 19, 80
Sawkh–see Sawa-Shah
Sayf-i Sarayi 278
Selevk 119
Semurgh 23
Sertkaya O. 83
Sha (Shaya, Shaba?) 140
Shaba (Shiyaba)–see Sawa-Shah
Shabib b. Bukhar-Khudad al-Balkhi, Abu Shudja 91
Shaddad 34
al-Shahrastani 45
Shahriyar 240
Shakti 65
Shapur 184
Shapur, the son of Bahram Chubin 26
Shaqiq b. Ibr. al-Balkhi, Abu Ali 125
Shar-Tegin 197
al-Shash (Chach, Tashkent)i 269
435
Shawl 27
Shayban-Khan 107
Sheguy-Kagan–see Djeguy-Kagan
Shikh-Kagan–see Djik-Kagan
Shiliman Galo 87
Shiva 43, 49, 59, 65, 81, 82
Shu 49
Shubin–see Chubin
Shudja 112
Shukr-Tegin 197
Shukürova R.M. 31
Sian-Shi 38, 149
Sima al-Kabir 123
Sima al-Tawil 197
Simdjur al-Dawati al-Khwarazmi, Abu-l-Qasim 74, 107, 197, 269
Simdjur al-Dawla al-Khwarazmi 124
al-Simdjuri I, Abu-l-H. 224
al-Simdjuri II, Abu Ali 224, 225
Sin-I 39, 149
Sirius–see Tishtriya
Siyawush I 50, 59, 253
Siyawush II 27
Sochak 94
Solomon 64, 66, 222
Soul 46, 66
Spandiyat, the son of Vishtasp 19, 42, 81
Sri Khudavayaka 62, 232
Süan Tszan 38, 39, 44, 50, 54, 74, 75, 77, 99, 239
Subashi-Tegin 197
Subkari–see Sabukra
Sul., prophet 65
Sul I 96
Sul II 141
Sul (Shawl) 27
Sul. b. Sul 114
436
Sulayman-Yabgu 89
al-Suli, Abu Bakr–see M. Yahya al-Suli
Sul-Tegin 114, 244, 272, 273, 281
Sun 44–46, 52, 54, 58, 60, 66, 67, 69
Sunqar 200
Sunkur 23
Sunkurcha 23
Suren Pahlav 81
Suvar-Takin 19
Sy (Se) Ye-khu (She-khu) Kehan 38, 77, 78, 84, 93, 94
Sy-li T‘e-le (Sir-Tegin) 77
T
al-Tabari–see M. b. Djarir al-Tabari
Taghan (Tughan) 27, 197
Tahir b. al-Hus. Dhu-l-Yaminayn 32, 92, 103, 209
al-Ta‘i bi-llah 86, 232
Taman (Daman) 38, 149
Tamghach (Tabghach) 27, 30
Tamghath (Tamghasp, Tamgharth) 26, 27, 30
Tamim b. Bahr 51, 239
Tangri 23, 144
Tangri-Berdi Samanchi 35
Taqizada, Sayyid Hasan 30
Tardjuman b. Salih 186
Tardu-Kagan 19, 48, 49, 80, 85, 89, 102, 140, 148, 242
Tardu-Shad 42, 49, 77, 81, 84, 86, 221, 222, 242
Tarnavi 94
Tash al-Hadjib, Abu-l-Abbas Husam al-Dawla 107, 171, 197, 224
Taurech 36
Tayanghu 91
Tekish b. Arslan 208
Te-ša 53
al-Thaalibi 252
Tian-Chji (Fu-Chji) 94
437
Ti Chjo 53
Tegin-Cha 37
Timur 234
Tinsi Oghly 51
Tish al-Awar 53
Tishtriya (Sirius) 52
Togan N. 30
Tokuz (Dukur)-Yawkuy 87, 88
Ton-Tudun–see Kan-Tutun
Ton Yukuk 51, 77, 78
Tort Ayghir 175
Treadwell L. 79
Tudun Satachar 94
Tughan-Tegin 105
Tughshada (Taghshada) 142
Tughdj b. Djaf b. Djaf b. Yil-Takin b. Farwan b. Furi b. Kagan al-Farghani 18
Tughluq 98
Tughrul 88, 92, 102
Tughrul-Bek, Muhammad 86, 108, 135, 206, 226, 233
Tuk-Aspadak 142
Tulun 69
Tumansky A.G. 39
Tun-Kush 23
Tun She-khu–see Tun Yabgu-Kagan
Tun Yabgu-Kagan 15, 37, 42, 49, 50, 76, 77, 80, 81, 84, 87, 89, 93, 95, 140, 221, 242
Tuq Shiyada–see Tughshada
Tuqaq 98
Turan-Tash 178, 179
Turdi-Muhammad 107
Turghar 144, 209
Turi Sari 175
Turk b. Yafath b. Nuh 25
Türk-Aspadak 142
Türk-Kagan 223
Tus 34
438
Tuz-Tash al-Hadjib 108, 197
U
Ubayd Allah b. Yahya b. Kagan 191
Ubayd Allah b. Ziyad 113, 124, 141
Uchuq 98
Udjayf b. Anbasa 183
Ughuldjaq Qadr-Khan 56, 105, 127
U-Kun 38
Ulaq 98
Ulkar 69
Ulugh-Khan Ata Bitikchi 13, 112
Umar b. al-Khattab 41, 220, 256
Umar b. M. al-Baraqi al-Khwarazmi, Abu Hafs 272
Umar b. M. al-Nasafi, Abu Hafs 5, 55, 97, 122, 257
Umar (Umayr) b. Uthman b. Said 16
Umay 144, 153
Unash 29
Unsuri 252, 254
al-Usturlabi 102
Ūt-Tegin 239
Ūtamish b. Hur-takin 191, 197
al-Utbi–see M. b. Abu Nasr al-Utbi
Uthman b. Affan 16, 56
Uthman b. Masud 183
V
Vahram 19, 42
Vairapani 60
Vaišravana deva 38, 44, 77
Validi Togan A.Z. 30, 76, 84, 88
Varahran V Gur–see Bahram V Gur
Varahran VI–see Bahram Chubin
Varam, the son of Bargusn 10
Varathragna 9, 145
439
Vardjayana 62, 222
Varkhuman 178
Vasudeva 80
Ve-li T‘e-le 38
Venus 46, 58, 66, 69
Vishtasp 45
Vladimir 216
W
al-Walid 17, 113
Waran 36
Wasif b. Suvar-Takin al-Khadim al-Biktamiri al-Turki 19, 190
al-Wathiq 15, 190, 219, 245
Y
Yaba (Yama) 90
Yadikar 69
Yafath b. Nuh 15, 25, 88
Yahya al-Khashshab 30
Yahya b. A. al-Farabi, Abu Zakariyya 274
Yahya b. Asad 6, 34, 92, 118
Yahya b. Kagan 18, 115, 271
Yalbagh 197
Yamal-Payghu 90
Yang Soukh-Tegin–see Yang Su T‘e-le
Yang Su T‘e-le 19, 36, 84
Yaqub Djandi 262
Yaqub b. al-Layth al-Saffar 245, 246
al-Yaqubi 180, 271
Yaqut al-Hamawi 5, 77, 240
Yarmaq 98
Yasaq 98
Yassawi, Khwadja A. 277
Yazdigird III 15–17, 32, 41, 132, 240, 247
Yazid b. Mufarrigh 244
440
Yazid b. al-Muhallab 114, 164
Yazid b. al-Walid 17, 32
Yelbi Ashpara 77
Yetti-Qashqa 175
Yidkiz al-Tatar 223
Yil-Tegin–see El-Tegin
Yildyz 110
Yima 35
Yinal (Ibr.) 197
Yinal al-Shaldji Hastana Oghli 129
Yinal-Tegin 197
Yitkar 69
Yolug-Tegin 265
Yulduz 69
Yulduz-Khan 25
Yuluq 98
Yumaq 98
Yupiter 46, 66
Yustin II 144
Yusuf Khas-Hadjib al-Balasaghuni 207, 253, 265, 266, 275
Yusuf b. Sabuk-Tegin 225
Z
Zakariyya Qazwini 16
Zakariyya b. al-Sadji, Abu Yahya 270
Zakhkhak 34
Zambaur E. von 220
Zaratushtra (Zoroastr) 11, 42, 45, 46
Zarech 36
Zib al-Nisa‘ 254
Zik-Kagan–see Djik-Kagan
Zoroastr–see Zaratushtra
Zuhayr b. al-Musayyab al-Dabi 7
Zurafa al-Turki 197
441

Index of clans and dynasties
A
Abbasids 13, 18, 69, 71, 86, 96, 111, 112, 114, 115, 117, 120, 123–125, 130–138, 169, 186, 189, 192–194, 196–198, 201–210, 212, 213, 216–219, 221, 224, 227–229, 233, 234–238, 250, 255, 256, 262, 268, 274, 276, 280, 283, 284
Afshins 57, 58, 168
Ahemenids 10, 11, 32, 43, 118, 119, 167, 202, 217, 249
Alids 212
Anush-Teginids 28, 166
Arshacids 9, 10, 20, 23, 101, 192
Ayyubits 65
B
Baburids 136
Banichurids 169, 170, 191, 198, 199
Barmakids 21, 70, 71, 74–76, 102, 103, 169, 192, 236
Bayazid 234
Bukhar-Khudats 58, 142, 143, 145, 209, 211
Buwayhids 32, 33, 35, 69, 79, 84, 86, 86, 105, 118, 129, 131–137, 181, 192, 194, 201, 203, 205, 212, 217, 220–222, 224, 227, 233, 236, 248, 250, 256, 283
C
Chaghan-Khudats 169
Chingizids 69, 232, 249
Chjow 38, 149
D
Djuchids 68, 69, 107
F
Farighunids 106, 192
Fatimids 135, 205, 219, 224
442
G
Ghaznawid (Ghaznavid)s 17, 29, 30, 32, 33, 61, 62, 106, 109, 110, 125, 132–137, 150, 194, 195, 201, 203, 204, 211, 219, 220, 225, 232, 237, 246, 248–250, 252, 255, 258, 268, 275, 284
Ghurids 125, 203, 223
H
Han, dynasty 146
I
Ihshidids 19, 198
Ilik-Khans 133
K
Kabul-Shahs 83
Kayanids 45
Kaganids 115
Khwarazm (Horezm)-Shahs 28, 74, 78, 107, 110, 125, 134, 136, 142, 166, 167, 195, 201, 203, 207, 209, 211, 216, 218, 219, 225, 226, 237, 249, 262, 266, 277–279, 284
M
Mihran 9, 70, 81
Muhtadjids 169, 170, 179, 198, 199, 255
Muttids (Mattids) 169, 198
O
Ottomans 82, 266
Q
Qara (Kara)-Khanid (Karakhanid) 28, 29, 32, 33, 56, 63, 64, 68, 105, 108–110, 125, 127, 128, 134, 136, 137, 147, 169, 176, 181, 193–195, 198, 201, 203, 210–214, 220, 225–227, 233, 237, 246, 249, 252, 254, 256, 266, 272, 276, 284
Qarluq (Karluk) Khans 201
443
S
Saffarids 31–34, 86, 129, 192, 208, 212, 236, 237, 245, 246, 248, 249, 279
Saldjuqid (Seljukid)s 28, 29, 33, 63, 64, 68, 87, 90, 107–110, 118, 125, 134–137, 194, 195, 197, 201, 203, 205–207, 210, 211, 217, 219, 220, 225–227, 232, 233, 237, 248, 249, 252, 276, 279, 283, 284
Samanids 5, 135–137, 141, 142, 154, 169–172, 181, 186, 189, 191–205, 208–225, 227–238, 244–246, 249–257, 262, 263, 272, 273, 275, 279–285
Sasanids 9–11, 13–17, 19–44, 48, 60, 69, 74–76, 78–87, 95, 98, 101, 102, 112, 116, 118, 119, 132, 133, 141, 143, 148, 150, 163, 165, 184, 189, 190, 192–195, 222, 228, 231, 236, 238, 240, 242, 246–248, 250, 266, 279–281, 283, 284
Shaybanids 136, 196, 266
Shihab al-Din 125
Simdjurids 171, 192, 201, 255
Sulids 272, 273
Suy 38, 149
T
Tahirids 6, 32, 92, 103, 119, 192, 204, 212, 218, 246
Tang 156, 202
Timurids 35, 136, 196, 232, 234, 249, 266
Tulunids 199
U
Umayyads 32, 113, 114, 120, 125, 132, 141, 190, 212, 233, 343
Umayyads of Spain 205, 220
V
Vey 40
W
Wardan-Khudats 14, 141
Z
Ziyarids 132, 133, 192, 212
444

Index of titles and honorific names
A
Adud al-Dawla 32, 105, 131–132, 205. 222, 224, 225, 248
al-Afshin–see Haydhar b. Kawus
Ala‘ al-Dawla 248
Ala al-Din 125
Ala‘ al-Mulk 208
Alambardar 108
Amid al-Dawla 64, 224
Amid al-Mulk 228
al-Amir al-Hamid 219
Amin al-Milla 225, 227
al-Amir 96, 97, 188, 204, 227
al-Amir al-Adil 218
Amir-Malik 223
al-Amir al-Mu‘ayyid 218, 221
Amir al-Mu‘minin 135, 217, 220
al-Amir al-Rashid 219, 222
al-Amir al-Rida 219, 222
al-Amir al-Sadid 219
al-Amir al-Said 219
al-Amir al-Sayyid 225
Amir al-Umara‘ 189, 224, 226
Anushirwan–see Khusrw I Anushirwan
Ashab al-Atraf 204
Asl-Zada 88
Ayn al-Dawla 219
B
Baha‘ al-Dawla 224
Bakuy–see Yabgu
Banu Khala‘if 204
Barmuda–see Parmuda
445
Bay 146
Bek 86, 107, 108, 135, 169, 170, 178, 197–201, 206, 207, 224, 225, 233, 266, 276
Biyaghu (Bayghu, Bayku, Biyghu, Bawghi)–see Yabgu
Bukhar-Khudad–see Bukhar-Khudat
Bukhar-Khudat 6, 58, 91, 142, 143, 145, 158, 183, 187, 209, 210, 262
C
Chaghan-Khudat 91
Chubin–see Bahram Chubin
Caliph 13, 15–18, 32, 33, 41, 53, 71, 76, 79, 84, 86, 91, 93, 97, 100, 109, 110, 111–118, 121–124, 126, 127, 130–134, 137, 138, 141, 142, 169, 189–191, 193, 194, 196–198, 201–209, 211–213, 215–220, 224, 225, 227. 229, 232, 233, 235–237, 244, 245, 249, 257, 262, 270, 271, 273, 283
Chjao‘Wu 139
D
Dagan–see Tarkhan
Daruga (Dargu) 90
Dhu-l-Kalamayn 228
Dhu-l-Kifayatayn 228
Dhu-l-Riyasatayn 121, 190, 228
Dhu-l-Yaminayn 228
Dihdan 226, 246
Djabghu (Djabghuya)–see Yabgu
Djalal al-Dawla 225
Djalal al-Din 125, 277
Djamal al-Din 277
Djamal al-Milla 225
Djebe 78
Dokht 13, 14
F
Fakhr al-Dawla 224
Fakhr al-Umma 228
446
G
al-Ghazi 121–123, 125, 127, 137, 220
Ghiyath al-Din 110, 125
Gur-Khan 91
H
al-Hadjib 62, 107, 108, 154, 171, 191, 198, 200, 222, 224
al-Hadjib al-Adjall 224
al-Hafiz 17
al-Hakim 17, 219
al-Hasib 270
Hidjdjat Allah fi-l-Ard 225
Husam al-Dawla 154, 224
I
al-Ihshid(h) 6, 18, 19, 29, 58, 114, 142, 145, 158, 162, 168, 169, 183, 198, 209, 223, 258, 270
Izz al-Dawla 86
Ilik 107, 108, 110, 133, 147
Imad al-Dawla 224
K
Kahf al-Dawla wa-l-Islam 225
Kakuldar 101, 103
al-Katib 256, 272
Kehan–see Kagan
al-Khadim 18, 19, 115, 269
Khwadja 107, 277
Khalifat Amir al-Mu‘minin 220, 226
Khan 17, 25, 30, 33, 38, 42, 48–50, 53, 56, 71, 72, 74–77, 83–85, 87, 91–94, 96, 97, 101–105, 107–110, 112, 125, 127, 128, 134, 136, 142, 147–149, 154, 175, 185, 193, 201, 203, 207, 211, 224–227, 251, 256, 259, 272, 276, 281
Kagan–see Kagan
al-Kagan al-Muazzam 226
Khwarazm (Horezm)-Shah 107, 110, 125, 134, 136, 142, 166, 167, 207–209, 211, 212, 216, 219, 223, 225, 226, 237, 249, 262, 266, 277–279, 284
447
al-Khassa 64, 65, 224
Khatun 14, 38, 120, 140–142, 146, 183
Khazinadar 106
Khuda(t) 6–9, 27–31, 33, 36, 39, 41, 48, 51, 71–74, 84–87, 91–95, 97–103, 110, 118, 137, 140–142, 169, 187, 197, 262, 281, 284
Khunuk-Khudat 91
King of Kings–see Shahan-Shah
Kiya 169
M
Madjd al-Dawla 134
Madjd al-Din 228
al-Malik 27, 220, 221, 223, 226, 227
al-Malik al-Ashraf 223
Malik al-Dawla 220
Malik al-Islam 226
al-Malik al-Kamil 223
Malik al-Khayl 174
Malik Khurasan (Khorasan) 226
Malik al-Maghrib wa-l-Mashriq 226
al-Malik al-Mansur 221, 223
Malik al-Mashriq 220, 226
Malik al-Mashriq wa-l-Sin 226
al-Malik al-Miazzam 221, 223
al-Malik al-Mu‘ayyid 220, 221, 225
Malik al-Muluk 220
al-Malik al-Muwaffaq 221
Malik al-Sharq 225
Malik al-Sharq wa-l-Sin 227
Malik al-Umam 220
Malik al-Umara‘ 223
al-Marzuban (Marzban) 9, 11, 101, 114, 183, 239
Mawla Amir al-Mu‘minin 171, 200, 203, 220, 224, 226, 228
Mawlana 217
MLK‘‘n MLK‘–see Shahan-Shah
448
al-Mu‘ayyad min al-Sama‘ 224
Mu‘ayyid Amir al-Mu‘minin 226
Mu‘ayyid al-Milla 226
Mudjtabi Khalifat Allah 227
Muhammi 126
Muin al-Dawla 224
Muin Khalifat Allah 227
Muizz al-Dawla 86
Muluk al-Atraf 223, 224
Muluk al-Tawa‘if 45, 204, 223
al-Munadjdjim 270
al-Muqanna 53, 54, 128, 141, 258
N
Nasir Amir al-Mu‘minin 220, 226, 227
Nasir al-Dawla 218, 224, 227
Nasir al-Din wa-l-Dawla 225
Nasir al-Haqq 225
Nasr al-Din 278
Nizam al-Din 225
Nizam al-Mulk 5, 9, 96, 217, 228, 248, 252
P
Padishah 226, 246
Pahlawan al-Sharq 226, 246
pariowk (parmowk)–see Pramukha
Parmuda (Barmuda)–see El-Tegin
Payghu–see Yabgu
Pramukha (Barmuka) 21, 48, 70
Q
Kagan 12, 14, 15, 17–19, 21, 28, 30, 32, 33, 36, 38, 39, 41, 48, 49, 51, 69, 76–78, 80–89, 94, 96, 100–102, 109, 110, 115, 120, 121, 123, 125, 136, 140, 141, 145, 146, 148, 150, 151,
449
155, 157–160, 162, 164, 168, 187, 197, 207, 221, 225–227, 241, 242, 243, 246, 270–272, 281, 282
Qasim Amir al-Mu‘minin 135
Qaya (Qiya) 169
R
Rashid al-Din 6, 12, 25, 30, 84, 87, 88, 92, 102
Rukn al-Dawla–see al-H. b. Buwayh
Rukn al-Din 135
S
Safi Amir al-Mu‘minin 220, 226
Safi Wali Khalifat Allah 220, 226
Sahib al-Djaysh 220, 226
Salar 246
Samsam al-Dawla 217
Sarwar-Khudat 91
Sawa (Shawa)–see Sawa-Shah
Sayf al-Dawla 224, 225, 227, 228
Sayf Khalifat Allah 220, 226
al-Sayyid (Sayyid) 30, 96, 97, 136, 137
al-Sayyid al-Amir 225
Sayyid al-Gharb 225
Sayyid al-Muluk wa-l-Salatin 227
Shad 42, 49, 76, 81, 84, 94, 140, 142, 221, 242
Shah 15, 17, 19, 21, 28, 36, 37, 39, 48, 49, 62, 74, 84, 96, 102, 106, 109, 125, 140, 148, 149, 172, 195, 201, 206–209, 211, 212, 216, 217, 223, 225, 226, 237, 262, 266, 276–279, 284
Shahan-Shah 9–17, 19–22, 30, 32, 37, 41, 42, 49, 69, 74–77, 79–81, 83–86, 101, 102, 112, 132, 123, 141, 142, 148, 184, 192, 193, 194, 221, 222, 225, 226, 240, 242, 243, 246–248, 266
Shahan-Shah al-Azam 220, 226
Shams al-Din 277
Shams al-Mulk 134
Shaonano-Shao–see Shahan-Shah
Sharaf al-Islam 228
450
Sharaf al-Mulk 228
Sharaf al-Ru‘asa‘ 272
Shihab al-Dawla 226, 227
Shihab al-Din 153
Shir-i Kishwar–see El Arslan
Simdjur al-Dawla 123
Sinan al-Dawla 224
Sipahdar 78
Sipah-Salar 106, 171, 191, 195, 224, 227, 228, 250, 257
Sultan 28, 86, 105, 135, 136, 172, 204, 206, 207, 209, 211, 216, 217, 219, 225, 226, 249, 252, 255, 276
al-Sutan al-Azam (Sultan Azam) 225, 226
Sultan Buzurg 225
Sultan al-Dawla 226
Sultan al-Islam wa-l-Muslimin 227
Sultan al-Mashriq 227
Sultan al-Mashriq wa-l-Sin 226
al-Sultan al-Muazzam (Sultan Muazzam) 220, 225, 226
Sultan al-Salatin 226
T
Tadj al-Milla 224
Takin–see Tegin
Takin b. Kagan 18
Tamghach 134, 183
Targa 90
Tarkhan 15, 43, 93–95, 99, 114, 121, 140, 143, 151, 155, 158, 245, 269–271
T‘e-le–see Tegin
Tegin (Tegin) 17–19, 21, 28, 32, 36–39, 48–50, 70, 74, 80, 82, 84, 85, 87, 91, 94–97, 101–103, 114, 117, 125, 132, 140, 142, 144, 148–152, 155, 158, 159, 164, 169–171, 181, 187, 196, 197, 199–201, 218, 221–225, 227, 239, 244, 255, 257, 270, 272, 273, 275, 281, 282
Tinsi Oγly 51
Tudun 94, 158, 169
Turar-Khudat 91
Turkzada–see Hurmazd IV
451
Tutuk 94, 145
Tutun–see Tudun
U
Ulugh Sultan 226
Ulugh Sultan al-Salatin 226
W
Wali Amir al-Mu‘minin 220, 224, 225, 229
Wali Khalifat Allah 226
Wardan-Khudat 14, 91, 141
Y
Yabgu 12, 18, 30, 42, 49, 53, 71, 74, 75, 77, 78, 80, 81, 83–90, 92–94, 100–103, 107, 114, 120, 128, 139, 140, 168, 178, 192, 221, 264, 281
Yabgu-Kagan 18, 38, 42, 49, 50, 76–78, 80–82, 84, 87, 89, 93–95, 140, 187, 221, 242
Yamin al-Dawla 225, 227
Yawghu (Yafghu)–see Yabgu
Yawkuy–see Yabgu
Ye-khu (She-khu)–see Yabgu
Yugrus 89
Z
Zahir al-Dawla 226–228
Zahir al-Din 251, 253
Zayn al-Abidin 96
Zayn al-Sharia 228
452

Index of ethnic names
A
al-Adjam 29, 235
Afhhani 151
Afshar 154
Alans 15, 156, 158
Albans 22
Altaians 28, 36, 43, 54, 82, 90, 174, 263
Andalusians 111
Armenians 10, 11, 20, 157
Armenian Qipchaqs 28, 50, 157
Arabs 28–32, 41, 44, 54, 55, 71, 93, 94, 103, 106, 110, 111, 113, 114, 116, 118–121, 124, 129, 130, 137, 140, 141, 150, 158–161, 164–169, 171, 174, 179–181, 183, 185, 188, 192, 197, 198, 202, 212, 215, 219, 231, 234–238, 242–245, 248–251, 253, 255–257, 261, 263, 265, 267, 268, 271–275, 279, 281–284
Arghi 185
Arghu 267
Ashina 30, 84, 88, 139, 141, 174, 175
Assyrians 111
Avars 36, 153, 156, 264
B
Bactrians 36, 48, 51, 57, 156, 157, 164, 172, 180, 188, 267, 268, 282
al-Badjnaq 11
Balandjars 15
Banu Hanzala 116
Barbarians 10, 100
Bashkirs (Bashkirians) 26, 174
Bayirghu (Bayghu) 91
Beduins 245
Bozkurt 184
Bukharians 7, 39, 141, 151, 155, 174, 185, 186, 269
al-Bughars 181, 213, 214, 217, 263, 264
453
Buriats 90
Byzantines 20, 50, 111, 144, 185
C
Caratae 175
Caspians 22
Chachians 185
Chaghanians 185
Chens–see Chinese
Chigils 46, 99, 175, 186
Chineses 11. 37–39, 44, 47, 51–54, 67, 75, 103, 120, 121, 123, 139, 148, 149, 151, 152, 158, 168, 173, 174, 177, 184, 215, 265
Chuvash 78, 263
Comedae 150
D
Dahae 10
Da-shi–see Arabs
Daylamits 114, 131, 133, 181, 218, 255
Di 100, 173
Din-Lin 100, 173
Djamuk 155
E
Egyptians 111, 189, 220
English 79
Etrussk 161
European race 83
F
Farghanians 185
Finn-Ughrians 173
al-Furs–see Persians
454
G
Gagauzes 28
Gargars 22
Gar-rga-pur 22
Georgians 11, 20, 50
al-Ghuzz–see Oguz
Gilzay 150
Greeks 10, 111, 130, 152, 161, 189, 256, 257
Greek-Bactrians 178, 209
Greek-Byzabtines 202
Greek-Makedonians 101, 118, 119
H
al-Haytal (al-Hayatila)–see Hephtalites (Ephtalites)
He-bdal–see Hephtalites (Ephtalites)
Hebrew 10
Hephtalites (Ephtalites) 11–14, 16, 19, 21, 22, 24, 26, 42, 49, 75, 80–83, 88, 89, 148, 150, 152, 158, 160, 173, 182, 183, 185, 221, 242
Hindu 36, 180
Hunns 10, 11, 24, 78, 82, 83, 91, 99, 139, 156, 164, 173, 175, 185, 263, 264
Hunn-Parthians 10
I
I 173
Indians 38, 39, 49, 81, 82, 161, 184, 249
Indians of America 25, 66, 175
Indo-Arians 173, 263
Indo-Europeans 82, 157, 172, 173
Indo-Iranians 180, 207
Iranians 11, 12, 109, 111, 121, 129, 132, 133, 135, 136, 157, 166, 173, 181, 182, 184, 190, 193, 194, 202, 205, 207, 221, 232, 234, 239, 241–243, 248, 249, 253, 268, 279, 283, 284
Isfahanians 127
455
J
Japanese 241
Jews 111, 181, 182
Juns 100, 173
K
Kalmyk 100
Kandjina 12, 150
Kangly–see Qanghly
Kangüy 176
Karaims 28
Kara-Kalpaks 26
Karga 26
Kargali 26
Kargar 26
Kargin 26
Kar-rga (Karga) 24
Karkyn (Qarqin) 25
Kashgharians 185
Kelt-Germans 173
Kets 82
Khakas–see Kirgiz
Khalach (Khaladj) 12, 42, 126, 145, 151, 184, 185, 270
Khwarazmians (Horezmians) 11, 51, 100, 156, 157, 164, 166, 172, 180, 184–186, 188, 213, 216, 260, 282, 268, 269
al-Kharlukh–see Qarluqs
Khazars 11, 15, 20, 28, 90, 128, 202, 213, 216, 263, 264
Kildji 150
Khionites (Khyon) 11, 12, 26, 36, 150, 151, 160, 185, 264
al-Khirkhiz–see Kirgiz
Khitays 109, 125, 127, 153, 204, 216, 225
Khurasan (Khorasan)ians 109, 111, 114, 117, 181, 189, 197, 214, 220, 270
Khurasan (Khorasan)ian Türks 112
Khurrits 28
Khuttalians 185
456
al-Khuzaa 247
Kidans (Qara (Kara)-Khitays) 69, 91, 128, 201, 202, 243
Kidarits 12, 26, 150, 185
Kimaks 15, 46, 69, 90, 120, 184, 240, 242
Cimmerians 28, 162
Kirgizs 23, 26, 35, 46, 69, 126, 128, 167, 174, 178, 184, 240, 243
Kochat 166
Kopts 276
Koreans 241
Kuchians 185
Kumans 36, 156
Kumidji 150
Kurds 111, 130, 245
Kushans 12, 22, 23, 41, 44, 47, 70, 85, 89, 101, 139, 143, 147, 150, 176, 178, 185, 213
M
Marwians 186, 269
Massagets 10, 101, 173
Maya 66
Mediterranean group 84
Merkit 185
Mitany 28
Mongols 5, 6, 25, 41, 54, 69, 125, 175, 184, 201–202, 208, 212, 241, 248, 252, 258, 261
N
Nabatians 111
O
Oguz 25, 28, 30, 33, 41, 42, 71, 76, 79, 82–84, 87, 88, 90, 92, 93, 105–109, 111, 114, 115, 118, 126, 128, 154, 172, 180, 183, 184, 214, 260, 266, 267, 277, 281, 283
Ortokoribanes 163
Ossetins 156
Ottomans (Uthman) 82
457
P
Pamirians 180
Parthians 11, 26, 213
Pecheneg 156
Persians 5, 10, 11, 17, 28, 29, 31, 33, 44, 50, 108, 109, 111, 112, 114, 118, 120, 121, 130, 132, 135, 159, 165–169, 180–183, 184, 185, 188, 189, 192, 198, 202, 231, 235–239, 243–245, 247–256, 262, 263, 267, 268, 279, 280, 282–284
Polovetz-Qipchaqs 28
Q
Qanghly (Kangly) 71, 277
Qara (Kara)-Khitays–see Kidans
Qarluqs 17, 32, 33, 46, 69, 76, 84, 88, 90, 93, 98, 100, 105, 112, 120, 126–128, 169, 172. 183, 184, 186, 201, 213, 216, 222, 259
Qipchaqs 79, 82, 109, 175, 180, 184, 276
al-Quraysh 256
R
Roman 185
Rung Di 100, 173
Russians 30, 79, 202
S
Saks (Saka) 10, 163, 264
Saka Tigrahauda 10, 161, 163
Sak-Khotan 89
al-Saqlab–see Slaves
Sarakhsians 186, 269
Savirs (Sabirs) 11, 185
al-Sarir–see Savirs
Scythians 10, 101, 144, 161
Semit 278
Sir 78
Slaves 111, 214, 216
458
Sogdians 39, 51, 54, 57, 100, 121, 123, 124, 141, 145, 146, 156–166, 172, 180, 181, 183–185, 187, 188, 213, 215, 239–241, 258, 259, 262, 263, 265, 267, 268, 279, 282, 284
Sogds–see Sogdians
Spaniards 111, 220
Sughd (Sogd)aq–see Sogdians
Syrians 111, 180, 181, 185, 189, 256, 266
T
Tadjiks 159
Taku 185
Tamim 113
Tangut 185
Tardush 78
Tatars 127
al-Tay (al-Tayy) 111, 245
Tele 78, 91, 174
Tibetans 48, 51
Tou-kue–see Türks
Tughuz-Ghuz 51, 53, 54, 105, 128, 160, 174, 184, 240, 241
Tukhars 143, 150, 158, 185
Tukhsi (Tukhs, Tukh) 112
Turs 36, 173
Turcae (Yurcae) 185
Turkash (Turgash (Turgesh)) 6, 184
Türks 11–16, 18, 19–28, 30, 32, 33, 36, 38, 39, 41, 42, 44, 46–53, 56–58, 67, 69–75, 77, 79–84, 87–90, 92–96, 99–109, 111–132, 134, 135, 137, 139–147, 149–151, 153–169, 171–185, 187–190, 193–197, 200, 202, 206, 207, 209, 214, 216, 218, 219, 223, 225, 228–235, 237, 239–242, 244–246, 249, 253–255, 258, 259, 262–277, 279, 281–284
Türk-Iranian 5
Turkmàn (Turkmen) 25, 106, 154, 174, 177, 180, 183
Türk-Sogdians 47, 162, 177, 243, 261, 279, 283
Turkun 240
Tuvinians 28
459
U
Ugrians 172
Uigurs 28, 38, 46, 54, 69, 70, 105, 148, 169, 174, 175, 181, 184, 204, 213, 215, 216, 222, 240, 241, 243, 258, 259, 264, 265
Unash 29
Ural-Altaians 35
Usun (U-Shi) 23, 177
U-Shi–see Usun
Ustrushanians 185
Uzbeks 26, 75, 99, 147, 153, 187, 284, 285
Y
Yabaqu 90
Yadjudj wa Madjudj 185
Yaghma 175
Yakut 263
Yan-Ti (Kushans) 22
Yue-Chji 139
Yurcae–see Turcae
460

Index of religions and religious communities
A
„abadat al-niran 51
B
Batinism (Batinits) 134
Brahmanism (Brahmanists) 36, 43
Buddhism (Buddhists) 19, 28, 36–41, 43–53, 56–62, 65–70, 72, 73, 77, 86, 102, 103, 109, 148–152, 156, 176, 187, 192, 222, 236, 241, 258, 260–262, 264, 265, 281, 282
Burhanism (Burhanists) 36, 54
C
Christianity (Christians) 12, 13, 15, 20, 24, 28, 45, 46, 48, 50, 51, 56, 57, 59–61, 64, 66, 67, 95, 156, 215, 241, 258, 260, 261, 265
D
Desi 51, 52
al-Din al-Abyad 54
al-Dinawari 51, 53, 55
Dinawar–see al-Dinawari
Dualism (Dualists) 51
G
Gabrakan 261
H
Hanafism (Hanafits) 130, 132, 134–137
al-Hanafiyya–see Hanafism
Hanifs 45
Hinayana 47
I
Induism (Induists) 65
461
Islam (Muslims) 6, 9, 13, 17–19, 22, 23, 28–34, 43, 46, 50, 52, 53, 55, 57, 62, 64, 66 –73, 75–78, 84, 88, 89, 91, 92, 94–97, 102–106, 108–111, 113–137, 139, 143, 145, 162, 166, 167, 169, 182–185, 188, 189, 192–197, 201–203, 205–207, 209, 210, 212–218, 220, 223, 225–231, 235–244, 246–251, 253, 254, 256, 258–262, 265–274, 276–284
Ismailism (Ismailits) 131, 133, 134, 135, 220
J
Judaism (Jews) 28, 64–66, 222
K
Karramits 131
Khaldeys 45
Kharidjits 7, 136, 220
Khurramits 169, 198
al-Khuzaa 247
M
al-Madjus 51, 133, 239, 240
Mahayana 62, 222
Manichaeism (Manichaeists) 39, 40, 45–54, 56–61, 67–70, 103, 156, 215, 239–243, 261, 265, 279, 282, 283
Mazdaism–see Zoroastrianism
Mazdakism (Mazdakists) 12
Mughs (Mughan) 38, 57, 148
Muslims–see Islam
Mutazilism (Mutazilits) 131, 134
N
Nestorianism (Nestorians) 60, 112, 258, 260, 261, 266
Q
Qarmats 131, 220
S
Sabism (Sabians, al-Sabies) 45, 46, 53, 58, 60, 66, 67, 261
462
Shafiism (Shafiits) 136, 269
al-Shafiiyya–see Shafiits
Shamanism (shamanists) 23, 25, 35, 36, 47, 233
Shiism (Shiits) 73, 129–138, 205, 206, 220, 221
Sufism (al-Sufies) 116, 136, 268, 271
Sunnism (Sunnits) 32, 69, 73, 79, 84, 130, 131, 133–138, 205, 206
T
Tangrism (Tangrists) 23, 51, 129
Tantrism (Tantrists) 62, 65, 222
Taoism (Taoists) 66
Tinap 54
Totemism (totemists) 25, 175
V
Vardjayana 62, 222
W
Wakhi 261
Z
al-Zindiq 51, 53, 239
Zoroastrianism (Zoroastrians) 9, 12, 13, 28, 36, 37, 39, 41–46, 48–51, 57, 59–61, 67, 69, 73, 108, 114, 117, 126, 132, 133, 135, 156, 165, 192, 237, 239, 240, 243, 247, 249, 258, 260, 261, 279, 283
463

Index of terms and untranslated words
A
-abad 165
abadat al-niran ala madhhab al-Madjus 51, 239
abd 124
Abhyaramudra 40, 59
al-adab 273
adanliγ 35
ahl 185
ahl al-kalam 186
al 73
‘lpw γ‘γ‘n ttwk 145, 146
‘‘lymxn‘ ‘p‘s 259
amal 213
amid al-mulk 191
amil (ummal) 93, 113, 204, 223
amir 32, 33, 62–66, 68–70, 76, 79, 92, 96, 101, 105–110, 114, 126, 127, 131, 133, 137, 141, 171, 189, 191, 192, 199, 204, 207, 209, 215, 217–226, 228, 232, 236, 237, 246, 250–257, 269, 272, 275
‘nwš–see nwš
anushak-ruban 13
‘‘pgwl 85
aqtaa 194
Arabi 264
al-ard 191
Arghamak 177
ariyak (nariyak) 152
arkhar 177
arkuk 99
arquq kiši 98
arquqlan- (ma:k) 98
arslan 49, 175
464
al-Arud 245
al-ashab 168
ashab al-iqtaat 122
astadan 59
ašim čač 100
al-ayat 267
aydar 100
az har khana 16
B
baghpur (faghfur) 22
bahar (bihar) 40, 62, 148
balbal 56, 83, 100
ba luγat-i but-parastan 148
ba luγat-i mughan 148
b(a)q(e)šeb qiy(u)g(o)ηku 80
barah 272
barmuka 21
bashlyq 144
bay (pay, may) 153
bayghu 91
Bayt al-Hikma 13, 270
bg hut‘p 85
βγy γ‘γ‘n 95
βγy γ‘γ‘n pny 39, 144, 146
βrχ‘r 148
bitik 155
Bolshevik 284
Brahmi 80
buγra 147, 175
al-buhar 38, 148, 151
bulla 219
buqa 151
buqaraq 151, 158
buqaraq ulus budun 140, 151
465
but-khana 55
but-parast 55
but-parast budand 54, 55
buxar (bukhar, buγar, buqar) 38, 147, 148, 151, 187, 282
buzurg-framadar–see vazurg-framadar
C
chakar 123, 124
chakra 65
Chini 264
chiragh-khana 261
chubin (chubine) 22, 25
cpγu γ‘γ‘n 78, 94
č‘čn‘k tdwn 94
čičak 112
D
dabir 256
dahma 43
dar al-ibada 131
dargah 189
Dari 33, 198, 251, 257
Darigbedum 10
al-Dariyya 243
darwaza 75
davgu (damgu) 89
al-dawla 70, 224, 228
-deh 165
dhayl 5
al-dia 191
al-din 224
dibadj 57
dihqan 12, 17, 31, 34, 55, 91, 105. 108, 119, 123–125, 132, 137, 141, 169, 171, 191, 193–195, 198, 200, 223, 239, 251, 253
al-din al-abyad 54
466
dinar 20, 210–212, 225, 226, 250
dirham 33, 40, 55, 62, 79, 120, 143, 172, 181, 194, 205, 210–212, 214, 226, 237, 256, 262
diwan 76, 114, 189–191, 193, 209
djabbuya (djebu, djeb) 77
al-djami 93
djiba (djibachi) 78
al-djihad 120, 125, 166, 168
al-djizya 159, 192
doppi 163
drachma 13, 20–22, 39, 48, 49, 79, 81, 85, 209, 210, 252, 262
drafsa 43
dulab 116
duwayra 115
E
el 25
F
faghfur–see baghpur
fals 62–66, 85, 181, 194, 209, 211, 212, 222, 223, 226, 262
al-faqih 17, 115, 250, 271
farkhar 149
farn 23
farsakh 11, 71, 213
Farsi 22, 98, 195, 237, 238, 242–248, 251–258, 262, 263, 266, 267, 272, 279, 280, 282
al-fiqh 116, 250, 252, 269
G
ganch 65, 68, 162
GDH ‘pzwt 81, 85, 221
GDH ‘pzwn zyk 80
gezit 192
al-ghazawat 125, 137
al-ghazi 119, 121–123, 127, 137, 224
ghulam 93, 108, 109, 111, 113, 117, 123, 124, 154, 191, 196, 223, 225, 254, 275
467
γ‘γ‘n 95
γ‘ttwnh 146
γwβw 91
γwβw tdwn 145
H
al-Hadith 17, 18, 89, 116, 120, 122, 168, 234, 257, 261, 267, 269–272, 275
al-hadjdj 126
al-hadjib 107, 154, 169, 171, 198, 200, 218, 224
al-hakim 191
al-hakim 126
Hindi 156
hu-data 91
hudjr 115
hum 40, 64, 68
hwδ‘δ 91
I
ibadat al-awthan 44
idgah 75
al-imam 55, 96, 120, 126, 135, 206, 227
imarat 220
al-insha‘ 191
išin 100
al-iqta 118, 121, 193, 194
K
kaab 163
kadar 95
kah 99
kahkül (kekil, kökül) 100
käjägä (kijägä) 100
kakuldar 99
-kal (-gal) 154
468
kam (qam, xam, γam, sam, šam) 35
-kand 154
kara (qara) 49, 147, 153
karga (kargha) 22, 26
al-katib 272, 273
katib al-kuttab 191
kauri 215
ked 67
khadim 124
khanaqah 53
al-kharadj 11, 119, 192
kharag 192
Kharoshti 41, 62, 85
al-khatib 108, 123
Khatt-i Yabgu 264
khazinadar 191
khuda (khuday) 249
al-khutba 204–206, 208, 209, 229
al-kitab 271
kiya 169, 198
koumis 181
kuk I 99
kuk II 155
kulagh 22
kun 167
kunya 219
kurak 167
kurgan 67, 155, 175, 177
kurgun–see karga
al-kuttab 256
L
la ilaha illa-llah wahdahu wa la sharika lahu Muhammadun Rasul Allah 221
lahum khadirat al-Turk 141, 183
laqab 219, 224
469
lashkargah 61
lingua franca 33, 237, 238, 246
M
maabid-i išan ke mawze-i butan 148
al-madhhab 17, 134
al-madina 37
madjma-i ilm 148
madrasah 131, 134, 206, 235, 236, 242
al-malik 18, 91, 141, 171, 200, 220, 223
al-mamlaka 170, 199
mamluk 111, 123, 124, 180, 196, 254, 272, 276, 278
mandala (mandal) 62–64, 66–68, 85, 222
al-manshur 208
markos (marka) 173
martpat 41
m‘stč 29
mawla 32, 113–115, 121, 123, 124, 166, 217, 238, 244, 247
mawlana 217
m‘χ 55
mithqal 54
močak (mwčk) 53
al-mu‘adhdhin 55
al-mu‘ayyid 221
al-muhtasib 191
al-mulk 29, 193, 220, 228
al-muluk 141, 220, 223
murgh-i abi 25
murgh-i daryai 25
al-musalla 40
musalla-i djadid 75
musalla-i qadim 75
al-mushrifun 191
al-mustawfi 191
al-mutawwiun 122
470
N
Nachklang 130
al-nadim 112, 273
nadjmat 65
namazgah 40
naqib 114
nar 147
naskh 252
naus 60
nava sangharama 44
nisba 17, 18, 41, 71, 115, 122, 170, 199, 244, 261, 269, 270, 272, 273
nwš (nawš, nwš) 28
O
oküz 175
ongon 175
örma sač 100
örüg 100
örüg sač 100
ossuarium 59–61, 174
otuz oγlan 70
P
Pahlavi 9, 13, 15, 19, 20, 22, 24, 25, 32, 36, 41–43, 49, 76, 79–82, 84, 85, 95, 98, 120, 180, 188, 191, 241–242, 247–249, 251, 256, 264, 266
Parsi 243, 264
p‘y 146
pqr 147
pur 22
pwγ‘r (pwx‘r, pwq‘r) 148, 151
puγar (puxar, puqar)–see pwγ‘r
pukhar (pukhyr) 148
471
Q
qabr-i pisar-i padishah-i Khita 148
al-qadi 126, 191, 227, 228
qara–see kara
qara-čor 49
al-qasida 241, 271
qasr min sukkan al-madjus 133
qayraq 257
qishlaq 26, 35, 101, 177, 232, 259–261
al-qita 186
qoylaγi 173
qul 167
R
rabad 75, 102, 186, 269
Rabi al-Awwal 122
rahib 41, 261
rakat 169
ra‘is 191
Ramadan 207
ramaka 129
ra‘s 167, 191
ribat 116, 121, 122, 126, 129, 154
rubai 241, 254
rustaq 39, 70, 71, 74, 141, 154, 170, 179, 191, 199, 223, 258
S
sahib al-barid 191
sahib al-shurta (sahib al-shurat) 191, 219
sahman 36
saman I 35, 73
saman II 35, 99
samani 35
al-samaniyya 47
sandjar 40, 44
472
sandjaristan 44
sangharama 41, 73
Sanskrit 36
saqi 167
sarhang 170
Sart 284
sawa (šawa) 37, 49, 149
sdq pqrq 140, 151
sel/selem 78
shah 249
al-shahid 125
shahr-i birun 75
shahristan 37, 75, 76, 148
shaman 23, 35, 36
al-Sharia 203
shawa–see sawa
Shawwal 7, 122
al-shaykh 126
shir 49
shuub 110, 274
Shuubits 111
Shuubism–see al-Shuubiyya
al-Shuubiyya 110, 112, 115–118, 130, 137, 186, 192, 234, 235, 238, 243, 244, 246, 260, 274, 280, 281, 284
sikka 120
stcr γwβw 94
stcr tdwn 94
stcry 40, 53
stuppa 39, 73
su barkuti 25
sudaršana 40, 52
sufa 261
al-sufi 272
Sughdi 264
al-sura 209
473
suturšan 40, 52
syava 49
šawa–see sawa
š‘w 49
šramana (šamana) 36
T
al-Tafsir 116, 267, 269
tamgha 39, 41, 42, 94, 143–145, 162, 174, 175, 241, 261, 263
Tamil 156
al-taq 186
taraku al-Turk ma taraku-kum 120, 168
taraz 120
Tarpan 173
tassudj 191
tawshandjil 25
temir qapiγ 159
tinap 54
Tinsi Oγly 51
tiš 53
titir 147
tuγ 142
tulum 100
tuman 26, 176
turagh 154
türk sir bodum jeri 77
twγ‘r γwβ 143, 150
twr‘k γwβ 145
twn cpγw γ‘γ‘n 95
U
uaiδi 155
al-udaba‘ 256
al-ulama‘ 76, 130, 131, 133, 135, 228, 238, 256
ulus 151
474
ummal–see amil
ushtab 39, 73
ut 239
uyuq 174
V
vaγnpat 239
Vairapani 60
vazurg-framadar 190
vihara 43, 44, 147, 148, 151
W
al-wala‘ 109
al-wali 189, 204, 219, 228
wali al-ahd 204
al-waqf 40, 67, 102, 154, 191
al-warraq 273
wasif 124
al-wazir 9, 13, 18, 76, 89, 112, 115, 117, 118, 120, 189–191, 206, 216, 217, 225, 227, 228, 250, 251, 255, 256, 266, 270, 272, 273
wilayat (vilayet) 26
wnš 29
wrδw γllč 145
X
xalač 150
xatim 65
Y
yabbu (yabu) 77, 90
yabγu (yapγu, yapgu, ybqoy) 89
yabγu bahlikano (ybgw bhlk‘n) 42, 75, 85
yap 89, 90
yavuga 89
yeb (djeb) 42, 76, 77, 81
475
yepkhou 90
Ymg 89
yurta 67
Z
al-zagh (zaghan) 22, 24
al-zahid 126
al-zidj 240
zik hhn GDH 240
476

Index of source titles
A
Abd Allah-Nama 7
Àdab al-Wazir 190
Àdja‘ib Sàkistan 247
al-Ahkam al-Sultaniyya wa-l-wilayat (vilayet) al-Diniyya 205
Ahsan al-Taqasim ila Marifat al-Aqalim 6
Andarz-Nama 252, 253
al-Ànsab 6, 267
Ardjang 57, 62
Asahh at-Tawarikh 92
al-Athar al-Baqiya ani-l-Qurun al-Khaliya 5
Avesta 45, 91, 249
B
Bahr al-Asrar fi Manaqib al-Akhyar 6
Bahram Choben-Namak 24
Bey-Shi 59, 140, 145
Bible 277
Bulghat al-Mushtaq fi-l-Lughat at-Turk wà Qifdjaq 277
The Book of Cry 265
The Book of Sindbad 251
The Book of Songs 265
C
Chahar Maqala 5
Codex Comanicus 277
D
Diwan al-Adab fi-Bayan-Lughat al-Arab wà Mizan Kalam al-Arab 274
Diwan-i Hikmat 277
Diwan Lughat al-Turk 265, 271, 274, 275
Diwan Sayf-i Sàrayi 278
477
Diwan al-Zamakhshari 272
Djami al-Bayan fi Tafsir al-Qur‘an 251
al-Djami al-Saghir 257
Djami al-Tawarikh 87, 88
Djawami al-Ulum 255
Durar at-Tidjan wa Tawarikh Ghurar al-Zaman 13, 111, 266
al-Durrat al-Mudiyya fi-l-Lughat al-Turkiyya 277
F
Fada‘il-i Balkh 5, 75
al-Fihrist 273
G
Ghurar Akhbar Muluk al-Fars 252
Gulistan bi-t-Turki 278
H
Habib al-Siyar 6
Hibat al-Haqa‘iq 266, 267, 274
Huastuanift 265
Hudud al-Alam 5, 251, 255
Hukama‘ wa Qudat Misr 118
I
Irq Bitig 265
Irshad al-Muluk wa-l-Salatin 277, 278
Irshad al-Talibin 275
K
Kabus-Nama 189
Êàlam fi-l-Shir wa-l-Qawafi 271
Êàlila and Dimna 189, 250, 253
al-Kamil fi-l-Tarikh 5
Khuday-Nama 249
Khulasa 277
478
Khusraw and Shirin 278
Êitab Baytarat al-Wasil 278
Kitab al-Buldan 5
Kitab al-Dhakha‘ir wa-l-Tuhaf 5
Êitab al-Idrak li-lisan al-Atrak 276
Kitab al-Kharadj 5
Kitab Khulyat al-Insan wà Hilbat al-Lisan 276
Êitab fi-l-Lughat 271
Êitab al-Shatrandj 273, 274
Kitab Tardjuman-i Turki wà Arabi 276
Kitab Tardjuman-i Turki, Adjami, Mughuli wà Farisi 276
Kitab al-Tuhfat al-Zakiyya fi-l-Lughat al-Turkiyya 277
Êitab al-Wuzara‘ wa-l-Kuttab 191
Koran 251, 256, 267, 275, 277
L
al-Lubab fi Tadhhib al-Ansab 5
Lubb al-Albab 5
M
Ìàdjma al-Fusa‘a 254
Madjmua 87, 88
Ìàqamat 251
Ìàqamat al-Zamakhshari 272
al-Masadir fi-l-Lugha 274
Masalik al-Mamalik 5
Ìàtàkdàn-i Khazar Datastan 247
Mawlud-i Zardusht 247
Ìiftah al-Adl 278
Miradj-Nama 276, 278
Mir‘at al-Adwar wa Marhat al-Aghyar 6, 88
Ìudjalladat 251
Mudjam al-Buldan 5
Ìunyat al-Ghuzat 278
Ìuqaddimat al-Adab 277
479
Ìuhabbat-Nama 276, 278
Ìuin al-Murid 278N
Nahdj al-Faradis 278
Nasihat al-Muluk 207
al-Nudjum al-Zahira 6
O
Oguz-Nama 6, 12, 13, 87, 88, 111, 112, 266, 276
Q
al-Qànd fi Dhikr Ulama‘ Samarqand (Samarkand) 5
al-Qasida al-Baudhiyya wà Ukhra fi Masa‘il al-Ghazzali 272
Qissa Yusuf wà Zulayha 277
Qàwanin al-Dawawin wà Siyasat al-Malik 190
al-Qawanin al-Kulliyya 277
Qisas al-Anbiya 278
Qutadghu Bilig 124, 207, 253, 265, 266, 275, 276
R
Rahat al-Sudur wà Ayat al-Surur 252
Rawdat al-Safa‘ 5
Risala fi Manaqib al-Atrak wa Amamat Djunud al-Khilafa 118
S
Sadiya 96, 97, 102
Saldjuq-Nama 252
Shah-Nama 24, 33, 47, 57, 176, 249, 250, 253, 255. 277
Shahristanha-i Iranshahr 247
Sharh Abyat Kitab Sibawayh 272
Siyasat-Nama 5, 189, 248, 252
Surat al-Ard 5
Suy-Shu 52, 58, 59, 146
480
T
Òàdjarib àl-Umam 5
al-Tafhim li Awa‘il Sinaàt al-Tandjim 251
al-Òàfsir 255, 267
Tarikh Al-i Saman 5
Tarikh-i Bukhara 5, 252
Tarikh-i Guzida 6
Tarikh-i Masud 5, 248, 252
Tarikh Muluk al-Àdjam 249
Tarikh Murudj al-Dhahab wa Maadin àl-Djawhar 5
Tarikh al-Rusul wa-l-Muluk 5, 251
Tarikh-i Tabari 5, 16
Tarikh al-Yamini 6, 248
Òibyan al-Lughat at-Turki àla Lisan al-Qanghly 277
Tou-kiue-Iuy 265
Òuhfat al-Umara‘ fi Tà‘rikh al-Wuzara‘ 191
Òuhfat al-Wuzara‘ 191
W
Waqf (Nasab)-Nama of Ismail ibn Ahmad al-Samani 6
Z
Zafar-Nama 153
Zaravah 57
Zardusht-Nama 247
Zayn al-Akhbar 5, 204, 248, 252
Zubdat al-Tawarikh 248
 
Home
Back
In Russian
Datelines
Sources
Roots
Tamgas
Alphabet
Writing
Language
Genetics
Geography
Archeology
Religion
Coins
Wikipedia
Türkic in Romance
Alans in Pyrenees
Türkic in Greek
Türkic-Sumerian
Türkic-Etruscan
Ptolemy Toponymy
Türkic Toponymy
Bulgarian Toponymy
Pre-Russian Toponymy
Alan Dateline
Avar Dateline
Besenyo Dateline
Bulgar Dateline
Huns Dateline
Karluk Dateline
Khazar Dateline
Kimak Dateline
Kipchak Dateline
Kyrgyz Dateline
Sabir Dateline
Seyanto Dateline
3/1/2015
Ðåéòèíã@Mail.ru “” “” “” “” “” “” “” “”θδğñŋɣşšçčāáäææēəð  ï ı öōüūû“” ± Türkic ~ Türkic Türkic – confined Persian